w

>/^

.iiMii.^i'-'' '"Iv."v..

T HE

BRITISH GARDENER'S

NEW DIRECTOR^

Chiefly adapted to the Climate of

The NORTHERN COUNTRIES:

DIRECTING

The Necessary Works in the Kitchen, Fruit,
and Pleasure Gardens, and in the Nursery,
Green-House and Stove.

With the Addition of a Dissei^tation on the
Culture of FO REST - T REES.

By Sir JAMES JUSTICE, Bart. F. R. S. and one of
the principal Clerks of Session in Scotland.

To this Edition are prefixed,

I. His Treatise on Vegeta-
tion, with Diredions for
making Compoji for the more
Curious Flowers.

II. The whole Proccfs o^Graft-
ir.^y Pruning, and Inoculat-
ing, &c. with engraved Re-
prefentations of the Seclions

III. Directions for planting of
Orchards.

IV. A Colledion of the beft
Fruit Trees, with their ^Q-
C\i\\3dCharacfers,he\n^ fuch
as have perfefted their Fruits
in Scotland.

V. A Catalogue of fuch Plants

and Roots as are neceflary
for the Kitchen Garden^
pointing out their Culture,

VI. An Alphabetical Liji of
Floivers, Trees, and Flo'w-
ering Shrubs, and American
Trees, with the Sea/on for
fowing, &c.

VII. A Colle3ion of the mod
curious Oriental Hyacinths,
with their Culture.

Vlil. A ColUaton of the mod
curious Annuals znd Exotics^
with their Englijb Names in
alphabetical Order, with Re-
ferences to their Culture.

Copper Plates.

Illustrated with
The FIFTH EDITION, augmented and improved.

DUBLIN:
Printed at the Request and Recommendation of feverai

Gentlemen of this KrNCDOM,
By JOHN EXSHAW, in Dame-Jlreet, M..occ.\.\x\.

2(Kj7932

THE

PREFACE.

/N Compliance with the general Cufiom which
has made it necejfary for every Author^ who
offers his Sentiments to the Public^ to give a
Reafon why he addreffes fo reJpeBable a Body, I
jhall in a few Words declare, that my Motives
were the hove of my Country, and a Defre of
communicating to its Members, the Advantage
my T'ravels and my Pleafures have given me, in
the particular Science I have treated of

Our Situation not being fo well adapted as
others to the Purpofes of Vegetation, requires the
Hand of Indujlry and Experience to forward its
Lnprovements, in both which I have been atten-
tive : The latter has been extended to upwards of
Twenty Tears, in which Time, Diaries have been
A 2 carefully

PREFACE.

<:ar(ifully kept^ both for a future Confultation^ and
a Compartfon with the prefent ; for the quick
'T'rmi/ition of our Seajms^ and the abrupt Man-
ner in which they vift us. require every Expedi-
ent to be takcn^ particidarly when we attempt to
tranfplanf i?ito our rougher Clime ^ the Natives of
the more mild a?idfere?ie^ whicl:\ though attended
with thofe Advantages^ require Care and Art to
forward them to PerfeBton,

As foi7ie^who are not fimulated with the fame
Motives that engaged 7ne in this Performance^
may think I have^ by direBing the Culture of
the more comtnon 'Thi?igs^ departed from that Part
of Gardening which Jhouldbe the Etitertaijiment
of a Gentlemaii^ give me heave to affure them^
J have pleafured in inflruBing the loweji of my
Countrymen^ nor has it been a Work unrewarded^
when to my Knowledge they ft arid in Competition
with thofe who have had more favourable Oppor-
timities^ I mean of being under Men of more ex-
' ten five Knowledge^ but not i?i a Climate that re-
quires fo much Art and Induftry to foil^ owing to
the Variety and Sharpnefs of' the Seafo?is with
which we are vifited-^ by this, they have fo far
advantaged, as to excel in other Countries, and to
be valued for their Knowledge in this Particular.
Some neighbouring Places experience this unfa-
vourable Caft of Nature, with a Degree nearly
approachitig to ours-, there they have been found
moji fervic cable, and coveted for their Abilities

in

PREFACE.

m the Culture of what may be called rare as well
as common.

I would 7iot be Juppofed to have fo limited a
Conception^ as to think that Merit does not rejl
elfeivhcre, this would be an ill Requital for the
Kindnefs and GeneroJit)\ with which I have been
treated in the different Countries I vijited^ whofe
Science has been cheerfully communicated^ and e?!-
abled me to tranfplant a -Treafure to my Country^
and there to cidtivate T^hings unattempted before.

I hope If jail be pardoned if I fioidd mention^
that thefe my Labours may not be iinwortlyy the
Attention of thofe^ whofe Countries and Clime ap-
proach in fome Degree to Scotland, where the
Seafons arefoarp^ attended with great Moifures^
turbulent Winds^ and chilling Blafts^ from its
Vicinity to the Weflern and Atlantic Oceans.

Mr. Miller, (of whom Imuft always retain
the highefl Senfe, both for the K?iowledge I have
receivedfrom his Labours^ and more particularly
that Friendjhip and Communicativenefs with
which he always treated tne) is bleffed with a
more favourable Situation in the Progrefs of his
Experiments., by enjoying the kind Influence of
the Sun, (the Parent of Vegetation) in fo high a
Degree., as to have the Vine in full Ripenefs on the
natural Wall, without the Afijiance of Art ; and
could we all experience the fame PeliLiiy, I need
A i not

PREFACE.

not have communicated my Obfervatiotis^ or my
Coimtrymen ivanted any other 'Tutor : But Provi-
dence in his Wifdom has directed it otherwife^ by
which the Ingenuity of Mankind has had Variety
of Employ^ and the Field of Invention been fo en-
larged, as to excite their Indvftry, which otherwife
would have been negleBed.

The Compojis I recommend have not been hafily
takefi up, but from an attejitive Confidtation with
the befl Florifis, where each curious Flower enjoyed
its natural Clime -J and this further I have to add,
that each Sort has bee?! repeatedly ufed, and with
a Succefs that muflpleafe every Lover of the Art,

I have fubjoined a Treatife oji the Culture of
fuch Forefl Trees as have been efteemed the mojl
valuable ; in it is given the Experie?tce of much
Labour and Expence, attended with many Dif-
appointments, but in the End happily accompliflo-
ed', and for the SatisfaMion of Poflerity let me
affure them, they will fiot hazard their Succefs by
implicitly givijig up to my T)ire5iions, being the
Refult of Forty Tears Experience, and of this
the Woods and Plantations o?i my Demefne, foew
how far the Practice is right.

In the Courfe of thefe DireBions, I may be
thought to have beeti too minute, a?id even to have
been guilty of fome Repetitions, but in thefe I
hope to be indidged^ as it arofe fro^n the Manner

of

PREFACE,

of making my Entries-^ and a DefiJ^e of being
intelligent to every Capacity. This in 'Ti?ne will
have its EffeSl^ afidraife to us a Number of me-
chanical Gardeners, jb that Gentlemen will not
befiibjeB to^ nor pejiered with ignorant Pretend-
ers^ who have rendered abortive Plans that might
have beeji as happily executed^ as conceived with
Propriety.

But not to trefpafs any longer on my Reader's
Pati^nce^ I fiall beg Leave to conclude with an
Obfervation of our great Mafter^ That they that
are Whole, need not the Phyfician.

Edinburgh, September, 1763.

N. B. The Improvements and Additions that
have been made to this new Edition are fo great.,
as to give it a confiderable Advantage over any
other., and are fuch as n2iifi be very acceptable.,
not lefsfrofn their Ufe, than the particular Plea-
fur e they muft give to all Lovers of Gardening.
Thefirft that appears is the different Proceffes that
are neceffaryfor the Prefervation and well bear-
ing of our Fruit Trees., whether agai?ijl the Wall
or Standards^ with Direciions for Grafting.,
Inoculating., ^c. affifted by engraved Reprefent-
ations of the different SeSlions., Jiecefj'ary to be
made for the perfeBi?ig of the Work.— A large
CollcBion of the bejl Fruit Trees., with their pc-
(uliar Characters., and fuch as have ripened well
A 4 in

P R E F A C E.

in Scotland.-— Dire6iio7is for plafiting of Or--
chards^ as recommended by a French Writer.^ with
that of grafting the Wilding on itfelf both to
improve its Growth and Fruit for Cyder. — Mr,
Adam I'aylors Manner of raifmg the Melon and
the Pine Apple.-^A Catalogue in alphabetical
Order, offuch Plants and Roots as are necejfary
for the Kitchen Garden, pointing out their Culture
and Seafon of fowing or planting, &c. — 'The
Culture of the Articles in the Kitchen Garden
thrown into the fame Order, and the Procefs of
each brought into one View. — Mr, George Voor-
helm, of Haerlem, his Procefs for the Culture of
the Hyacinth, tranflated from the French. — A
Catalogue of the mojl curious Annuals a?id Exo^
tics, with their Names in E?iglijh, referring to
that of their Culture and Botanical Names,

A TRE

A

TREATISE

O N

VEGETATI

Wc.

THE mofl: natural Introdu6i:ion to a work of this
kind, before we enter into particulars, is tp confi-
der the nature and qualities of Comports; that is, the
meliorations neceflary for different foils, in order to bring
the various plants we intend to raife, to their grcateft
perfefiion.

Eariby according to the definition of the learned Boer-
haavey is a foffile body, neither dilToluble by fire, water,
or air: it is infipid, more fufible than ftone. Hill fria-
ble, and ufualjy containing a fhare of fatnefs in it,

Mr. Boyle fays there is no fuch thing as a flridly fim.-
ple Earth; and it doth not appear that nature, any more
than art, affords an elementary Earth ; thofe even of the
fimpleft forts, having been found, upon examination, to
have qualities not afcribed to pure Earth.

Earths are of many and various qualities. Some are
fimple and immutable ; fuch as Chalk, Pumice, and

Rotten Stone. Others are compound and fatty;

of which kind are the crumbly red, white, and
brown coloured Earth, Fuller's Earth, and divers kinds
of Medicinal Earths, fuch as the Terra Creticat Hun-
garicat Leninica, i^c. which Earths are all refolvabic- into
oil, a little acid fait, and a Calx, which is the bafis, or
Earth, properly fo called.

Sand,

li A Treatise on Vegetation, ^c.

Sand, is by naturaliils, generally ranked as a fpecies
of Earth, though I think very improperly; for fand,
ftridly fpeaking, is a fort of chryftal, divided into fmall
tranfparent pebbles, calcinable by the addition of a fixt
alkaline fair, and becomes fufible and convertible into
glafs.

Earth is rendered fertile by means of fand, and be-
comes fit to feed and nourifli vegetables, and vegetate ;
fuch Earth, by itfelf, is liable to coalefce into an hard
coherent mafs, and, while thus embodied, and as it were
glued together, will be very unfit for the nourifhment
of plants ; but where hard fands, {whofe chryftalline
particles are indifioiuble bv water, and therefore always
retain their priftine figures) are intermixed, they keep
the pores of the Earth open, and render it in fome mea-
fure organical, the juices thereby being eafily conveyed,
prepared, digefled, circulated, and at length emitted by
ftrainers and thrown off in the roots of plants.

Earth is made up of two parts ; the firlf the contain-
ing part, 7, e. the Body, Bed or Couch ; the fecond, the
part contained, wz. the Nitrous or Sulphureous Parti-
cles, or Prolific Salts. The firft is but a lifelefs mafs,
and is no more than the receptacle of the other, and
when confidered, fimply abftra6ted from the prolific
falts with which it is repleniflied, is a lifelefs, dead, ina-
nimate body ; but when, by the co-operation of water,
fun, and air, it is put into motion, it then promotes and
carries on the work of vegetation.

Vegetables are natural bodies, organically formed, but
without fenfation of fpontaneous motion, adhering to
another body in fuch a m.mner as to draw from it its
nnuriiliment, and having power of propagating itfelf by
feed.

By its confifcing of veflels and juices, it is diftinguifh-
ed from a Foffil which is dug out of the Earth ; and dif-
fers from an animal by its adhering to another body,
and deriviRg its nourifhment therefrom.

Vegetation is the act wherebv plants receive nourilli-
ment and grow ; or rather that concourfe of afts be-
tween Vegetables and the Earth, properly compofed by
falts, and by the r.lfrous particles and efHuvia of the

Earth

A Treatise on Vegetation, ^c iii

]"arth acting thereupon. As to the different vefTels of
plants, proper to receive, and prepare the juices for
their nouriftinnent, it being foreign to my purpofe, I (hall
not enter into a difculTion thereof at this time, but re-
turn to what I firll: propofed, viz. to conilder the com-
ports of ground, whereby ^'^egetation is promoted, and
the proper nourifliing juices more eafdy conveyed into
the velTels of the Vegetables that are planted therein.

Comports are made up of feveral forts of foils, or
earthy matter, mixt together, to make a manure for
aiTifting the natural Earths in the work of vegetation, by
way of amendment or improvement.

Comports are various ; and ought to be different, ac-
cording to the different qualities oi the foils they are de-
fjgned to meliorate. As a loofe fand requires a Comport:
of a heavy nature ; fo on the other hand, a foil that is
heavy, clayey, or cloddy, requires a Comport of a more
fprightly and fiery nature, apt to divide thofe clods and
clay; to animate and give frefh vigour to that lumpifh
and coherent mafs, which would otherwife obrtruft the
a£b of vegetation ; and to give life and full play to all the
fibres of the roots of fuch plants as grow therein. The
ufe of Comports is to invigorate the difterent fpecies of
nature, whether for our pleafure or ufe, and is no other
than adapting of foils to thefe plants, &c. in which each
have been found bert to agree with, for their utmoft per-
fection, and which, from experience we have found they
moft delight in. To the making up of thefe I fhall at pre-
fent confine myfelf, as, in the progrefs of this work, I
fhall have many occafions to inform my readers of the dif-
ferent comports proper to be ufed as well for large gar-
dens, as the different plants that are there ufiially railed.

DireciioJis for preparing the Compoji for tbe Frimros'E^
fee their Culture, p. 251.

As I intend to treat of the proper Comports for all the
different genera of flowers, i rtiall begin with thofe which
make their appearance firrt in the Ipring ; and fhall iri-
fert the rert in their due order. The firrt confiderable
flower that makes its appearance in the fpring, is the
Primrofe or Privuilu Vens. Thefe are tlirtinguifiied into

two

iv A Treatise on Vegetation, crV.

two forts; the Primula Fen's, properly fo called, which
carries but one flower upon a O.eni ; and the Folyantbos
Primula Feris, which carries many flowers upon a ftem.
The Compoft they require to piofper in, is thus made:
To two thirds of rich Garden Earth, or rather Virgin
Earth, (by Virgin F^arth I mean that dug from under
old paft:ure, nine inches deep, which was never Ipaded)
this, with the fed, is to be laid up in an heap for two
years to rot, w ith one third of fine white Sand ; if this
cannot be had, fea Sand, over which the fea flows, will
do: but you are to obferve with refpeft to fea fand, that
you are to lay it open to the fun and air two months before
It is ufed, that its crude falts may be properly digefted ;
which praftice is proper not only in this, but in all cafes
where fand, over which the fea flows, is made ufe of;
if neither fea Sand nor white Sand can be conveniently
had, m that cafe pit Sand, or frefh river Sand may be
taken. The before-mentioned proportions muft in all
cafes be ftrictly obferved, unlefs the foil is a clay. In
this lafl cafe half fand and half clay mufl: be taken ; and
the CompolT: muft lie twelve months, to be turned up
every fortnight, to reduce and moulder the clay.

Before I proceed further in the directions for Com-
ports, it may be proper to take notice of the feveral
dungs which are to be ufed to enrich and meliorate the
diff^erent heaps, to be afterwards direfted. Dungs in
general are defigned to repair the decays of txhaurted or
worn-out lands, and to cure their defers, which are as
various as there are dungs to meliorate and reftore them.
Some lands are cold, moifl: and heavy ; others again
are light and dry. The nature of dungs are equally
various ; lome are hot and light, as flieeps, horfes and
pigeons dung; others again are fat and cooling, fuch
as the dung of oxen, cows, and hogs. Frefh dung
is never to be ufed. It ought to lie by at leafl: twelve
months to rot; after which to be expofed to the fun;
and when dry, beaten and fitted, and made into as
fine aconfifience as pofiible. This management of your
dung is only neceffary, when you are to mix it with
the Compoft intended for the fineil: flowers ; but dung
properly rotted, although you are not at the expence of

beating

A Treatise on Vegetation, ^c y

beating and fifting it, will, ferve all the purpofes of the
Kitchen Garden equally well.

"rheeffeQs that are to be expeOied upon land by duns;;
mull: be according to the difternpers they are to cure;
the dung of oxen, cows, and hogs, muft be given to
clean, light, dry Earths, whilfl: hot and dry dungs muft
be given to meliorate cold, mi>ill; and heavy lands.

There are two peculiar properties in dung; the one
is to produce a certain fenfible heat, capable of produ-
cing iome confiderable effe>5t; this is found in the dung of
horfes and mules, which is a while moift when newly
made; this dung when fermented we ufe for hot-beds,
to produce early in the fpring thofe plants and fruits in
perfection, which the rays of the fun naturally produce
in the fummer: the other property of dung is to fatten
the Earth, and render it more fruitful. The different
operations cf the different dungs are carefully to be at-
tended to. The dry light Earth, mud have cow dung,
to cool and enrich it; and to heavy, four, clay land, give
horfcs, mules and pigeons dung, to dry, meliorate, fat-
ten, and divide its particles. Thefe are general and certain
maxims, handed down to us from former ages, and con-
firmed by our own experience.

1 have premifed thus much on the nature of dung, as
it is one cf the principal ingredients of Compofts for the
different flowers of the Spring. — I fhall now proceed in
order to the other flowers, and the foils moft proper to
bring them to the greateft perfection.

The Compyl for the Auricula, />e their Culture, />.
313, 318, and 323.

The fecond flower which adorns the fpring is iht Au-
ricula. The beautiful varieties which have been, and
are annually produced, of thefe grand flowers, attract
the eye of the moft indifferent beholder, as well as
the Florin. The Cc^mpofl: to be ufed for them, in which
they blow bed, is made up in the following manner:
To a cartful of goud frefli Virgin Earth, add two loads
of well rotted and well riddled cow dung; but if your
foil i.-> ftiff, cold, and tlayifli, the fouith part of it muft

be

vi A Treatise on Vegetation, ^c.

be horfe dung; to thefe add a cartful of fine white fand,
or of rough land from a frefh river ; after your different
heaps are riddled and made 6ne, mix them in the precife
proportion here mentioned, and they will be fit tor ufe
in fix months, obferving to tofs them up every fortnight,
that the different matter of which your heaps conllft may
be equally mixed ; and this you are to be particularly
attentive to.

Ccnipojl for Hyacinths, fee their Culture^ ^c. p. 263
272 and 305.

The Compoft ufed for Hyacinths, to bring them to
their greatert perfe6tion, being very different from what
has hitherto been ufed, I Ihall be very particular in giv-
ing direQions how it muft be made up, which will lead
me to coniider a little more fully the different foils which
are to be met with. This noble flower may properly be
called a native of Holland, fince, from the feeds gather-
ed from plants which grew there, there have, within
thefe fifty years, been raifed upwards of eight hundred
different forts. To have them therefore in perfe6tion
in thefe climates, we muff imitate the Dutch foil as near
as we can.

In Holland their natural foil is fand and mofs, or a
black rich fallow. The white fand there is naturally
mixt, and makes a third part of this fallow ; about two
feet below this, there is a fattiffi fubllance always nou-
riffiing what is planted in it ; and indeed there is no in-
terruption of growth, nor want of a nourifhing fap, dur-
ing the whole year, except when their fevere froils pre-
vent the exertion of the foil to forward vegetation.

One would imagine that plants would fuffer in fuch
ground, by being too wet below, and by the rains from
above; but it is quite otherwife ; the fand in the loil
above, dries up the rains which fall, whilfl: the glutin-
ous fat matter below is continually fending up its vege-
tative qualities; and in cafe the heat in Summer fhould
parch what grows near the furface, quantities of cow
dung are ufed to cool the fandy furface. This dung, hav-
ing this excellent quality, that, covered but with four

inches

A Treatise en Vegf.tatiox, ^V. vil

inches of any ibrt of Earth, it will retain its moifture
ar.d moifteran^;; qualities in the hotlclt iummer.

To make a foil therefore, equal in goodnefs to this,
for Hxadnths, Tulips, Ranunciihifcs, and Ancm'nies, and
to irsake them blow and increnfe as they do in HoUanrl,
is to mod of otir gardeners a thing unknown; but
nothing is more certain than that we may imitate the
fine Dutch foil ; nay, v/e may have our foil as good as
the Dutch; for, by carefully preparing the Compoil
in the manner prefcribed, fiowers have been brought to
as great perfe6tion as ever they were in Flollancl, and as
few roots, if not fewer, have been lofl: in a feafon, than
ever in proportion v/ere lofl: in that country.

The foil that is com.pofed of clay, (which is certain
death to Hyacinths,) mufl: be avoided, fo that cur choice
mufl be of fuch, wh.ere the 'eall: of it is in the cornpofi-
tion. Hie black rich mould, and the moffy land, in
which we abound, I fhall give proper directions for me-
liorating. Having varieties of fands, and plenty of cow
dung, and thefe materials being properly mixt, by length
of time may be brought to become a mais of Earth a§
good for propagating Hyacinths, as that in Holland.
Therefore, I proceed to give directions how the Black
Earth is to be ufcd, fuch at leafl: as is the freeft from
clay, or its particles. There are two forts of it; one
v.'hich is moflly found in gardens, and another below the
fod of paflure lands. If you ufe the garden fort, v/hich
has been often cropt bv the gardener, take a quantity of
it nine inches deep below the furiace ; fpread it out du-
ring a winter and a fummer, to enjoy the benefit of the
fun and air, in the befl: expofed part of your Compofl-
yard, which flionld be clofely paved or flagged to pre-
vent the liquid matter which is highly impregnated with
the vegetative quality, from being lofl, as not any thing
contributes fo much to the value of your Conipoll, as
t!ie frequent turning this liquid into the heap, while un-
der preparation : If you take your earth from paflure
land, go no deeper than nine inches ; take the lod along
with it; lay it out and expofe it in the fame manner for
fifteen months before ufc ; but take care iliat the lower
part of the fod he turned up to the fun, fo that the gralfy

b part

Viil A Treatise on Vegetatiok, ^c.

part may be well rotted to mix with the earth ; which
mud be well riddled to take out the ftones.

The white Sand, over which the fea flows, is very
good for flowers, as it i"s animated with its faline efflu-
via ; but this mufl: be cautioufly ufed, as it is too fall for
immediate ufe, and would be of dangerous confequence ;
and (hould the proportion be lefTened, it would not an-
fwer the purpofe of properly dividing the particles. The
befl; method is, to lay it in your Compoft-yard for two
months, in which time much of its crude falts will
evaporate, fo as to be fit for ufe.

They have a fand in Holland, which is upon the hil-
locks of their paflures on the fea fhore, this they dig for
two or three feet deep, which is fat, glutonous, and
brackifh; this they carry to their Compoll-yards, and,
after expofing it fume time to the fun, they ufe it in
their Comports. This is the very befl: Sand for all forts
of flowers. It divides the earth and dung eff^e6lually. It
is very fine in its texture; and the falts it contains, pro-
mote Vegetation to admiration.

t Where the fand I have recommended is not to be had,
we mufl ufe pit or frefh river fand. Pit Sand, which is
very often clayifh, mufl: be put into a veflTel with water ;
and wafhed until the water comes off^ clear, which mufl:
be expofcd fome time to the air and fun before it is fit
to be mixed with your Compofl:. The river »r brook
fand, which has clayifli particles often mixed with it,
muft be taken the fame care of in wgfliing and expo-
fing to the fun and air, which will foon fit it for your
Compofl;-heap; and when you have planted your roots,
Ihould you obferve that they do not vegetate nor blow as
fafl: and as fair, as you could wifli, to four cartfuls of
your Compofl:, when properly made up, add ten pounds
of fait, diflblved in water, which pour on the heap.

In the inland countries they have' the advantage of
raofs, or mofly earth ; which, when duly prepared, is
very free, and, when enriched with proper manure, is
one of the beft foils for flowers, and is next in goodnefs
for that purpofe to what the Englifh Fiorifls call Wood-
pik Earth, and nearefl: in quality to the Dutch foil. To
make this fit for ufe, ufe the following method of pre-
paring

A TtsEATise on Vegetation, ^r. Ix

paring it: before you lift it, pare off its fur'ace, which
is greenifh bv the growth of the plint properly called
Mo//; but obferve, that the place from whence you
take this ground be not immerfed in water, or where
water ftands in the fummer-time; thefe grounds are
four, barren, and can never be mended by any culture
whatever ; but let the place, from whence you take your
earth, be open, free, airy, and of a middling drynefs,
rich and buttery to the touch, but by no means clayilh
or ftonv; dig about twelve inches deep, and no further,
and when you have got a fufficient quantity of it, bring
it to your Compoft-yard, fpread it out, let it en-
joy the fun and air in fummer, and the trofts for one
winter, toffing it up at every thavv ; by this means it
will be meliorated and divided ; and after lying twelve
months in this manner, it will then be fit to incorporate
with the reft of your materials.

Of all dungs whatever, none is fo proper for culti-
vating flowers as cow dung ; becaufe a great deal of
fand, {one third at leaft,) is neceflary in moft comports
for flowers of the bulbous kind ; and fand being hot, it
muft have a manure to cool and fatten it ; for which the
dung of cows, oxen, or hogs, is the moft proper. The
method I ufe to make this dung fine and fit for the pur-
pofe is this : In July, Auguft and September, while the
cows are at grafs, and are fed with grafs in byres in the
night time, take out the dung and lay it in your Com-
poft-yard in fmall heaps, where it will probably heat ;
but this is not to be minded. In November and December^
when the frofts are coming on, lay your dung over the
pavement, to the depth of fix inches, and no more, to
receive the benefit of the froft ; for one month's froft
will rot vour dung more, and make it fitter for \\(e than
three months at any other time. When the frofts are
in'tirely gone, lay your dung again up in heaps or ridges
two or three feet thick ; there to lie till the middle of
May, when the hot weather begins to fet in, then fpread
it thin, and beat it with a plaiftercr's lime-bearer, and
riddle it very fine. The grofTer particles howev-r ought
not to be flung away as they may be ufed in the Kitchen
Garden to very good purpole.

b 2 Your

s A Treatise on Vegetation, ^c.

Your dung thus drefled muft then be pur up into
pretty large heaps, where (hould it heat, it mufl: lie until
quite abated ; and tlie winter following mufl be fpread
out, for the advantage of the froft, and by fummer fol-
lowing it will be ready to put into your Compofl: heaps.

There is another manure, which is of very great ufe
to the Florifts ; particularly for the many falts proper
for vegetation it contains, and requiring but one feafon
for its preparation.

The Dutch CompoJ} for UYACitiTHS.

This is much ufed by the Florifts in Holland, and when
I was lafl there, 1 obferved a gentleman's Hyacinths in
the highefl perfe6lion, which led me to enquire what
Compoft he ufed, which was no other than one third of
line white down fand, one third of extremely well rot-
ted cow dung, and one third of rotted leaves of trees.
This is the manure I fliall now treat of, and fliew the
manner of preparing it, which every Florill: fhould never
be without.

Let the leaves of thofe trees and bufhes which fall in
the end of autumn, be gathered and laid in your Com-
pofl-yard ; which muft be fpread out, over which you
lay your cow dung, then a layer of leaves, and another
of cow dung, and fo alternately until your heap is Mifed
to 1 2 or 14 inches, but no higher : the fap and falts of
the dung will, in one winter, intirely rot your leaves, fo
that in April there will not be the leaft appearance of
them.

Having thus given directions for preparing your fand,
cow dung, leaves of trees, and the kinds of different
earth to be ufed, I proceed to give their proportions.
To a load of what fand you can procure, after it is pre-
pared agreeable to the foregoing diredion, take two
loads of cow dung, in which the leaves of trees have
been rotted, and the whole fifted and made fine, toge-
ther with one load of fine riddled and prepared earth
either of the moffy^kind, or of the black earth, I before
defcribed, but by no means fuch as have any particles
of clay. This mixture fhould be prepared in May, by

turning

A Treatise on Vegetation, l^c. xi

turning it up every three weeks; but fliould it heat when
in an heap, do not ftir it until the heating is over, and
fhould you perceive any mouldinefs on opening tlie heap,
rpread it out for the advantage of the fun and air, which
will foon recover it, (obferving always to keep your
Comport free from weeds) tlien it mull be again made
up into an heap, and the September following i)ut it into
your Hyacintb beds, whofe culture you will find treated
of under their refpe6tive heads.

Compojl for Tulips, fee their Culture, p. 324 tind 335,
Ranunculus, Ikis, and AKEMoKiEs,y^c' p. 340.

The Compoft for your Hyacinths fnould be changed
every year, whicii will not be attended with any lofs, as
it will anfwer very well for your Tulip beds, adding to
it a fourth more of fand, efpecially if you plant your
Tulips the next year after your FJyaiinths, obferving to
lay your compoft in ridges for the advantage of the fun
and air, a fortnight before planting; and the fuliowing
year you may plant your Ranunculus, Jnemonies, and /r/'/,
efpecially that fort well known in the Dutch Catalogue,
by the name of Iris ^nglica Bulbofa, of which the Dutch
have railed many uncommon beauties, and tins compoft
after it has anfv\ered the purpofe of raifm.g your moft
curious flowers, let it be again laid in the Compofl-yard,
to fweeten and meliorate tor more ordinary uies.

Compojl for the Carnations, fee their Culture, p. 424
and 426.

Dire^ ions for > the Culture of the Kitchen Garden, ac-
cordifig to its Soil.

In laying out your Kitchen Garden, the following in-
ftruclions will be necefTary to be attended to, according
to the foils with which you engage; if your Garden is
rocky or gravelly, you are to bring from a rich pailure
good loamy earth, laying it in heaps from five to three
feet deep. The foil which you take from the pafture
ground, fhould not be taken deeper than nine inches, or
afoot, and to be laid in heaps for a twelvemonth to rot,

b 3 before

xii A Treatise on Vegetation, ^c.

before laid on the ground. If your foil isclayifh, ftrong
and flifF, it will be necefTary to plow or dig it three or
four times, giving it a crofs-plovving with a good deep
furrow, and fliould you be under a necefTity of having
lome fummer crops in the quarters, lay up tlieir foil in
ridges tiie preceding v\'inter to be meliorated by the frofl
and fnow. The beft manure for fuch a foil is fea-coal
afhes, the cleaning oi ftreets, and horfe-dung ; but
where thefe are wantiiig, fea-fand may be ufed with
great advantage, obfcrving that your crops will be pro-
portioned to your quantity of fand, as it divides the clayey
particles and the ialt inriches the foil; but on the con-
trary lliouid your fuuation be on a hot, fandy foil, not
any manure more proper than the dung of cows and
oxen. Marie, when fuffered to lie a twelvemonth on the
furface, and afterwards plowed or dug into the foil,
■will be of great fervice. Thus I have given what know-
ledge I have obtained from experience, (my only guide)
of the difTerent foils and comports for the Gardener's ufe,
and if properly attended to, with the other dire£tions in
the following Piece, I flatter myfelf I fhall be remem-
bered with efleem, and confidered by the Florid: and
every Lover of the Art of Gardening, as an ufeful
Member of Society.

The order I would recommend for the crops of the
Kitchen Garden are as follows, as it anfwers befl: in re«
gard to time, and the faving of dung: Let the beds in
which your Cabbages and Coiliflowers were the laft fea-
fon, be fucceeded by the Parfnip and Carrot, as the
ground will not only be well dunged but well prepared
for them, and as foon as they are taken off, let Cellery be
put doun ; by this management th.e beds will be cleared
of every crop by the -aoth oi March, the feafon for lowing
the Imall feeds. Others, as foon as their Peafe and Bean
ground is cleared, plant Cabbages, Brocoli, &c. in rows,
but at fuch dilLmccs, as to admit rows of Peafe and Beans
to be foun between them, by which they are much fnel-
tered and protected when firll: coming up, and by the time
t'.i.ey are ready for landing, the others are removed.

In winter, let fuch beds as are not employed, be turned
np in ridges, for the advantage of the froft, and the better
tn leceive the influence of the atmofohere, wiiich will
grc/ii.ly reitilize your ground, and deftroy vermin and
weeds. Z^''?

[ xiii ]

We jball here introduce the fever al Particulars relative to
the Trees in the Fruit Garden, fucb as Graftingi Bud'
dingy Incculatingy and Pruning of Standards, as •well
as IVall Trees, with the Mariner of training them, not-
ivithjlanding many of theje Particulars are already treats
ed of in the Dire^ory ; but the Ah ant age and Pleajure
it mufi give, to have them in the Order here preje?ited%
'Luill, "Jue hope, apologize J or any Thing that may be con-
p.dered as a Repetition. The engraved Reprefentations of
the Cuts, (given at the End of thefe InJlruL^ions,)iuhether
cf Incifson or Amputation, and the Form of the dofi and
the Stock, voith the different Applications that are to be
made of them, -luill much facilitate the Work, and render
the Conception eafy ; which is 07ie oj the Improvements a-
mongfi a Number this Edition has in Preference of any
other.

A'

fPPLE-Tree. The chief care of this tree confifts in
never (hortening any branches unlefs wood is want-
ing, for the free ufe of the knife is not to be allowed;
I would recommend to go over the trees three or four
times in the growing feafon, and to pinch off luchfhoots
as are irregular, training others to tiieir places, obferv-
ing the horizontal pofitionj the diflance I would give
the branches for large fruit is feven inches, and for
the fmaller four or five ; it is to be obferved that the Ap-
ple produces its fruit upon iluds or Ipurs *, fo that they
are never to be cut off.

apricots. Obfcrve to nail their branches hori/;ontally,
difplacirg all fore-right fhoots ; this to be repeated as it
is often neceflary, but on no account flop any (hoots in
fiimmer. At Michaelmas, when their growth is flopped,
loofen all the branches from the wall, to be fhortcned in
proportion to their ftrength ; a vigorous branch to eight
or nine inches, a weak one to five or fix, which arc to

* Studs or Spurs are fmalj branches not exceeding fix
inches, having buds at their extremities, they proceed
from the fides of the larger branchc; of treci.

b4 ba

xiv Instructions for Pruning, Budding, Sec.

be replaced, and nailed in the manner before directed,
for upon this care their future good depends.

' In the fccond fummer obferve the direSions of the
firfV, and never (bortcn any of the fnoots in that feafon,
unlefs to fur^nilll branches, TirA this not to be dene later
than Aprih The thlid year's management will be nearly
the fame as the former, but only obierve, that as they
produce their blolfom btids, not only upon the laft year's
wood, but alfo upon fludp or fpurs, which are produced
from two years wood, care mufl: be taken of them in
the fummer management; and in your winter pruning
be careful to furnifh wood for every part of your tree,
carefully cutting off all luxuriant branches, or difplacing
them as foon as they arc produced.

Cherry. Their (hoots fliould never be fbortened,
for the mod of them produce their fruit buds at
the extreme part, and it frequenily occafions the death
of the flioot if they are taken off, for this tree is re-
markable for its difagreement with the knife; their
branches therefore are to be laid their full length hori-
zontally, and when there is a vacancy to be filled, in
May flop feme Itrong adjoining bianch, this will occa-
fion two or more (hoots to be put out for the purpofe :
Obferve at this feafon all fore-right fhoots, are to be
pinched oiT, and not to remain longer, as cutting them
in winter would occafion the tree to gum, but when you
are doing this, be careful not to rub off" the finds or
ipurs, which are produced upon the two or three years
old wood, as from them much Iruit may be expecled.

Currants produce their fruit upon their former's year
v.'ood, and upon fmall fnags from the old wood, fo that
in pruning them, thcfe fnags are to be preferved, and
the young fhoots fnortened to their length, not fufFering
their fliouts to lie tooclofe: Never cut their fnags, as
from them the fruit is produced.

Cr'ons or Grafts, are fnoois or buds* taken from a tree
in order to propagate its fpeecies, and their value is.

* Buds or Eyes, are that fwtlling on the tree from
whence proceed the young leaves or hlofToms, the latter
of which appear mere fwuln than the otiier, v;hich is ne-
ctfrary to be cbferved in prnnif-g. that

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &c. xv

that they will always retain the property of the tree from
whence they are taken, how different foever the ftock
(which in time will be the ilem or trunk of the tree) may
be ; and this excellence is attributed to its receiving the
natural juices of the Earth in a more refined ftate, than
if they were immediately in the ground, living as it were
on coTrfe diet; and it is to be obferved that they are to
be of thi? former year's growth ior grafting and no older,
taken fiom branches in a healthful itate that have been
laid horizontally ; that is in ftraight lines, every where at
the fame dilfance Irom the furtace of your border, but
for Inoculation, the bud of the prefent year's growth mufl:
be tnken. See p. xxiii.

Ejpaliers, are hedges of fruit-trees, which are re£i;u-
larly trained up flat on lettices of wood, to inclofe the
quarters of gardens. The Apple-trees moil: proper for
the purpofe are the Golden Pippm, Nonpareil. Rennette,
Grife, Aromatick Ruflet, Pile's RufTet; of Pears, the
fummer and autumn fruit, for ibme of the Winter Pears
fc'.dom fuccecd well in Efpaliers. If planted in foils that
are rtrong and moift, thefe trees (hould be upon Quince
flocks, but if dry, upon iree flocks. The dillance from
each other mud be according to the growth of the tree,
which fliould be well confidered before planting. Pears
on free flocks fhould be never lefs than thirty-one feet for
moderate growing trees ; but the vigorous fliooters the
fpace ot forty feet fhould be given them, efpecially in
ftrong foils. 1 he Pears 1 would recommend, are the
'Jargonelle^ Blanqitette ^ HolLnd Burgamatj Summer Betie-
relier, Hamdens Burgamoty Poire du Prhice, Autumn Bur-
gamotj U Amhrctte, Gros Rouffellet^ Chaiimontelley Beurre
du Royi Le Marquis, Crcjj'ane. Obftrve that if the hard
baking Pears are grafted upon (i^uincc flocks, tlie fruit
will be ftony, but the melting Pear will be improved by
it, provided tiiey are planted in a ftrong foil, but if the
foi^ be dry and gravelly they will not be proper.

This is to be obferved that when trees have been inju-
dicioiilly planted, if the trunks are hc.'\lthy and good, to
dig up two or tliiec, leaving every third or fourth in or-
der; they may he at the diftamcs bcfoie mentioned, the
branches of which are to be laid horizon tally, but fuch
as will not comply with thi.^ direction, I advife to be cut
down near th( flcm, from wlicncc new (hoots will be

ioon

xvi Instructions for Pruning, Budding, ^-c.
foon produced, for the w'&W or Efpalier: Butfhould the fruit
not be approved of, the young branches may be budded
the fame lummer, or grafted the following fpring, which
will come into truit much fooner than perhaps is ex-
pected, for one of theie old trees thus managed, will in
three years produce more fruit, than a new one will in
ten, efpeciajly if the foil be improved. ^

Fig-Tree. The feafon for pruning this tree is in Au-
guft, as the branches are not then in full fap, fo that the
bleeding will be the lefs : The branches are not to be
Ihortened, as the fruit is produced at the upper part of
the former year's fnoots, and cutting the branches is apt
to make them decay ; when the branches are too clofe,
cut out the naked branches to the bottom, leaving thofe
which are bed furnifhed with lateral branches, at a pro-
per diftance from each other, which fhould not be nearer
than a foot, and fliould they be well furniflied with late-
ral branches, let them be laid four or five inches farther
afunder. Obferve thefe trees are to be flripped of all
autumnal Figs, and the fooner this is done the better,
and if the buds at tlie extremity of the flioots are rub-
bed off with the finger, it will caufe them to put out a
greater crop of fruit in the fpring; this will enable the
young (hoots the better to refifl the cold; but the feve-
rity of fome feafons being too great for thefe tender
fhcots, their upper parts will be killed, for a confidera-
ble length downwards; when this happens let the decay-
ed part of the fhoot be cut away: Itjs chiefly from the
uppermoft joints of the flioots the fruit is produced,
therefore as many of the fhort lateral branches fhould be
prefer ved, as polTible, not only for this purpofe, but to
turnifli the lower part of the tree v/ith v/ood.

Gccfeberry. In order to have their fruit in perfection
you muft ufe the knife, by fliortening the flrong fhoots
lo about ten inches, cutting out all irregular branches,
and thinning the fruit-bearing branches ; when they are
too thick, obterve always to cut behind a leaf bud, and
dig the ground about them once a year, and every fe-
cond bellow a little dung on them, this will greatly im-
prove their fruit, which are not delpicable.

Graftings is the taking a llioot from one tree, to in-
fert into aiiothcr; this by fomc is called incifion, to dif-

tinguifh

Instructioks for Pruning, Budding, &c. xvii

tinguifh it from inoculation; from which it differs, by
performing the operation before the fap has rifen in a
high degree; the fhoot taken for this purpofe is called
the Cion, or Graft, the befl; are, the fiioots of a former
year, to be taken from trees in vigour, whofe joints are
compaftand clofe, and from lateral or horizontal branch-,
es, to be cut from the tree, before the buds begin to
fvvell," which is generally three weeks or a month before
the feafon for grafting; therefore as foon as the Cions
are cut, they fhould be bid in the ground with the cut
downwards, burning them half their length, covering
their tops with dry litter, and if a fmall joint of ihe for-
mer year's wood is cut off with them, they will keep
the better, and if they are to be carried to a diftance,
they mufl: be put in clay, or wrapped up in mofs.

For the operation, you mufl: be provided with the fol-
lowing inflruments; i. A fmall hand faw to cutoff the
heads of flocks, on which the Cion is to be grafted. 2.
A knife with a thick back, to make clefts in the flocks.
3. A fliarp grafting- knife, with a flat handle fbmewhat
like an ivory paper cutler, but narrower, this is to raife
the bark from the wood, which is to be clofed on the
Cion. 4. A grafting chifTel with a fmall mallet, 5. Strings
of bafs matting or woollen yarn, the matting if laid in
water fome tmie before, will make it better fof ufe. 6.
A quantity of compofl to be thus prepared; take fomc
ffrong fat loam, alfo fome ftonehorfe dung to break into
the loam, with a little tanner's hair, this will add to its
binding quality, as fait will to its moiflure, fo as to pre-
vent it cracking in dry weather, thefe are to be well
worked together with water, as you make mortar ; and
to be repeated feveral days: this compofition is not to be
expofed to the frofl or diying winds, and the more it is
wrought the better.

The four ways of performing this operation are as fol-
low :

1. Rind- gr aft ingi called fhoulder-grafting, proper for
large trees, and by fome called crown-grafting, as the
grafts are fct in the form of a circle or crowu ; tlie end
of March or the beginning of April, is the proper time.
'I hii method is feldom practifed but on large trees, whofe
heads or a large branch are to be cut off horizontally,

and

xvili Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &rc.

and two or iuur cions, according to the fizc of them,
are put in between the wood and the bark, which may
he opened and raifed as in inoculation, that is, by firft
giving the bark an upright cut, to the depth of a little
more than two inches, to terminate in the horizontal jujl:
made, then to be railed on each fide with the thin end
of your budding knife, as is reprefented by figure 3 at
hi h, then the cion is to be infertcd, firft doping' it to
the length of two inches, to terminate in the bark, and
to be let eft with a fiioulder at the thick part of theflope,
to reft on the ftock, as reprefented at a, figure 1 ; over
this cion the bark which was raifed on tht ilock, is to
be gently clofed and preffcd, and thus to proceed accord-
ing to the number ot cions you want to graft ; but when
the bark will not rife, the operation muil be performed
after the manner of Whip or Tongue grafting, as repre-
fented by the figures 2, ?» 8 and 10, to which we refer,
having be&n very particular in our direftions for perform-
ing it, as it is the mod ufeful. When all is fmoothed
up, and fecured by a ligature, the crown of the flock is
to be well clayed, and worked Jo as to terminate in a
point to carry off the rain, leaving the eyes of the cions
uncovered ; the difficulty of preferving thefe grafts,
thous:h of fome years ftanding, has put this method out
of ufe.

2. Cleft or Jlit graft ingi called Stock, proper for trees
frorH one to two inches diameter, to be performed in
March. This ji;ralting is pra6lifed on tl;e {locks of trees
of the fmaller fize, and may be ufed with fuccefs, where
the rind of the flock is not too thick, whereby the inner
bark of the cion may be prevented joining ; this fhouid
be performed on flocks or branches more than an inch
diameter, after this manner; the head of the flock, &c.
js to be cut oilF with a flope, as at figure 1 1 r, /, and a
flit made the contrary way, (a) in the top of the ilope,
deep enough to receive the cion, which is to be cut in
the form of a wedge, as reprefented by figure 12. taper-
ing to the length of two inches, terminating very thin;
and in fetting the cion into the flit of the flock, there
muft be great care taken to join the rind of the cion with
the rind of the flock; this will be befl done by an up-
right politicn, for by it tiie greatefl length will be given

for

I^csT RUCTIONS for Pruning, Budding, &:c. x\x
for the rinds of the cion and ftock to join each other,
and this to be obferved as a general rule, that, when the
furface of the cions is of a lefs diameter than the fur-
face of the flocks, the former are to be placed on one
fide, in order that the bark of each mav meet in as ma-
n\' points as pofilble, for on their meeting and well unit-
ing the fuccefs of the oper<uion depends ; when the (locks
are not ftrong, it will be proper to bind them with ftrings
of bafs matting, to prevent the flit of the ftock from
opening; then to be clayed to prevent the admilTion ot
air, leaving onlv the eyes of the cions above the clay i-or
fnooting.

3. JVhlp or Tongue graft in'T, proper tor flocks of an
inch and half diameter or lefs, which is molt in ufe, as
being moft effectual. This is performed by taking a
fhoot of the lait year's growth, to be cut to a length fo
as to have three or four eyes ; this is called the cion,
(figure 9) and is to be cut floping on one fide, to the
length of two inches downwards, terminating in the
rind, leaving the furface of the cut quite fmooth; then
raifea tongue on the upper part of this furface iuQlining
downwards, as at q, this is intended to fall into a catch,
which is to be raifed the contrary way on the flock to
receive it, (fee figures 7 n and 8 a,). The flock is now
to be prepared, by cutting off the head, floping upwards,
(fig. 7, k I,) but to flope no more than in common cut-
ting ; then take a flice off the- fide of the flock, in a
contrary direction to the flope you havejuif made on the
cion, to the length of it, terminating in the lower edge
of the floping cut, (k, I, J you juif made on the flock,
and to a furface that will anfvier to that made on the
cion, fo that when they are placed on each ofher, tliey
will touch in every point, and the edges of their rinds
or bark exactly meet; then you are to raife the catch at
(nj before-mentioned, to receive the tongue of the cion;
and for the dillance and depth, you mull: take your di-
reflion from that on the cion, that the planes may meet
(as in figure 10) each other with the exactncfs jufl men-
tioned ; this will keep them fteady tor ty.ng with the bafs
firings, with which they are to be fecured; but wh* n
the cion has a narrower furface than th.e flock, it is to
be placed on one fide, that the rinds may meet in as

"reat

XX InsTructioKs for Pruning, Budding, &rc.

great an extent as polTible, then to be tyed and clayed,
obferving to let the bud appear.

4. Grafting by Approach, called abln^iorty or inarching:
This is to be performed when the (lock you graft on^
and the tree from which you graft, (land near each other,
to be performed in April, in ufe for JefTaniines, Oranges,
and tender exotic trees, (figure 15) and thus executed:
Take the branch vou would inarch, and having fixed on
the flock to which you intend to join it, pare away the
rind and wood on one fide, about two inches in length,
doing the fame with the ftock, fo that both may the bet-
ter unite to each other, and for the better effecting this,
cut a tongue, as reprelented by figure 15 atj', upwards
in the grait, and make a flit in the flock downwards, as
was direfled in the Whip grafting, to admit it, to pre-
vent their flipping, and when thefe are placed very ex-
a£tly one on the other, they are to be fecured with the
bandage already mentioned, over which the grafting
clay is to be laid, to exclude the air, thus to remain
for four months, flaking the graft to keep it fleady, which
is quite neceffary ; after the time mentioned, the graft
may be cut from the mother tree, obferving to flope it
ofFclofe to the fiock, the joined part to be covered again
with the clay.

The next thing that is to be confidered for the fuccefs
of this pra<5lice, is to make choice of fuch a kind of tree
as will unite and profper after it is performed ; fo that
care mull be taken to unite fuch only as are of the fame
genus or kind, that is, fuch whofe fruit and flower will
agree: All nut-bearers will graft on each other, the
different kinds of plum-bearing trees, amongfl: which
are included the Almcnd, Peach., Neflarine, Apricot, i^c.
as they agree in general charatfers, by which they are
diflinguifhed ; and as many of thefe trees will difcharge
quantities of gum when deeply cut, they had better have
this operation performed, after the manner of inocula-
tion ; Peaches and Net^arines are of this fort.

Such trees as bear cones will agree, though one fliould
annually call its leaves, and not the other; and fuch
trees as abound with rofin, mufl be grafted by approach,
as alfo the Laurel on the Cherry, and the Cherry on the
Laurel. All mafl-bearing trees will take on each other,

and

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &rc. xxl

and fuch as have a foft wood may be performed in the
common way ; but fuch as are of a firm texture and flow
growth, bv approach.

It is to this invention, we are indebted for the num-
ber of foreign trees, of the fouthern climates ; for, by
budding and grafting them on more hardy flocks, we
have, in a manner, naturaliz^ed them to our clime. Thefe
cions which have been grafted on the different trees, do
not become one body with them, but as it were, ftrike
root in their flocks, and are fo furniflied with fibres, as to
convey to themfelves their nourifliment, but in a ftate
more pure, than if they drew their fupport from the
earth; this accounts for the cions retaining the nature
and qualities of the trees from which they are taken. To
this pra8;ice it is faid mankind was led by a bird dif-
charging the feed of a tree into the trunk of another,
where it received a moifture and other fuflenance fuita-
ble to its growth ; it became a tree, and of a difl'erent
fpecies. This the working mind oF Man improved on.

Gravel -, the ufe of this for walks of gardens makes
it neceflary to give fome dire6lions for that purpole. This
work is to be begun in March; and wt.en the gravel is
of fuch a quality as will not bind, take to one load of
flrorg loam, two or three of gravel, to be well mixed
and molflened for ufe : In making of a walk five feet
wide, one inch is fufficient for it to rife in the centre,
and a walk of ten feet is to rife two inches; this will
give tlie rain a fufiicicnt fall. Six or eight inches depth
of gravel may do for the covering of a walk, but a foot
is fufficient, and you are to obferve that according to the
foil of your walk, you are to prelerve it for coating,
which is generally by firft putting down a good Inyer of
rough ftones. The level of the ground muft be well
confidered, before you begin to make your walks, in or-
der to give them that defccnt which will befl carry off
the water ; and when the foil is remarkably wet, land
drains are neceffary. To deflroy worms, which are very
prejudicial to gravelled and grafs walks, kt them be well
watered, in which water walnut leaves have been fleep-
ed, this will force them out, fo that you may with eafe
kill them ; but the befl provifion againff this evil, is firfl
to lay down a good coat of lime rubbifli ; and in oriier

to

xxii Inst^iuctions for Pruning, Budding, &c.

to keep your walks clear of weeds and mofs, turn tiiem

up in the winter.

Hedges. Their ufe and ornament to the garden are fo
great,, that we iTiali give fome neceflary direftions about
them ; for ip.clofu''cs the quick is moi'b frequently plant-
ed, wiuch Ibould not be bigger than geefe quills, to be
cut down to within four or five inches of the ground
when planted, and taken frefn from the nurfery, to be
fmooth, freight, and well rooted ; if to the hedge there
is to be a ditch, I would advife it to be fix feet wide at
top, four and half at bottom, and three icef, then there
will be a proper inclination given to the banks, to fup-
port themfelves againft frofts ; if without a ditch, the
quicks are to be planted in two rows, almoft perpendi-
cu-iar, at a foot diftance, in the quincunx order, (fee fig.
17) that is, four quicks are to be fet in the oppofite cor-
ners of a fquare, and one in the middle; the method of
planting on {loping banks in two rows one above the
other, is by no means right, as tbe moidure pjoes off
too quickly to afford the plantation nourilliment,; I ad-
vife the plantations to be made with the fets on the top
of the bank, where if they are kept clear from weeds,
thev will grow more in one year, than thofe on the fides
in three; when hedges come to the growth of eight and
nine years they (liould be plafhed, that is, laid down, a-
voiding the extreme of laying them too low or thkk ;
the feafon for this work is in O^ober and February.

The Crab and blackThorji, both, make excellent hedges,
but are to be raifed from feed, and the firft from the
fmall wild Crab, to be fown early in Jnnuojj. The
Holly makes the mofi: beautiful hedge, but is flow in its
growth, and like the laft is bed: raifed from feed, which
muft be a year gathered before it is fit for ufe, to be iria-
naged thus: Th^ Berries which are to be gathered about
Cbrijlmas, are to be put into a large flower pot, mixing
fome fand with them, then dig holes in the ground, into
thefe the pots mufi: be funk, covering them 'to a foot
depth, where they are to remain until 0/7o//'fr, then the
Berries are to be taken out and fown where they are fo
' {land, the ground being well trenched and cleared, l^c.
then two drills are to be made at about a foot diftance
from each other, and about two inches deep, into which

the

Instructions for Pruninc:, Budding, &:c. xxlii

the feeds are to be fcattered pretty clofe, to provide for
failures, and by this management the hedges will coire
lip thick at the bottom, when you may promife yourfelf
fuccefs, provided you are careful of them and keep them
clean; this hedge, when in growth for clipping, Ihould
be fhearcd in Aiay and AugujU but for a common fence
once a year will do. If a hedge is to be made by plants
of holly, let the ground be well trenched. The time tor
fetting plants is \x\Oclober, unlefs the ground is very wet;
March then is the proper feafon. Plants that have been
twice removed, and from an interior ioil, will anfwer
beft, provided they are raifed with a ball of earth, and
protected from the frofl.

Inoculating, or Budding, is alwavs performed when
the trees are in full fap ; in this it differs from grafting.
This is commonly practifed upon all forts or Hone fruit,
in particular, fuch as Peaches, Nei^arines, Cherries,
Plums, i^c. as alio Oranges and yejfamines, and is pre-
ferable to any other kind of grafting, for moil fort of
tender fruits. You muft be firir provided with a budding
knife in good order, the end of which terminates in the
form of a paper cutter of ivory, but narrower, with
which you are to raife the bark of the flock to admit the
bud, and fome bafs matting foaked in water to increafe
its ftrength ; then, having taken off the cuttings from
the trees you would propagate, choofe a fmooth part of
the ftock, about five or fix inches above the lurface of
the ground, if defigned for dwarts, but if for ifandards,
they (hould be budded fix feet above ground ; (fee fig. 3)
then with your knife make an horizontal cut acrofs the
rind of the flock (/), and from the middle of that cut
make a flit downwards about two inches in length ( ^),
fo that it may be in the form of a T, not cutting fodeep
as to wound the wood of the flock ; then take the flioot
ot the former year's growth, cut off the leaf, leaving
the foot-flalk as reprefenled in figure 6, make a crots
cut about half an inch above the eye or bud, and with
your kniteflit oif' the bud, with pan of the \vood to it,
in the Form of an efcutchcon, a figure in heraldry, which
will be in lorm as reprefcntcd by figure 4 {b, the wood
as it appears in tnc.cut) ; this done, von mufl with your
knife ralfc up that part of the woo'd (b) w Inch was taken
c with

xxiv Instructions for Pruning, Budding, 5ic.

with the bud, obferving whether the eye of the bud
continues to the rind or not, (tor all thofe buds which
lofe their eyes in dripping, fhould not be ufed) then
gently raife the bark bb of figure 3 where the crofs in-
cifion was made at f, with the flat haft of your knife,
feparating the bark from the wood, down the cut ^, to
place the bud in, to incline upwards, obferving to lay
the bark (which you juft now raifed) fmooth on the (lock,
covering the cion, except where the fhoot is to be made:
Then -^ou mufl: bind them clofely round with the bafs
mat, beginning at the under part of the flit, and fo pro-
ceed to the top, taking care not to bind up the eye of
the bud.

A''. B. When the bud (fig. 6.) is inferted in the flit (g)
of figure 3, you are to flide it between the wood and the
bark ; fo as the point [b) will come down pretty low in
the flit {g)f and whatever of the bud remains above the
horizontal cut {/) is to be cut oflF in the fame direction,
before you bind them.

In about three weeks or a month you will perceive
fuch as have fucceeded, by their remaining frefh and
plump, when the bandage may be loofened, or nicked
with a knife to give room, which, if not done in time,
may force off the bud, as it will be fwelling. The Marcb
following you muft cut off the ftock about three inches
above the bud, as reprefented by the curve line at /, in
figure 3, floping it, that the wet may pafs off; to this
part of the liock it will be proper to fecure the flioot
which the bud made this fummer, to prevent its being
blown off; but this part of the ftock muft not continue
Jonger than one year, when it is to be cut off ciofe above
the bud.

The feafon for inoculating is from the middle of yufig
until the middle of Jugujf, and fuch trees as are ready,
may be known by trying whether their buds will come
off well from the wood, but the moft general rule is,
when you obferve the buds formed at the extremity of
the fame year's ihoots, it fhews they have finiflied their
fpring growth.

The firft tree that is generally inoculated is the jlprt-
cot, and the laft theOrange-y and at any time when this
work is performing, cloudy weather is the beft, (but not

when

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &:c. xxv

when it rains) as the juices are not then too quickly ex-
haled, which is occafioned by performing it when the
rays of the fun areflrong; nor (hould ihtfe cuttings be
taken too long from the trees before ufing, that they
may retain as much as poflible their natural moillure;
fo that when they are taken to a diftance, a tin inftru-
ment is to be provided with fockets, about ten inches
long, to be filled with water, covering their tops with a
lid to exclude the air, but pierced in fome places to carry
off the exhalations; in thefe the cuttings are to be fet
upright, with the cut down, carefully keeping the buds
from being immerfed in the water; and it is to be ob-
ferved, that fome tender trees require the little wood at
the extremity of the fhoot to be preferved, which in
others is dire6ted to be cut off.

Layers \ by thefe many trees, &c. are propagated,
which otherwife we could not have. Laying of layers is
thus performed : the one year old fhoots near the ground,
are to be chofen ; from them all fide flioots are to be ta-
ken, and fuch as ftrike root with difficulty, are to have
a flit made upwards at a joint, and in that part which is
laid under the earth, or a piece of wire twifted in the
fame part, to check the mounting fap, wliich will haften
their flriking root ; before the laying down of the layers,
let the earth be well dug, and the clods broken, then the
fhoots are to be laid, five or fix inches under the furface
of the enrth, and fecured by pegs, leaving the end of
the fhoots, five or fix inches above ground, in an ere61:
pofition. The feafon for laying hardy trees, that Ihed
their leaves, is in O^ohrr, but fuch as are tender, in
March; ior Ever-greens, July CK Angufl -, and the fum-
mer feafon is the befl: time, for fmall plants; to have
layers from iiigh fi:andards, they mult have earth raifed
about them.

Ne^art7ic; for its management, ie^ Peach.

Northern Afpe^. This is the leaft favourable in thefe
climes, but however, it may be made a convenience, in
retarding the ripening of fruits : The Morello Cherry for
prcferving ; red and wh'wt Currant Sy and fome fummer
Pears, planted in this afpe6t, continue lung in bearing
and ripening.

c 2 Nurfery,

nxv'i Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &:c.

NurfcrVf is the place fet apart, tor railing and propa-
gating, of all Torts of trees, and plants, to fupply the
garden, and other plantations.

Peaches. Thefe trees are to be equally furniflied with
bearing wood, avoiding to lay them too cloie to each
other ; and it muft be obferved, that as they produce
their fruit upon young wood, either of the preceding
year, or at moil:, from two years old wood, (for after
that they will not bear) the branches fhould be fhortened
to occafion a produce of new flioots every year, and in
every part di' the tree, obferving always to cut behind a
wood bud, as I fhall direcf more particularly; the time
for this is in the months of Aprils May and yimCi when
foreright flioots muft be pinched off, (fee a, fig. i8) the
luxuriant branches checked by pinching, and new fhoots
produced, where wanting, by flopping the fap in the
neighbouring branches ; the fhoots produced this feafon,
will have time to ripen againft autumn, whereas thofc
produced after June, will be crude and pithy, confe-
quently of no value.

In order to keep thefe trees in a proper ftate, they
muft have more attendance than the fummer and winter
pruning, for you muft go over them in the month of
May, to pinch off^ all irregular fhoots, and to train the
branches to the wall, that each may have an equal ad-
vantage of fun and air, therefore the oftener thefe trees
are examined from the time they firft begin to (hoot un-
til autumn, the better will be their condition for fruit-
ing; by this much cutting is prevented in the winter,
which but badly agrees with this tree, as it is of a loft
texture, and does not fpeedily heal of its wounds, fo as
to be out of danger, when the fevere weather fets in.

The diftance the branches are to be laid againft the
wall, muft be according to the fize of the fruit, and
depth of their leaf, as the leaves of one branch ftiould
not overhang another. This obfervation will hold good
in refpe6t to all trees againft walls.

The branches being trained as direded in the fpring
and fummer, we are come now to the winter pruning,
which is ufually performed in February or March, but
the beft feafon is in Oclober, a^ the wounds will then have

fufficient

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, ^^c. xxvVi

fiifficient time to heal, before the froiT: fets in ; and in
the fpring all the efforts made by tlie motion of the fap,
v/ill not be to any unneceHary purpol'c, as now no part
of the tree is to be cut off.

Oclober I have mentioned as the beff time for winter
pruning; in doing of which you mulf ohferve to cut
behind a wood bud; this you may diflinguilh from the
blofTom bud which is Ihorter, rounder, and more fwoln
than the wood bud ; for if the fhoot does not termi-
nate with a leading bud, it is apt to die down to the next.
The length of the fhoots, in a heahhy ifrong tree, fhould
be ten inches or more, but in thofe that are weak, not
more than fix; yet in this you mull: be guided by the
pofition of the leading bud, as it is better to have a fhoot
three or four inches longer or fhorter, provided it termi-
nates with one of thefe buds; it is abfolutely neccffary
for the future welfare of the tree, you fiiould cut out
all weak flioots, though many blolTom buds may appear
on them.

In nailing the fhoots to the wall keep the hori/.ontal
pofition, as reprefented by fig. i8, placing the branches
at fuch diffances as will prevent their being overfhadow-
ed with their leaves, as has been direftcd.

Peach, the molf excellent of thefe are fuch as have
their fruit with afirmfiefli; the llvin thin, of a d^^i^
bright red next the fun, and of it yellowifh caft next the
wall, and the flefh of a \e1lowirh colour, full of juice.

Pear-Trees. They generally produce tl>eir bloflbm
buds on the extremity of the lafl year's fhoots; {o thev
are not to be cut off; this alfo will prevent the evil of
filling the tree with too much wood. Pears likewiie
produce their fruit upon fluds or fpurs, which are emit-
ted from branches three or four years old, fo little more
is to be done with them, than in the fummer to train
their fhoots, and to difplace fore-nght and luxuriant
branches, that the fruit may be well cxpofed to the fun:
the feafon for this work is any time after the fruit is
gathered until March, but the fooner after the iruit is
gathered, the better.

Plum-Trees \ they not only produce their fruit upon
tlie laft year's wood, but alfo upon {\.nAz or Ipiirs of ma-

C3 ny

xxviii Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &rc.

ny years growth ; fo that the fafefl: method to be taken
with thefe trees, is to lay their flioots horizontally (fee
fig. 18), and at fuch a diftance, branch from branch, as
will be fufficient for the well ripening of their fruit.
When wood is wanted to fill the walls, pinch the fhoots
in May, and during the growing feafon, pinch off" all
foreright flioots, (fee fig. 18, <j), and fuch as are pre-
fervcd muft be regularly trained; the Plum-tree will not
aHow the knife, on account of the quantity of gum that
is emitted on fuch occafions.

Pruning. There is not any part of gardening of more
general ufe, nor is there any wherein there are more
pretenders, which muft ever be the cafe, when men take
up profefTions from cuflom, whofe principles are only to
be found in fludy, practice, and a careful purfuit of na-
ture, in that variety for which fhe is fo remarkable. In
the fcience of gardening or vegetation, many think it is
only requifite to be provided with a good knife, and that
a liberal ufe of it difplays their knowledge, which fhould
be confined to rendering trees more lafling, ornamental,
and fruitful, to obtain which a contrary prafiice is ne-
ceflary, as will appear in our direSions.

1. To contribute to the healthful ftate of a tree all
ufelefs branches fhould be taken off in a proper feafon,
that the fap may not be ufelefly expended.

2. To render a tree ornamental is to difpofe its branches
according to their flrength and fize, having a regard to
the largenefs of the leaf and fruit, that they may be
properly diflanced to receive the advantage of the fun
and air, by which not any confufion will appear, confe-
ipiently they will be rendered ornamental.

3. To give a tree fruitfulnefs is to difpofe of her luxu-r
riances fo :)s to confine all her efforts of vegetation to the
thing r.ecefuiry, which will give a fair, well grown, and
well flavoured fruit, and in fuch abundance as is con-
llftent with her flrength, without exhaufling it.

Thus far have we proceeded on the general principles
of this fcience, which we will now lead into practice ;
but firil make the following remark.

Some think their trees have all the necefiary afTiflance
given them, if during the fummer they are kept to the

wall.

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &c. xxix
wall, and in winter liave the difcipline of a Adoiv'
bawk, for fuch I call tlufe amputating gardeners: But in
this they are much millaken, as the Ipring is the feafon
for our attention, when their growth is vigorous: Now
foreright Ihoots are to be pinched off (fee a figure i8)
(always obferving never to ufe the knile when your fin-
gers can fupply its place) good wood is to be provided,
and all ufelefs branches to be difplaced, whereby nature
will not be employed to any ufelefs piupofe. Others
there are who give their trees the fummer pruning, but
negle6l them in y^/)r/7 and May, when their fhoots are
produced, and only furvey them at midfummcr, nailing
up their branches, except fore-right flioots, which they
cut off with other parts of the tree, and perhaps fuch
to whom the knife is death, by emitting its vitals, in
bleeding fome, and forcing others to difcharge their gums,
not diftinguifhing when the ufe of the knife is allowable.
Thus far we have proceeded to expofe thefe ill pra6tices,
in hopes they v/ill be correGed, and to roufe the gentle-
man and the gardener to attend to nature, whofe pur-
fuits we have made the principles of our fcience; thefe
are given in treating of each particular tree, ranged in
alphabetical order.

Rnjherry. The feafon for dreHing them is October,
when all old wood tjiat produced fruit the preceding fum-
mer, fhould be cut down below the furface of the ground,
and the young (hoots of the fame year, mufl: be Hiorten-
ed to about three feet in length, and the fpaces between
the rows fhould be well dug to encourage their growth,
and a little rotten dung would add much to their vigour,
and encreafe the largenefs of the fruit; in fummer care
mufl: be taken to keep them clear of weeds, and the
plantation fhould be renev/ed every three or four years.

Standards. They fhould never have theii branches
fhortened, unlcfs where they are very luxuriant, or grow-
too much on one fide, for proportion fhould be preferv-
ed; but this cutting is only allowable to Pears and Ap-
ples, as the flone-fruit-trees would gum and ilecay by
amputation; but when this is abfolutcly neccflary for the
latter, you mull remedy the evil by (lopping the gum,
or pinching the (hoots in fpring, before tiicy obtain too

c 4 much

XXX Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &c.

much vigour ; this will occafion them to pufli out fide
branches, whereby the fap will be diverted from afcend-
ing too tad to the leading branches; but it muft be
cautioufly done.

In taking oft decayed branches care mufi be taken to
take them off at the place where they are produced,
otherwife the infeftion will extend itfeit ; and lliould the
branch be large, which is neceflary to be cut away, let
the part be carefully fmoothed, laying over the wound a
plaifier of grafting clay. Such branches as crofs each
other fliould be removed, to prevent a canker, which
otherwife would be occafioned by their rubbing each
ether; and it mufl be obferved in old trees, particularly
the Apple, that from the trunk, young fhoots rife with
great vigour into the head, thefe fhould be cut away, as
the admiiTion of fun and air is quite neceffary both for
the prefervation of the tree, and the ripening of the
fruit.

Strawberries. They love a gentle hazelly loam, that
is moifl:, which is better for them than a light rich one,
they are not to be treated with dung, as it only occafi-
ons them to grow luxuriant. Oclober is the beft feafon
for planting them, for fuch as are moved in fpring will
require watering, if the weather fhould be dry ; the
ground is ufually laid in beds- of four feet broad, with
paths of two feet between them, thefe fhould have the
roots of v.eeds well cleared out ; then let four lines be
drawn in each bed at a foot diftance, this will leave fix
inches fpace on each fide, between the outfide rows and
the paths; let the plants be fet at a foot diflance from
each oiher in the rows, in quincunx order, (fee fig. 17),
cliifing the earth on the plants, v.'iilch are to be watered,
unlefs rain defcends; the diflance here direSed is for
the wood StrcrMherry, giving thofe of a larger growth,
vi'/.. the Scarlet and Hautboy., fifteen inches diftance, and
(it the!e but three rows in a bed, the Chili are to have
but two, and at two feet diflance. In your choice of
plants be careful that they are taken from beds that have
been well attended and fruitful, the ofF-fets which ftand
nearefl: the mother-plant, are to be chofen for new plan-
tations ; tlie wood Straivbcrry is bell; when taken into the

garden

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &c. xxxi

garden from its natural ftate ; the next care to be taken
of your plantation, is to defend the roots from the froft,
which may be effeaually done, by laying tanner's bark
over the furface of the beds; this care mufl: not be omit-
ted with the Cbilii otherwile you may lofe them : Saw-
duft, or fca-coal afhes may be ufed, when the bark is
not to be had. In fummer you muft keep them clear of
Aveeds and runners, which fhould be removed as tafl: as
they appear; if this dire<5lion is attended to, you may
promife yourfeif fine large fruit ; and as the old plants
are the bearers, you mull: keep them clear of fuckers,
which would otherwile deprive them ot their nourifh-
ment. A plantation will not hold longer than three years,
therefore a provifion fhould be made, by planting other
beds with the fuckers that are drawn from next the mo-
ther plant, to be fet in frefh ground.

In autumn you are again to take off what runners have
been produced, with decayed leaves and weeds, digging
up the paths, where the weeds are to be buried, and if
lome frefh earth is laid over the furface between the
plants, this will much flrengthen them againfl the fol-
lowing fpring; and after this, if fome rotten tanner's
bark is alfo made ufc of in the fame way, it will be
better.

In the fpring following, as foon as the frofls are over,
the furface of the ground is to be forked with a narrow
fork, to loofen the earth, and break the clods; and in
this operation t!ie bark being worked in, will be of fer-
vice, efpeciallv in Ifrong ground; and to have this fruit
in the higheft elegance, al)ont the end of March or the
beginning of April, I would advife the furface to be co-
vered with mois, which will anlwer the purpofe not on-
ly of keeping the beds moifl, but out of danger of hav-
ing the earth wafhed into the fruit by heavy rains.

The Chili is found to fucceed beft in very llrong brick
earth, approaching near to clay.

tSloch, is a term ufuallv given to trees which are to be
grafted, and arc either old trees, whofe fruits are to he
changed, or young ones that have been railed in nurfe-
ries, w hich in the former muft be on branches, and on
Uich as are young, hcalthv, and well fiiuated, and have

the

xxxii Instructions for Pruning, Budding, &c. "

the bark fmooth ; when on walls and efpaliers, it will be
proper to give them fix or eight grafts, but the fize of
the tree muft determine this; for ftandards four or fix
will be fufficient.

When llocks are chofe that are young, let them be
fuch as have been raifed from the feed ; (thefe are called
the Crab or free ftock) and once or twice tranfplanted,
which fhould be at proper diftances for the well growing
of their wood, this will contribute to make them fuccefs-
ful ; there are others which are raifed from cuttings and
layers of trees ; obferve that fuckers are never to be ufed.
Of the variety of frocks that are ufed, the following are
the principal and their properties, i. The true Crab
(which we will call fo, todiftinguifh it from the variety)
is that which is raifed from feed of the kind of which
verjuice is made ; it is valuable for the regularity of its
growth, keeping the fruit to its natural fize, true colour,
flavour, and of a longer duration. 2. Free ftocks, or
Crabs, are fuch as are raifed from all kinds of feed pro-
mifcuoufly taken, they are recommended for a llifF foil,
and produce a larger fruit than the true Crab, but not
with that firmnefs and flavour. 3. The Dutch Creeper,
defigned to flint the growth of trees, and keep them
within compafs for Dvjarfs or Efpaliers. 4. Paradife
flocks, this is a tree of a very humble growth, and fit-
ted for fuch as are kept in pots, but is not durable. 5.
Dutch Paradife flock, this kind comes foon into fruit, does
rot grow too luxuriant, is durable, and is recommended
{ox Efpaliers. 6. Quince, this tree bears a fmall fruit
refembiing an Jppkf and is much recommended for
flocks, for the foft melting Pear^ on a ftrong moifl:
foil.

Stocks which are ufed for the particular kinds of fruit,
are ; for the Peach and Ne^arine, fuch as are raifed from
the ftones of the Mufcle and white Pear Plum. — Pears on
ftocks raifed from the kernels of the fame fruit, but for
the foft melting kind Quince ftocks are preferable. — Ap-
ples, on Crabs, &rc. as above. — Cherries on ftocks raifed
from ftones, of the common black, or wild honey Cherry ;
fome of late have budded, &c. on ftocks of the Cor«//&,
Morello, thefe they fay will render the tree more fruit-
ful.

Instructions for Pruning, Budding, Sec. xxxiii

fui, and lefs luxuriant ; thefe {locks having the fame
effefl on the Cberryy the Paradife flock has on the Apple.
-—Plums on flocks of any of the free growing fort,
which will anfwer iov Apricot s.-^ Peaches y the tender fort
on Almond flocks, but thofe budded on Apricot flocks will
anfwer befl, and in a dry foil will hold a long time, and
are not fubje£t to blight. Some praftife the following
method in order to have the tender fort of this fruit ;
they bud the Plum flock with the Apricot, or fome free
growing Pf«ri6, Avhen thefe have flood a year, they then
bud the tender Peach upon the flioots ; thefe are called
the double worked trees, and is the befl expedient for
the purpofe,

AN

A N

EXPLANATION

Of the different
ENGRAVED REPRESENTATIONS

O F

GRAFTING, BUDDING and INOCULATING,

FOR THE

Clearer Underftanding the Manner of performing thefe
Curious and Ufeful Parts of Gardening, fo as with
Eafe to lead them into Practice.

I. Rind or Shoulder Grafting.

II. Whip or Tongue Grafting.

III. Cleft Grafting.

IV. Grafting by Approach.

V. Inoculation.

VI. Directions for Pruning.

Rijtd or Shoulder Graftings for the Manner of performing
it, fee Page xvii.

N° I.rTT^HE Cion as prepared for Shoulder-grafting,
JL when the Stock is to have the Bark laid open
as in Inoculation. — a h, the length of the floping Cut
made on the Cion, to the length of two Inches. — ^,
the fhoulder given the Cion, which is to reft on the
Stock, to prevent its defcending deeper than neceffary.

II. The Cion as cut for Shoulder-grafting, when the
Operation is to be performed after the manner of
Whip-grafting. — c d, the length of the Cut to be
made on the Cion, which is to be about two inches.
— e, the Tongue raifed on the Cion, which is to fall
into a Catch, raifed for the purpofe on the Stock ;
this Tongue is to have the Cut made floping to the
Shoulder of the Cion.

Inoculation i

Explanation of the PLATE. xxxv

Inoculation j for the Manner of performing it j fee page xx'ui.

III. The Stock for Inoculation. — /", the part on which
the horizontal Cut is made in tl^e Rind. — g, the per-
pendicular Cut to the length of two inches to termi-
nate in the horizontal Cut/. — b bt the fides of the
Bark as feparuted and laid open by the thin end of
vour Budding-knife. — /, the Cut to be made the March
following, at the diftance of three inches from the
Bud, to flope upwards on theoppofite fide on thatyoy
made your Incifion, in order to carry off the rain that
way, which would otherwife prejudice the Bud.

IV. The Cut taken off the Shoot of the one year's
Growth, with the Wood in it.

V. The fame Cut in the Figure of an Efcutcheon,
and as it appears when the Wood is taken out of it. —
a. That part on the other fide of the Cion, where
the Bud and Leaf are fuppofed to be placed, from
which, fhould they come off in ffripping, or on tak-
ing out the Wood, {h, in fig. 4) there will appear
two fmall holes, reprefented by the pops ; in this ffate
it is not to be ufed, but if they remain the bud is to
be inferted within the Bark of the Stock raifed at h, h,
over which the Bark is to be laid in its natural State,
very fmooth.

VI. The fide View of the fame, fliewing the Foot-ftalk
of the Leaf, cut down to its proper length, protect-
ing the Bud; in this laft appearance the Cion is ready
for infertion, which it muff be under the Bark h, by
of No. 3 in a direction along the Cut at _§-, when
whatever projects above the horizontal Cut at /, is
to be cut off in the fame direftion, and then to be
proceeded with, as directed in the Article, Inocula-
tion.

IVhip,

xxxvi Explanation of the PLATE.

Whip J or Tongue-grafting ; for the Manner of performing
ity fee page xix.

VII. The Stock prepared for Whip or Tongue-grafting.
— k^ the common floping Cut to be firll made. — / ot,
the length of the Cut made in the fide of the Stock,
continued to two inches, to terminate in the lower
part of the floping Cut /, — «, the Catch raifed in the
plane of the fide Cut to receive the Tongue of the
. Cion.

Vni. The Cion of the Whip or Tongue-grafting taken
from a flioot of the lad: year's growth, with three or
four eyes on it. — o, />, the length of the Cut which
is floped off to the depth of two inches, terminating
in the Rind. — o, a fide View of the Tongue that is
to fall into the Catch, «, of the Stock, No. 7.

IX. Shews the flat fide of the Slope, in its proper length.
— qi the Tongue raifed on the Cion, to fall into the
Catch «, raifed on the Stock, No. 7.

X. A Reprefentation of the Stock and Cion as laid to-
gether, and joined by the infertion of the Tongue in
the Catch at a, this fecures them for binding with
the Bafs Matting. For further Directions fee the Ar-
ticle Whip-grafting under the general Directions for
Grafting.

Cleft-Grafting, for the Manner of performing it, fee
page xviii.

XI. The Stock of the Cleft-grafting of one or two inches
Diameter. — r, the common floping Cut firfl: made on
the Stock, — /, /, the length of the Slit made to re-
ceive the Cion, to be a little more than two inches,
and made in a contrary direction to the common flo-
ping Cut at r, firft made on the Stock.

XII. The Cion for the Cleft-grafting, cut tapering on
each fide, in the form of a wedge, to terminate very

thin.-

Explanation of the PLATE. xxxvii

thin. — ?/, X, the length of the floping Cut on each
Side, which mufl be two inches.

XIII. The Front Reprefentation of the floping Cut to
be made on the Cion, cut for the Cleft-grafting,
which is to flope, to the depth of two inches.

XIV. A Reprefentation of the Cion in the Cleft-graft-
ing, fet into the flock, whofe Rind is to meet very
exadly and even with that of the Stock at a, for on
this the Huccefs of the Operation depends , and when the
Diameter of the Cion is lefs than that of the Stock,
it is to be placed on one fide for the purpofe of unit-
ing the Bark of the Cion and Stock, to as great a
length, and as much as pofllble; this care is to be par-
ticularly attended to, in the Operation of grafting,
for unlefs the Barks unite, there will not be any com-
munication of the Sap, or that vivifying Liquid, that
is appointed by Providence, for the fupport of tiie
Vegetable World.

Grafting by approach or Ablation, for the Manner of per-
forming it, fee page xx.

XV. A Reprefentation of the Cion and Stock in Graft-
ing by Approach, laid to each other. — y, the Tongue
and Catch inferted into eachother, as praQiifed in Whip-
grafting ; this keeps the furface of the planes together
and fteady for binding with the Bafs Matting.

XVI. The floping Cut that is recommended to be ufed
to Trees in an upright fitualion, its ufe is to give the
Moifl:ure, whether from Rains or Dew, a quick def-
cent, for by a ftagnation they would corrupt and com-
municate their putrid State to the Tree, fo as to oc-
cafion a Canker and Mortification.

It may not be improper here to dire6t the Gardener,
that when a fide fhoot, or a Limb of a Tree is to be
taken ofi^, that he leaves the wounded part, whether
on a Branch, or the Trunk of the Tree, in a fmooth
ftate with no part projefling, to prevent the evil jufl:
mentioned, and when tlie wounds arc large, if they

were

xxxviii Explanation of the PLATE.

were befmeared with Tar, or laid over with grafting
Clay, it would contribute to the healthful State of the
Tree, by not fuffering it todifcharge any of its juices
that way, which fliould be preferved for its nourifhment.

XVII. A Reprefentation of the Quincunx Manner of
Planting, which is frequently direded in Gardening;
it is in this order that the Peas are to be flaked, which
are fet as recommended in page 2i8,obferving that the
Center Rods, Fig. 19, a, a, be pretty well bufhed and
llrong ; and the others, at b, by at a fufficient dif-
tance, not to injure the Peas planted in the ridges re-
prefented by the double lines: Others as an improve-
ment on this Practice, plant Peas and Beans alternate-
ly, obferving fuch a diftance as will admit the conve-
viently gathering their Fruits. The Advantage that
the Quincunx manner of planting gives, is, that what-
ever is put down in this Order, will have an equal (hare
of nourifhment, both from the Air and Soil, as they
are every way equidiftant from each other.

XVIII. A Reprefentation of a Tree, whofe branches
are laid horizontally, and arealfo what are called late-
ral Branches, as proceeding from the fide of the trunk,
which are in a contrary dire61:ion, to the fore-right
fhoot at a, which proceeds from the front of the ftem :
Fore-right fhoots are often numerous, and are dircfted
to be removed, by pinching them off with your Fin-
gers, for where thefe Inftruments of Nature will an-
fwer the purpofe, do not ufe thofe of Art, a Knife. —
by the inclination to be given the Cuts in taking off
branches in pruning; from this inclination the water
will be carried off without affeding the wounded part.

THE

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTIONS

I N

GARDENING.

PART FIRST.

Of the Kitchen-garden, the Fruits therein, and of the Cul-
ture of Kitchen-herbs and Roots.

THE choice of a proper and convenient fituation, is
the firfl: thing to be confidered in laying out a kit-
chen-garden. The common, and indeed mofl: eligible,
fituation, is, to have it near the flables and cow-houfe,
for the convenience of wheeling in dung, for if it is at
any great diflance from the garden, it proves very incon-
venient. All kitchen-gardens ought to be wailed in.
Their figures in general are either regular fquarcs, or
oblongs ; the laft are to be preferred, provided their
length be from eart to weft, for the benefit of the ripen-
ing influence of the fun, for the fruits upon the fouth and
fo'jth-ealT: walls. They fhould not onlv be walled in, but
plantations of firs fhould be made at the diflance of 200
yaids from the walls, upon the north, the eafl, and wefl
fides. For a fmall family, two acres of giound will do;
but if for a greater, it fhould conftft of fix or eight, with
a large refervoir for water in the centre, or fouth-end,
which may, if the proprietor pleafes, be fo large as to
contain a variety of fifh. Water for a garden is abfo-
lutf-ly nectfTary, and fuch only as is foft and well impreg-
naied with the fun's rays, which conduecr to vegetati-
on ; v/hereas that taken immediately from f;.^rings, acts
the contrary, and in many cafes totally deflroys the
plant-j. The garden fliould be well expcled to the fun,

B and

.:: The Gardener's New Director.

and not overfhadowed with trees; nor fhould any',
fruit-trees be planted in the quarters, as they in a
few years cover the ground, and choak every plant un-
der them. The efpaliers, with which the quarters of the
garden are to be fiirrounded, will produce truit fufficient
for any family ; as the more delicate grow upon the walls.
If the ground flopes a little to the fouth, the better; for
the upper and mofl: expofed part will bell: anfwer for
early crops, and the lovk'er for the later.

One great article to be confidtred is the foil, which
Ihould be neitiier too wet nor too dry, l)ut of a middling
texture ; nor fhould it be too ftrong or ftubborn, but of
a pliable nature, eafy to work : if the foil fhould be ftrong,
it will be necefTary to plow or dig it three or four times,
to be laid in ridges, in order to have its 'coherent
parts meliorated by the influence of the atmofphere and
winter frofts. The befl manure for fuch foil is coal-
aflies, and the cleaning of flreets or ditches, which have
been fome time expofed; thefe will make it light, and
fit for vegetation fooner than any other manure whatever;
and the more abundant the afhes, the better, when the
foil is cold. Where thefe manures are wanting, fea-fand^
or rotten wood, are proper for improving flifF foils. On
the other hand, if the foil is fandy, and of a hot
nature, not any manure is fo proper as cow's dung, or
marie well difTolved, by laying it on the furface of the
earth for twelve months, and then to be plowed or dug
in, provided in that time its grofler particles are fufTici-
ently pulverized. Horfe-dung will not anfwer here, as
it vi'iH burn and deflroy the crops, upon their firfl: ap-^
pearance. The foil of the garden fhould be two and a
half, or three feet deep, which depth is abfolutely ne-
cefTary, to bring mofl: efculent plants to perfection,
fuch as Carrots, Parfnips, French Turnips, Beets, and
many others, which fend their roots to a confiderable
depth.

If you chufe to have your walling more extenfive,
you may divide your garden, wiih one or two walls
through the middle, according to its fize and extent.
Thefe walls fhould front the fouth, with one or two points
to the eafl, running from cafl to weft, the whole

lenElli

The Gardener's New Director. 3

lejigth of the garden, with an opening in the middle, the
breadth of the centre walk, and the fame at each end,
the breadth of the fide-walks. The walk in the
middle fhould be double the breadth of thole on the
fides; which iaft have generally a border equal to their
breadth.

According to the fituation and expofure you make choice
cf for walls, the ground is to be difpofed of; and confe-
• quently the walk in the middle, the crofs walks, the efpa-
liers for fruit, and tiie borders upon which goofeberries
and currants are planted through the quarters, as they
mull all run in hnes paraikl to the walls.

The Lefl expofure for walls in this country, is what
I have juft recommended, for the advantage of the mor-
ning fun ; notvvithftanding it is faid, that by turning theni
the leafl point to theeaft, the fruit will fufTer by blights ;
but, from experience, I have found more blights from a
fouth or fouth-wefl: afped, than I evtr met with from
one turned a point or two to the eail of due fouth ;
and I am convinced, that with the benefit of the morning
fun and this expofure, they will be better protected from
the (outh-wefl, and wefl winds, which are remarkably pre-
judicial to fruit in this country. In a fituation near the
eaftern fea-coafts, I i"houid chufe a due fouth afptft for
my bell walls, as the eafl: winds, (from the vicinity of
the great Eafrern Ocean) are really dangerous to all fruits.
But in a fituation more remote from the fea, I fhould
make choice of the afpe6l firfl recommended.

Having laid out your frft wall, with a fruth afpefl,
incHping one or two points to theeaft, this wall direcis the
pofition of theother^i, with uhich they are to form right
angles. 1 begin with the walls, as they are the outlines
of our work, and which I would have executed without
any indentions or curvatures, as praftifed by fome, un-
der pretence of well ripening the fruit ; nor do I in the
lead approve of ereding arches in the lower parts of the
wall, in order to pive a greater hbetty of growth to fuch
trees as are planted cipp(;jite to them ; as fuch fibres as go
to the rear become rancid from the juices they meet
with, which mull ever be in a bad Aate, from their being
deprived by the wajl of the influence of the fun ; and
the confcquence of this practice is, ih: t the fruit falls as

B 2 foon

4 'I'lic Gardi.ner's New Dirlctor.

foon as it acquires its magnitude, being filled with undT-
gcfted matter, over which (in this ftate) the fun has not
any influence to meliorate. And as to circular or angu-
lar walls, when the wind beats on them, it is reverbe-
rated upon the trees in a colder ftate, this retards the
fruit ripening, fo that it becomes ill-tafted. I am fo far
convinced ct the ill eflects of thefe experiments, that I
would advife the building of pkin walls, either of brick
or ftone, or of ftone lined with brick, as they fhall moft
fuit the convenience and tafte of the proprietors.

1^ "^ -

DirecJions for building Walls for forcing Fruits.

THE firl^ wall I would ere£l:, is that fronting the fouth.
This I would chufe to have forforcing Vines, which,
without artificial heat, will not ripen in this country,
and this I v/ould more particularly ufe for that purpofe,
in preference to any centre wall, as the flues and ovens
which are neceffary, will not have any appearance in the
garden, nor will it be incommoded by the fewel and aflies,
which {hould be avoided, where pleafure and tafte are
the chief objeQs to be regarded.

In the middle of this wall a gate is to be erefted,
twenty feet wide, correfponding with the crofs walk,
io that on each fide of it there will be 150 feet of wall ;
and as I write for a grand defign, this plan may be fuited
to fmaller, in their refpcfiive proportions. In this defign,
300 feet of hot walling is intended, which fuppofes, that
looteet wiU be employed every year, whiKl the other
200 are at reft to recruit ; for continual forcing of
the fame fpace of wall will not anfwer ; as the trees
would become fickly and weak, and at length bear no
fruit ; but when allowed two years to reft, they re-
cover their former vigour, and bring plentiful crops of
good fruit.

The foundation of thefe walls ftiould be four feet deep
in the ground, built of good lime and ftone, and three
feet broad at bottom, to be carried to the fame thick-
nefs to half a foot above the furface, in order to fup-
port the vacuity of the flues above, otherwife a lefs

breadth

The Gardener's New Director. 5

i)Tcadth of foundation might make the flues fettle unequal-
ly, and fo fpoil the defign. At the height of half a foot
above the furlace oi the ground muft be the firfl fine, that
there may be no damps, either below, or by the fide of the
flue, and that the earth in the border may not dry too
much, by the flues being below the furface of the border;
the depth of this flue fhould be two feet and a half,
the breadth cne foot, to be covered with two rows of
bricks 1 15 inches long, and of the ordinary breadth.
The advantage of having two rows ot bricks, is, that the
iron hooks, which are to be placed within three feet of
each other, and intended to fupport the trelaces, to which
the branchesof the Vines mufl be fixed, are firmer when
they have two ranges of bricks to hold by, than when ihey
have but one. The trelace projects three inches fiom ihc
wall, and thefe hooks murt be fixed in the back-wall, and
laid clofe under the brick-rov.'s that cover the flues, but
not fo as to impede the brooms in cleanfing the fines fjom
foot. In the back of the flue there mufl be one brick laid
neatly to the back of the wall, which being of ftone, and
the thicknefs two feet, the fame thicknefs may be carri-
ed to the top, that it may the better call: the heat for-
wards. The front of the flue is to be of the thicknefs
of an ordinary brick, or four inches; and the flues are
to be well laid over, both within, and without, with a
particular cement, as fliall be directed.

The fecond fiue fhould be two feet deep; the third, one
foot and a lialf ; and the fointh, one foot ; whereby thefe
flues with tl'icir covers v/ill rife altogether to near ten feel
high, and one or two feet of topping, whereon the tim-
ber fliould be laid for the frames, with a proje6tion fix
inches over, under which the top-glafies are to run, that
the rain may fairly glide on iheir ouifide. Thefe flues
Hiould rife one above another, v/ith an inclination of
three inches it the contrary ends u here the fmoke en-
ters, for their better drawing and venting : and to be well
coated with firong plaifier <<n the outfide, of the moft
durable kind, which is of fincco ; as they mud be much
expofed ic the weather, when the rtoves are not lighted.
Great care is to be taken in the executing of thefe flues,
both as to rirength and neatncfs, to confine the heat, tor on
l!ic care of this execution, depends the whult- piotefs. I
B 3 would

6 The Gardknkr's New Director.

would alfo advifc Ibmc final! arches to be erefl.eti in the
back- wall, with holes in them to admit brooms to free
the flues of oot, and at conve ient diltances, which will
be better than attempting it in front, lell: the trees
might be thereby damaj^ed.

Another method of ereSing trelaces, is by a large one
of iron, in which there are hooks fixed for the fupport
of the wooden trtlace, the upright bars are to be placed
at ten feei diflance from one another, and the crols bars
to run parallel with the tops of every flue; thefe uprights
are to be fecured at the top and bottom of the wall ;
and the crofs bars, which contain the hooks tor iupport
of the wooden trelace, muft be fecured to the uprights
at each end of the wall, at proper diftances. If you
chufe to make ufe of an iron trelace to fupport that of
wood, then you need have but one brick to cover the
flues. I would not recommend the wooden trelace to be
fooner erecied than the third year after planting of the
vines, fo that they may be faftened to it about a year
before they are forced. Nor would I ereft the glafs
frames fooner; but the flues, honks, or the iron trelace
and its hooks, m.ufl be executed at the time of building
the walls ; as alio the ovens for the flues artd their inades,
cf wl-.ich I fhall now treat.

One large oven will warm forty feet of walling, and
no more ; and as there are 150 feet upon each hde of the
gate, four ovens on each T.de will be neceflfary, which
are to be tu-entv-eighi inches deep, and twenty inches
fquare at bottom', but may be floped ofl^ on ail fides to
two feet, (o as to be twenty-fix inches fquare at the
top, and equal in height to the entrance into the firll flue,
for the better draught of the fmoke into the flues, io be
executed of entire brick, and covered with large round
ones at' top, clofely joined and cemented with hot
cow's dung, yellow loam, firong lime, and fand, well
mixed together. The furnace and flues mull: be very
fmcothiy plaitlered with this compcfition, for the better
confinerrient of the fmcke. The place to receive the aflies
mufl: be one foot deep, and as wide as the bottom of the
oven, to have an iron door, in a frame of the fame, to
fhut as clcfe as pollible; and over it, and jufl: above the
bars which fupport the fewel, there mull be a fquare

hole,

The Gardener's Neav Director. 7

hole, about four inches-wide, to let in air for the better
burning of the fewel, which muff a!fo have an iron door
in an iron frame, to lliut cloi'e when the fire is well
lighted, which will make it lafl: tht longer, and the heat
more moderate; and near the top of the oven ir.uft be the
large iron door, alio in a frame of iron, for admitting the
fewel into the lurnace, and this to be a toot or more
fquare, taking the fame care in clofing it well, as has
heen directed in the others.

Thefe furnaces are to be enclofed in fli^des built of
ftone and lime, covered with t) les or flates ; their breadth
eight feet, and their length to take in one or more ovens.
Thefe fhades are to be defcended into by three fleps, as
they aie not to rife fo high as the firfl flue by fix inches,
that defccnt therefore is iieccfifary, to give fufficient room
to ferve the fires ; and obferve th.at the entrance into
them be at thtir ends.

Having finifhed your wall, flues, &c. lay out a border
of five leet wide, on the outfide of which build a wall
three feet below the furface, and to rife four inches above
it, leaving vacancies at every eight feet, to let off water,
which, it once flagnated, would corrupt, and be hurtlul
to the phnts in the border. Upon this wall the cafe of
timber is to be laid, whereon the floping giafies are to
reft. After thefe walls are thoroughly dry and feafoned,
the trench fhould be filled (if for Vii:es) with flrong lime
rubbifb, and a fandy chalkifh or lime riibbifji foil, a foot
and a halt high, to be levelled and beaten down pretty
hard; and over this one foot and a haU of frefli '.irgin
foil, which will be a fuflicient depth for Vines ; but if
for Peaches, Nectarines, Apricocks, Plumbs, or Cherries,
then there itiufl be laid in this trench three feet of virgin
earth.

Direflioiis Jor p/dfiling and raiftng Vines.

I .Shall now proceed to the planting and cultivating Vines
until they are fit for forcing, which cannot be fuccefs-
tul'y executed until they have been fo\ir years planted,
u-hen they will have acquired flrength to endure the ar-
tificial her.t. It is row you are to prepare your frames,
plafTes, and high wooden trelaces, v.'h.n h ninfl be exe-
VUtcd of Fir well [>aintcd.

B 4 The

8 The Gardener's New Director.

The borders mud be prepared f\x weeks before the
Vines are planted, the following forts of which will beft
anfwer the purpofc.

1. The white Chafi'eb.s, or Royal Mufcadine. 7 . _

2. l"he black Challelas, or black Mufcadine. i ^'

3. Red Mufcadine.

4. The White Frontiniac.

5. The Red Frontiniac.

6. The Damafk Grape.

7. The Raifin Grape.

8. The Malmfey Grape.

9. The Red Hamburgh Grape.

10. The White Mufcat, or Frontiniac oi Alexandria.

1 1. The Red Mufcat, or Frontiniac o{ Alexandria.

12. The Alicant red Grape.

Thefe are the beH: grapes, either for hot-walls, or in the
field; but as few of our grapes arrive at any perfection
without artificial heat, I would advife hot-walls for their
periection. Vines are propagated from layers or cuttings :
the finl method is moft generally followed, tho' the leaft
to be approved of, except where they are planted in
pots, for the better prefervation of their roofs; yet I
would prefer good cuttings to layers, as vine-roots do not
grow fo flrong and woody as other fruit-trees, but are (oft
and fpongy, and are very apt to be injured ; therefore I
would give the preference to cuttings, and more fo, if
they are to come any diflance, as they will keep good for
four monti.s.

The beft feafon to take off the cuttings is from the be-
^\r\r\\x\'^^^c>i November io \.\ni. qv\<\ o'i January. When they
arrive, let them be laid in a dry fandy or rubbifiiy border,
by a fouth wall, (tho' not too near it) in fome well ex-
poled place, covering them with earth half way up the
cuttings, laying mulch or flraw upon them for a de-
fence from frofl and too much wet ; but in mild weather
it is to be removed to give them air. It muft be obferv-
ed, that fuch fhoots only as are flrong and well ripened,
of the lafl year's growth, ought to be taken ; and
thefe fhould be cut from the old vines jufl below the
place where they were produced, taking off, with the

cutting,

The Gardener's New Director, 9

cutting, a good knot of the two years old wood, which,
it to be immediately planted, fhould he pruned fmooth ;
but it to be fent to ^ny diilance, the pruning is not to be
done until planting, or ten days before it ; when you
are to cut off the upper part of the flioot, fo as to leave
the cutting fourteen inches long, In making the cuttings
in this manner, there can be but one taken from each
(hoot ; but then this under part of the (hoot is far better
ripened, and will make a much flronger plant, and is
far preferable to the practice of cutting the fhoot into
lengths of one foot, and planting the whole. When the
cuttings are thus prepared, they may be packed with dry
mofs in a box, obferving rot to fhorten them ; on
their arrival, they muft be laid in the bed as before di-
re£ted, until the feafon of planting, which is in the firlt
or fecond week of April.

Every thing being now in readinefs, and the tirre for
planting come, eight or ten days previous to which, take
the cuttings, fmooth the knot of two years old wood,
■which is left at the lower end of the fhoot, v/afli them
from any filth they may have contratled, and if they are
dry, lay their lower parts in water for ten or twelve
hours, which will diftend their veflels, and prepare
them for flriking root ; let holes be now opened, about
Tix feet diftancc, and fourteen inclies deep; fetiing in
two cuttings a little (loping, and in fuch a manner as not
to touch or crofs each other; then the earth is to be
filled in, and gently prcffed down with your foot; when
more earth is to be laid on, forming a hillock fo high as
to cover the cutting to the uppermoll eve ; for were more
eyes to appear, they would alfo prepare to fhoot, which
would hinder the cutting from rooting; nor will more
than one be of any fervice : then lay fome mulch or ftraw
on the furface of the ground, to prevent the fun and
air from drying the earth too much ; and fhould t!ie
fpring prove very dry, they mufl have water once a- week;
but be caretul to ktep the border clear irom ueeds, un^til
the cuttings begin to flioot, at which lime they fhould be
carefully looked over, to rub off all danglers, and to lay
the main fhoot to any part which is mcfl: contiguous
to the great iron trelace ; or if that is not ytt erc6icd, to
any fniall trelace, iupported by the hooks in the wall ;

ihis

lo The Garden-er's New Director.

this main (hoot is to be conftantly faftened as it extends
in length, that it may not break or hang down. If the
fummcr is very hot, cover your plants from eleven in
the forenoon until two.

If vour cuttings have produced ftrong flioots at Michael-
mas, prune them doun in dry weather to two eyes, but by
ro means delay this work until the fpring, for by fuch
delay, the young fhoots, if permitted to grow, v.'ill be
apt to decay at their extremities during the winter, which
is often of bad confequence to the whole plant. Should
the winter prove fevere, lay a little mulch or haulm
over their roots, to be removed in mild weather. In
April, dig up the borders gently, fo as not to hurl the
roots ot the Vines, raifing the earth fo high as to cover
the old wood, but yet oblerve not to cover either of the
eves of the laft year's wood ; and at this time he careful
to take off all fuckers. They will now require no fur-
ther care until they begin to fhoot, when they fliould
♦ be carefullv looked over, and all fhoots rubbed off, ex-
cept the two from the two eyes of the laft year's wood,
V'hich are to be faftened to the wall ; and fo from this
time, until the Vines have done fhooting, they are to
be attended to everv three weeks, to rub off all the fide
flirots, and to train up the two main flioots to the tre-
lace, or feme fmall rods fixed in iron hooks; by the end
of 'Jv.lj.i pinch off their tops, which will llrengthen
all the eyes and wood, obferving to keep them clear of
weeds. At Michaelmas^ if the fhoots of this year's growth
are too r?ron!T, fhorttn them to three eyes, laying the
two outmoft branches horizontally from the main ftem,
if they can bear fuch a pofition without breaking them ;
and in April dig the borders as in the former year.

The third feafon you mufi: go over the Vires again, as
focn as they begin to fhoot, rubbing off the dangling
branches and buds, which are produced at the fides, hut
rot at the eyes of the old wood, training the leading
(hoots, which this feafon may be fuppofed to be two, from
esch (hoot of the lafl: year's wood ; but if they attempt to
produce tv/o fhoots from one eye, rub off the weaker!:;
fuch fiioots as produce fruit this year, are not to be
checked in their grovvth, until the beginning of 7w/>',
vvhen vou may pinch off their tops; byvvhich means

the

The Gardener's New Director. ii

ihe fhoots and their buds will be fully ripened, to fend
out good wood tor the fubfequenl year, which rnufl: be
carefully preferved in young Vines, as theie are not any
flioots laid in on purpofe for wood, as. praflifcd in the ma-
jiagement ot old vines; and again attend to the caution
of weeding. As the fruit of this year (being tiie urfl:) is
of very little confeqiience, I would recommend the rak-
ing it off; in order to encourage the wood, frorti the good-
nefs and maturity of which, we are to expcft a good crop,
when the vines are to be forced.

The fourth year's management of vines, if not forced
until the fifth, is much the fame as the preceding. I
ihall therefore proceed to give direftions for the autumnal
pruning, previous to their forcing in t!ie fpring.

I would recommend the fetting up the trelace in the
beginning of the fourth }ear, that they may be trailed
to them one year before forcing, and by that means all
the branches may be lai." in proper order, for their well
fruiting. Thefe trelaces may be ere6ud fo as ti- be held
by hooks, which projeoi two, or at ni-ifl tlirt-e inches
from the wall, as J have already raeptioncd, «.!r bv the
great iron trelace, which may be !o interlaced, as fo
make one whole trelace. Thelc wr.ich are (:eri<;,ned for
Vines, (hould have their rails eight inches one irom t' e
other, crolling one another. The word-work fhonio be
of fir, well painted, and the whole well nailed togecner,
to fuftain the frame of the whole trelace. To thefe bars
of the trelace, the fhools are to be faflened as they grow,
with rope-yarn, or other foft binding, fo that every fboot
may have its due and regular pofition, not fuflfering any
to crofs or interlace each other. Vv'hen we come to force
ihc vines, every fhoot fliould be pruned for fruit, and not
for wood. Tliis pruning f]\ould be early in the preced-
ing autumn, that tliC buds which are left on the fhoots
may receive all pofTible nourifhmer, t from the Vine, and
be fecured in the order they are to lye.

The glafTcs and frame fhou'd not l)e placed before the
^'ines until the midc'le of February, of which I Oiall now
give a defcription Thefiame fhoultl be made fifty feet
long, as tliere will be annually fifty feet of walling, upon
each fide of the gate, to be forced ; but if you think fifty
feet too great a length to force with cne fire, confine

yourfcif

12 The Gardener's New Director.

yourfelf to forty, which one fire, without doubt, will
fufficiently warm, and which, for the firft experiment,
I think beft, until you are acquainted with the flues, and
their force ol working. Thefe frames fhould be To contri-
ved as to be moved, which they mufl: be every two years,
as after that time, the Vines are to have one year given
them to recover, before they can be forced again. Upon
the low wall, in front of the border, a ftout plate of
timber fhould be laid, to receive the floping glafTes.
'J'hefe glaffes mufl: be divided into two ranges, one above
another, as they are to reach from the timber-plate fix-
ed on the low wall in the front of the border, to almofl: the
top of the high wall, they will be too heavy to tnove if
they are longer than fix feet, efpecially as they are to be
made of folid vvork, the better to fuflain the glafs, and
they fhould be fo contrived as to fiide one over the other
for the advantage of admitting air, which is beil done by
their having difl'erent grooves to move in ; and in order
the better to command them, let there be flops to raife
or let them down to different diftances, which may be
contrived by having holes made m the frame that fup-
ports the glalTcs, to receive ftout iron pins, by way of
flops.

Tlie floping timbers which fupport the glafs-frames
fhould be ftcured at bottom in the timber on the low
wall, and alfo in that on the high one, by ftrong iron
cramps. Thefe timbers mufi: be of fir, and very flout,
having a good depth, that their breadth may be the nar-
rower, in order to take up as little of the fun as polTible :
from the top iliould projeft a frrong board, fix inches
deep, and continued along the frames, under which the
upper glafTes are to run, to receive the rain; and care
muff be taken to have it fo fecured, as not to admit any
air on the Vines.

The breadth of the frames for the glafTes fhould be
fhree feet three inches, and to be divide<l into as many
fingle frames as the fifty or forty feet wall will require ;
the upper glafs frai-nes, as well as the lower, muO: be of
the fame dimenfions of breadth, and the bars which fup-
port the glafs mufl be placed length-ways; but by no
means ftiould any crofs bars be ufed, as they would caufe
the moiflure on the iri'''des of tin' gSaffes to fall in drops
" upon

The Gardener's New Director. 13

upon the borders, which is to be carefully avoided ; and
as at each extremity of this framing, there will be an
angular fpace from the glaffes to the wall, thefe will ad-
mit of glazed doors, which are to be well fitted, fo as to
exclude all air, but may be opened occafionally to admit
air, particularly when the wind beats too violently on the
front of the frame — And here I cannot omit to mention
one particular with refpeft to Vines upon hot-walls, that
they fhould always be planted by themfelves.

You are to obferve, that if the fires for the Vines are
lighted in the fecond week in February^ the Vines will
begin to fhoot the latter end of March. The degree of
heat mud be regulated by one of Mr. Foixjler"'?, or Mr.
Co/f's botanical thermometers, wherein the fpirit (houid
never be raifed higher than five degrees above the point
Temperate, and if it is kept to Temperate, or five de-
grees below it, there will be a fufF^ciency of heat ; for
liiould you warm the air more, it will draw the fhoots too
much, and difappoint you of a good crop : the fires fhould
not be continued when the fun ihines, but only in cold
cloudy days : a moderate fire made every evening, and
continued till ten or eleven o'clock at night, will heat
the wall and warm the air fufficiently.

When the Vines begin to fhoot, they muil be often
looked over, to rub ofF all danglers, and to faflen the new
fhools to the trelace. When the Vines are in bloffom,
watch all opportunities to give them air, for upon the good
management at this '.eafon entirely depends your crop of
grapes, and particularly obferve to give water to the border
of the hot- walls, in the afternoons, after the fun is off the
frames, with water that has flood within the frames 24
hours before you ufe it. It is then proper, gently to wa-
ter the ground in the borders v.here the Vines grow, which
■vv-ill, efpecially at I'lis time, be of g'cat fervice to them.
Thefe fhoofs fhould be carefully handled, and laid, as
near as pofTihlc, at equal dil^ances, that they may enjoy
all the benefits of fun and air, without which they will
not thrive. When the grapes are fully formed, the (hocts
fhould be flopped at the fecond or thiid joint above the
fruit, that they may be nourifhcd, and no ufeleGi flioots
he encotiraged ; which, in forced Vines, (as I faid before)
are ufclefs, until thofe years wherein tlie Vines rcfl to re-
cover

14 The Gardiner's New Director.

cover tbemfelves; for at that time, if your Vines fliall
iliovv fruit, take it all off, for in refting feafons you are
to regard the wood only.

As the weather becomes warm, there mufl: be a good
quantify of free air adrriitted to the Vines every day, which
is i-noil receffary for the fweUing of the fruit ; but at the
fame time, the glnfits fhould be clofe fhut every night, o-
thcrwife the cold dews will retard the growth of the
fruit; but in fome hot fultry nights they may be quite
exnofcd to the weather.

Some of the bunches of thofe grapes, after they are .
quite formed, will appear very thick and clofe on the
ftalks, which, when they come to their proper fize, would
entirely prevent their ripening. It will therefore be very
proper, when the fruit is young, to cut off fome of the
fmalleft with narrow pointed fciiFars; by which means,
V hat vou leave will ripen equally, and appear Tightly. By
the fecond week in July, the Grapes will be full grown, at
which time the glalTes may be kept quite off, as the fine
flavour of the fruit is owing to the portion of free air that
is given them ; but fhould the feal'on prove cold and wet,
the glaffts mull be laid on every night : but obferve, that
in Aupijl vcu preferve the fruit from the night dews
and morning colds, otherwife their ripening will be
retarded. The Grapes, when ripe, will be preyed upon
by the birds and waips ; the rerredies for the firft arc
rets and birdlime, put upon twigs fattened to the rail ; and
when thti'e thieves are catched by the nets or tl e bird-
lime, let the bodies of the malefadors remain hanging
there, to terrify their comrades by their fate; to deftroy
the Mafps, hang glafs-vials upon the trelace, half full oi
honey water, into which they will go, by the attraQing
fmell of the honey, and meet their fate.

Early in S'pteivbfr you may expe6t to have ripe fruit,
efpecially the Frontiniacs ; but they (hould not hs. gather-
ed before they are quite ripe, as the defign of forcing is
to have the Grapes in perfeclicn, rather than early.

At ihe time of tht ripening, negleft no favourable op-
porturitv ti admit free sir, for at this feafon, nightly
damps arife, which might mould the fruit; and for fuch
Ciapes as do not lipenjinfil late in O^fober and Notem-
ler^ it will be proper to light fome gentle fires in the

evening"^

The Gardener's New Director. 15

evenings, to haften their fruit, and prevent damps.

The year before you are to force your Vines a fecond
time, prepare a good quantity of light virgin earth, add to
this a fifth part of very v>'ell rotted hot-bed dung, and fome
good Hme; mix thefe well together for the fpace of a
twelve-month, for their better incorporating, to be ufed
in autumn ; obferving to remove five or fix inches of the
old mould, if you fufpeft the addition fhould raife the bed
too high. This is not by any means to be negleded.

-"tflr" *i£f^ »^Q^ ^^i« ^iCit* ^n^ •ijQ^ *4^a AjT;** %^i« *^i« ^r^ *^^* "^r^ •^V* ^C^ •qfl^

D ire ^ ions for the Management of Peaches and Ne^arines on
Hot-Walls.

THE rails of the trelace for thefe fruits are not to be
above five inches diftant from each other.
The border is to have fome good middling foil, mixed
■with fome yellow marie, laid in to the depth of three
feet, which compofl: muft have been prepared ten months
before, and often turned and expofed to the atmofphere.
If there be any danger of under-water or damps, let the
depth of one foot of lime-rubbifh be firft laid down.

The kinds for this procefs are,

1. The Violet Peach.

2. Portugal Peach.

3. The Nivette.

4. Pavie Royale.

5. I /'Admirable.

6. Pavie rouge de Pompone, or Monftrous Peach.

7. Catherine Peach.

8. Malacotron Peach.

9. Bloody Peach, or Sanguinole.
lo. The Bellgarde.

H. The Bourdine.

And the forts of Nectarines arc :

1. Red Roman.

2. Temple's.

3. Golden.

4. Peterborough.

In

l6 The Gardener's New Director.

In order to manage thefe trees properly by a thermo-
meter, it fliould be removed from the influence of the fun,
ctherwife the fpirit will be too much rarified. The heat
for thefe fruits mufl be kept five degrees under the point
Temperate in Mr. Fo'wlfr''s botanical Thermometer.
Thefe trees fhould be pruned, very early in autumn,
of all fmali wood, and the large branches cut fhort ;
nor fliouid any fire be applied until the end of February,
and when the fruit is fet and vifibly fwelling, which
may be about the 2,0th of May, the glaffes, or canvas
(if you i\(e that on the frames inftead of glafs) lliould
be removed, in order to expofe them to the open air,
for thefe fruits and fhoots to ripen, and the fucceeding
year's buds to form. By this care your trees may be
forced annually, without any injury, provided you obferve
every year previous to your forcing thefe fruits, that you
lay into their borders lome frefli virgin earth, of a good
flrong kitchen-garden mould, which if you fhouid not
have, make ufe of a little well-rotted dung, the fpring
preceding, to be dug into the borders in Jtme ; where the
foil is fandy, ufe well-rotted cows-dung; but if of a ftiff
clay, ufe well-rotted hcrfe-dung. This preparation may
be made in No'vember, by gently fpading it in, that its
faltsmay be thereby well wafhed down. For this purpofe,
frames of oiled paper, or painted canvas, will anfvver in
the place of glafs, and to this I would give the preference.
About the middle or latter end of June, the fruit will
have arrived to the largenefs of thofe on the common
■walls in Jnlv, when all kind of covering may be remov-
ed ; in Augujl or September you may expeft fruit in great
perfe£tion.

However I may be confidered in thefe directions, in no
wife to have profit in view, give me leave to fav I had
it not in contemplation for myfelf; but a defire, per-
haps, of fiiving great expence to fome, and ot giving ad-
vantages to others, efpecially fuch as would qualify them-
felves to conduct fuch undertakings, at the expence of their
betters, from whom they may have both honourable and
profitable ftations ; for the labourer is worthy of his
hire, and according to his (kill he will expe6t to be
paid : my views are for the public, and fuch of my
countrymen as have a fpirit of advancing ihemfelvcs.
And if, by fome, niy dengn may be confidered as too

cxl'vnfive.

The Gardener's New Director. 17

extenfive, it mufl be remembered I command none ;
every one may fuit themfelves, efpecially when the field
is extenfive.

DircBions for the luell-grovoing and fruiting of Peaches^
Plums, Cherriesy Ne^arines, tSc on the common JVall.

AS I have finlfhed the procefs to be purfued in order
to have early Peaches, Plums, Cherries, and Nec-
tarines, I iliall proceed to lay down fome rules for their
management on the common wall; and this direction
I would have always obferved, viz. to plant each fpecies
feparate, at leaft not different forts one above another ;
as no tree will thrive well under the droppings of ano-
ther, except its own fpecies, particularly thofe of the
Cherry-tribe: remember therefore in laying the flandard
of this tree to the wall, that no other than the Dwarf-
Cherry be planted under it.

Let the upper parts of the walls be filled with flan-
dard Plums, Peaches, or Almonds, which will fruit very
well in mofl: foils, and efpecially in a fouth or a fouth-
eaftafpe6l; or flandard Apricocks, which laft will do
extremely well in a fouth eaft, as well as fouth-weft af-
pecf. Of Cherries I would plant the May-duke, Hol-
man's-duke, and two or three Morellos, and Hertford'
(hire Cherries, to improve the taile and fize of their
fruit, which, in this good afpc6t, they will do in an ex-
traordinary manner.

The Culture and Management of Cherries.

CHerries are a fort of noli me tangere with a knife. No
fruit-trees fo ill agree with pruning as they do ;
therefore when it is abfolutely neceflary, it muft be per-
formed carefully and fparingly. The foil thefe trees de-
light and thrive befl: in, is a frefli free loam ; they will
not do upon a dry gravelly foil ; there tliey will blight,
blaft, gum, and at lart die. Thtfe trees, if on walls, fliould

C be

i8 The Gardener*s New Directoi^.

be planted eighteen or twenty-four feet afunder, and H
ftandard between each dwarf; this diftance is fufficient.
When the dwarfs have grown up fo as to fill the wall,
the ftandards mufl; be taken away. I would choofe to
have them from the nurferies the middle of Ofloher ; and
having cut off all their bruifed roots and fibres, and made
the trees handfome and Tightly, turning the place where
they are budded to the wall ; plant the flandards with
their flems one foot trom the wall, and their heads in-
clining to it, fecuring them with lifts of cloth: The
dwarfs may be planted at the fame time, but they muft
not lie at fuch a diftance from the wall, five inches be-
ing fully fufficient. During the winter, lay fome mulch,
turf, or ftraw, about the roots of the new planted trees,
to prote61: them from froft. In the fpring, if it is dry,
lay turf, with the grafly fide downwards, on their roots;
but when rain falls, uncover the roots, to receive the
vernal fhowers. They will require no other care, ex-
cept keeping the borders quite clear of weeds, which
borders fhould be ten feet broad from the wall. la
fummer, all fore-right fhoots which are produced from
the beginning of May, to the fixth of Junei muft be
pinched off with your finger and thumb only, and not
by any inftrument, either to cherries, or any other fort
of wall-fruit ; for fhould it be done with the knife, the
branch or bud would foon canker down to the main
flioot ; and fuch (hoots as are fo injured, will not attempt
to fpring again that year, at leaft not fo foon as if they
had been performed with the finger, from the ready heal-
ing of fuch wounds. Should the fore-right fhoots be ful-
fered to ftand at this feafon, or until the autumnal, the
winter, or vernal drefting, they would deprive the fruit-
bearing branches of their proper nouriftiment, tofupport
good fucceeding crops. But with refpefl to Cherry-trees,
fuch autumnal amputation makes them gum, and be-
come good for nothing in a few years, efpecially the
ivlorello Cherries, which, the more they are cut, the
fconer they die; for, in order to have their fruit well
tafted and large, it is necefiary to allow them to grow
unfeemly and quite rude upon a fouth wall, without
ever allowing a knife to be applied to them ; and from
thofe trees thus indulged, I have had better, larger, and

more

The Gardener's New Director. 19

more plentiful crops, than from the nicefl: drefl: trees of
the fame kind I ever faw. I do not, however, mean to
exclude drefllng entirely in the Morello; they too may
be fo managed, as to appear handfome, and at the fame
time to bear good crops.

Manner of planting and laying Cherry-Trees to the Wall.

THE bed and fureft management, with regard to
Cherries, is to lay their branches at full length hori-
zontally to the wall, and never to pinch the extremi-
ties of their fhoots, unlefs it be to make them fend out
fome lateral branches to fupply a vacancy in the wall.
This work (hould be performed only ?'out the middle of
May, (when the wound will foon healj that the lateral
branches which are produced by it, may be fully ripened
and rtrong before the winter approaches : but in doing
this, I would not allow any fort of freedom, as they pro-
duce abundance of their fruit at the extremities of their
branches, and alfo upon their fpurs, which are produced
upon two or three years old wood, which you fhould
ever preferve, if you would have a good crop ; and
on healthy trees they will continue fruitful for many
years; but as foon as they begin to knot and gum, turn
thick, and of a black colour, cut off the knots and fpurs
clofe to the branch in O^ohery with a well fharpened
chiflel, leaving it very fmooth ; the fucceeding fpring,
the old tree, if in health, will fend out new branches.

Planting Peaches and Nc Marines, and the Sorts "which are
to be prcjcrred.

NEXT to Cherries, I would recommend the plant-
ing of Peaches and Nectarines, obferving that fuch
trees as are plantt^d on one fide of the gate in the hot-
uall, the fame fort fliould be planted on the other, in
order to be regular.

C 2 The

20 The Gardener's New Director.
The Peaches I would recommend are the following :

1. The Red Nutmeg.

2. The Great French Mignion.

3. The Nobiefs.

4. The Montauban.

5. Old Newington.

6. Early Newington.

7. Double Flowered for its beautiful bloffoms.

8. The Chancellor.

9. The Early Purple.
10. The Red Magdalene.

The Sorts of Neflarines are,

1. El rouge.

2. Newington.

3. Fearchilds early.

4. Red Roman.

Between thefe dwarfs may be planted fome flandards
of Almonds and Apricots ; but it will be neceflary that the
dwarfs between the Apricot flandards fhould be at greater
diftances than thofe between the Almond flandards, as
the Apricots fpread further ; and thefe fhould all be of the
Briiffeh kind, they agreeing beft with this management.
The diflance between the dwarf Peaches with the Apri-
cot-ftandard, (in a good holding foil) fliould never be
lefs than twenty-eight or thirty feet, that they may
have full fcope to fpread, without injuring each other.
This management will pleafe fuch as would have all their
walls well employed ; but where walls are but nine or
ten feet high, ftandard-trecs are not to be ufed ; but a-
gainll thefe walls you may plant dwarf Peaches and Nec-
tarines.

Management

The Gardener's New Director. 21

Management of the Borders.

F the borders, upon which thofe trees are to be
planted, fhould prove a wet foil, let gravel or lime-
rubbifh be laid one foot and a half thick at bottom, to be
beat down ; and over it three feet of good loainy frelTi
pafture- ground, with its turf, which has been taken only
ten inches deep below the furface, and which has lain
twelve months, or more, to fweeten and rot before it
is ufed. The border is to be raifed one foot and a
half above the furface of the ground. Should your foil
be rocky or of a gravelly nature, lay this compoft over
it, but be careful not any way to loofen the grave!.
Such a foil is favourable to plant Figs or Vines. But
for our prefent plantation, I would prefer a good loamy
bottom to any foil, for mod forts of fruits, over which
I would lay the comports I have jud: prefcribed. The
breadth of thefe borders fhould be eight or ten feet, the
broader the better, but fhould never be deeper than
three feet, that being fuf?icient for the roots of moft trees,
to receive the benefit of the fun's rays and of rain: for
when they are deeper, they draw from the earth many
undigefted juices, which prevent their fruit from ripen-
ing.

Dire^iions for Planting, and Heading the Trees.

THEbeft planting feafon in middling dry ground is Oc-
tober, and then you have the choice of the niirferies,
before they are drawn and picked ; but if your foil is wet,
February or the beginning of March mufl be chofen ; for
at that time of the fpring, the ground is beginning to dry
by the influence of the fun, iind the young fibres of
the trees will not be fo liable to be injured, as if they
had been planted in Odober or Nove?nber, when the fun's
influence on the earth is declming, and winter talt
approaching.

If your plantation is to be made in October, lay in tiie
compoll, and make up the border in Aignjl-^ but it

C 3 not

24 The Gardener's New Director.

not until February, lay the compofl in ridges on the bor-
ders in O^ober, which will be much benefitted by
the winter frofls and inows ; but obferve always to
make up the borders twenty days before planting.
When you plant, trim the roots, and head the plants to
four or five eyes above the bud, choofmg a dry day for
that purpofe; then with your fpade make the holes
at the deiigned diflances, wide enough to receive their
roots, (but not deeper than eight inches) obferving to
turn the bud outwards, whereby the wounded part of
the tree, which was cut in the nurfcry when the bud
■was perceived to take, will be hid, as well as the cutting
made in heading. Let the ftem be planted fix inches
from the wall, with the head inclining to it ; then fill
in the earth with your hands, obferving to break the
clods, and to take out the large ficnes and grafs, fhaking
the tree, the better to admit the earth, between its
fibres; then gently prefs it with your foot, but not too
much, left the young fibres fhould be cramped in their
growth, which would be attended with bad confequen-
ces; then lay fome fods with the grafs downwards upon
their roots, to prevent their drying; when you water
them in fummer, remove the turf, and pour it gently
about the roots, and over the branches, with a water-
ing pot, having its rofe en; laying the turf again
on the roots, until the middle of Auguji, when it
may be removed. If you plant in O^ober, the di-
re6ticns jufi given for February will anfwer, except that
the heads of the trees are not to be taken off until
March, when they muft be faftened to the wall, to pre-
vent their being fhook out of the ground by the winds.
You mull remember, when planting at this feafon, to
prote£t the roots of your young trees from the winter
frofis, by laying mulch or ftraw upon them. In March
head ycur trees, but be careful when you perform this
work, not to pull them out of the ground, or to difturb
their roots ; to prevent which, place your foot clofe to
the ftem of the tree, and take faft hold of the ftock btlow
the bud with one hand to hold it fteady, and with the
other top the head of the tree to four eyes above the
bud with a fharp knife, inclining the flope towards the
wall. This work ought to be performed in dry, mild

weather.

The Gardener's New Director. 23

weather, for if wet or froft gets upon the wound, it will
greatly injure the tree. After cutting, put feme clay
or grafting-wax upon the wounds, to prevent their
bleeding. By neglecting this operation, many fine trees
have been loft. Tius ought regularly to be done to all
your young wall-trees, immediately after you cut off their
heads, and let the clay cr wax continue upon the wound-
ed parts as long as it will ftick.

Having proceeded thus far, you mud next take tlie
mulch, if it is rotten, dig it into the borders, and flir
the ground about the roots, but be careful not to in-
jure them; afterwards turf them up, obferving once
every week to remove the fward, and water them as
has been diredled. By the end of A4ay or beginning of
yutie, the Peach and Nectarine trees will have produced
fhoots of fix or eight inches in length, which Ihould be
laid horizontally to the wall ; but if there are but two
long fhoots produced, they may be pinched at this fea-
fon, to produce lateral branches before the winter, where-
by the vacancies may be filled up. Obferve to remove
all tore-right ufelefs buds and branches with your fin-
gers, this being the mofl: proper feafon for that operati-
on. Be careful not to fuffer any of the young branches
to run up perpendicularlys which will not only render
the trees unfruitful, but unfeemly. Let the branches be
laid horizontally, altho' the middle part of the treemay
be naked for fome time, which, by this management,
"will be foon filled with fruit-bearing branches. Thi:
mufl: be your f.rfl and principal care: For if this is in
the leafl: negle6tcd, it will not be an eafy matter to form
your tree.

In O^obert when you obferve the young trees have
done growing, if their fhoots are ftrong, prune then) down
to eight, but if they are weak fhoots fhortcn them to five
inches ; and negle<5l not at this lime in particular 10 train
them horizontally; for Peach and Nectarine-trees will
not bear to be fo often cut as others, th.eir wood being
foft and pithy, which will make them gum and go off
entirely in a few years. In the winter trolls and fevere
weather, the vpots of thefe plantations are to be protect-
ed as formerly, cfpecially thoTc of the preceding Icbruary
or Manb planting.

C 4 When

24 The Gardener's New Director.

When the trees are fhooting, the May following, neg-
leQ: not to rub off all fiich fore-right flioots as are ill-
placed, and which will not come eafily to the wall; and
attempt not to force any, as a little time will produce a
fufficiency of thofe that will anfwer.

At this feafon, and no later, is the true ftruSure ot
the tree to be formed ; it is now you can regulate its
growth, both for appearance, and bearing. Where
vacancies are likely to be in the wall, pinch off a joint or
two at the top of the ftrong branches, that lie mcfl: con-
venient, which will foon fend out good lateral branches,
for the purpofe of filling them; thele will be well form-
ed and ripened before Ofli;ber, which is the laft feafon
of pruning. By this attention, every part of the tree
will be furniftied with good fruit and bearing- wood ;
but obferve never to ftop a flioot, but where it is necef-
fary to fill a vacancy; as frequent (lopping the fhoots
would fill the wall with fo much wood, that the tree
would be incapable to fupport it.

Direciions for pruning Peaches aiid Ne Marines, is'c.

IT mufl be remarked that Peach and NeQarine-trces are
pruned in a manner quite different from other fruit-
trees, as they only bear upon one and two years old
fhoots; wherefore it is neceffary to attend to the foljow-
irg particulars ; firji. Let everv part of the tree be
equally furnifhed with bearing- wood •^fecondly, Tnat the
branches are not laid one foo clof-:: to another; and
thirdly. When wood is wanting, that the branches are
not pinched later than May. And when performirg, ob-
ferve to leave a wood-bud immediately before the biof-
fom-bud, as no Iruit can be ripened without having a
wood-bud at tl;e extremity to draw the fap, which the
fruit-bud cannot ; otherwife the fiuit wili fall off, as foon
as arrived to a degree of largenefs; the wood-bud differs
from the bloffom-hnd, by being fhorter, rounder, and
more fwoUen. The iencth of theie branches, upon ilrong
trees, lliould be ten inches, and upon weak, fix: but
in this you muft be djiccted by the leading wood-bud.

In

The Gardener's New Director. 25

In nailing the fhoots to the wall, they ought to be
placed as equally diftant as poflible. Large Peaches and
Ne£larines ought to be fix inches afunder ; for the fmaller
forts, four inches will do; and be fure to lay them hori-
zontally, and never in an upright pofition. The {hoots
being thus regularly trained to the wall, the fruit will be
equally expofed to the fun and air, and will he kept ia
an uniform {late of growing. The confequence of de-
ferring this until July or Augujl, is, that the fruit (at that
time ccnfiderably advanced) muft be much {liaded,and
afterwards not too ha{lily expofed, lefl it become tough
{l.inned, ill tailed, and late in ripening.

You muft not, upon any account, fliorten the fhoots
after May, or at furthefl: the 25th oi' June, as thofe pro-
duced after that time are weakly and good for nothing.
All fuch weak branches fhould be cut out at Michaelmas,
which is the befl: time for winter-pruning, by llriclly
obferving thefe rules, I have had better crops of Peaches
and Ne6larines, than my neighbours, who have had
warmer and more favourable fituations. I fiiall here re-
mind you of my former dire£tions, to give dung to your
borders in November once in two years, and fpade it

one foot into the earth.- I planted the double-flovver-

ing Peach upon walls, for the fake of its beautiful blof-
foms, rather than for its fruit, which is often late and ill-
ta{led.

I found the fame m.anagement agreed perfeSly well
with late Peaches, to which however I applied fome ar-
tificial heat to bring them to perfe6tion. The only dif-
ference was, that thefe late Peaches, when they came to
be in a condition to be forced every year, were obliged
to be pruned fliorter in their branches than thofe planted
upon the common walls, as the branches of the forced
Peaches are more drawn.

In order to perfect this article of pruning trees, fo ef-
fential to their prefervation and fruiting, we fhall liere
introduce what are given as eftablifhed maxims by Mcnf.

Le Genre, parfon ot Tleiwilie. He ad\ ifes to prune

fruit-trees from the end o{ February to the end oi March.

His method was, to train his tree from the {Icm
placed perpendicular on the wall : this was to be left

longer

26 The Gardener's New Director.

longer or fhorter, according to its own ftrength and that
of the tree. The other branches are to be ranged on
each fide, beginning to place the firfl: horizontally, lb
low as within half a foot of the furface of the border.
The other branches are to be laid on the wall, afcend-
ing gradually without any more inclination than that the
point may be placed a little higher than the lower part
or but of the branch. No branches are to run acrofs each
other, or to be placed too near one another. The diftances
between the branches are to be determined from their
number and the vigour of the tree. In order to keep the
tree full, he prunes a branch fhort between two long
ones, in both wall and dwarf-trees. This, according to
him, prevents confufion, and keeps the trees from af-
cending too quickly, and extending too faft on the fides,
which they naturally do, when all the branches arc
pruned of an equal length.

Great judgment is required in pruning, which muft be
adapted to the nature of each tree, fo as to preferve it
in a fruitful and vigorous ftate.

Tie great variety that is obfervable in Pear-trees, re-
quires different methods of pruning. In particular trees
the branches muft be cut fliort, when they are too vi-
gorous. In fome, the young wood muft be cut out, to
encourage the bearing of the old: in others, the old
wood muft be pruned ftiort, or cut out, when it is grown
barren, and young wood encouraged to fucceed it. In
fome kinds of trees, it is fufficient to deftroy fuch branches
r>s occafion confufion.

Let the gardener be cautious not to hurt the bearing
wood in the center and lower parts of his trees ; and thefe
•are beft preferved, by pruning (hort the upper branches
of the tree, which ought particularly to be attended to
in Peach-trees ; for if they are not properly kept low by
pruning and rubbing off the buds, they will be ruined in
fix or feven years ; whereas, if they are properly mana-
ged in pruning, they will laft twenty years, or more.

Cut off all the branches, unlefs fuch as are necefTary
♦^o the beauty of the tree. Shorten all the luxuriant
branches to ftrengthen the branches that are weak.

Preferve

The Gardener*s New Director. 27

Preferve carefully the main ftem, which grows per-
pendicular, and Ihorten it every year, fo as flill to pre-
ferve it the ftrongefl part of the tree> as from it the
whole derives its fupport. Shorten the lateral bearing
branches, cutting immediately above a leaf-hud, fo as
to ftrengthen their fruit-buds, and fit them for bearing.
Encourage not too many bearing branches, as the fruit
on fuch trees does not come to its proper degree of
perfection.

Prune Peach-trees lafl; of all, at the time when you
can diftinguifh the flower-buds ; for if the tender branches
are pruned too early, they are apt to fuffer from the
froft, which will oblige you to prune them a fecond
time.

In dwarf-trees, fhorten vigorous branches, and flop
fhort thofe that are weak, in order to render then Wrong-
er : cut clofe to the tree all ufelefs branches. If the tree
does not grow of the fliape you defire, conflrain it, by
tying it to a model, which may give it the fliape re-
quired.

Plum and Cherry- trees cannot be kept regular as
they do not agree with the knife.

Le Genre underftood and praflifed fummer-pruning to
good purpofe : he alfo put in practice that of pinching
flrong flioots, in order to fill up empty fpaces on the
walls ; and to keep the figure of dwarf-trees, by means
of fome of the good branches that this method produced.

He obferves, that in a vigorous tree, reftraining the
growth too much by rubbing off buds, pinching, or cut-
ting off branches, the flower-buds which fhouid be nou-
rifhed for producing fruit next year, are by the efforts
of the fap forced to blow ; by which they arc ruined, and
the bearing branches much hurt.

A particular attention ought to be paid to the kind of
Pear-tree which is pruned, becaufe the branches of fome
kinds do not produce bearing fpurs fo readily as others ;
fuch are the Rouffelet, Cuiffe Madame, and Jargonelle.
All the above kinds fliould be frequently pinched, with a
view of making them produce numerous branches to fill
up the wall, &c. Peaches and Apricots mufl have their
branches pinched and (hortcncd for the f.imc rcafons,

as

2-8 The Gardener's New Director.

as they are apt to leave the lower part and center bare;
and when they are permitted to grow with too much vi-
gour, the quantity of wood-branches which they pro-
duce, ruins the fruit-branches, and prevents the tree
from bearing.

When the trees on the walls get to the head of the
wall, or dwarfs grow to too great a height, he advifes to
cut them down, and train the trees anew.

*i«i* Vi' *i'i' *i'i* 'i'i* 'iy* iy* 'i'sf ''Jit' 'i-'i' *i<i* "U'i 'ifi' 'yi' 'i*/ 'i'i* 'iy* *i»/ *i»i' 'l'/ "i'i* 'it*

Form cf a Tree uicll managed for bearing and to look
pleajing.

THAT the tree may look well on the wall, and
bear plentifully in every part, train your lowed
branches, equally on each fide, and at eight inches dif-
tance from the furface of the border. Let them be
placed with a fmall rife from the horizontal, when the
border is level ; and the better to keep them in an agree-
able form, let the extremity of the lower branch extend
a little farther on the wall than the extremity of the
branches that are placed immediately above them.
The other branches fliould all of them be parallel to
thefe, and kept gradually a little fhorter, as they afcend
the wall. Keep the diftances between the branches as
nearly to an equality as pofTible. Thefe general direfli-
ons muft be carefully obferved while the tree is in a
growing flate.

I would recommend Peaches budded on Apricot flocks,
rather than on Plum ftocks, the Apricot's wood being
hardy, ftrong, and compact in texture, whereas the
plumb wood, is too foft and pithy.

Thi

The Gardener's New Director.

TCheir Management when in Fruit.

WHEN your fruit is fetjand of the bignefs of a fmall
nut, thin them to the fpaceof five or fix inches,
fruit from fruit, which will not only give you what is
valuable, but free your trees from being overcharged ;
which perhaps they would not recover in fome time.

If the directions for pruning be duly attended to, there
will be very few complaints of bad crops by blights, or
branches dying, or bloflbms falling off before the fruit
forms, or even the fruit falling off the tree before it is
ripe, all which is owing to the negleO: of looking over
the trees at the proper feafons, whereby they are over-
charged with ill-ripened branches, or with too much
fruit. And here I mufl: inform my readers, that it is as
neceflary to have the branches of trees well ripened,
for bearing good fruit, as it is to have well ripened fruit
for the palate. A well ripened branch is one produced
in fpring, whereby it will have the whole fummer and
autumn to give it fufficient ftrength to refill the incle-
mency of winter, rendering its wood ftrong, and its
pipes for receiving nourifhment of a good texture, to
fupply the young fruit, which can only be produced by
pruning at the latefl: in the month of May.

Blights may happen to trees ill-treated, but they never
will to trees managed as ^s here dire6ted. A gravelly
foil will blight fruit-trees ; but this is to be avoided by
making your borders as directed in page 21. They will
be blighted alfo by being too deep planted, but this is
to be prevented by raifing them ; or you may plant new
ones in the manner direfted in page 21. Unkindly
frofty feafons may happen to fpoil fome trees; but where
they are well managed, and become ftrong, they will
very feldom fuffer by the inclemency of the weather.

Direniom

20 The Gardener's New Director.

Dire^iottf for the planting and raiftng Plum-trees, -with
a Li/l of the Sorts viofl to be preferred for Walls,

u

PON the fides of the wall next the Peaches, I
would advife to plant the following Plums: v/z.

1. White Prinmordian.

2. Morocco.

3. Little black Damafk.

4. Great Violet Damafk of Tours.

5. Fotheringhame.
<6. Perdrigon white.

7. Violet Perdrigon.

8. Imperial.

9. Red Diaper.

10. Green Gage, largeft fort.

11. Mirabelle.

12. St. Catherine.

13. The Emprefs Plum.

14. Wentworth Plum.

15. Amboyna Plum.

All thefe will alfo ripen well upon fouth-weft expo-
fures ; and the white Primordian, and the fmall early
black Damalk will ripen very well upon efpaliers, as will
moft of the fmall Plums; but the large Plums I would
always chufe to give walls ; they ripen better there, and
are in lefs hazard of being fhook off by fevere blafls of
wind : and although they will bear on efpaliers, yet in
this country they never do fo well as when on walls. I
cannot omit to mention, that I have always found that
thofe that are budded do better than thofe that are graft-
ed, and are not fo liable to gum as the others do.

After thefe trees have been one, or at mod two years
budded, then is the proper time to take them from the
nurfery, for planting againfl walls. They delight in the
fame foil with the Peaches, and as th.e manner of plant-
ing and preparing the ground for them is entirely the
fame, I (hall not here repeat it. The dillance between
tree and tree upon a ten feet wall, fliould never be
lefs than eighteen feet, and if you would chufe to plant

flandard

The Gardener's New Director. 31

flandard Plums between the dwarfs, then twenty-four
feet dwarf from dwarf will be a good diftance, and lefs
will not do. But I would chufe to have dwarfs alone,
rather than flandards and dwarfs upon one and the fame
wall.

There are no greater miftakes committed, than In
the management and pruning of Plum-trees. Our gar-
deners in general think they cannot give them too much
of the difcipline of the knife, their wood being ftrong
and hardy, and the fruit eafily obtained. But they
are miftaken ; few fruit-trees, except Cherries, can en-
dure the knife worfe : for by experience I have found,
that frequent and unfkilful pruning does not only affeft
their branches, but their fruits alfo, by gumming of
both, which ends in fterility, and at lafl in certain
death.

Plums bear their fruit upon fpurs or curfons, and alfo
upon the laft year's wood ; whereby there is no necefiity
of pruning them, as you do Peaches and Nectarines, by
fliortening their branches annually, to obtain a new {lock
of bearing wood ; for their fpurs will, if rightly manag-
ed, continue fruitful feveral years ; nor fliouid you ftior-
ten their branches, but where there is a neceffity to have
a vacancy in the walls filled up; and this fliould be done
in the end of May^ and not later. You muft alfo at
that feafon rub off all fore-right and ill-placed fhoots and
buds, which, if done carefully, will fupercede the ne-
ceffity of too much winter-pruning, which is prejudicial
to moft forts of ftone-fruit. This tree always produ-
ces a great quantity of bloffoms at the extremities of its
Ihoots, which fhews the abfurdity of taking them off,
and the unneceffarily flopping thcfc (hoots, gives a multi-
plicity of branches, which deprives the few fruit that are
upon the trees of their proper nourifhment. Hence it
is, that, in many gardens, I have feen a quantity of
lUong woody large gummy plum-trees, all made barren
by this knife-exercife. I would never therefore advife to
pinch the extremity of the fhoots later than May ; and
even not tben, but when there is a neceffity for it, and
you want branches to fill up vacancies; and be fure to
lay in all the branches horiiontally, and not too thick,

the

32 ■ The Gardener's New Director.
the largeft leaved and fruited Plums thinner than the
fmaller forts. Nor ihould you fuffer your trees to be
overcharged with fruit, but thin them in May with dif-
cretion, otherwife they will gum and become ill-tafted,
efpecially the Imperial honum magnum^ and the Went-
worth kinds.

Thefe infl:ru8:ions obferved, both with Plums on walls
and efpaliers, you cannot fail of good crops. I would
recommend for efpaliers the following Plums.

Plums, beji for Efpaliers,

1. Orleans.

2. Mirabelle.

3. Brigniole.

4. Haresflaw.

5. St. Catherine.

6. Mirabolan.

7. Queen Claudia.

8. Chefton.

9. Late Horfe Plum.
10. Oxheart Plum.

I have already recommended the planting each fpecles
by themfelves, whether on efpaliers or on the walls ;
on account of the different treatment each fort requires,
which if not followed may occafion miftakes.

The Planting and Managaiient of Apricots.

I Come now to treat of Apricots. The kinds which
I think fliould be planted againft fouth-wails in this
country, are thefe :

Upon Sauth-walls.

One or two Mafculines, to have them early.

Tranfparent.

Turky.

Roman.

Upon

The Gardener's New Director. ^^

Upon Soutb-ivtji cr IVejU-^valls,

Ma feu line.

Algiers.

Breda.

Orange.

Bruffells.

The borders upon thefe walls may he ten feet broad,
•with three feet of good frefh earth, as direcLcd for
Peaches, (lee page 21.) which, for all fruits, is depth
fufficitnt, and which fhould be taken fronn a hazelly
loam-pafiure, ten inches deep, with the fward to lie and
rot for twelve months at leail before it is ufed. The trees
heft for planting are thofe which are only two years old
from the time of budding, and on good free-growing
Plum-rtocks ; but the Brujfelles I would chufe to have
budded upon the St. Julian Plum, as it will not take fo
well on any other flock, from the compaftnefs of its
wood ; or they may alto be budded upon ftocks, obtained
by fowing Apricoct lloiies.

The diftance of thefe trees from each other on walls
of ten or twelve feet high, fliould be at leaft twenty, or
twenty-five feet, for reafons I lliall fhew very fully here-
after. The method of pruning them is very different
from that ufcd for Peach-trees. If you plant in Ociober,
you mufl: cover their roots with rotted dung or mulch in
winter, and they muft not be headed until March, when
you mud cut them to four or five eyes above the bud,
having planted the ftems fix inches from the wall, with
the head irclining to it. Should the fpring prove dry, it
will be neceffary to water them all over with a watering
pot with a rofc on, which will be of great fervice, firll
removing the mulch or dung, which alter watering is
to be laid on their roots to protctt them from the hot fun,
or fods with the grafs-fide down.

As their branches are produced, they fhould be nailed

horiy.ontally to the wall; and all fore-right and ill placed

branches entirely taken away, but do not flop any

flioots which are to remain on the tree in the fummer ;

D other-

34 The Gardener's New Director.

otherwife you will occafion a needlefs multiplicity of
branches, whofe fhoots cannot be perfecSted or ripened
before winter, fo as to withftand its feverities, and there-
fore will never be in a good bearing {late.

So foon as you perceive your trees have done growing,
un-nail the fhoots which you laid on the wall in fummer,
and, if they are ftrong, cut them to nine inches length ; if
weak, to five : whereby the lower part of the wall will be
well filled the next or the year following. And I would
always choofe to have the under parts of the wall well laid
in with branches, before I attempted to lay in branches a-
bove, at leafl: before I pinched them for making their late-
ral branches fhoot.

The next fummer's management will be much the fame
as the former ; but be fure in May to rub off all fore-right
fiioots, and nail the others clofe to the wall horizontally ;
at Michaelmas fhorten thefe fhoots as was direfled for the
former year, the flrong branches to nine, the weak ones
to five inches, but do not fhotten too many of them,
whereby you may over-charge your trees with fhoots.
Apricots produce their bloffom-buds upon curfons or
fpurs, as well as upon the laft year's fhoots : where-
fore great care ought to be taken not to injure or rub
them off; but, if you want to cut off an ufelefs or luxu-
riant branch, cut it out entirely, and do not keep it,
in expeffation that it will put out fpurs or fnaggs for
bearing ; for if it fliould produce any, they v/ill be woody
and unfruitful.

After your Apricocts are fet, and become as big as
hazel nuts, thin them with your hands, taking care in
pulling them off, not to bruife the fpurs or fmall buds,
which are near the fruit. By obferving thefe rules with
difcretion, and fome pra6flce, you will attain to tire me-
thod of pruning trees well, which is one of the moft ma-
terial qualifications of a good gardener, and is a fcience
which has been- by many authors fo perplexed and con-
fufed, as to render it entirely unintelligible, and fo much
as not to be praclifed by any: but by attending to thefe
few general rules, and obferving the different growth of
fruit-trees, you will become expert: for inilance. Vines
produce on v/ood of the fame year's growth ; Peaches

and

The Gardener's New Director. 35

and Neftannes upon tlie former year, or at moft two
years wood; and Plums, Pears, Cherries, Apples, and
Apricots, on curfons or fpurs, of three, four, or five
years growth ; and for thefe 1 fl^all lay down fome
general rules neceflary to be attended to.

Some general Rules neccjfary to be ohferved and recotivnend-
ed in regard to Pruning Fines, Peaches, Ne^arines,
Cherries, Pears, Plums, &c.

VINES fliould have all dangling flioots foon taken
off, and (hould never be fuffered to have more than
one fhoot produced from one eye, and their fruit-bearing
branches topt in J'^ly^ at the third or fourth branch above,
the fruit ; as fhould alfo the long branches whicii are leit
on the trees, to make them ripen well for bearing, or
for pufhing good eyes for fucceeding years, in order to
obtain ftrong bearers ; and this operation fhould be per-
formed, whether tlie Vines have or have not Uuit upon
them. They fliould be pruned at Michaelmas.

Peaches and Neftarines mufl: annually have a new (uc-
cefiion or provifion of branches made, as they bear only
upon one or two years old wood, and no other. In May
that provifion is to be made, and no later, by pinching
their flrong branches to produce new ones, and di(-
placing all fore-right and ufelefs branches or buds at
that feafon, obferving to cut immediately before a wood-
bud, as directed in page 24; and in Ocicber all uiclefs
and fterile branches muft be cut out.

Cherries are not to have any knife-management, excepJ:
to furnifh the vacancies in walls, at Michaelmas or May ;
i)ut the lefs the better ; rub off all fore-right or ufelefs
tlioots in May, and no later.

Pears do not agree with pruning at the extremities
of their branches, which is never done but in cafe ot
necefllty ; they require the difplacing of fore-right flioots
in A^ay ; but they, us well as Cherries and Plums, all of
uliich bear on curfons or fpurs, abhor all amputations,
D 1 c.\cept

36 The Gardfner's New Director.

except to fupply vacancies in walls, or to cut ou$
luxuriant branches, which you can foon difcover, by
their being ftrong and woody, and with very long fpaces
betwixt the eyes or buds, which laft appearance denotes
them to be woody, and confequently not fruitful. Laft-
ly, all branches which are to continue on the trees^
ought to be laid horizontally, whether on walls or efpa-
liers, and that they be kept at a good diftance one from
another, according to the fiz,e of their leaves and fruit;
in fuch a manner as not to be crowded, but that both the
fruit and fhoots may have plenty of air and fun to ripen
them kindly.

Pears for Efpaliers and Walls, with fome Particulars re-
lative to their graftings training, pruning, ^c,

AS to Pears, the fummer and autumn forts ripen ex-
tremely well upon efpaliers ; but the winter kinds,
euher for baking or eating, muft have fouth-eaft, fouth,
or fouth-weft walls; what are called late autumn Pears
in England, will not ripen in Scotland, except upon walls.
All the buttery, or melting forts of pears, fhould be
grafted on qumce flocks, fuch as the

Grey and red Butter Pears, ,

Cuife Madame.

Crafane Pear.

The good Lewis Pear.

The L'Echaflerie.

The Virgoleufe.

The Winter Thorn.

St. Germain.

Cadilliac,

Dotfor Uvcdale's St. Germain.

Thje German Mufcat, and fome others.

But this method of grafting upon Quince flocks, h
only to be performed where you have a good flrong
holding foil, otherwife they are better on free flocks.
When you prepare the borders for planting, there ought

to

The Gardener's New Director. 37

to be tliree feet depth of good ftrong clayifh foil made
for them, and they {hould not be narrower than ten feet,
as has been formerly dire(5ted for borders in which other
fruits were planted. The manner of preparing them lor
planting, and of managing them immediately after, be-
ing the fame as for other fruit-trees, I need net repeat
it here. But the diflance, efpecially upon walls, which
1 would allow to them, tree from tree, fhould not be
iefs than twenty-five feet, on account of their long ex-
tending branches, which if you -fhorten, except upon
great necelTity, you will prevent their ever thriving or
being fruitful. The firfl: fummer after they are planted,
their branches mull be trained horizontally to the walls.
If they are produced too thin, you may fliorten them at
Michaelmas-, but I would chufe to be as fparing of this
operation as pofTible, and rather allow them to take their
full fcope at length ; for probably they may (if the trees
are healthful) produce lateral branches from thcfe firfl:
year's fhoots, abundantly to fill up the wall. If they are
large fruiters, their branches fhould never be laid in at
Iefs diflance than nine inches, branch from branch.
The bloflbm-buds are for the mofl: part produced at the
extremities of the fliocts, as well as 'upon the fpurs or
curfons of the branches ; therefore if you fhorten them,
you take away thefe blofTom-buds; fo that the longer
thefe branches extend horizontally, the more bloflomy
fpurs they will have, from which you are to expect a
good crop of fruit. I have often obferved the long
branches of Pear-trees, for the firfl: three or four years
after their beginning to (how bloffom and fruit, fhow
ihem at the extremitiesof their long horizontal branches,
when they had no hloflbms on any other part of thefe
branchesj'which makes young garder.ers think their trees
wili never bear good crops; but in this they are greatly
miftaken; for where thefe trees are well mantiged, and
come to be eight or ten years old, the great hurry of the
fap, which, when young, and on the approach of the
fpring, runs to the end of their branches, by age and
inaturity, comes gradually, and with itrtility, to be dif-
perfed through the intermediate fpurs, making them all
fruitful. The trees iTiould be often looked over in May
3nd Jiiney that all luxuriant and tore-right ihoots may

D 3 be

38 The Gardener's New Director.

be difplaccd as they arc produced, which will occafion
veiy little knite-work after their fruits are gathered; and
it will be neceflary in gathering thein to be careful that
the buds next to the ftalks of the Pears be preferved,
and be not lubbcd off in gathering the fruit; for from
thefe come the mofl: blofTom-buds tor the enfuing feafon.
By turning up their foct-flalks, the fruit will eaiily come
off, without harming the fpurs, which produce fruit and
blofloms for the enfuing year.

The beil feafon for pruning tliefe trees, where there is
occafion, is immediately after the fiuit are gathered ; but
as fome of them remain late on the trees before they ri-
pen, if froft fhould appear to be fetting in for a conti-
nuance, (as h.ippens fometimes) it will be proper to de-
fer pruning them until February or March.

I would alfo direfl to have fome trees of tl.e Cniffe
Madame, and of the fummer Bon Chretien planted on
■walls, which will make them come earlier, and have
larger fruit, than they have upon efpaliers. This much
ti'ill fuffice for tiie culture of Pears upon walls, but ob-
^txv^ to water them well in dry weather in fummer; this
will keep their fruit always in a growing ftate, otherwife
they very often drop their fruit in dry fummer*, 'or in
autumn, before they are ripe.

The Culture and- Management of Figs.

ON the wall with which I crofs the garden, I would
plant Figs ; for which purpofs it muft be twelve feet
high, built of flone and lime, and lined with bricks in
the bell: manner, with piers of brick, and iron hooks fix-
ed in them, at every twenty feet diflance, jutting out
from the wal! (Ix or eight inches, fome rtout double forked
hooks, at eight or ten inches diftance from the top to
within two feet of the bottom of the bricks, which piers
and hooks are to receive matts or reed covers, to fix over
your Fig-trees in very fevere winters, and early in the
fpring, which you muH: obferve not to move away too
luddcnly. Between thefe pieis I would have one Fig-
tree

lifferent

Lllg' ^c . J^ac/r^QQ(yv.\

S^CTION^ of tlie different Cxits for IiiocidatioiL and Gg-aftme- yic . J^a^t^xvli

The Gardener's New Director. 39

tree planted ; and as the culture of this excellent fruit is
but httle undtrilood, I fliall be particular, and give my
reafons for what I advance, as it is fomewhat different
from the common and modern praftice.

The befi: fort of Figs for this country, are,

The Large White.
The Large Blue.
The Marfeilles.
The Candia.
The Rofe Fig.

They are propagated by layers, and by fuckers ; but
the firft method is preferable ; for plants produced from
fuckers always produce fuckers, and are never fo good
bearers as the layers, which make good plants in one
year's time. Lay the branches in February, and they
will be well rooted againft that time twelve-months,
when they fhould be taken off, and planted where they
are to continue for good. Only obferve, that after your
branches are layed, and begin to take root, you keep that
part of them which is pegged down well covered with
earth, and well watered in diy weather; and in winter
well covered with peafe-haulm, to prevent frofl from in-
juring the young fibres of the layers, which are then
fhooting into the ground.

The foil in which they prqfper well, is gravel, or chnlk
mixed with loam ; they will alfo grow in good kiichen-
garden earth : But where you do not prepare a loil fuit-
able to them, you cannot expe£l any tolerable crops of
fruit; wherefore it is proper to make the foil for them
in borders on the wall, two or three feet deep, and fix
or eight in breadth.

I would choofe to plant thefe trees the beginning of
March, and no fooner. They (hould be planted in the
fame pofition as is dire6led for mofl; other fruit-trees upon
walls ; but they fhould not be headed, for the fewer am-
putations they undergo, excepting in cafe of necefllty,
the better they thrive. The firfl: year they will require
fome rcfrcfhings with water in dry fealons; and by the
end of autumn 1 would advife fome mulch to be laid about
D 4 their

40 The Gardener's New Director.

their roots, to prevent frofls injuring their tender fibres »
and by this time they will have made fome fide-flioots*
which by O^oher fliould be nailed horizontally, and dole
to the walls. The fecond year of their management is
much the fame as the firii : bui in April and May I would
always obferve to rub off all fore right fhoots, which
•will not lie well to the wall, at leafl: thofe buds which
are ill-placed ; but fuch as are well-placed, fliould be al-
lowed to continue, to fill the tree at the bottom with
young wood, as that only produces fiuit, and not to lay
them in nearer than ten inches ; for crowding theft trees
with bearers is as bad as having too few. At Michael-
vias there will probably appear fome fmall vour.g fruit on
the branches ; but thefe I would choofe to take off, for
it very feldom happens that they continue, but rot by
frofl: or ftorms ; and if they are allowed to rot on the
young branches, they often infe£t them, v,b.ich ruins moft
of the young tender wood.

I own I am of opinion with thofe, who are not fond
of pruning this tree in autunnn, as it is of a foft pithy fub-
llance, and bleeds fo much, that the wounds would not
be effeclually healed, before the winter frofls fet in ; and
froiii this 1 have often found a branch pruned in autumn,
rotted entirely by February. In autumn the fap is but
defcending or evaporating, and is not quite gore down :
fo that an amputation at this time muff occafion great
cffufion of it ; upon which account I recommend the
end of February^ when the fap is leaff in motion. I
Avould perform at that time all rny wall-prunings, and
a'f; 'T"orten my long branches, the better to obtain new
■u'ood ; and I would be very fparing of topping branches,
unlets there is an abfolute neceffity. Some modern prac-
titioners will object to this pruning in /v^rwijr)', judging,
that, as the fpring approaches, the trees will bleed more
than at Mlchaehnas, and confcquently will fuffer more :
to which I anfwer, that from experience I find the fap
is in a lefs degree of motion in February ; and this I dif-
covered in February 1750, upon a voung branch of a
Fig-tree, entirely divell^d of its late crop cf fruit, and
a young branch of the fame length and bignefs, in Feb-
ruary I 75 1. I weighed them both, and tound that the
frefh branch cut off on the 22d of February I 751, O.S,
weighed a fourth part lefs than the branch which I cut

off

The Gardener's Nev/ Director. 41

off the 29th of Suptemkr I 750, O.S. Whence It ap-
pears, that there is lefs lap flowing in thefe trees in ivi-
ruarj, than in September % the conlequence of which is
plain, that there will be lefs eft'ufion of fap in February^
than in autumn ; and the former has the advantage of
parting with the winter frofts, whereas with the other
they are on the approach.

Upon this fouth afpetlcd wall, as it is built high, you
can have Pears and Apricots, but not intermixed with
the Figs, which (hould be always planted by themfelves;
and here and there, upon the piers amongll: them, you
may have an early Vine or two, to try if they will ri-
p-in, fuch as the White Sweet-water, and the White
Chaflelus ; or if they do not ripen, there may be ver-
juice got from them, and Vine-leaves, which are good
for feveral kitchen-ufes. Upon the fide of this wall,
facing the north, you may plant Morello Cherries and
Currants, which will grow there very well, and produce
good crops. Currant-trtes planted in this northern afpe£t,
hold their fruit for a long time after the trees, in a more
favourable afpecl, have given theirs.

Thus I have laid out the two fouth afpefted walls of
this garden, with the culture of the fruit-trees I would
direct to have planted thereon.

Plantation of the Souib-weji PFcill, with a CollefJion of the
Fruits befl fiiited to the AfpeB.

I

Proceed now to the fouth-wefl afpefted wall, upon
which may be planted the following fruits ;

Of Peaches,

Bourdine.

Double flowered.

Red Nutmeg.

Ann Peach.

White Magdclinc.

Great MiiJ,nion.

Noblefs.

Montauban.

larly Purple.

Red Magdclinc. " Cherries^

42 The Gardener's New Director.

Cherries.

Morello.

Holman's-duke.

Carnation.

Bleeding-heart, 7 upon Cornifii Cherry-

Amber-heart, 3 flocks.

Hertfordlhire.

Apples,

Golden-pippen.

Nonpareille.

Le Reinctte Grife.

Ne^arines.

Fairchildo early.
Newington.
Elrouge.
Red Roman.
Tempels.

Plums.

White Primordian.

Early black Damaik.

Chefton.

While Perdrigon.

Great Violette of Tours.

Fotheringham,

Perdrigon Violette.

Wentvvorth.

White Bonum Magnum.

Red ditto, or Imperial.

Queen Claudia.

Green Gage.

Drap d'Or.

Pears.

Summer Bon Chretien.
Winter ditto.
Pound Pear.

Black

The Gardener'3 New Director. 43

Black Pear of VVorcefter.

Cuiflfe Madame.

Virgoleufe.

St. Germain. '

Red and grey Beurris.

CralTane.

Col mar.

La Befli de Chaumontelle.

La Manfuette.

Holland's Bergamot.

Apricots.

Mafculine.

Bruffels.

Orange.

Turkey.

Breda.

Algiers.
A white Jeflamine or two.
Three or four Mulberries.
Six or ten thin-fhelled Almonds.
And fome others as you fancy, as the ground and fi-
tuation will fuit.

This wall ftiould be built of ftone and lime, and lined
with bricks, as is already propofed, ten feet high. The
fruit-trees (hould be planted by themfelves, and not in-
termixed ; the borders fliould be ten feet broad, and two
and one half deep, made of new earth, as has already
been directed, under the different articles of the feveral
fruits; and it will be very proper at the bottom of this
border to lay fome clay, and beat it hard, fo that the
roots of the trees, when they reach to the bottom of the
border, may not have liberty to enter into the clay ; this
beating of it haid, and cutting off from your young
trees all carrot or defccnding roots, and iorcing them ho-
rizontally, prevents them from going too^ far below the
furface of the earth, fo as to be deprived of the influ-
ence of the kindly rays of the fun, or of fhowers. I
have heard of fome pcrfons who have put flag-floncs at
the bottom of tl.cfe boidcrs, for the fame purpofts; but

of

44 The Gardener's New Director.

of this I have had no experience. One thing I ob-
ferved was, that when I got my fruit-trees from a nur-
fery, I examined how deep they had been planted there;
and after trimming their roots, I planted them in fuch a
manner, as to be only one inch deeper in the ground
than they were planted in the nurfery, and no more,
imlefs when they have been too deep planted, in which
cafe I plant them fhallower, one foot and half being
deep enough for any trees wjiatever.

Having thus difpofed of the fouth and fouth-wefl: af-
peSed walls in this garden, it will next be proper to lay
down fome methods for difpofing of the other two walls,
lb as to make this garden pleafant and profitable.

In order to extend this Article of Gardening, we Jljall give
a ColleBion of the Trees of the mofl delicious ^ as ivell as
the viofl ufeful Fruits, ijuith the Particulars of their
Excellencies, the AfpeB mofl favourable to thenit with
ether Particulars neceffary to engage our Choice or Re-

fufal of them. This Collection is taken from a Piece

entitled The Fruit-Gardener, compiled f-ovi the Prac-
tice of a Gentleman in Scotland, fu that a Samenefs of
Climate is prefrved in the Gardener's Dire6i:or, which
is highly effential, from its Affinity and Agreement with
Ireland, where the PraBiee here recommended has been

found really valuable *.

PEACHES.

No. i.CT^HE Red Nutmeg: the fruit are melting, juicy-^
and the tafte agreeable. 'J'he tree is hardy,
and a good bearer, though the wood is weak.

No. 2i Anne Peach. The tree is a vigorous grower,
and makes a beautiful figure, when properly pruned, and
regularly trained to the wall; but, like other vigorous
growing trees, is long before it comes to its bearing ftate,
unlefs aided by judicious pruning: its fruit are beautiful
and delicious. No.

* It is to be obfervecJ, that when the beginning of a month is men-
tioned, it includes from the lit to the loth day ; by the middle, from
the loth to the tioth ; and the end tr.kec in v/hnt remains from the
aotfe to the end of the month.

The Gardener's New Director. 45

No. 3. The Minion is a large red Peach ; its fkin is
like fattin; its flefh is fine and melting, with a briik
fweet juice : the fhape is longifli, with a furrow in the
middle, and generally one fide larger than the other; the
Hone is fmall. The tree grows with vigour. I have found
it fubje6t to be killed by fevere froft happening late in
fpring or in fummer.

No. 4. The Montauban Peach is very large, red, when
expoled to the fun, but pale towards the wall: its pulp
is free, and its juice delicious. The tree is hardy, grows
regularly, fo is eafily trained to the wall, on which it
looks handfome, and bears plentifully.

No. 5. The Noblefs Peach exceeds the Montauban
Peach in fiz,e ; the pulp quits the flone, is melting, and
the tafte excellent. The tree produces its branches in a
very regular manner, is hardy and durable, and generally
a good bearer.

No. 6. The old Ne-wington is a Britifh Peach original-
ly; it is large and beautiful, the pulp is firm, and flicks
to the flone ; its juice is briflc, and w^ell relifhed : the
tree is hardy, and bears well.

No. 7. The Admirable is large and round, of a fine red
colour, the pulp firm and melting, its juice brilk. and
fweet, its rtone fmall, it comes to perfedlion when hap-
pily fituated, even in bad feafons. The tree is beautiful
and hardy, and bears a great deal of truit.

NECTARINES.

No. I. Elrouge 'NeBarine is in fhape longilh, of a mid-
dling fize, has a melting pulp, and vinous juice.

No. 2. Red Roman Ne^arine is a large fruit, of a red
colour all round ; its fubftance is firm, cf a yellow co-
lour, and the tafle very agreeable.

No. 3. Newington Neflarine is large, of a red colour,
iind the pulp good. The tree is hardy, and a good bearer.

APRICOTS.

No. 1. The Early Apricot is fmall, and its juice fweet.
This tree is known by the fmallnefs of its wood and leaves.

No. 2. The Brujfelles is large, its juice brilk and agree-
able. The trees arc commonly hardy, and for the moil
part good bearers when old.

Bt fides

46 The Gardener's New Director,

Befides the above defcribed kinds of Apricots, the
large Dutch) Orange, Turkey, and Romany may prove
acceptable to fuch as are fond of Apricots, and delight
in variety of fruits.

PLUMS.

No. I. The firil: ripe Plum is called by fome writers
the Jean Hative ; by others, the White Priviordian : its
longifh iTiape refembles fome Pears. It is of a yellowifli
colour, covered with a white powder when ripe: its
pulp is tender, and the tafte not unpleafant, by a fmall
perfume added to an acid and fweet happily blended to-
gether: it quits the flone. The tree is a tolerable good
bearer, but is apt to grow too thick of branches, when
it is not carefully pruned. This fruit ripened on a fouth-
eaft afpeft about the beginning of Augilji 1761, as alfo
1762, and in the middle ol Augujl 1764.

No. 2. i)ueen Claude Plum is fmall and round, flatten-
ed a little at each end ; the (kin is pearl-coloured, with
red fpots : its flefli is firm, comes clear from the (lone,
and the tafte of its melting pulp is fweet and delicious.
The tree grows regularly, and bears well. The fruit
were ripe on a fouth-weft afped the beginning of Sep-
tejyiber 1761.

No. 3. Mtralel is a round fmall beautiful Plum, of a
whitifli yellow colour; the fubftance is firm, and quits
the ftone : the pulp is fweet and delicious. The tree
makes a handfome figure on the wall, by its regular and
numerous bearing branches. The fruit were ripe on a
fouth-eafl: afpeQ: the beginning of ■S'^/^/^w^fr 1761. It is
generally a good bearer.

No. 4. Blue Perdrigon Plum is large and long, of a blue
colour, and finely powdered : its pulp is firm, parts from
the ftone, and the tafte is very delicious. The tree
grows regularly, and is very beautiful, but a bad bearer.

No. 5. Royal Plum is round, and rather larger than the
Perdrigon, of a charming red colour, little powdered,
and very beautiful : its tafte is exquifitely fine. The tree
produces its branches thin and irregular, and is a bad
bearer.

No. 6. Maitre Claude Is large, round, tind v.-hitifti. Its
pulp, which is firm, parts from the ftone, and its juice

The Gardener's New Director. 47

is brlik and fweet. The tree grows vigoroufly, and bears
well.

No. 7. Greev-gage Plunu The name denotes its co-
lour, though it turns a little yellowifh wlicn ripe : it is
large, round, and fomewhat furrowed in the middle. Its
pulp is tender and juicy, and its tafte fo exquifitely fweet
and delicious, that nothing can exceed it. The tree
grows regularly, is hardy, and bears plentifully. It may
be planted in the manner formerly mentioned, and fel-
dom fails to fucceed. The fruit were ripe the middle of
September I 761, on a fouth-eafl: afpedl.

No. 8. Roch-Coiirhon, or Red Diaper-phim, is nearly
round, of a beautiful red colour, with a bluifti powder
over it : the flefli is free, delicate, and fweet. The tree
makes long regular {hoots, and is a good bearer. Its
fruit were ripe, on a fouth-eafl wall, the middle o{ Sep-
tember 1 761.

No. 9. Apricot-Plum is large, round, and white: its
flefh is firm, fweet, and agreeable. The tree grows vi-
goroufly, and after it is fome years planted on a wall,
bears pretty well.

No. 10. BrugnoUe is a large, longifh plum, furrowed
in the middle, of a dark violet colour. Its fubflance is
tender, juicv, and fweet, and comes off from the rtone.
The tree grows vigorouily, and, if properly managed, is
a good bearer. It ripened on a Vv-efl by north afpeft the
htg\v\x]\x\^oi Septeviber 1761 ; the middle of ^?/^?</? 1762.

No. I T. Fotheringham is a large, long, red, and beau-
tiful plum : its flefh is firm, and the talle delicious. The
tree thrives well, and is no bad bearer.

No. I 2. Orleans is a large, round, green and red Plum^
its flefh, which is firm, parts from the ffone, and is not
unpleafant, though it has a good deal of the acid. The
tree is the mofl vigorous grower of any Plum-tree that I
know. It is to be lamented that this tree is not more
hardy ; for it is thebefl: bearer of any we have, both on a
wall and in the open air. A frofl in the month oi^jnne 1759,
hilled feveral trees on the wall, as well as in the open air.
Its too great growth feems to difpofe it for fufFcring by
cold, for I have known it fhoot five or fix feet in one year.

No. 13. Magnum Bonum, or White Imperial ^ is a very
large, beautiful, oblong Plum ; yellow when ripe. Its

pulp

48 The Gardener's New Director.
pulp is fott, fweetifli, and agreeable ; it is excellent for
preferving. The tree produces only a few vigorous
branches, with fome fmall ones, yet it is a conftant and
great bearer.

No. 14. Red Magnum Eonum^ or Imperial-plum, is very
large, of a Pear-fhape, and dark red colour when ripe :
its pulp is foft, not very juicy, and tolerably good. The
tree produces numerous branches, full of fpurs, and is
a very great bearer.

No. 15. Saint Catharine is of a Pear-fhape, yellow
when ripe; and W permitted to hang on the tree till it
becomes wrinkled near the ftalk, and foft, its juice is
rich and fweet. This plum will keep a few days after it
is taken from the tree. The tree grows regularly, is
beautiful, and bears well.

No. 16. hnperairice is fhaped like the Vlolet-Perdri-
gon, of the fame colour, but adheres clofe to the flone.
Its fle(h is firm, and of an excellent tafte. The tree is
hardy, and no bad bearer.

Befides thefe above defcrlbed, there are many kinds of
Plum-trees common in Scotland, which may be obtained
by fuckers, and tlirive and bear well without any trou-
ble, except that of planting. Such are the IVhite-Coruy
Summer-Scarlet, Damafcenes, Julians, Buynets, Horje-
faggs, Winter-Scarlet, ^c, and thefe kinds thrive well
in hedge-rows in many places, and bear plentifully ^ nei-
ther are the fruit of many of them to be defpifed.

CHERRIES.

No. T. May-Cherry would not deferve to be named,
were it not the firfl of the feafon in making its appear-
ance. The wood ot the tree is fmall, and it requires the
beft foil and v.'arme{l fituation, as well as a very favour-
able afpect, to bring it to any perfection.

No. 2. May-Dukes are fine large Cherries, nearly of
the fhape of a Heart-Cherry, of a dark red, or rather
black colour when perfectly ripe : they are juicy, fweet,
and delicious. The tree has large leaves and flrong wood,
grows regularly on a wall, and is a conflant and great
bearer on a fouth or fouth-eafl: afpe6f, or even a vvorfe.
Some of the trees fhould be planted on every af-
pecf, in order to enjoy their fruit as long as pofTible ;

thoi!2;h

The Gardener's Ntw Dirkctok. 49

Oiough thofe tliat are rhe firft ripe in the feafon, are ge-
nerally thie mofl; rielicioDS. This kind neither thrives nor
bears well in 'the open air, unlefs in warm fituations.

No. .3. Heart-Cherries are fo called from a fuppofed
refevnblance to the fi gore of a heart: they are' of di'Te-
rent colours, white, red, and black. The tniit are large,
and, as it were, fquared : their pulp is firm, thu' meiting
and juicy : the tarte is remarkably fvveet, and very plea-
i-im. Ttse trees produce large, long, irregular wood-
'■rnnche's', and tine leaver 'are long and narrow. They are
vin^-H: all of them but inditfercnt bearers, nor do they
■ onflanrlv bear well even oil walls. The Or Z^/;;;/, Lnlic-
■.'.'iVrd, and Gifcoigne^ are no other than the ahove Hearts,
under tht diflf'erent names impofed by the French.

No. 4. The Bleeding-heart is known hy a drop, or tear
which hangs at its end. The tree grows vigoroufly on
a wall, but is a bad bearer.

No. 5. Carnatititi-Chcrry is a delicate and beautiful
fruit. The tree grows very vigoroufly on a wall, but is
no extraordinary bearer. It feems to be too tenticr For
the climate of Scotland \ for though the fruit acquire a
confidL-rable fize loon after they are formed, yet they
feldom come to perfe<9:ioni or acquire a proper degree of
maturity.

No. 6. Clufter-Cherries, the fruit which grows in
bunches, as the name denotes, are hut very indifTerent,
The tree grows regularly, makes a fine half-ftandard,
but is a bad bearer.

No. 7. Kmtip-Cherri'! are large, round, and red,
when ripe. They have much juice, which is very a-
greeable, having a pleaf^nt fweetnefs joined to a little
fournefs. The wood of the tree is weak, its branches
Numerous and regular. It makes a beautiful ifandard, or
half-ftandard ; and as its fiowets are late in fpring of ap-
pearing and opening, the fruit generally holds well.
This is probably the reafon of its being fo generally
planted prelerable to the other kinds.

No. 8. Morclhs. The beft kinds are very large, of
a black colour when ripe: the pulp is four, and ilu-y are
agreeable to few perfons, unlefs eaten with Uigar, or pre-
ferved. The trees gr>)W regularly, are beautiful, and
btar great quantiti^es when planted en a north wa 1, or

E any

50 The Gardener's New Director.

any other afpetl. When the trees are planted as half-
iiandards, they grow thick of bearing branches, make
a good figure, and blolTom univcrfally, tho' they btar
but indiflerenlly. The fruit produced in the open air
are fmall, and look poorly ; but in their tafte are far fu-
perior in goodnefs to the truit that have grown on a wall.

PEARS FOR Summer.
No. I. Pear- Crawford, by fome called the Siimmer-
blanqiiette, is of the true Pear-fhape, a degree above the
Small-pear, of a white colour: its flefli is tender and
juicy, and its tafle is agreeable. The tree is hardy, grows
vigoroufly, and makes not only a fine appearance in every
fliape in the open air, but alfo bears plentifully on a wall.
No. 2. Ladies-Lemon: its body is round, flattened to-
wards the eye, and iomewhat protruded towards the
llalk, which is inferted. The colour of this Pear is red
where it is expofed to the fun, and yellow on the oppo-
fite fide. The flefh is tender, and the juice fweet, with
a little perfume: it was ripe the middle of Augujl 1762.
The tree grows regularly, and is a good bearer.

No. 3. Green-Fear of Pinkie is fmall, nearly round,
though flat towards the foot-ftalk, which is fhort and
firaight : the colour is green, mixed with yellow. The
flefh is foft and melting, and its juice has an agreeable
fweetnefs : it is generally ripe the middle or end of Au-
guft. The tree grows tolerably large, and bears well.

No. 4. Pear-Piper Is fmall, oblong, though larger at
the head, and protruded tov. jrds the foot-ilalk, v/hich
is long and inferted. The colour of this fruit is green
yellow ; its fubftance is tender, and its juice a delicious
mixture of acid and fweet, that is very pleafant. It ri-
pened the midille q{ Augufi 1762. The tree grows well,
and bears plentifully.

No. 5. Wine-Fear is fhort, thick, and headed, flatten-
ed towards the eye, which is furrowed. Its colour is
red, yellow, and green ; its flefh tender, and its juice
not unpleafant. It ripened the middle o'i Augujl 1762.
The tree produces numerous branches, which are thick
placed ; it is a great bearer.

No. 6. At the fame time that I examined the above
defcribed Pears, I received a round, red, and yellow Pear,

of

The Gardfner's Nlw Director. 51

of a moderate fize, with a fhort fcct-ftalk : its flefli was
tender, acid, and fweet, and its talle not unplea'ant. It
was ripe the middle of Avgvfiy ard itemed ;o agree with
the Piirce's pear of K^r. Miller, Ifc. The tree grows
well, and bears copioufly.

No 7. Little h'ht feat. Fyrus futiva, frvBv ejlivo) par-
1)0 Jiu'vejcente, molcbato, l"ouRN}F. Injl. Ret herbi
Petite Mufcate, Quintinye. This Pear isftnall, near-
ly round, of a yellow colour when ripe. Its fubriance
is melting, and of a highly mufked flavour. The tree
produces iitlle wood, and is onlv fit for a wall in mofi:
places of Scotland ; and if it is properly pruned, it makes
a fine appearance on a wall.

I fhall now defcribe a few Pears that are contemporary
in their ripening with the al)Ove kinds, and ct a larger
fize, and lome of them of fupenor goodnefs.

No. 8. ForroiJU'eoiv is alargePtai, .leaded, and flat
towards the eye, with a fhort foot-Aalk. Its colour is
red and yellow ; its flefh is tender and mufked. The tree
thrives well, and is a good bearer as a flandard.

No. 9. Jarg'melle is a Frimh Pear. (Pyrus frvFiu epi-
vo, oblongo, Jen'ugineo, cartie tenera mofcbata, ToURNF.F.
Cuijfe Mado77iey Qiiiktinye) It is large and long, of
an iron colour next the fun, and of a grecnifli yellow co-
Jour on the oppofue fide. Its ^t{\\ is tender, juicy, and
peculiarly delicious: it ripened the middle of /^//^^z/// 1762.
The tree produces long large wDod-branches, in a very
irregular manner, and does net bear wqW till it be grown
old. The jargonelle never m.akes a beautiful tree, either
as a fiandard, efpalier, or dwarf. It may be trained a-
gairft a wall, but requires great room.

No. 10. Ladies-'Thigh is lo ca Vds. Irom its(iiii.ly taper-
ed fliape, and fmcoth foft fkin. It is large, the pulp i:
tender and ju:cy, and of a pleafm:; ralle, being a htile
mufked. The tree produces fin^U regular branches, but
it does not bear well till old. When properly trained it
makes a fine dwarf.

No. I 1 . Large Blavqurtlc ( pyyus f'runv oflivOf alliJo,
majore, ToURN. Grojf^- ijluiiqtietle, QlikTiKYE) js
oblong, a little coloured where it was cxpolid to the
mid-day fun, but white wl.ere. it was (haded. Its fiefh

52 The Gardener's New Director.

is breaking and tender, fometimes a little ftony ; its juice
is fweet and agreeable, The wood ol' the tree is imall
and regular, and it makes either a beautiful ftancian , or
dwarf, but is a bad bearer.

No. 12. Fear Saucb is a beautiful Pear, of an oblong
fhape, big-bellied, of a yellow colour : its eye and flalk
are protruded, its pedicle is thick, and of a middling
length ; its fubftance is vifcid, its taife is fomewhat ! weet
and mufked, and yet it is a very indifferent Pear ; it was
ripe the end oi Augnjl 1762. The tree is hardy, makes
a large and beautilul ftandard, and is a great and con-
ilant bearer ; io that no other kind of Pear-tree is fo pro-
fitable in an orchard as this is.

No. 13. Mvjk-drone Pear (frufiu ejlhoy turbinato mof-
cbatOi TouRN. Bourdon. Quint.) is of a middle fize,
longifh, and well-fhaped : its pulp is tender, fugared,
and muflcy. The tree is hardy, and grov/s regularly,
but is generally old before it begins to bear.

No. 14. Magdalene Pear (Magdalene, Quint.) is a
large green Pear, in fliape refembling the Bergamot. Its
flefh is tender and melting, and its juice fweet. This
tree makes a beautiful appearance, whether you plant it
as a ftandard, or train it as a dwatf.

No. 15. Red Admiral (Pyrus fruiHu eJlivOi globofoy e
viride purpurajcente, Tournef. Amere roux. Quint.)
is red coloured, inclining to purple: its figure is round,
and the fruit is large : its pulp is tender and fweet. The
tree grows regularly, and bears plentifulty.

No. 16. Summer Bergamot is of a fhape nearly round,
jhough rather thick towards the ftalk. In fize and co-
lour it nearly refemhlcs the Autumn Bergamot. Its pulp
is tender, and its juice fweet. The wood of the tree
is regular, and the branches grofs ; but they are delicate

snd apt to canker.- Tournefort has very happily de-

icribed this Pear, when he calls it Pyn/s friihu feffilii
faccarato. In feveral places of England, it is called Hamb-
den's Bergamot. In Scotland we meet with many Pears of
the name of Bergamot, that vary much as to the times
ot ripening, and have their name from the perfume that
is perceptible in the autumnal fruit.

No. I 7. Smnmer Good-Cbriflian. Pyriis fruSlu oblongo,
fnngno partiin ruhro, partim albido odoraio. Tour. Bon

Chretien

The Garden-er's New Director. 53

Chretien de Efie, Quint. It is in (hape long and regu-
lar ; its fmooth llcin is of a greenifli yellow colour where
it grew in the iliade, but ftriped with red where it was
expoffcd to the fun. Its pulp is tender and juicy, and is
agreeably perfumed. The tree grows regularly, thrives
well, and makes a beautiful appearance ; but it is a very
bad bearer.

No. 18. Little Roiijfelet. ( Le Rcujfelet, Q\iVAT .) is of
3 middle fize, handfomely fliaped, though iomewhat
long; of a greenifh yellow when ripe, with a dark black-
ifh red on the funny llde. Its flc-Oi is tender, nnd its
juice fo judicioufly perfumed, as fufficiently dillinguifhes
it from any other kind of Pear. The wood of the tree is
weak, its fhoots long, and its branches irregular: they
are often killed in part, by the fevere colds of ipiing in
Scotland ; yet in proper foils, and warm fuuations, it
makes a tolerable dwarf, and an excellent ftandard : it
does well on a wall, and bears plentirully when old.

No. 19. Scots Cornuck is large, and headed, Hat to-
wards the eye, and tapers to the ftalk, which is thick
and (hort, of a yellow colour where not expofed to the
fun, but of a br'git red where it was expofed. The
fleih is tender and melting; its juice is of an agreeable
fweetnefs, which is htightened by a fine aromatic fla-
vour : it ripened in the end of Augufl i 762. The tree is
hardy, vigorous, and grows regularly : it is a great bearer.
No. 20. Grey Cornuck differs little from the above in
(bape, tafte, or flavour; though it is eafily diftmguiflied
by the grey colour, as its name denotes : it is likewife
near a fortnight later in ripening. It was ripe the be-
ginning of September 1762. — The appearance of the tree
would "perfuade us that it is a different kind from No. 19:
as its branches are fma'ler, more numerous, and the tree
grows larger. The above Pear-trees were probably firft
raifed in Scotland, as neither of the kinds feem to be con-
tained m any of the French or Eris;lrfi catalogues that I
have perufed. They are excellent Pears, not inferior in
gooonefs to any Summer-Pears whatever. '1 his kind is
alfo an excellent bearer.

No. 21. Longoville is nearly round, though flattened
towatds the eve, and protruded towards the flalk, which
i; thick and fliort : it is a large Pear, ol an iron colour

E ^ \\ here

e;4 I'he Gardener's New Director.

where f xpofed to the fun, and oF a yellow colour on the
oppofite fide. Its flcfli is tender and full of juice, which
is an agreeable intermixture of acidity and fweetnefs.
This Pear was ripe the beginning oi September 1762.
'I'he tree produces many long fmr.ll branches, which are
jhced widely; and the bearing fpurs on them are
placed at a confiderablc diftance from one another. The
trees become very large ; and when old, they are con-
Hant, tiiou^h not great bearers. They are fitteft for
llandards, and n^ake a fine appearance with their branchv
and wide extended 'leads. Tl;is Ptar-tree is f::id to have
been orig'-nally brought irom Frame, though it is not
found defcribed in any of their catalogiira.

Nc. 22. R.ea pfar-Rohert ( Pyrus friiBu turbiimto, car-
ne ienera faccharata, Tourn. Mn feat Robert, QuiNT.)
is not very large; it is headed, the eye fomewhat de-
freffed ; it is protruded towards the flalk, which is long,
ffraigh;. and tolerably thivk ; where expoftd to the fun,
it is of a crimfon colour, but ftriped with red and yel-
low on the oppofite Hde. Irs flefli is tender, Iweet, and
mnfked. h was ripe the beginning of September 1762.
*] he tree generail)' grows vigoroufly, and bears well.

No. 23. Grey Hoiuy-Fear is nearly round, being fome-
what flatiencd towards the eye, but perfectly round to-
wards ti;e ftaU;, v.'hich is fhort and thick. Its colour is
a brownifh green, or rufiet-grey ; the flefh is foft and
(weet : when it continues any time unconfumed after it
is ripe, it turns meally. It ripened the beginning of
September 1762. The tree grows well, becomes very
(age, and bears plentifully.

No. 24. Early Achan is fo called from its refemblance
to the late Achan. which is much better known in Scot-
land. Its fhape is regubr, round at the middle, with a
Imall dcpreilion towards the eye : it is alfo protruded to-
wards the flalk, that is fhort and tliick : its colour is a
dark red and yellow : it is fliapcd li^e the Achan. Its
^t'ih is tender and fvveet, though it is but an indifferent
Pear. It was ripe the beginning o{ September i 762. The
tree is a moderate grower, its wood is ftrong, and it is a
great bearer.

No. 25. Skinicfs Fear (fans peau, Qlunt.) is a long-
fltapcd Pear;, for the greater part of a dark red colour;

its

The Gardener's New Director. 55

Its pulp is tender and delicate, and its juice fweet and a-
greeable. The tree grows regularly, and looks hand-
Ibme in whatever manner you train it.

No. 26. Hanging-Leaf \s a beautiful Pear, of a perfecEl
rrund figure, were it not a little protruded towards the
ftalk, which is fhort, and of a middling thickncfs. Its
colour is red and yellow: its fubflance is tender and
juicy; and a delicious fweetnefs is found in its tafte. It
was ripe, the beginning of September 1 762. The tree
grows very large, and makes a beautiful ftandard, but is
no great bearer.

No. 27. Scots Brrgamot is a large Pear, which would
be perfectly round, were it not a little dcprefTed towards
the eye: its foot-fl:alk is thick and iTiort : its cnjour is
yellow and red : its Hefh is tender and juicy ; and Its juice
of a very agreeable fweetnefs. The fruit were ripe the
beginning of September \ 762. The tree produces fhort
thick branches, and is a good bearer; when it is pro-
perly managed at firft, it makes a fine round full dwarf.
It will alfo do very well as a half-ftandard, or (lardard,
and is in every fhape hardy, and a good bearer.

PEARS FOR Autumn.

No. I. Keatker is a Pear of a middling fi7,e, finely
rounded off to the eye, and of an oblong fhape to the
foot-fi:alk, which is generally fomewhat protruded to
one of the fides, and is fhort and fmall. Its colour is
moftly yellow : its fubftance, though vifcid, has an a-
greeable juice, which is very tafteful. It ripened the
xr\\Ad\c o\ September 1 764. The tree grows regularly,
becomes very large, and makes a beautiful ftandard.
The Keather bears but ieldom ; however, in favourable
feafons, it produces very large crops.

No. 2. French Cornuck is a large Pear, regularly round-
ed off towards the eye, which is in fome of them a little
deprefled. It is of an oblong form to the fialk, which
is generally fhort and ftraight. This Pear has commonly
one fide larger and longer than the other: it is of a red,
dun, and yellow colour; the flefh is tender and full of
juice, which has a pleafant tafle. It was ripe the middle of
September \ 7^4. The tree both grows wdl and licars well.
Ii may be tr.iincd in any flnape you pleafe.

E 4 No.

56 The Gardener-'s Nx-w, Director.

N^. ^. I received the following Rear under the namo
of Crawford : it is large, and bellied ; rcunded off to ihq
eye, which is depreffed ; taptrs oil gradiiaily till it ap-
jircaches near to a ftalk, when, after a fniali round, ir
flattens, towards it. The fooL-li^alk is of a moderate
length, and generally firaJght ; its qoionr is redi and, yel-
low ; its PitiU is tender, juicy, andfweet. This is aa
beautiful a Pear as grows, lull as large as the. Jargonelle,
or perhaps the Winter Goyd-Chriftian. It was ripe the
middle of Sfptember i 7.62. The tree produces, its branches,
long and wide: they are of a middling fize ; it is rot
veiy beautiful, but hears well.

No. 4. Watery Fe-ir. Under this name I received a
kind of fruit which apf-ear-s to me to he wellintitied to
the name or Kuilet-Pear., from its colour: for, it. is of
an. iron-colour to the fun, and lomething alh-colcured on
the (haded fide. It is of a middling fjze, headed, and
rounded ofi" to the eye; that is, a little protruded: it
gradually diminifties towards the ftalk, which is ftraight,
and qf a middling length. The fubllance of.tJiis Pear ia
tender, and full of juice, which is agreeably mufked.
It ripened tl e middle of .S'^^/^w^^r 1762. The tree grows
regularly, and is a conftant and great bearer.

No. 5. I received under the name of. the Robin, a
Pear which perhapis deferves the name of the Mufcat
Robert, as it does not greatly differ, either in fhape,
colour, or tafte, from the one of this name which is
defcribed, by ^lintinye. Its figure is very near round,
though a little flattened to the eye. Its foot-ftalk is
protruded from .orue. fide of the Pear, and makes an acute
angle with the other fide; it is fliort, and of a middling
thickneis. The colour of this Pear is dark red and yel-
low ; the fubriance is very tender and full of juice, that
is finely mju.n;ed, and of an exceedingly agreeable fweet-
nefs. It. ripened the middle cA September \~i62. The
tree .gro.ws. tolerably large, and is a good bearer.

No. 6. The Round Pear is fmall, perfectly globular,
with a very.lhorr pedicle. It is afh-colourcd and yellow :
Us ficfli is tender, fweet, and mufked. It was ripe the m\6-
<l\£..oi .S(pf ember 1 76.2. The tree, in its growth not a little
refem.bles the Scots Bergamot, onlv its wood is imaller, its
branches mere numerous, and it grows fafler : it is a to,
lerable bearer. No.

The Garden,er*s New Director. 57

No.. 7. The l^'j noil f, Pear- k tolerably large, and alnioft
round -,: the one fide is generally bigger than the other,
by its forming a protuberance before fending of the Rd\l\y
■which is long and crooked, and placed nearly at right-
angles witii the littler fjoe. Its colour is red and yellow;
its- fiefli, i» t€ndc,r ajd.n^ltirg; and its juice, which is
copious, is exalted- by ^'Vi-noup flavour, joined to a very:
agreeable mixture of fweet and acid. The Pear was
ripe the m\Q<i]e. of. Septernhtr 1762. The tre;e grows
mod^ratelv, and be.^r.s irdifFerently well.

Np. 8; Chapman- Ft' ar is equally rounded off; but t4i«
on€ ffde forms a much larger ciicle than the other; and
this:r,enders the pedicje ot the Fear, which is placed ob^
liquely., fbo'^C; Q^l Q"*^ *'^6 *^^^^ the other. Its colour
is a fi>i lying red and. yellow ; its fublhnce is vifcid, dry^
and fweet. It ripened the vx\\M\^ oi- September 1762;
The tree grows as well as bears tolerably well.

Nx). 9. Ellhjn-haft, or GoQd-Man Pear, is a large fruit,
bellied, flattened a little towards the eye: it tapers off
for fome way, and then- is rounded; off to its foot-flalk,
which IS fmall and fhorti It is of' a greeir and: yellow
colour: its flefl-! is hard and dry, but of a very agreeable
fweet tafte. It was ripe the end ot Sepeember i 762. The
tree grows vigojoufly, becomes large, and bears plen-
t if idly.

No. 10. Great Riiffeleti This Pear differs from the
Little RufTelet, by being thicker and ftvorter : the {kin
is not fo polifhed, but more fpctted: it is alfo later in
ripening., and the juice is not lo delicious. The tree
produces a few ftrong woody branches thinly placed, and
C}i great length. It is entirely unlike tl.e Little Rullelet,
for it is jufl the reverfe. It is a bad bearer. This fruit
is called m fome places oi Scotland Ahe Gtty Goofe.
^intinye probably was not acquainted with this Pear ;
or perhaps he ^A not think it deferved a place among
his good Pears.

No. II. Ora«^.? /^^r^tfm<>ns of the middling fiy.e, near*
ly round, though it has its eye confiderably deprefled,
and is protruded towards the ftalk, which is generally
long, thick, and ftraight. Its colour is red and yellow ;
many of them have a furrow down the m ddle. Its flefh
is tender, and tuU ot a tuuficcd juice, which is delicioufly

fweet.

5S The Gardener's New Director.

fweet. It was ripe the beginning of Qfiober I762> on a
norih-wefl afpeO;, The tree thrives well in everv form,
and is a great bearer.

No. 12. Rohine ( Fyrus friiLlu globe fc, fejftle, ex albidoy
flavefcente, fucchurato, odorato, Tourn. Robine, Ql'INT.)
is o[ a large fize, and of a long fnape, often keeping
nearly the fame thicknefs from one end to the other. It
is rounded offlo the eye, which is a little depreffed, par-
ticularly on one fide ; and alfo to the ftalk, which is de-
prefTed in like manner as the eye: its pedicle is fhort and
thick. The colour of this fruit is a whitifn yellow, and
the (Icin is foft : its fubflance is breaking, without being
hard, and its juice is fugared, and charmingly perfumed.
The fruit were ripe the beginning of 0<^Oi^fr 1762. The
above Pear agrees in fubflance and tafte, but differs
widely in the fliape and fize from t\\& French Pear of this
name. The tree makes a beautiful dwarf, efpalier, or
llandard, for it grows mioderately. The tree is general-
ly old before it comes to bear.

No. 13. French Bergamot. I here defcribe a Pear
which grows under that name in Scotland: it is almoft
round, being only a little flattened towards the eye, and
a little protruded towards the foct-flalk, which is fhort
and thick. Its colour is red and yellow : its flefh is ten-
der and full of juice, which is fweet, and of a fine re-
lifh. It Mas ripe the beginning of Oclober 1 764. The
tree produces but few wood-branches, that are rather de-
licate. When the tree is thriving, it bears tolerably.

No. 14. Late Scots Coj'r.zick is a large fruit, of a true
Pear-fhape, being rounded off from the middle to the
eye, and tapering from thence to the flalk, which is
very fhort, arid fometimes waved. Its colour is a bright
red and yellow, and its fkin is fmooth and fhining : its
flefh is tender and juicy, and its fweet tafle is exalted
with a vinous brifknefs. It was ripe the beginning of
O^cber 1764. The tree thrives well, and bears plenti-
fully. Thofe who are fliilful in the art of pruning, may
train it into any fhape they pleafe.

No. 15. Pear-Rofe is a fmall fruit, nearly round, with
one fide larger than the other. Its footftalk is of a mo-
derate length and thicknefs: it is red, and of an afh-
coloiired yellow. Its fubflance is tender and dry, and is

very

The Gardener's New Director. 59

Tery pleafant, by an aromatic and fweet tafte being com-
bintd. It ripened the beginning of 0(7«/^cr 1764. There
is a Summer Pear of this name, with a long ftalk, which
is tar interior to this in gcodncls. The tree thrives well,
and bears tolerablv.

No. 16. Vicar is an oblong Pear, produced to the
flaik, which is long and ftraight. Its colour is yellow,
red, and f^riped : its flcfh is tender, fweet, and mufked,
but is rather too dry. This Pear ripened the middle of
O^cbsr I 762. The tree grows regularly, and has nu-
merous branches, which are furroumted uith very fertile
fpurs ; bv means of which it is a conflant and great
bearer. This tree is fometimes deftrcyed by too intenfe
heat.

No. 17. Autumn, or Englip Bergamot (Pyrus fruflu
felfile, faciharato, odorato, in ore liquefcente^ TouRK.
Ln Bergamottc, QuiNT.) is a large round Pear, general-
ly flattened a little towards the eye, and fomewl.at de-
prefled to the foot ftalk, which is fhort and thick. It is
of an iron-green and yellow colour: its flefh is tender,
and full oi juice, of a delicious fweetnefs, and an agree-
able perfume. '! his Pear ripened the middle of OBoher
I'jbiy on a fouth-eafl afpecStcd wall. The tree is neither
fit for being tiained as a dwarf or efpatier, but makes a
beautiful ftandard or wall-tree, and is a plentiful bearer.
No. 18. Muir-fo'vjl-egg is a large Pear, which is near-
ly round, being only a little flattened tov/ards the eye,
which is fomewhat deprefled : but it is finely rounded oft*
to the ftalk, which is long, large, and generally crook-
ed. Its colour is red, green, and yellow; its flelli is
tender and juicy : it is reckoned delicious by tho!e who
are fond of much acid in Pears ; for my part, I think it
over-abounds in this fruit. It wa"^ ripe the middle o\
Oclcber 1762. The tree grows vigoroufly, producing
many long branches, which are thinly pl.iccd in its head :
they are in lime covered with fpurt, which bear copiouf-
ly when the tree is old.

No. 19. Gray Good-Wife is a Pear of a middling fize,
which might be reckoned round, were not its eye a little
deprefled, and its fliape a little protruded towards the
flalk, uhieh is of a modcrnte leng'h and thicknefs : it is
of a brown red on the one fide, and of a grecnifli yellow

on

Co The Gardener's New DiRBctoR.

on the other. Its fubftance is foft and tough, yet ^^
melts in the mouth : its juice is Tweet, with a very a>--
greeable perfume, which is peculiar to this Pear. It was
ripe the middle oi O^oher 1762. The tree grows vigo-
Toufly, makes a beautiful appearance, and is a conflant
and great bearer.

No. 20. Crrffan (Pyriis fru^u feffiliy e viridt flavef-
centc, utrunique umbilicato, in ofe liquefcentC) To URN.
Crafane, QuiNT.) is large and femiglobular, flattening
ahnoft its crown to the eye, but nearly circular to the
ftalk, which is long, and generally ftraight. It is of a
greyilh colour, mixed with red fpots ; when ripe, the
fkin is rough ; its feeds are remarkably large; its flerti
is exceeding tender and foft ; the juice is copious, fweet,
and brifk. This Pear does not agree with the defcripti-
on that is given from Toumefort. It was ripe the middle
of OiTiober 1762, on a fouth-eaft afpeded wall. The
tree is only fit for a wall in Scotland, where it produces
too much wood, and is but a very indifferent bearer.

No. 21. Verte Long, or Long Green Pear, (Pyrus fruc-
fte odvrato, in ore liqvefcente. To urn. Z^ Verte Longe,
Qyit^'T.) is large and long, of a true Pear-lhape, with
X thick ftalk of a middling length. It is generally of a
green colour, freckled all over with fmall fpots : thefe
fpots are white where the (kin is coloured by the fun,
and of a dark green where it is yellow, which colour
the green acquires in ripening. Thefe Pears are of a
ruflet colour next the fun : their pulp is melting, foft,
and juicy, and the tafte, in fome feafons, is fweet and
agreeable ; in others, it is infipid. It ripened the mid-
die of O^cber 1762, on a fouth-eafl: afpetted wall. The
wood of the tree is flrong, and grows regularly. The
Verte Long makes a beautiful appearance in every fliape,
and bears admirably well.

No. 22. Pound Pear is a very large Pear, of a femiglo-
bular figure, being flattened towards the eye, which is a
little depreiled, but perfedly circular to the ffalk, which
is fmall and fhort. The colour of this charming Pear is
red, green, and yellow; its fubftance is between tender
and vifcid ; its tafte is fweet, and in its juice is fomething
of a very pleafant aromatic. It was ripe the end oiO^ober
I 762. The tree thrives vigoroufly, and bears well in warm
fituations and proper foils. No,

The Gardener's New Director. 6l

No. 2^. SiuarCs-Eg^ Pear is of a middling fize, oblong
and round.fh, but a little protrudtd towards the {lalk,
Avhich is fhort and fnaail. It is oi a dark green colour:
the pulp is foft, and the juice, which is copious, is of
a very agreeable fweetnefs. It ripened the end of O^o-
her 17&2, on a fouth-eart afpcfted wall. The branches
of the tree are apt to canker and die in part, or entire-
ly ; neither does a wall fave it from this fate. Eves
when it is in a disfigured condition, it bears tolerably od
any of the branches that remain alive. How much to be
lamented is it, that this tree fhould prove fo delicate, when
we have few kinds of Pears that excel the Swan's-Egg!

No. 24. Mufcat Fleury (Pyrus fniclu globofo, ferrugi-
neo, came tenera faprdij/ima, To urn. Mufcat a longue
queue dfautomne., Quint.) is a very fmall Pear, of an al-
moft globular figure, and of a dark red, or rather brown
colour, with a long foot-flalk. Its flefh is tender and
juicy, with fuch a delicious perfume as is to be found in
no other Pear that I know of. This Pear generally ri-
pens about the middle of 0/?c3er. The tree is not beau-
tiful, for it produces long, naked wood-branches, that
have but few bearing fpurs on them ; yet it bears a great
many fruit, for they are generally placed in clufters. It
is called in fome places o\ Scotland Pear-nut.

No. 25. Dean Pear ( Pyrus fru^u turlinato, fejjilii fia>-
ijefcente, in ore liqiiefcente. To URN. Doyenne, QuiNT ;
is reafonably large, rather long than round, of a grcen:ih
yellow colour, which is little altered by the fun. Its
juice is fweet, and a little mufked, but has not a very high
flavour. This fruit is apt to turn dry and meallv, after
it is paft its time in maturity. The tree is beautitul, and
btars much fruit, efpecially on a wall.

No. 26. Swifs Bergamot. This Pear rcfenibles the
Artumn Bergamot in fhape and fize, but is eafily dif-
tinguifiied from it by a fine ftriped colour: its fubflance
and tafte are little different from thofe of the Engl'ifi} Ber-
gamot ; but what inti 1 s it to a place in this colIe(5lion,
is, that tre tree is hardier, and will make a fine;, ap-
pearance in the open air in any (hape that you pleafe
to form it into; and it will reward the labour of the
cultivator, for it is a good bearer.

No.

62 The Gardener's New Dir.ector.

No. 27. Monfteur John. Of this are reckoned two
kinds, the white and the grey. ( Pyrus fru^u tuberofoy
fcffili, faccharata came (liira. To urn. he Meffirejeatiy
Quint.) 'I'hefe Pears are tolerably large, their fub-
ftance is hard and breaking, and their juice is fwec-t. It
has been objeded to tljcm, that their lubftance is fome-
times gritty. The trees .ire hardy, they make a pood fi-
gure in every fhape, when properly Hained, and gene-
rally bear well.

No. 28. Marquis's Pear (Pyrus fmau tuberofo, fefpliy
e viridi flavefccnte, maculis 7zigris confperfo) carne ienera
JaccharatQj ToURN. La Marquis, Qi'lNx.) is very large
and hand'omely fiiaped ; the head is flat, the eye is iVnail
and funk in, the belly big, and the fize diminilhes gra-
dually to the ftalk : the fkin is rough and jellow, with
red fpots : when ripe its fiefh is tender and fine ; its
juice is plenteous, and agreeably fweet. The tree makes
a good llandard, dwarf, or efpalier, and is a tolerable
bearer.

No. 29. Eeurre (Pyrus f met 11 fuavilJlmOy in ore li-
quefcentc, To URN. Beurre, Quint ) is a large Pear, of
an oval fnape, with a fhort thick foot-tla!k. The co-
lours of this fpecies are fo various, that they have occa-
fioned the name of grey, red, and green, air^ong the
nurferymen : its flefh is fine and delicate, and its tafle
exalted by a fweet aromatic perfume. It ripened tiie
end of Ohober 1762, on a fouth-eafc afpect. The wood
of the tree is weak, the branches are numerous ; it
thrives well on a wall, though it is even there no great
bearer. There are perhaps but few foils and fituations in
Scotland, in which the Beurre will thrive and bear in the
open air.

PEARS FOR Winter.
No. I. Brier Buflj is a fmall Pear, nearly round, with
a iTiort thick foot-ftalk: when ripe, it is of a red colour
where it was expofed to the fun, and yellow en the o-
ther fide: its fiefh, though hard, is juicy, and of an
aromatic tafleful fweetnefs. It was ripe the beginning
of November 1762. The wood of the tree is (mail, the
branches are numerous, the fpurs on the branches fre-
quent, and the tree is remarkably fruitful.

No.

The Gardener's New Director. 63

No. 2. Achan is a large Pear, with a big belly; it
turns lei's to the head, and flattens to the eye, which is
a little depreffed. It is fomewhat prctrudt-d towards the
ftalk, which is of a middling lengih and thicknefs. Their
colour is commonly a dark red, or very deep blackifli
green ; but this varies greatly, as does alfo their ihape,
tor I have feen them of a light green or yellow, with ma-
ny depreilicns of different fizes on their furfaces : but
of whatever colour they are, they have this in common,
that the pulp is fine, foft, and free, full of a richly iu-
gared and perfumed juice, which is of fo excellent a re-
lifli, as at lead: equals, if it does not excell any lafle that
is to be met with in Pears. This Pear was ripe th,e be-
ginning oi November 1762, on a fouth-eaft afpefted wail.
The tree produces its wood regularly. Its flioots are long;
they become full of fpurs, which are placed all round
ihem, near to one another; and it is generally a great
bearer when old. The Achan is hardy, and makes a
beautiful figure in every fhape, when it is properly ma-
naged, whether it make its appearance in the fruit-gar-
den or orchard.

No. 3. IVinter-Tborn. (Pyrus fruBu magno pyramida-
to, albido, in ore Uqnefcente^ faccharato, odorato^ ToURN.
UEfp'me d'byver, Quint.) Its fhape is long, nearly
pyramidal, prettily rounded off at each end: its fkin
looks and feels like fattin : the colour is between green
and white, or rather a fhining yellow : its flefh is free and
tender ; and its juice is a delicious mixture of fvveet and
acid, joined to an admirable perfume. This Pear ripen-
ed the beginning of November i 762, on a fouth-eaft al-
pe£ted wall. The tree produces long regular branches,
that are thick fet round with bearing fpurs ; among
thefe, are produced fome few thorns, or rather fharp-
pointed branches. It makes a fine appearance on a wall,
and is a good bearer.

No. 4. Virgoleufe (Pyrus fruclu longo^ e viridi fiavej-
centii in ore liqiiefcente,JaccharatOy To URN. La Virgoule,
Quint.) is beautiful and large, of a true Pear-fliape,
but in fome inclining to round. The colour is green
when they are gathered from the tree, but turns yellow
as they ripen. The flefh, when it comes to perfection,
is tender and melting, full of a fwect and fharp juice,

which

64 The Gardener's Nev/ DtRJcrok.

which is a Uttle pertuaied. The Pears of this kind thnt
fall cff too foon tVofta the tree, though they b'ecomfc
Vcrin'kled, arc excellent. Bat this Pear in general is apt
to contraft the bad fmell -and tafte of any thing in its
neighbourhood ; for which reafon it fhould be kept
carefully at a difialitc from any thing ofi'enfive in frntll
or tade. This Pear ripened tlie beginning oii' NcveYnhc'r
1762, on a fouth-weit afpeded wall. The tree hr.s a
fhining bark, produces plenty of fmall regular wood-
branches, and makes a beautiful appearance on a wall,
when properly trained: it is no great bearer till old.

No. 5. Cbajfery (Pyrus Jruflu globofo^ citriformey fia-
vefcenUj pnn^ato, in ore Uquefcentc^ /acchd'Tato^ odoratijji-
mo. To URN. La l^cjchaffi'ifie, QulNT.) is large and
long-fhaped like a lemon, of a yellow colour when rip't.
Their fubftance is fine, melting, and juicy, of a highly
perfumed and aromatic fweetnefs. This Pear ripened the
beginning of November i 762, on a fouth-eafi: afpecled
wall. The wood of the tree is weak, its branches arfe
few, and produced at a difl:ance from each other : it is
no great bearer till after it has (food fome years* when it
bears plentifully. It is only fit for a wa 1 in Scoilafidi to
which it is eafily trained, as it produces but few branches^
and grows regularly, feldom producing any luxuriant
branches.

No. 6. Amhretie (Pyrus fruBu glohofo, fefjlliy fermgi-
neOy in ore liquefcente, faccharato, odoratijp.mo. To URN.
VAmbrette, Quint.) is nearly as large as the Winter-
Thorn : it is round, and very various as to the length
and thicknefs of the ftalk. Its (kin, which is rough, and
of an iron colour when taken from the tree, becomes
yellow when ripe. Its flefti is tender, juicy, and free;
and its tafte is of a delicious fweetnefs, which is exalted
'oy an aromatic perfume. This Pear ripened the begin-
ning of No'-jember 1762, on a fouth-eaft afpedfed wail.
The tree produces few wood-branches, but many bear-
ing ones, of which number are many of the thorns that it
flioots out. It thrives well on a wall, as its wood is frnall
and weak: it is a conftant and great bearer.

No. 7. Saint Germain (Py-us fru£iu longo, e viridi fla-
vefcentey in ore liquefcente, TourN. La Saint Germaifi,
Qtiwt.) is very large and long; t-hey are irregularly

ihaped.

The Gardener's New Director. 65

fhaped» and very various in their fif^ures. We have com-
monly found them of a green or reddifh colour, which
turns yellow as they ripen. The pulp is tender, fome-
times a little gritty; it is full of briik pleafmg juice j
the fweetnefs of the talle being much exalted by a little
acid. It was ripe the beginning of November \']6i, on
a fouth-eart afpecled wail. The tree produces many re-
gular and beautiful branches : it makes a fine appearance
in every fhape, and is a plentiful bearer, as well in the
open air, as on a wall.

No. 8. The Round Conical Pear ^ wh.ich I have named
from its fliape, being finely rounded off from its middle
to the eye, and from the fame part to the ftalk, being
perfectly conical: its foot-ftalk is fhort; its colour is
brown and yellow ; its feeds are very fmall ; its flcfh is
vifcid, and of a fweet tafte. It ripened the middle of
Novtmber 1764, The tree thrives well, and bears well.

No. 9. Round IVinter-Pear I have denominated From
its fliape, being nearly round, with a fhort, fmall, flraight
foot-flalk. It is of a yellow colour : the feeds are large,
and its flefti tender, and of a very pleafant arom.atic
fweetnefs. It ripened the middle o^ November 1762.
The tree thrives vigoroufly, and bears well.

No. 10. ''fhe Oblong round JVinier-Pear is thickeft about
the middle, with its eye and flalk protruded beyond the
circle: its foot-llalk is fhort and thick : in its fhape it
very nearly refembles the Swan's-egg : it is of a flraw-
colour : its flefh is tender and full of juice, which is of
a delicious aromatic fweetnefs. It ripened the beginning
of November \ 762. The tree thrives well, and produces
much fruit.

No. II. IVintcr-Berp^amot in fhape antl fire nearly re-
fembles the Autumn-Bergamot, but differs from it, by
being much lighter in the colour, which is a greenifh
yellow. Its foot-flalk is fhort and fm.all ; its fubflance
tough and vifcid, dry, and unpleafant to the tafte. It
ripened the beginning o^i November 1762 I fhjjl fay
nothing cf the tree, as no farnur ought to plant fo bad
a kind.

No. 12. Colmar (Pyrus fru^u tuberofo, e viridi favrf-
cente, punclatOy faccharatOy Tourn.) is very large ; its
head is flat, with the eye placed pretty deep; its belly

F is

66 The Gardener's New Director.

is larger than the head : from this, the fize diminiflies
ivregulnrly to the ftalk, which is fhort and thick. 7'he
colour of the fruit is green; the fkin is fpotted, foft, and
fmootli ; the flefh is tender, and the juice fweet and a-
greeablc. The fruit may be eaten from the beginning
of December to the month of April. The tree will fuc-
ceed on any afpe<3:, though the fruit will hardly acquire
she proper degree of maturity on any other than a fouth-
eaft, or fouth alpe£t ; nor will this fruit thrive well
in Scothv-di unlefs in low warm fituations, and good foils.
The bark of the tree is of a dark brown colour, with
white fpots.

No. 13. Green Sugar^ Pear is rather long than round :
it is fiattened towards the eye, and conical to the flalk,
which is long, and pretty thick. It is of a green colour ;
its flefh is tender, and full of a very agreeable fweet juice.
It ripened December 2d, 1765, on a wefl-north-wefl: af-
pe6ted wall. The tree produces long wood-branches,
which are furrounded with fpurs that bear plentifully.

No. 14. Saint Martial is a very large and long Pear,
of a pyramidal fhape. It is of a bright ftraw-colour, with
iome black fpots intermixed. The pulp is fweet and juicy,
and of a vinous tafte. The tree can only fucceed on the
beft afpe£ls, even on walls; nor need we expert ripe
fruit on any otiier than a fouth, or fouth-eafl: afpect.

No. 15. M^infer Good Chri/iian (Pyr us frit flu rrcgriCy
pyramidalOy e fiavo iwnnihil rubente, To urn. Le Bon
Chretien d^byver, Quint.) is of a beautiful figure, long,
and pyramidal; it is from three tb four inches broad,
and from five to fix inches high ; and, according to ^a'n-
tinye, the weight is from one to two pounds. It is of a
carnation colour, with a yellow ground when ripe ; its
flefh is breaking, and fometimes tender ; its tafte is agree-
able, having plenty of a fv/eet perfumed juice. The tree
grows vigoroufly, is hardy, and bears very large fine
fruit on a well afpe£fed wall, where it can alone be plant-
ed to advantage in Scotland.

N. B. The Pear-trees in this catalogue were grafted on
free-docks.

No.

The Gardener's New DiREtTOR. 67

A P P L E S.
No. I. Tnickat-efg is a frnv)!! yellow Apple, of a red-
dilh hue where expored to the fun: it is in Ihape not un-
like a Grey Leadington ; its pulp is tender and juicy, its
fmell is chearing, and its tafte pleafant, when planted oiJ
a north wr.ll. The fruit will continue on the trie till
the month of OSober ; and the longer they hang on the
tree, their fmtll and talk beconne better. This fruit,
when produced in the open air, is couimonly ripe in the
beginning of Ju-ii/. The tree produces fmall regular
branches and makes a good appearance in every fliape;
it is aifo a great bearer. — There is alfo a VVinter-Apple
which exaRly refemhles ti e above, and is generally cal-
led by the name of the IVititc Tevchategg. hi iub-
flance is tender, juicy, and fweet. It was ripe the be-
ginning of Af«rr^, 1763. The tree grows vigoroufly,
and bears well.

No. 2. King- Apple has little to boafl: of as to its co-
lour; but it is pretty large, and of a good tafte for the
feafon.

No. 3. Magdalene-Apple is a fair and beautiful fruit.
Its colour is yellow, and ftriped with red : the flefh is
free and juicy, of a pleafant fmcll, and delicious tafl:e.
The trees of the two preceding kinds much refemble one
another; that is, the wood-branches of both are Itrong,
thev grow vigorouily, neither are they bad bearers.

No. 4. and 5. Summer Cahilles (Malus fru6lu magna ,
dilute rubcnte, et inodoro. To URN. Cahilles d'EJle^
Quint.) are of two kinds; the one of a white colour,
the other of a red. They are both of them large long
fruit, fhaped alike, and flattened at each end. The flefh
of the red is not coloured, as in the Autumn Calville.
Both of them are very beautiful, and the tafte of their
fubdapce is pleafant and agreeable. The trees are rather
delicate, and apt to fufFer from the colds in ipring that fo
frequently happen in Scotland. They are tolerably good
bearers.

No. 6. Van Pippin is a round and fmall Apple, finely
coloured with red and yellow. Its pulp is free, juicy,
fweet, and agreeable. The wood of the tree is weak,
its branches are regularly placed, fo that its figure i.s
beautiiul. It is hardv, and bears well.

F 2 No.

68 The Gardener's New Director.

No. 7. Ozhn Pippin is pretty large, roundifh, and flat
at each end. It is of a light yellow colour ; the flefh is
firm, with a fweet and pleafant juice. The tree is ge-
nerally vigorous, and its growth regular : it alfo bears
well.

No. 8. Remhourge (pomus pragra?iiiis, precox, tenerrima,
TouRN. La Rambcur, Quint, is a very large French
Apple, ftriped with red on the one fide, but green on
the other. The fubflance of this fruit is free, and the
tafte agreeable. The tree does beft as a ftandard.

No. 9. and 10. Autumn Cahilles (mcih.is frudlu magnoy
intense rubetite, viola odore, To urn. Les Cahilles d''Au-
tomne, Quint.) Thefe Apples are large and long, turn-
ing lefs towards the eye; in Ihape they exadly refembie
each other, but one of them is of a red colour all
over, and the other of a white. The firft has its fub-
flance of a red colour, even to the core. The flefh of
both is breaking, and of a pleafant tafte, and charming
flavour. Mr. Switzer has afferted, that the white is the
befl:. The trees of both kinds are rather delicate in
Scotland, yet they bear tolerably.

No. II. Grey Leadington is of a middling fize, a long-
ilh fhape, that turns fmaller towards the eye. The co-
lour of the true kind is dark green or grey : they are
often freckled ; the flefh is firm, melting, juicy, fweet,
and agreeably perfumed : the fmell is delightful. The
pippins are placed in the center, in very large cells.
This Apple is truly good, fuperior to any other Apple,
if we except the Golden-pippin and Golden-rennet ; nor
is it excelled by either of thefe kinds. The tree is har-
dy, grows regularly, and bears tolerably well. It will
fucceed in every manner, whether you plant it as a flan-
dard or half-flandard, on a wall, as a dwarf or efpalier.

No. I 2. CarparJy (Le Coiirpeudu, QuiNT.) is of a good
fize and fine fliape ; of a grey or dark red on one fide, but
a bright red on the other: the flefn is delicate, its juice
very fweet, and of an agreeable flavour. When it turns
wrinkled, it is good for nothing ; for it lofes its flavour
before it begins to be wrinkled. This name is given to a
fruit in Scotland, which is far inferior in goodnefs to the
French kind. The tree thrives and bears tolerably well.

No.

Tlie Gardener's New Director. 69

No. 13. Apius''s Apple (Malus fru^u fplendide purpu-
rea, TouRN. IJJpJ, Quint.) is eafily known by a
lively red colour all over its fiirface, a tliin and delicate
flcin : its pulp is foft, its juice fweet, and agreeably per-
fumed. This is a charming little Apple. The tree is
beautiful, and a great bearer.

No. 14. Golden-Rennet iultly merits the preference to
the Grey and White Rennets, though both are good
Apples. It is of a middling fize, roundifli, but rathef
long, fomewhat flat at each end, with the eye and ftalk
a little deprefled. Its colour, when ripe, is a dark yel-
low, with a little ruflet, or very dark red on the funny
fjde: its flefh, though firm, is melting, its juice delici-
oufly fweet, and of a fine flavour. The wood of the tree
is ftrong, it grows regularly, and bears well.

No. i^. Golden-Pippins are fmall, nearly round; feme
of them are longilh ; the eye and ft<ilk are a little de-
prefTed. They are of a beautiful yellow colour, and
fpotted ; their fiefti is firm, but melting, not very juicy;
their tafte is an agreeable mixture of fweet and four,
joined to a rich flavour. The tree grows regularly, and
where it thrives is very beautiful, but is apt to die down
every fpring in part, where the fituation is cold. Not-
withflanding which, it Is generally a good bearer: it does
excellently well on a Paradife-ftock, w^hethcr planted on
a v/all, as a dwarf or cfp^lier.

No. 16. Vi^ inter Pecir-Mains (Mulus frut^ii ft-jTilly m-
Iro, JaccbaraiOy fua'viJJimOf To urn. Les Drue Permcins
d^Angleterre, Ql'int.) are of a middling fiz,e, nearly
round, onW a little deprefled towards the eye and ftalk
at each end : their cdat is ruflet-ycUow when ripe, and
of a red colour towards the fun; their fuhHance is ten-
der; their juice of z vinous brifknefs, joined to a very
agreeable mixture of acid and fweet. This delicious
fruit was ripe the end o'i Oilob r i 762. The tiec thrives
Well, and bears well.

No. 17. Rcyal Pcar-Miiin exnBly rcfembles the above
in fhape, fize, and colour, nor does it differ much in its
qualities. It ripened tlie beginning of A'^iivw/x;-;" 1762.
This tree is delicate, and apt to fulTer in one part or oilier,
whenever the fpring is cold ; yet it bears well.

y -5 No.

70 The Gardiner's New Direct on.

No, I 3. Non-Pareil!s is a pretty large Apf^le, rcundj
except the dtprtfTlt'n of the Ualk and eye. Its colour is
a rufiet-red towards the fun, and a dark yellow on the
other fide : the flelh is fiiiii and melting; tlie tafte is
brifli, and very pleasant. It is in eating tor fevcral of
the winter-rr.onths, and all the ipring-months ; nay, \i
it is carefully kept, for lome of the fummer-rnonths.
'I'he tree dt-ferves the fame charactt-r that has been given
Ko. 15. vviien treating oi tlie Golden-pippin.

No. \g. Naked Apple is a beautiful fruit, broad towards
the ftaik, which is fomewhat deprefTed, and turns nar-
rower to tiie eye, which is placed on its croun; that is,
a little flattened. Its colour is yellow, its fielh break-
ing and tender, and its juice very pleafant to the tafle,
It may be eaten from the ht^ginni'ig C'^ December to the
month of May. The tree in fpring is lateot protruding
its foliage and bloffoms, which gives it a good chance
for bearing in many bad feafons, when the early flowers
of the otl^.er kinds have been deftroycd by the feverity
of the cold, (a fatality often experienced in Ireland.)
The wood-branches of the tree are fmall; it grows regu-
larly, and makes a fine appearance in every Ihiape in the
fruit-garden. The tree is hardy, and generally bears well.

No. 20. Salmon-Apple is a fruit of a middling fize,
fhickefl; not far from the ftalk, to the depreffion of which
it is gradually rounded off: it turns fmaller to the top,
■i.m\ flattvns to the eye. It is of a bright red colour on
the one fide, which fades into a yellow on the other.
Tr.e fubllar.ce is breaking and tender, and the juice of
a brilk. and agreeable tafte. The fruit is in eating in De^
cenibcry and continues good tor many months, 'I lie tree
, grpv'''S regularly, and is generally a good bearer.

CL U I N C E S.

The following kuiris are to be m,et with in the nurferies ;
but as I have not fludied the fruit, I fhall give the kinds
and thei! ciiaraclcis from Mr, Swilzer, v/ho was no bad
judge of ii uil.

No I. The forUigo.l Apph-qulnce. It is fp called froni
its fliape, and the likenefs of the fruit 10 an Apple. This
is the befl: of any of the Quinces, being a large yellow
[ruit, tender, pleafant, and fcon boiled,

' ^ '■■■'' ' Nq.

The Gardener's New Director. yt

No. 2. The Portugal Pear-quince ; ir is denominated
from the relembUince in lliape to a Pear : it is little in-
terior in goodnefs to the other.

No. 3. The Barbary -quince is good, but fmall.

No. 4. The Lyom-qumce is large, ot a yellow ccloiir,
and good.

No. 5. The Bruufiuick-quince is large and white, but it
is inferior in gcodnels to the Portugal kinds.

No. 6. The EngUjh-qumce is downy all over its furface,
is often ftony in iis fubllance, and is not compar.ible to
the other in goodnefs.

MEDLAR S.

No. r. Tbe Great Dutch Medlar. Its fruit are the
largefl: and bell: of any. The tree grows vigoroufly,
though irregularly, and is generally a good bearer. It
has no thorns on the branches.

No. 2. Common MedLir has thorns on the branches ;
the fruit, though fmaller than the former, are good.
This tree grows more regularly than the preceding, and
will make either a handlome ffandard, half-ftandard, or
dwarf.

No. 3. Neopolitan Medlar, or A'zerole. This kind
came from Italy to Britain. The fruit looks well, and
is pleafant to fome talfes. The tree will thrive in the
open air in warm fituations, and makes a handfome ap-
pearance. All of the above kinds may be grafted on white
Thorns, or Pear-flocks, and trained to any of the pur-
pofes that the planter lliall incline.

GOO S E B E R R I E S.

No. I. Greeti-giijkins are the earlieft of any. They
are large and fmooth, of a delicious fweet talle, and an
jgreeable flavour: the bufh has few prickles, and is a
condant and good bearer.

No. 2. Nutmeg-Goojeberry is large, fhapcd like a Nut-
meg, of a dark red colour when ripe : the Ikin is Jmooih,
and the juice is very agreeable to the tafle. The bufli
has not a great deal of prickles, and is a tolerable bearer.

No. 3. The Tellovj Goofeberry is not fo large as either
of the above; it is round and fmooth ; when ripe, its
juice is exceedingly fweet and pleafant. llie bufh is

V 4 cafily

72 The Gardener's New Directok.

eafiiy trained, it grov/s regularly, makes a beautiful ap*
pcar<ince, unci is a coiiftint and great bearer.

No. 4. IVhite Goofeoerry is very large and fmontli, it
is very juicy, and its tafte not unplealant. The bu(h grow s
regularly, and is a good hearer.

No. 5. 'The rough round red Goofehcrry is the commoncfl
of any : its juice is of a pleafant acid tafte. The bufb grows
irregular, and tlie branches have frequent prickles on
them : it is a good hearer.

No. 6. The fmooth red Goofeberry is fo.mewhat fweeter
in its tafte than the Rough-red, and the bufli is not fo
prickly, neither is it fo good a bearer.

No. 7. The Bottle'G oof £ berry is a black or dark-red
Berry, of a long form, fmooth, and almo(1: tranfparent.
Its juice is different in tafle from that of any of the above,
and is very agreeable. The bufh produces but few
branches, the prickles are rare: it is a bad bearer.

No. 8. The rough, or rather downy yellow Goofeberry^
which is very late of ripening, in good feafons is a tole-
rable frui?, but in bad is watery and four, or in-
fipid. Ti e buili is (Iv.iufifli, has many prickles, and is
a great bearer.

7'he beft method of propagating any of the above
kinds, is to make choice of a bearing branch with a long
flraight fteiii ; cut it off floping from the bufli» and
thruft in the cut end five or fix inches into the foil;, on a
north afpec^ed border. This may be done any time in
the end of September^ in the month oi Oaobery or even
till the beginning of Jpril. Cover the ground about
your cuttings with litter or dung ; and water them next
fprirg and fnmmcr, if the weather is very dry. Such
of them as have grown vigoroufly the firfl: year, may
be faftly tranfplanted in autumn. But fuch as have
thriven but indifferently, you may let fland another
year, and then they uill be provided with good roots,
and lucceed well when planted.

In training of them, keep your bufh to a fingle flem,
for a foot and an half, or two feet from the fuf-
face cf the ground : leave only a few regular branthes
at equal dillances on its head. If vigorous iTioots make
their appearance when the tree is young, and are ill-
placed) break them off from the tree ; which is eafiiy

done.

Hie Gardener^s New Director. 73

done, by pulling them in a direSion from the branches
or ftem, where they take their rife. If, on the contra-
rv, they are well-placed, and can contribute to forming
a well-fhaped head, enconrage them. Be furc alu'ays
to keep the heads of your bufhcs fo thin, that the bran-
ches do not cover or crofs one another. Shorten none of
the branches, unlefs when they ftraggle too far, or hang
down their extremities. The manner of clipping their
heads with a pair of hedge-fciflars, which I have feen
put in practice, fenders them too full of wood ; the
fruit becomes fmall, and are gathered with difficulty;
whereas, when the bufhes are trained as I have direft-
ed, they look well, bear plentifully, and the fruits
are large and well tailed ; and are gathered with
eafe.

The borders on which Gbofeberries are planted, fhould
be cultivated after the fame manner as has been directed
for the borders of fruit-trees ; and dunging them once in
two years, will make the bufhes grow vigoroufly>and ren-
di r the fruit much larger.

If any planter is dtfirous of raifing new kinds of
this fruit, they may be obtained by fowing the feed and
rearing the plants till they come to bear, when every
bufh will produce a new kind of Goofeberry; I do not
fay a good kind.

CURRANTS.

Of thefe fruits we have four different kinds, all of
which deferve to be planted, on account of their good
qualities. They are the large White Currant, the Red
Currant, the Telloiv Currant, and the Black Currant. The
Black are preferred by feveral perfons to the three pre-
ceding kinds, as they believe that they are more health-
fome. Their juice has indeed more fweetnefs, and lefs
acidity. All of them are to be propagated, planted, ar.d
treated as Goofeberrics.

Some trees of the While may be planted on the nor-
thern afpeCied border, which will retard their ripening,
fo as their fruits will hold, for a long time after, the otbetb
on more favourable afpet'^ed borders, are gone.

RASP-

74 The Gardener's New Director.

RASPBERRIES.

They are diflinguifliud by their colours, which arc
Red, White, and Tellow. The buflies fhould be plant-
ed at fuch a diflance from one another, that the ground
may be eafily dug, or dunged between the rows; and
only a fingle plant fhould be permitted to fpring up from
a particular root. The bufh produces its wood in one
year to the proper height, which bears fruit the next,
after which it dies down near to the root ; fo
that there is always in fummer and autumn a young
fhoot of wood along with the bearing bufh. And
whenever the fruit are gathered, the old fnoot fhould
be broken ofT, or cut down near to the furface of the
ground, and only one of the young fhoots left for bear-
ing fruit the fucceeding year. By this management, and
keeping the ground clean between the rows, the fruit
will be large and good, provided the ppAntation is made
on a north afpe£l.

STRAWBERRIES.

No. I. Is the Red M^ood-Stravjberry. The fmall plants
of this kind are to be found in great plenty in the v/oods,
generally on dry ground, where they bear without any
culture. They thrive very well when tranfplanted into
the garden, and bear tolerably. They are the earliefl:
ripe of any of the kinds : they grow pretty large, and
become flat on the oppofite fides, and pointed, as they
approach maturity: and when they have acquired this,
they are of a dark red colour : their fubftance is melt-
ing, and their juice has an agreeable fweetnefs, joined
to a good deal of acidity.

No. 2. Is the Virginian Strainberry. They are of a
light red colour when ripe, if they are expofed to
the fun ; but of a pale red or white colour, if they
grow in the fhade. Their fhape is nearly round, ex-
cept where they are joined to the foot-flalk : they are
large and juicy, and of a fine flavour, and delicious
tafte. The buflies of this kind are eafily known by
their large, fmooth, fliining leaves ; they are great
bearers, and in fuch general efteem, that they are every
where to be met with.

No.

The Gardener's New Director. 75

No. 3. Is the White Wood-Strawberry. They are
round, of a good flavour, and p'.eafant fharp talie :
thty begin to ripen fcon after the Virginian, and con-
tinue to yield ripe fruit until the middle of Septembery
or later : when the feafon is favourable, you may ga-
ther ripe fruit from them till the month of No'vember.
Thev afford but few fruit at a time, but produce ma-
ny through the feafon : their firft fruit are the fweet-
eil ; for as the year advances, the acid becomes more
copiousj and their juice more watery and infipid.

No. 4. Is the Poloniarii or Haut-boy. It is by fome
people called the Burgundy-Straivbcrry. This is a lar-
ger iruit than any that have been yet defcribtd : it
is generally fhaped like No. i. of a purple colour
when ripe : its juice is fweet, and of a moll: deliciou?
vinous tsue, and charming flavour. Its fruit are raifed
en a high ftem above the rough leaves. When they ap-
proach maturity, they ftiould be tied to fticks to fup-
port them, for they turn heavy and fall down, and
are either eaten or Aimed by fnails, or both ; or they
are fpoiled by the foil, become mouldy, and rot.

No. 5. Is the Chili-Straxvberry. The uncom-
mon fize of the fruit would recommend this Straw-
berry, did not the barrennefs of the plant, and indif-
ference of the fruit in Scotland, render it little efteem-
ed.

Strawberries fhould have a rich good foil, and the
buHies be planted in rows two feet difiance from each
other : the plants may be placed at one foot dillance
in the rows : the ground fliould be frequently labour-
ed, and tiie richeft manures, luch as flieeps-dung, afhes,
&c. fhould be laid on the ground in autumn, after the
crop has been gathered, and the young plants pulled
up and taken off: triis ought to be dug down early the
following fpring. Let the ground be conflantly kept free
from weeds, and fuffer only one on two bufhes to
grow on t!ie fame fpot, keeping them always clear
from runners. If you incline to have large fine fruit,
reduce thofe that are found on the llems, to a final!
numi.er foon after they are fet, and pull off late
powers whenever tUey appear. By this management

Hautboys;

76 The Gardener's New Director.

Hautboys will become very large and fine ; nor is it
eafy to conceive any thing more delicious than this
fruit is, where they are perfeQily ripened ; for in rich-
nefs of tafle, not even Pine-apples can contend with
them.

^MMMMMMMMMM§MMMMMMMMMMM

I'ke Nortb-afpe^ed WuU, tviib the Fruit-trees, i^c. bcjl
fuited to it.

THE wall I would recommend for the fouthern
inclofure of the kitchen-garden fhould be ten
feet high, to be planted with the beft of fruits, each kinds
by themfelves, and not intermixed. This wall muft be
■well defended from thievifh intruders, by a deep piece of
Vater the whole length of the wall, or by a formidable
haha, or funk fence : and as a farther defence, I would
have my gardener's, and his fervants' houfes here, that
the fruits in feafon may be preferved by their watchful
care in the night time.

On the north-fide of this wall you may plant Currants,
Tvlay-dukes, Morel!o Cherries, alfo fome Dutch grafted
Filberts as flandards, thirty feet from the wall, tofupply
all the parts of this garden with plenty of fruit-bearing
trees and fbrubs ; but be fure, when you plant out your
grafted nuts on a border, let them be placed at twenty
feet difiance tree from tree ; and let the border be dug
up and well dunged every three years. Here alfo may
be nurferics for Thyme, Hyfibp, Lavender, perennial
Marjoram, Rofemary, Sage, Winter-favory, and fome
other cf thofe herbs, which in a better expofed part of
the garden Vv'ould be a nuifance. Nurferies are alfo here
ptoptr for your bett forts of Currants and Goofeber-
ficsj to fupply deficiencies in the Currant efpaliers, or
T.otxh fide-walls, or in the borders aMotted for Goofe-
berrits, taking care, to avoid confufion, to number
Ihe kinds of them exa6lly in your index, with written

or

The Gardener's New Director. 77

or cut labels at the ends and tops of the rows of the fe-
veral kinds. Here too may be planted Sorrel, Spiremint,
Chives, Pepper-niint, and all other perennial herbs for
the kitchen-ufe; the chief reafon for planting thefe in
this place, is, that when they are wanted early upon
hot-beds, or upon more foutherly expofures, they always
take more kindly, and are fooner fit for ufe.

Planting and Management of Rafpberries.

IN this part of the garden there may be a piece of ground
allotted for a plantation of Rafpberries, the beft kinds
of which are the red and the white fruiting kinds. There
is a fort with late red fruit, but it is not fuch a good
bearer as the two former forts. I have alfo heard of a
Rafpberry which bears two crops in the year, the firft in
yunci and the other in Oclohery the lafl: of which i^
laid to be the beft; fome plants of thefe Rafpberries we
have in Scotland.

Rafpberry plants are propagated from fuckers, which
their roots produce plentitully. When you defign to make
a full plantation of them, dig and trench your ground in
Augiiji preceding, and turn it over again in Oclober. The
foil fhould be a very good hazelly loam, not too wet, or
of ftiff clay, nor on the other lund light and fandy, but
of a middling confiflencc ; and I would choofe the ground
to be new. Lay it up in ridges to get the froft in win-
ter, which will mould it ; the beginning of March work
it again for planting, laying it as level as you can. When
you take off your fuckers from the mother-plants, take
them Hngly, one by one, and rwt in clumps ; prune
their fibres, and cut down their tops to a foot and a half
above the roots ; but be fure to preferve all the undei -
buds which you obferve ncirell their roots: thefe are the
rudiments of new fuckers, and flems for truit.

Tiie planting Rafps too thick is a great fault, for
thereby their fruit becomes fmall and ill rafted ; for, as

»hcv

78 The Gardener's New Director.

they are very free fiiooters, and multiply faft, as they
fend from their roots many fuckers, every one of vhich
has two or three fruiting-branches, which would exclude
the fun and air from ripening their fruits : wherefore^
plant them three feet, row from row, and three feet^
plant from plant ; and at the end of September be fiire to
top their longeli young branches, for if it is done later,
the froft will injure the wound. The old bearing- wood of
the year preceding is to be cut down. Once every two
years, dig the ground between the rows, and give them
fome of the oldefl: rotted dung you have; by which ma-
nagement their roots being kept free from too many fuc-
kers, the old wood cut clear out, and the young fhoots
topt to two feet above ground, you cannot fail to have
good crops ot truit every year. It is proper however to
make new plantations of them once every fourth year.
They love a fliaded, rather than a funny expofure, (but
fiiould not be planted under the drip of trees) for this
reafon I would choofe to plant them in a fpot of the gar-
den which has a north-afpe(£l:.

A CoUe5l'ion of Exotics y ivbich may be planted to ftipph
the ufe of the South-u>all.

THOSE who do not choofe to have any wall upon
the fouth of their kitchen-gardens, may plant
clumps of exotic trees, which will ftand abroad, and
endure our fevere winters, (of which the trees below are
a catalogue) mixed with rofes ; and thofe clumps may
feem to be the determinations of walks from the fields, be-
yond the haha. The exotics for fuch clumps are thefe, viz.

All the Sorts of Dogwood Trees.

Magnolias, two Kinds.
Tulip Trees.
Taccamaha Trees.

Cedar

The Gardener's New Director.

Cedar of Lebanon.

Ptelea, or Carolina Shrub Trefoil.

Flowering Maple.

White Beam Tree.

Button Wood, or Cephalanthus.

Saffafras Tree.

Virginian Spindle-tree.

Pifhamin.

Venice Sumach.

Virginian Sumach.

Catalpa.

Benjamin Tree.

Striped Arbor Vitse.

Striped A{h.

Manna Afh.

Flowering Afti.

Blotched Elm.

Blotched Plane.

Arbutus.

Double flowered Thorn.

Double flowered Cherry.

Chincapin Tree.

Hickery Walnuts.

Cornell Cherry.

Iteas.

Clelhra Alnifolia.

Azalia, or Winter-bloom.

The Eaft-afpeBedWaUy with the Fruits bejl fuited to it.

AS to eafl-arpe6Ved walls, there are many gentlemen,
who rather choofe, inftead of them, to have an or-
chard of fl;andard fruit-trees, on this fide of the garden,
to protect it from the weflerly winds, and particularly
in large gardens, where there is an abundance of other
walling.

If

So The Gardener's New Director.

If then it is the fancy of the proprietor to have a wall,
it fhould be ten feet high, faced with bricks, upon v/hich
Cherries may be planted, viz. the ?Iertfordfliire Cherry,
Morellos, Holman's-duke, and Black-hearts ; and ma-
ny forts of Plums ; the Orgillon Pippen-apples, is'c No
fort fhould be intermixed with another, for the reafons
given in treating of plantins; trees upon the fouth and
fouth-welt afpeded walls ; but Currants may be planted
between each of them, except the Cherries.

The borders upon the wall lliould be ten feet wide,
as well for the good of the fruit-trees, as to have fome
proper kitchen crops upon them. Here you may plant
fome of the Mafculine Apricots, which, the' they will
not come fo early, will by this expofure be firmer in the
pulp, than upon a fouth afpe£t : and here may be plant-
ed the Cuifie Madame Pears, which will fruit very well;
and a few red Nutmeg Peaches: to all which the fame
culture will ferve, which I mentioned, when treating of
them upon the other walls.

§^C^'*^#^'^P'^#*^^'^3^^^#*§

Dire^ions for planting an Orchard.

SUCH as would chufe to have an orchard, may plant
the trees the whole length of the garden, on the
weft-fide, adding two hundred and fifty yards to its
breadth, to give the trees fufficient room, otherwife
they will not thrive. There may be a deep haha to
the weft, or fome walling to defend the trees from
thieves, when their fruits are ripe, the fame as is prefcribed
to defend the fouth part of the garden. Next the haha,
I would recommend the planting of fome quick growing
foreft-trees. Planes, Afti, or Firs, at a good diftance to
the weft of the orchard, and to the north, to protect the
fruit-trees from winds. Fruit-trees in an orchard fhould
be planted fifty or fixty feet from one another, and not
in rows, but fcattered elegantly up and down, to diver-

fify

The Gardknfr's New Diiikctor. Si

fify the view, and appear the more rural, which is more
pleafing than in formal rows, where it feems as if nature
had been neglected, and art had uliirped )ier place.

I defign therefore to give feme directions for this fmalU
or rather accidental orchard, which may be of great uie
in protecting the kitchen garden from deftru&ive winds.

It is true, that by planting the fruit-tiees at fuch great
diflances as fifty or fixty feet, there will be the fewer;
but then it is certain that thefe few will bear better crops,
and the fruit will be larger and better flavoured, than in
thofe places where the trees are planted at a lefs dif-
tance, and where the air is pent up, whereby fuch
plantations are fubjeft to blights, thin crops, dropping
off of the fruit before ripe, and having a b.id tafle from
rancid and bad air: all which may be avoided by plant-
ing the trees in the manner here advifed.

You are likewife to confider your foil ; if of clay, it
will be fit for Pears; if of a good loam, it will do well
for Cherries and Apples, and fome Plums, io you
may adapt your trees to your foil, or to the different
foils you find in this piece of ground : at the bottom of
this plantation, you may have fome Quinces, which, be-
fides being a good fruit for many family ufes, is an ex-
cellent Hock for grafting all the fijmmer and autumnal
Pears on ; efpeciallv thofe which are very melting.
The Portugal Quince is ttie befl; lor eating or ufing in
families, which fhould be budded or grafted upon the
cuttings of the Apple quince, as they give the beft flocks^,

The ground is to be plowed in March, and allowed
one fummer's fallow, not only to rot the fward, but to
moulder the earth; and if of a dry texture, it muft be
plowed again pretty deep in July, and the fame in Sep-
tcmber, to be planted in October, flaking trees to prevent
their wind waveing, in vvl ich iituation they muft be
kept for five or fix years. For the firft two years, lay
fome fward over the roots, to proteft them from frofts
in winter, the fun and air in fpring and fummer; and
take it for a rule always to plant young trees, fur though
trees raifcd from nurlcries, or other plantations, may
fooner bear crops, vet it is certain they will never hold
long, or give fuch large and found fruit, as young trees
will produce for many years,

G The

82 The Gardener's New Director.

The Apples I would recommend for this plantation,
are the Orgillon Pippen, Yellow Ledington, Golden
Pippen, Grey Ledington, Fulwood, Gogar Pippen,
Potteraw Apple, Ten-fliilling Apple from Newcafile,
Pearmains, Redftreaks, Courpendues, White Janeting,
Summer, Qjjeening, Strawberry-Apple, Summer red and
white Calvilies, Codling?, Royal Codlings, Summer
Marigold, Wheeler's Ruffet, Monftrous Rennet, Spice
Apple, Embroidered Apple, Royal Ruffet : and the
Pears, Achans, Burgamat, Sucre Vert, Swan's Fgg,
Crawfurd, Golden Knap, Carnocks, Lemon Pear, Jar-
gonnelle, Windfor, Green Chiffel, Red Mufcadelle,
Great Bhmquett, Early Rouffel-tte, Muik Robin, Green
Orange Pear, Auguji Mufcat Pear, Rofe-water Pear,
Princefs Pear, and fome others : Plums, the Orleans,
Eairflaws, Early red Damaflc, Horfe Plums.

No^iwithflanding what has been faid in regard to the
fituation laft mentioned; that I would recommend, is
weft of the kitchen-garden, and a piece of ground al-
lotted for the purpofe, planted in the fame manner aa
lias been direfted, with rows of foreft-tfees, one hun-
dred and fifty feet diftant from the walls, to the weft of the
kitchen-garden, which will preferve the orchard from
eaftern blafts; and fome rows of the fame on the weft
of the orchard, to preferve it from weft and north-weft
winds'.

A Method of planting Orchards^ as recommended by a French
Writer ; and the grafting of the M^ilding on itfelf, for
their coming early into Fruit , for Cyder Ufe.

NDER this article of Planting, it may not be un-
_ neceffary, nor unentertaining to the curious, to have
laid before them what has been obferved by others in this
article of planting extenfive gardens, extraded from a
ioreigner. Thus proceeds the French writer :

As the hazard is great in planting from the nurfery
bed, the method that I advil'e removes all thefe inconve-
niences, and the praflical part is as little difficult and
troublefome as any other; for it is certain, tl^at a ftock
'hat remains in the place where it v/as firft raifed,

always

The Gardenkr's Nivv Director. S3

always Succeeds better throughout all the flages of its ve-
getation, than one that has been tranfplanted. The check
this fall meets with, and the change of foil, have necef-
farily iuch an effect upon it, as not only to retard its
growth, but to alter its whole lyffem. 1 he fa6t is, that
the Aem being fuJdenly deprived of the nourifliment
that keeps it alive, falis into a kind of lethargy, and re-
mains in that ftate, till the root has formed fonne new
(hoots, to give it a frelli fupply of nourifhment ; and
tho' it does not c'ie, yet it is certain that the external
parts of it fuffer tuch an alteration by the fun and air,
that they never recover, fo as to return to their original
ftate. From whence it follows, that it never becomes
fo vigorous as before, and that, in the courfe of nature,
it cannot lafl: fo long. I go ftill further, and affirm, that
whoever vi^ill make trial of the different effefts of each,
may perceive, that the fruit produced by trees planted in
the firft method will always lofe fomething oi their
flavour. This opinion is even fiipported bv the declara-
tion of feveral nurfery-men, wlio have often affured me,
that the fruit they have fometimes gathered from ftan-
dard trees that were defigned to be tranfplanted, was
much fuperior in flavour to any they had in their gar-
dens ; of this I was once an evidence, and not a little to
my furprife. But, not to proceed on this particular, I
(hall return to fpcalc of the ftrength and duration of
trees: and to confirm my opinion, I fhall make fome
obfervations on that head. It has been otten obferved,
that a tree raifed from the (lone, and remaining where
it was firft planted, throws out its llem and head much
farter, and inore regular, than one that has been tranf-
planted. It is well known, that an oak removed, ne-
ver makes fo fine a tree, as that which is produced fronn
the acorn, and remains unremoved. It isoblerved alio,
that Cherries, which grow from ftones, Ihoot away in a
very different manner from thofe that are tranfplanted.
I could reafon from trees to plants in a garden, and
mark an infinite number that thrive much better where
they wtre firrt: Town, than when tranfplanted; fuch for
inftances as Lettuces, I'.ndive, Onions, all kinds of Ar-
tichokes, Pulfes, and all forts of roots. This is too evi-
dent to be difputed ; i)ut it may be faid, that the confti.

G 2 tjtions

84 The Gardener's New Director.

tutions of all plants, no more than of all trees, are alike,
which I grant ; but I affirm, that the general order of
vegetation is always the fame, and that Nature is much
better plcafcd with her free and uninterrupted produfti-
ons, than when flic is conflrained and put out of her
courfe. I ftiali give fome proofs for what I have here
advanced.

" An acquaintance of mine, fome years fince, order-
ed a bad piece of wood, of about ten or twelve acres,
to be deflroyed, where finding amongft the fmall wood,
of which it was full, a great many plants of wild pears
and apples, newly fhot from kernels, he ordered fuch
to be preferved as were fit for grafting, and in the
ipring following grafted them, fome by ilit, and others
by rind-grafting, according to their fize. The grafts
took perfeclly well, and in three years he gathered moft
excellent fruit from them ; but I fhould obferve at the ■
fame time, that in clearing the ground, he had the trees
grubbed up as deep as poUlblc, which gave the whole a
kind of trenching, which was of great advantage to the
young grafted trees ; fo that in ten years they formed
heads as large as a tranfplanted tree does in twenty-five;
and this plantation, made by chance, became an orchard
of great profit, which I have often looked over and con-
templated with great aftonifliment.

*< I have one particular more to communicate, relative
to the method of making plantations, in the neighbour-
hood of Paris, for cyder. Skilful people come here an-
nually, to take up all the wild flocks they can find in the
nurferies, of a proper fize ; thefe they carry home, and
flit-graft at the end of two years, when they have
taken good root. I have often met thefe people in the
nurfery-grounds, and upon talking with them, they af-
fured me, that the fruits, grafted upon flocks, that were
not afterwards removed, fucceeded much better in all
refpefits, than ready grafted trees. I am quite of this
opinion, without reafoning any farther upon the caufes ;
and I hope this little digrefPion is fufficient to convince
every one, that my opinion at leafl; is not founded upon
groundle's conjectures."

We fhall here introduce what has been obferved con-
cerning the Wildings in our hedges, whofe value to the

cyder-

The Gardener's New Director. -85

cyder-maker is not a little, as they produce that fort,
which, amongfl: the lovers of that liquor, has always the
preference. The i'carcity of this kind has ever been la-
mented, from the variety of ules it is of value in, par-
ticularly that of improving other cyders, and giving them
luch fpirit and ftrength, as not only renders them pkafant,
but enables them to be kept a long time

The Wilding, as it (lands in our hedges, is many
years before it comes into bearing, fo as to be of value ;
but fliould we follow the method taken with our other
fruit-trees, their perfection would be quickened, fo as to
be of ufe in feven years, whereas now it is above twen-
ty before you can have fruit. In lome meafure to account
for this quicknefs to maturity, which is procured by graft-
ing, or inoculation, &c. that is the planting of one tree
in another ; one receives its fupport immediately from
the earth, whofe juices after pafling through its fibres,
are communicated to the other; this improves the tex-
ture, refines the tafle of the fruit, and invigorates the
tree fo much that is inlerted in it, by inoculation or
grafting, that it produces fruit much earlier than it other-
wife would have done.

Of Efpaliers.

HAving laid out and furnifhed the different walls of
the Kitchen-garden, I fhall proceed to direc^^ the
Efpaliers, and the fruits to be planted upon them in this
garden. It was formerly the practice to have fruit-trees
planted in the quarters, and in the borders which divided
them; experience has fliewn this pradice to be wrong,
for by thefe trees overfhadowing the ground, the crops
were deftroyed ; this inconvenience introduced into our
Britip kitchen-gardens the method of planting fruit-trees
upon efpaliers.

An efpalier is a trelace of wood fecured in the ground,
to which the branches of fruit-trees are faftened in an
horizontal pofition, and in fuch a manner, as that the fun
and air may ripen their fruits, as well as the crops in
the quarters, round which they are ufually planted, and
are to run parallel with the walls of the garden, and
C 3 havo

86 The GardenePv's Nfxv Director.

have the enect, to make this garden equal the beauties
or tfie fiower or plea^ure-^;;:^^de^ ; lor, in fpring they de-
light us vviih thtrir fine blofK^ms, and nothing can be
more plcafing, than the r.oble fruits with which their
branches are loaded in aulumn.

It has been the praQice, to have the Apples for efpaliers
grafted upon Paradife flocks : but this I v.ould never ad-
vife, as fuch trees are not ot any duration. The induce-
ment for this pradice is, that thefe trees take up but a
^fmall fpaee of ground, and always grow dwaififh, which,
in final! quarters, where there is not fufTicient fpace for
larger, is a confiderable advantage. In fuch fmall
gardens it rnay do; but for larger, Apples grafted upon
Codling, or upon the Dutch Paradife, or Bittern flocksj,
are to be preferred; as thev will not grow fo luxuriant,
as A.pples grafted upon Crab or Free flocks, they v.'ill
bear looner, and are much more under command. It
uill be necefl'ary, that trees of an equal growth Hiould
be planted together, in ordcT., the better to attend to the
diflances required by different trees ; and as to the walks,
I have already laid down the breadth for the larger,
and with refnect to the lefier, they fhould not be nar-
rower than fourteen feet.

ulpples, Pears, i^c. the Sorts mofi to be prejerred for
Efpaliers.

THE foits of Apples hcfl for efp<'.liers, are, the
Royal Codling, the Fulvvood's Redftreak, L.ed-
ingion's yellow and gray Pcarmain, Courpcndue's, Straw-
berry-Apple, Aromatic Pippen, Wheeler's Ruffet, Pile's
RufTet ; and on foulh-eail; expofures, the Goldtn Pippen,
Nonpareille, Holland Pippen, French Pippen, and Gogar
Pippens. 1 he Pears Hiould be the fummer, as the au-
tumnal fruits, wili not ripen upon our efpaliers ; but there
are many Cheiries will produce excellent fruit upon
them, efpecially, if they are grafted or budded upon the
Bird or Corn.fh Cherry. Here too, the Heart Cher-
ry fruits much betrer, than upon walls. Pears fhould be
planted at twenty-five feet dillance, tree from tree, and

for

The Gardener's New Director. 87

fcr fome of the largell: (hooters, thi'.^v feet diftance
will be neceffary. By allowing nature its tull hberty, the
whole branch pufhes out curfons or fpurs, on which the
fruits are produced ; fo that the only work neceffary for
a Pear-tree, is, to lav its branches hdrizor.ta'.ly, which
will, in fome meafure, curb the wantonnefs ot a flrong
foil, and a too luxuriant tree ; a method much better than
pnching and (hortening branches, as is too otten the
pra£iice with ignorant people.

As foon as the borders are well dug, and the ground is
dry, plant Apples, Pears, F^lums, and Cherries, in 05\o~
ber, that they may llrike root, before the feverity of the
winter comes on ; laying turt with the graffy fide down-
wards, or mulch, to protetl their tender roots from
frofts; nor fhould it be removed before the following
Augujl, when it may be dug into the borders. But if
this feafon proves wet, you muff delay planting until
the end of February or March, obferving to lay turf, &rc.
as has been juft directed.

The efpalier or trelace, fhould not be erecled until the
third year atter planting; but in the mean time, it will
be proper, to fix fmall flakes by the trees, to lay in their
branches horizontallv, as they are produced, which -will
fave much trouble, when the trees are to be fixed to
the efpalier. For this purpofe, I prefer well feafuned afh
poles, whofe ends have been well fcorched in the fire,
and pitched, by which means they will lafl a long time.

The uprights (if the Efpalier fhould rife fix, feven, or
eight teet above the ground, and at two feet diftance, in
a direct line from one another; the crofs-rails are to be
nailid 'o them at the diflance of fix inches, from one
another.

The branches which are laid hori/.onrailv, mufl be at
feven inches diftance, fcr the largeft fruits, branch
from branch ; for the lefTer, fix will be fufficient. Upon
the heft expofed part, you may plant fome of the Br7ijfeh
Apricot, which, in a good foil, will profper well.

In a large garden, the quarters inclofcd with the efpa-
lier, fhould not be lefs than three hundred feet fquare,
and it an oblons", three hundred in lencih, and one hundred
and fitty in breadth ; in a fmaller garden, one hundred feet
fquare, will be fufficient; and, for thefe, chufe fuch trees
G 4 as

88 The Gardener's New Director.

as have not hj«»n graited above two years, and obferving
not to plant them above tw-q inches deep in the ground
htlov,' tlie grah ; heading tnem down, at the fame time,
to four eyes above the graft, and planting trees of each
kind by themfelves. In the middle of the large quar-
twTS you may piant fmall efpahers tor Currants, and
Gookhcrnes.

Curr&nif a}:d Gcofebcrriesy the Sorts mo ft to he ejleemed.

HE Currantp, that are to be preferred, are, the

Dutch red and white, and the large black, for

jellies; all thefe are propagated by cuttings.

,The Goofebtrries are, the Great Chryftal, the large
Oblong Yellow, the Campaign or Smooth Black, the
Green Gafcoigne, the large Oval Red, and the Hairy
Red : thefe are likev-ife propagated by cuttings, taken in
February from good bearing branches, which you fniift
have previoufly marked, vhen in fruit. Thefe cuttings
Yc\u{\. be taken feven or nine inches long, to be planted
four inches deep, in a good light frefli earth, where,
if they are watered, they wiii foon take root, and when
they put out fhoots, fuffer none to grow lower than
one loot and a half from the ground, to be taken off at
different times ; fuch as are to be left above, muft be
ftrong to form good heads.

From this bed they mud be removed in Ocloher, for
■which purpofe, prepare a nurfery-bed of the fame fort of
earth, to he well dug and cleared of weeds, which when
ready, trim the roots of your cuttings, taking away the
fide- branches, and planting them three feet, row from
row, and one foot and a half, plant from plant. Here
they are to rernain two years, keeping them clear of
weeds, digging between the rows every year, and ob-
ferving to cut (Jut Irom their heads, all fuch branches
as crofs or interlace one another, and to keep them open
in the middle, that the fun and air tnay have free ac-
cefs to iij>en their fruit and improve its tafte.

Thefe plants fhould not remain more than tv.'o years
in the nurfery-bed, removing them in O^ober^ to the

borders

The Gardener's New Director. 89

borders of the garden, to be planted eight feet afunder ;
but if on a fpot allotted for the purpofe, they may be
planted ten feet, row from row, and feven, plant from
plant, trimming their roots, rubbing off all lateral
"branche?, and prur.ir.g their longt (l to ten inches ; ob-
ferve to execute this with a knife, and not with the
garden-fhears. Be careful to thin their heads every year
after their fruit is taken ofl", which will make them ex-
cellent ; and once every two years give them a good
quantity of well rotted dung ; fome train thefe trees in
the form of a fan, by which means they fpread at two
fides, are thin, when their truit ripens well ; however,
on the other two fides, they mufi: be allowed twelve feet
diftunce to expand in ; be careful not to plant your
Goofeberries under the droppings of trees.

Currants may be planted againft walls or low efpaliers,
and if on a fouth-caft wall, they will ripen very early ;
if on a north, the fruit will continue good until Septem-
ber. But I would prefer their being planted on efpaliers
five feet high, and eight feet dirtance, plarjt from plant,
in an horizontal pofition. They bear upon two years
old wood, and fnags or fpurs; fo that in pruning you
muft be careful to preferve them, keeping their branches
thin, and fliortened to three or four eyes above the one
year's wood. They thrive befl: upon a light dry foil,
in an open expofure. Every three years, thefe trees
friould have old rotted dung put to them, to have the
earth wtU dug about tliem every year, and kept clear of
weeds.

''j'd \'>i 'i«i' yi' '!•-■' 'i'i' 'i»i' 'iy' 'iy* ''Af iy** 'i'i' i'i' *iy' iy* i'i* 'yi' 'ly* 'i«i' 'i'i' 'it' *•■*?

V...^V....%*..%^...%^„.%*^.V...^»*..V^..%^../»^.*,W,..%^..?^^^

Of the C'^njlniflion and Manac^einent of the different Kinds
of Hot-beds, Pine-apple Stoves j the Mehnry, i^c.

I Shall begin with my winter framing for Afparagus,
Kidney-beans, Peafe, and the earliefl: Cucumbers on
-h.ot-heds, which I ere8ed, by paling in a fmall piece of
ground with old fliip plank, near the dunghill, but fhould
my practice differ from the common method, let it be
remembered that I write for the northern parts of Bri-
tain. This inclofure I made fcncible, and had here all

my

90 The Gardener's New Director.

my winter framing, which was better than in the gar^
den, where, by the conftant wheeling of dung, and the
frequent repairs to the hot-beds, the ground mufl; have
looked very unfeemly, and in a neat kitchen-garden this
fhould be avoided.

In fiimmer, I have had Cucumbers and Melons in the
kitchen-garden; but at that leafon, the verdure of their
beds added to the beauty of that gay feafon of the year.

The planks to the north were ten feet high, defcend-
ing gradually to fix, to the fouth. The extent of this
ground was fixty feet broad, and one hundred feet in
length. Upon the fouth-afpecled plank-walls, I had ear-
ly fruits, under glaffes, by the means of hot dung ap-
plied to the back of the plank.

Mujijroom-beds, Manner of conjlru^ing them^ "With Direc-
tions in tvhat manner they are to he 7nanaged.

THE firfl beds I fet to work, were for Muftirooms,
to furnifli the table in winter; and for thefe I
made my beds the latter end of Auguji, fo that I had
good Mufhrooms all the winter, except prevented by
very fevere frofts. The beds are made in the following
manner.

Dig a trench three feet wide, one foot deep, and what
length you pleafe ; but if your foil be moill, let vour
bed be ereGed on ihe furface ; then take horfe-dung,
lliaking all the litter from it, lay it in a heap to fweat
and terment for ten or twelve days; or fpread it out until
little or no heat remains, as a violent heat deftroys the
fpawn of the Mufhrooms. So foon as you perceive the
heat gone off, fill the trench with the dung, near one
foot above the furface, on that lay ten inches of frefli
light rich earth ; obferving to cover the fides of the dung
with the fame earth you gathered from the fields with
the Mufhroom-fpawn ; then take another layer of dung,
lay it ten inches thick, and above that another layer of
the rich light earth, of the fame depth, laving the field-
earth eight inches thick on the fides, obferving, to lay

the

The Gardener's New Director, 91

the ftratums of earth and dung alternately, four of dung,
and as many of earth, narrowing the bed as it riles, fo as
to make it afcend gradually in the torni of a wedge,
whofe bafe is the bottom of the bed ; then take fome of
the fpawn, and plant the fmall knobs fix inches afun-
der, and half an inch deep into the earth on the ftdes.
AVhen your bed is planted, lay a covering of wheat-
flraw, or loofe litter, ^o the depth of half a ioot or more,
to rile to twelve inches as the cold increafes ; this is to
prevent the injuries of froft, as well as to prevent the
earth from drying too fart:, and from much rain getting
to the beds, as an excels of any of thefe are prejudicial;
this covering is alfo neceffary to confine the vr.pour raifed
by fermentation, wliich conduces to the growth of the
nnifli rooms.

When your bed has been made up and planted ten
days, take off the litter with your hands, obfetving if
your IMufhrooms come up dilcoloured, appearing black
or brown, and long llianked, to cut them off, and rid-
dling a little of the fine earth over them ; which when
they appear again, they will come up white, round, and
fit for ufe : this is called purging them ; this firft bad
appearance is occafioned by too much heat in the dung,
which fhould be avoided as mi;ch as poffible.

\\'^hile they are growing, it will be neceffary to
look them over once every day, I mean in September ^
the chief fcaibn of their growth. If you allow them
to grow large, they will foon become unfit for ufe, rot,
breed worms, and infect all the young fpawn, or the
off-lets : to prevent this, they mufi: be gathered every
day ; by pulling tliem gently out of the bed, fo that
no part of their ftems be left behind, which would can-
ker and rot the fpawn. In this operation, if any of the
fpawn comes up, take it off gently, planting it again,
where it will foon take root ; obferve another bed is to be
made, towards the latter end oi September, and not later.

There are lome perlons who m ke their mufhroom-
heds, entirely of fi:ch dung, as I have liere directed, with-
otit laying flratums of earth above the dung, but only
covering the fides of the dung with the earth, as above
directed, three or four inches thick. This method I
approve of, and have f«en plentiful crops upon fuch beds ;

but

92 The Gardener's Nrw Director.

but obferve when this method is followed, to lay
fome dry litter or llraw, to the depth of four inches be-
tween the fuk's of the bed, and the earth, this prevents
the earth from caking or cracking into rents, which it
is apt to do, from the heat and fermentation of the
dung; over the ftraw, which is entirely to cover the
bed, lay fome warm litter from the ftable, or dung heap ;
this will promote the growth of the Mufhrooms ; which
as foon as it cools, is to be renewed.

If fuch beds are duly attended, they will lafl: feveral
months, and produce great crops ; and as the Muftirooms
grow lor ufe, fo will the fpawn, which ought to be laid
up in a warm dry place, until ihe fcafon for u/lng it.
The fpawn will keep tour months : fo that if in A4ay
you break up your Mufluoom-bcd?, the fpawn, or fmall
off-fets, though no bigger than pin-heads, will keep in
a warm dry place, amongft their earth, until September,
and even until O^ober or November.

In very fevere frofts, or great rains, obferve to increafe
the llraw-coverings ; and in great ftorms I have fome-
times laid boards, fuch ^s old doors, fo as to reft gently
againft the fides of the beds, but not to bruife the Mufli-
rooms.

Mufhroom fpawn is ihe fmall off-fets, which are found
about the Mulhroom roots; and the fmaller they are,
the better, provided they are round, knobby, and white,
for this is the beft form of the Chamfignlon, or true
Mufliroom. Such as come up with a brownifh colour,
long llalks, and flat heads, are bad, and are a fort of
Fungus, which may be improved, by following my
direfiions for purging of Mufhrooms ; but if they do
rot alter their appearance, they muff be taken from
the bed : by continuing to force Muflirooms, you may
have them good until the months of April or May. If,
in Angujl, September or O^ober, or even later in winter,
the beds do not produce Muflirooms, you muft not deftroy
them, but let them remain all winter covered with
ftraw, and probably in the month of March, but moft
certainly in April, May, and June, you will have plenti-
ful crops.

T fhall mention another method of raifing Mufhrooms.
About the end of February, lay old rotted dung in a trench

nine

The Gardener's New Director. 93

nine inches deep, and fix feet in breadth ; fill up the
fame, and tread it well, over the dung lay Tome earth,
taken the preceding Oclcber, from a pafture where
Muflirooms grow plentifully, and witli it cover your
dung five inches thick; tread the fame as hard as you
can, making the bed level, or very nearly fo; keep it clear
from weeds, and in May they will begin to appear ; if
they come up black, lay fome of the Muff^room ntflure
over the bed, to the thicknefs of half an inch, treading it
well ; this will purge the bed, and make the iVfufhrooms
come up of a good colour. This bed will lafl: two
years; Mufhrooms raifed in beds are fitter for tabie-ufe,
than thofe which ary gathered in the fields.

Some, in order the better to prote6f their beds from
rain, and fevere weather, ere6l over them a thatched co-
vering raifed on four pillars, but of fuch a height as to
give free admiffion to the air; this will anlWer very well,
and is a great faving of covering for the beds, and per-
haps is preferable in our precarious climate.

D ire ^ ions for forcing Afparagus on Hot-beds.

I Shall now treat of forcing Afparagus, which, by pro-
per management, may be had for the table from
the beginning o^ Dece-mbcr^ until they grow in the natu-
ral ground. In treating of this procefs I fhall be very, par-
ticular, as I have feen it attempted in this country with-
out any fuccefs, yet I will venture to affirm, I have had
as good in winter, as any Afparagus brought to Covent-
Garden market.

The roots which are fitteft for forcing, are fuch as
have been raifed in your own garden, for they may be
befl: depended on. 'T'hefe roots are to be planted out,
according to the direftions I fliall give, when I treat of
Afparagus in the natural ground ; the firfl year after fow-
ing, they fhould have a moid, rich, low ground, which
will give excellent roots for hot-beds, and fliould be of
four years ftanding before they are ufcd for forcing, and
fuch roots whofe grafs has never been cut, are to be ufed,

and

94 The Gardkner's New Director.

and no other. This is particularly to be attendefl to, if
you expe£t large Afparagus under forcing frames.

The next thing to be provided is a good quantity of
new horfe-dung, to be layed up with the litter, mixing
both well together lo heat, ferment, and fweeien for
eight or ten days. Then dig a trench one foot and a
half deep, in breadth and length according to the dimen-
fions of the frames, with which you are to cover your
beds ; work your dung well, and lay it level to the
depth of four or five feet, prelTing it even with the fork;
then cover it to the depth of four inches with good rich
moift mould, m.ixed with a fifth of whitifh or yellowifh
loam ; then raife fmsW ridges near two inches high,
upon which lay your Afparagus roots, very clofe to one
another, filling up the fpaces between the roots, with
the fame rich earth, covering them to the depth of two
inches above the tops of the buds ; but at this time you
are not to lay on your framing, notwithflanding it is the
practice ; and the reafon I objefl is, that the heat of the
fun coming through the glafs, would hurry up the grafs
before their roots had fuf^ciently ftruck to maintain them,
which would make them fmaH, ill-taffed, and worfe co-
loured. However, the bed fhould every evening, and
in frolly days, be covered with one or two matts, and
if that is not fufticient to proteft it, put a covering of
dry wheat-ftraw over all, and round the fides of the
bed, let fome clay be laid to protect the roots of the Af-
paragus. In a fortnight after the bed is fet to work,
examine it, and if you perceive ihe buds of the grafs
above the earth, lay on two inches more; and if in ten
days they pufh above this lafl covering, then lay on
as much more of the fame earth, when you are to lay
on the frames with their glaffes. It will be proper, when
the roots are planted, to have two or three pieces of
wood, of two feet in length, to be thrufl into the dung,
by which, when drawn out, you can judge of the tem-
perature of your bed, which is not to be neglected ;
for if the heat declines, you muft give it a lining all
round of new dung, firft removing fome of the old,
which will foon revive its heat. Before laying on the
frames let two ll^raw-ropes be made, five or fix inches
thick, and fo long as to go round your bed, to be fecured

with

The Gardener's New Director. 95

■with wooden pins of two inches long, and fo ralfed to
the furface of the bed, as to receive the frames, which
are to be covered at night with matts and Ibavv ; but m
the day to be removed, to admit the fun through the
glafTes, for the better colouring of the grafs, obferving
not to open the piaffes in frofty v.eather; but when
the weather is mild and open, negle6l not to raife
them to give air, provided the grais is two or three
inches above the earth, and near ready for cutting ; this
will alfo help to give them a fine colour. In about five
weeks after fetting this bed to work, you may cut good
grafs, which obferve to cut an inch or more, below the
furface of the bed.

A bed of three good lights will produce 900 or loco
good Afparagus, io that by this means you may have a
fuccefhon ot them, until April. And obferve, that what-
ever frames you ufe, that they are conftru6ted after the
manner directed in the beginning of this work, that is,
where the glafs Aides one over another, to have a good
lap, ard to b^ left open, and no bars to be ufed, but fuch
as come from the rear to the front.

T^he Manner of raifmg early Cucumbers.

THE next crop I fhall treat of, in the forcing way,
is Cucumbers ; and the early prickly Cucumber is
the beft to ufe for this purpote. I fhall be very particular
in my directions in making the beds, and in the manage-
ment of the plants, in order to have fruit fit for ufe
in February y or the beginning of March. I fhould not
have given myltlf the trouble to attempt fuch early pro-
duftions ; but that, I had a paiTion to be equal in per-
fection to the inore fouthern climates of this iflard, in
which I fucceedcd fo well, as not to be excelled by any
Britijlj gardener.

Seed of two or three years old, which has been well
kept, is much better tlian that of the preceding year, and
fhould the feed be foft, keep it in your breeches-pocket
for a month or fix v/eeks ; by which the fuperabundant
moirture will be better carried off, than in any other way,

and

96 The Gardener's New Director.

and is eflfential to render the plar.ts fruitful, and to ripen
well. So foon as you perceive your feeds fit for fowing,
that is, when they are quite dry, ard the outward coat of
their veflels entirely free from any clammy luhllance;
then prepare your bed for them. This I did about the
tenth of November, or at farthefl: the middle of the
month, and not later ; and it thefe plants are well at-
tended, their vines will be ftronccr and more mature
than thofe which are fown in 'January^ confequeniiy
fitter to produce good and early fruit.

For this bed you are to take from the flable, a large
heap ol horfe dung and litter, to ferment for ten or twelve
days, and when the firff violence of the heat is over,
take one of your fmaliefl frames, or, two large bell-
glafTes; lay the dung level to the depth of three feet,
covering the fame with the following compofl; two
barrows of an old Melon- bed, two of a good rich
virgin-earth, and two of yellow loam and' white fand,
to be well mixed and incorporated the preceding year,
which it muft be for the Meicnry as v/ell as the Cu-
cumber bed. In the center of the glafles or frame,
make a fmall pit as broad as your hand, to receive the
Cucumber-feeds, in two days after the earth is heated,
obferving to cover the whole furface of the dung three
inches deep with this earth, and to cover the feeds to
the depth of haif an inch; in bad weather, and at night,
cover the frame or glafTes with matts and litter. In
five or fix days, if the dung is properly tempered, the
plants will come up. When they appear, if the earth is
dry, and they begin to fpire, give them a very gentle
watering from a bottle, which has been funk in the
bed, to bring the water to the fame heat with the
air, in which thefe young plants live, earthing them
up almoft to their feed-leaves, which will wonderfully
flrengthen their weak ftalks. If your plants are under
bells, as foon as you uncover them in the morning,
replace the glafles, with dry ones, as the moifliire the
glafs colledfs, from the fteam of the dung, which (hould
it fall on them? not any thing can be more injurious.
If you ufe glafs frames, let them be made the breadth and
length of your hot-bed, having under them light frames

covered

The Gardener*s New Director. 97
covered with a light-coloured bays, or very coarfe flan-
nel,, to exhale the damp, and are to be replaced with
dry ones in the mornir.g, particularly in clofe damp
weather; two fets ot thefe iVames will be necefiary to
preferve the plants from the vapours that rife at this iea-
ibn.

Your plants being now above ground, prepare ano-
ther bed, with one hght, in tlie fame mnnner as the firft,
keeping it to three feet of dung, that it may retain the
heat, until the plants are fit to be planted in bafkets.
Cover thi^s bed with the compoft as before directed, to
the depth of five or fix inches, then fet on your frame,
and when you perceive that the firlT: violent heat is over,
prick in your plants at three inches diftance, plant from
plant, fetting them up to their feed-leaves, and to be co-
vered from the rays of the fun, until you perceive them
growing, which they will do in three da\s tune.

When vou give them water, it muft be but a little at a
ti.mejandiuch as has been kept in a bottle under the trame.
It will be alfo necefiary in mild weather to give them
air, which you may do by refting the lower part of the
frame on a brick fet edge-vv-ays, placing a malt before the
opening, that the air may gently tranfpirc to them thro'
its openings, remembenng to cover the glals with matts
and firaw afc night, and to ufe the woollen fliutters at
night alfo, and in the day in cold damp weather. If you
perceive the heat in your bed to be too violent, thruft in
three or four fticks to the depth of two feet into the
fides of the bed, to remain for a day, leaving the holes
open, uncil you pcrceFve the heal abate; but if the
warmth declines too much, make up the holes with frefh
dung and litter to recover the heat ; and fiiould^t at any
time fo far decline, as not to be recovered by this expe-
dient, the bed mufl be lined ; that is, to. remove fonic of
the dung on the outfide to be replaced with frefii, which
will effectually recover it.

In about three weeks the plants will begin to put
out their rough leaves, when another bed is to be made
as bro:id as the former, and fo long as to receive two
large lights ; when you mulT provide fome loofe wrought
07.ier b.'.ficets eight inches diameter, and fix inches deep,
with two imall handles to each, to be fet in the bed to

H the

98 The Gardf.ner.*s New Director.

the depth of three inches in the dung, and within an inch
or two of one another, hlHng them ahiioft to the brim
with tlie compoft, and the fpaccs between the bafkets
with good rich mould. In four or five days, the earth
in the baflcets will be ready to receive the plants, to the
number of fix in each, to be planted about the hour of
three o'clock in the afternoon; obferving to water them
the preceding day, about eight o'clock in the morning,
in order, that the earth about their roots may be fixed
to them; this will fo prote£l their fibres, that their
growth will not fufl'er by the frequent tranfplanting that
is neceffary ; a fcooped trowell will be the befi: thing to
move them with ; and when the fun is off the bed, fix the
mould to them, raifing it to their feed-leaves, gently
watering them, ufing your matts and woollen fliutters,
and obferving to exclude the fun's rays for a week after
planting : you mulT: likewife be careful to cover your
dung, that projcdis beyond the frame with earth, to con-
fine the fteam, as not any thing can be more injurious
to your cucumbers ; in the day-time raife the glafles to
give them air. In about three weeks the plants will fhew
their male bloffoms, and begin to fet fruit: delay not
then to make a frefti hot-bed of three lights, with
great care, turning the dung well, leaving no clods, and
mixing the dung and litter with fome fine coal-afhes,
which is of ufe to retain the heat long and moderate in
the beds, and as foon as it is in good temper to receive the
bafkets, draw out three of the weakeft plant?, leaving
three of the mofl: forward, then fet the bafltets under
the centre of each light, and in two days let them be
filled with new earth, covering the glafs at night with
matts, and ufing the woollen fhutters as before; by this
renewal of heat, the fruit will fwell in three weeks to
he fit for ufe. At this time, do not neglect every oppor-
tunity to give them air and good watering, whenever
they require it. The runners may be fuft"cred to flioot at
pleafure, and never offer to pinch or top them; with
this management, I have had fine large cucumbers for
flicing, by the end of March.

It has been obferved, that, notu'ithflanding all the
care and heat that can be given thefe early plants, they
wdl not produce fruit oi a tolerable hie, before they drop

off;

The Gardener's New Director. 99

oft'; to remedy this I tried the following experiment with
great fuccefs : let there be in the bailiets fome plants to
fpare, and as loon as you perceive the truit fet, the flower
on its top opening, and that the fruit does not iwcll iati,
take the male bloflom, clip olT the top until you come to
its eye, which fet into the funnel of the female flower, lo
that the eye of the male and the eye of the^ female
flowers may be clofe joined, covering them with fome bafs
matt, fo as to exclude all air ; then cut off all other vines
from the plant, and pinch that which is to fland to two
joints above the iVuit, and in two days you will perceive
the fruit to fwell fafl:, when the piece of inatt is to be taken
off", ffill preferving a regularity in the heat of the bed.

When the feafon comts in warm, and your plants ape
flow in putting forth fruit, ufe this expedient, pinching
the vine above the fruit, and taking off all runners, ex-
cept that upon which you have the Iruit.

I have alfo raifed early Melons, but did not begin this
work until the end of January^ or in the firft ten days
of February. I had likewife hot-beds for early Peas
and Kidney-beans, which, in mild winters, were fit for
the table in Marchy cr the beginning of April.

Dire^ions for raifmg Peafe and Kidney-Beans upon
Hot-Beds.

THE Peafe which I ufe for this purpofe, are T<ead-
man's prclifick dv.ai f, and the dwarf Sugar pea.
Ihey are to be fown near a well expofed fouth
afpe<5led wall, about the twenty-fourth of September ;
fctting the feeds very near the wall, as foon as you per-
ceive them coming up, cover t'r em over again to the
depth of an inch ; in froft they muff be covered with
peafe haulm, wheat ffraw, fern, or whatever will
keep out this enemy. About the latter end of fa-
piiary, the Peafe, (if the .winitr has been mild) will
be fome inches above ground, when it will be proper to
make a hot-bed for them, in the manner as has been
diiecfed ft)r Cucumbers, except lliat in depth, il'C
tJung is to be onK two tcct,

U 2 When

100 The Gardeker's New Director.

When the dung is fit for ufe, make It up into a bed
four feet broad, and as long as you have framing ; level
the fame well, covering it witli ten inches of light vir-
gin-earth; then lay on your glafs frames to be raifed in
the day time to carry off the fteam ; when the bed is in
a moderate warmth, lift the peafe with a fcooped trowel,
fo as to have a ball of earth to their roots, then plant
them in the bed fourteen inches row from row, and four
plant from plant. Give them at this time a moderate
watering, but be very fparing of it afterwards : Ob-
ferving to {hade them from eleven o'clock, until the fun
is near off, giving them air in mild weather, and cover-
ing the dung with earth, which furrounds the outfideof
the frame; to keep down its rancid fleam fo very preju-
dicial to hot beds. The frames for Peafe fhould be two
feet liigh in the back, Hoping to fifteen inches in front.

i raifed the dwarf Batterfea and Canterbury Kidney-
beans in the fame manner, with this difference, that 1
jaifed the beans in December or January^ on a very mo-
derate hot-bed, fixing fmall (licks by them for their ten-
drils to climb upon, which I pinched as foon as I perceived
them to run too much to vine, and not bloffom or fruit in
proportion to their flrength. In moderate weather, they
mull: have abundance of air given them, otherwife they
will die away. Thefe beans I have had for the table
hy the 20th of March.

Direflicns for forcing Fruit on Timber-Walls^ viz. May-
Duhe Cherries, Goofeberries, MafciiVrne Apricots, Red
Nutmeg-Peaches J and Stravjberries.

AVING gone through the procefs of framing.
_^ and hot-bed work, I fliall proceed to direO: the
management of fuch fruit, as I planted upon paled walls,
which I forced with well tempered dung, laid to the
rear of thefe wooden walls five feet thick at bottom,
floping to two and a half at the top, and laid clofc to the
wall with a fork, but not preiTed down ; to be covered
with thatch, for the better prefervlng of the heat. This I

did

The Gardener's New Director. ioi

lild about the end of February^ when I covered my trees
in front with glafs frames, which are to refemble thofe
laid to hot walls. As foon as I perceived them begin-
ning to bud well, I gave them air, and confiderably
more than is ufual on flued walls, which is neceflary to
carry off the fteam of the dung, fo very prejudicial to
forced crops. The dung firfl: laid down will continue
fufficiently warm for five weeks, when it mull: be re-
placed, to keep up the heat until the fruits are near ripe,
or at their full growth.

Upon the front borders you may have Strawberries,
and Tome monthly Rofes : the Strawberries fhould be
planted the firfl: week xnAiigufl, keeping them free from
runners, that they may turn flocky, and become fit forbear-
ing before you apply the dung ; thefe frames fhould have a
door at each end to admit the air to the plants and trees,
when the glaffes cannot be raifed, efpecially when the
trees are in bloffom ; I have alfo planted Strawberries in
pots and bafliets, and placed them on hot-beds until they
ripened, as direfited for early cucumbers. Obferve that
your trees for thefe timber walls, be pruned two months
at Icail: before you lay in your dung, according to the di-
rections laid down in treating of flued walls.

§§§#§§§§§§§§§#§§§#•§§§§§#§§#§#§
Of the Culture of Mufn-Mehns.

F the variety of Melon feeds, which are imported
is tb.at of the Perfian Melon, a fruit far inferior to
thr Cantaloupe, the Genoa, or the Languedoc; the Cantalenpe
undoubtedly is preferable to any other, and fo much prized
for its excellency, that in Italy it is called Melone degli
Santi, or Melon of the Saints. Gardeners fliould be ve-
ry careful to preferve the befl:' forts of Melons, keeping
their feeds feparately, noting the year they were faved;
which is particularly necefiary. The befl: are to be
/l;ad from [.nn^urdrjCy by the Bourdeaux Merchants.
This feed fhould be four years old before it is fown ;
for by thal.ti iie all the fupcrabundant Fluid, with v/hic h
they are filled, will he ev.iporatcd ; and or:e plant v.ill
give more fruit, thun ynu can gfi from fix, whofe
n 3 feed:-

101 The Gardf.ner's New Director.

(teds have been faved but one, or even two years
The method or' making the hot-beds, and the man-
ner of raifing them from feed, being much the fame
witii that ufed for Cucumbers, I need not repeat
it here. Before the hatter end of February, I fowed
niy Melon crop, as the feed-beds will then work well;
and as the fun begins to have a kindly influence, you
can give air in mild weather to the young plants, which
is of great ufe to them. The frames in which thefe
plants are raifed may be about two feet (quare, and
when the Melon-plants are fiiteen days (Id, it will be
proper to make another bed of the iame dimenfions; and
as foon as it is in^ a good temper, (which you may be
fatisfied of, "by tiirufimg your finger into the earth with
which the bed is covered) prick them out at three inches
diffance, plant from plant, o'ifcrvinp, as they fpire, to
add earth to their long fhanks, which will flrengthen
them much, and make them foon put out their rough
leaf. The befl: compolT: for Melons is thus made: take
two loads of well-rotted old cows dung, two of frefh
virain-carth, and two of yellow fat marie, mix all to-
Gether, and let them lie one year at Icai^ before you
u'.e them; in winter let it be fpread to receive the be-
nefit of the froft and atm.ofphere ; which, when to be
ufed, muft be riddled fine, breaking the clods of marie,
as they are apt to cake. Obferve, when you tranf-
piant Melons, to fliade them from the fun, until you
perceive they have iiruck root, giving th^m moderate
waterings ; and in bright fun-fliinc, cover the glafies
with matts, giving them air in tb.e day only. The
heft time to give them water, is about feven in the
morning, from bottles which ftand in the frames one
day before it is ufed, that the water may be of the fame
temperature with the air in the beds, which the plants
feed upon. In this bed they may continue until they
fliew one, or at mofl: two leaves, but no longer.
When the following direfiions muH; be carefully attend-
ed to, to have high-flavoured, large and well-tailed Me-
lons, efpecially the Cantaleupe fort, without which, they
can never be obtained in this country. Experience of
many years taught me this, and I can falely recom-
mend it, as the only method to have tl.ofe fruits in per-

feftion.

The Gardener's New Director. 103

fecton. As foon as you are provided with four frames
and glaffes, ot about one foot fquare ; lay out a piece of
ground in your Melonry of twelve feet fquare, well ex-
pofed to tiie morning and noon fun ; at the corners ot
this bed, )ou are to fet your fniall frames, which as foon
as the Melon plants have filled, they are to be taken a-
way, to give place to a double frame of twelve feet
fquare, to have glaffes in front and rear, fhelving like
the roof of an houfe, but every ether way conflruded
like the common frames.

When the four beds are made up, and covered with
the fmall frames, and in good temper to receive the
plants, make a hill in the middle of each, in the form
of a flat cone, of eighteen Inches high, of the compofl:
direSed ; upon which plant two young plants, and no
more, {if of the Cantaleupe Melon, one plant will do,
as it is not to be removed) obferving to fhade, water,
and cover them at night, as has been before dlrefled.
And here I muft give a very neceffary precaution to
Melon-men : When you have made the four fmall beds,
cover them with the frames for two or three days, and
as foon as the exceffive heat of the dung is over, lay on
your compoft, otherwife it will be rendered ufelefs. Be
careful to give them air in mild weather, and to
wipe off the Ifeam from the glaffes in the morning.
In two weeks after tranfplanting, they will fliew their
third joint, the top of which you mufl: pinch off with
your fingers, to provoke the plants to fend out lateral
branches, which we call vines or runners; and if they
have but two vines, pinch their tops; but if you per-
ceive a plant too viny, take off two or m.ore of the
fmalleft vines to the very ilalk of the plant ; three weeks
alter this, you will obferve the vines will have grown
to t e foot of the hills, on which the Melons were
planted, at w hich time you are to lay your vines regular,
making ready your double frames for u"e ; and as your
fma!! beds v/ere made above the furface that divides the
fmall frames, take away tiie earth in the fpaces between
tiiefe frames, and fill all vviiii new dung to the very
(ules of tiie fmall frames, taking care lliat this new-
dung, has been well managcil and fwcat^'d as that for
hot-bccl ufc ; then, after it has been well ieve'lcd, r.nd

11 4 made

104 T^-'^ Gardenkr's New Director.
mr.de as hir:h as the dunp; in the fmall beds, cover this
new dung with the prelciihcd compoft earth, eighteen
inches deep; on this depth of earth depends very much
the fuccefs of your crops, as fuch as have no more than
fix, eight, or ten inches of foil to grow in, have decay-
ed and died away. In a temperate evening, having
taken off yonr fmall frames, and ordered the vines, lay-
ing tuo or three inches of frefh compoft earth under
them, pulling out all weeds, taking out all ufekfs leaves,
or fmall ufelefs runners, and giving them a gentle wa-
tering at the extremities of the vines, but not near the
ftcms of the plants, then lay your new double frames
over them; next morning wipe the glaffes clean, raife
them up if it is a good day, but fhade the plants for one
whole week after, that their leaves fnay not flag bv this
addition of heat, and alteration of air, until they are
ufed to it for forpe days. To this method of managing
Melons, in giving them a new heat, I was obliged to
have recour'e, particularly when the i>lants begin to
fliew male, or what fome erroneouflv call falfe bloiloms,
\vhich you inuft not t-ike away, !or,"from experience, it
is certain, that thofe flowers arc the male blofrc.ms, which
impregnate the' female, and which in Melons and Cu-
tumbers always gro-.v opon one end of the vonnH- fruit :
when you obferve the young fruit and th.ir blofloms ap-
pearing, and that many of them turn yellow, or fall off,
then is the precife time to sfufT: nature in this cold cli-
mate {'fours, without wiiich you cannot expeci: to have
good Melons. If you obferve any of the beds decline
in heat, remiOve fome of the old dung all round the bed,
to be replaced with fome frefli dung and litter, to reco-
ver the heat, and bring your plants forward.

That I may be underftcod when I write of double
frames, I ihaii obfeive, that they rife in the' ridge two
feet, Hoping to eight inches, and in every other refpeft
are made like the common frames, and fb large as to
contain the whole fpace of ground within them Vv'hereon
rtood the four fmall frames I have juft mentioned, and
that in fuch a manner, as that the pl.mts which were in
them, will be in the centre of each of thefe'glaffes: it is
called double, becaufe it has glaffes both to the fouth

and

The Gardenf.r's New Director. 105

and north, whereby the plants have double fun, double
air, and double the hear by reflexion, than what thev
had in your common Tingle frafiies.

Your fruit, by the addition of heat and air, vvijj foon
fet beyond the danger of mifcarrying ; but iliere are feme
neceflary diredions to be obferved at this critical period,
which if nejile£led, may fufFer thefe plants to fet their
fruit too freely, particularly the dintuleupe kind. T have
advifed pinching the ends of the plants, when they have
got a third good joint, in order to obtain vines or run-
ners; and when thefe runners have three or four joints,
to pinch off" their tops to force out more runners: but
if the vines pufh out others upon this htfl: pinching,
pinch no more, for thty will now fliew iruit^ at which
tiuie t; ey ought carefully to be looked to. Make ch(-ice
of one good, or at moil: two fruits on each runner, fitu-
ated neareft the frem of the plant, and fuch as have large
pedicles or foot ftalks; taking away all the others
that appear upon the runner, pinching o{f the end of
the runner at the third joint above the fruit ; ti.is will
flop the fap in the runner, and make the fruit fet im-
mediately, beyond ti e hazard ot going off, as is fre-
quently the cafe, when the vines are over-charged with
fruit. I never allowed thefe plants to have more than
fix or eight fruit upon one plant. This pinching of the
main fruit-riinneri-, will encourage good working plants
(as the gardeners call them) to lend out fmall runners,
which mull: be pinched off when thev appear, with their
young fruit: this work mud be carefully done, and the
vines looked over, tintil the fruit left on the plants turn
fo large, as to draw all the fip of the plants to them.
Lay tiles or blue fcaillie flutes below your fruit; for if
you (ufier them to lie on the earth, they will rot; and
as they fwcll, turn them to the fun, to ripen equally.
Some find fault for dircding them, to forbear pruning the
vines of Melons ; butexperience has taught me, that fnch
unmerciful knife-management, is good for notliing, but
to bring forward a confufion of vines, fo that the plants
have been defiroyed. It is fufficiently early to ufe this
knife-difcipline, when your fruit is pafl danger of go-
\v.o off, snd even then to ufe it with tauiiun.

There

io6 The Gardener's New Director.

There is a method to fet Melons, which are not apt to
keep their fruit, which fucceeds better than any I know
of, eTpecially with the early fruit, viz. Whenever you
perceive fruit appearing, and that it opens its female
bloflbms (which are upon the fruit) and that it does not
fvvell to vour wifh, take a male bloffom, and cutting off
its petals above the eye, thruft it into the female blof-
fom, clofe to the fruit, and tie both together inftantly,
that no air may get in to prevent their uniting ; then pinch
the top of the vine whereon the fruit is, two joints above
the fruit, and cut oft the runners from that vine, but
take off no more vines from the plant, unlefs it has more
tiian three or four ; if you keep up the heat, your fruit
will vifibly fwell in three days, when you mufi: cut off
the bafs-tying. This is a method for fetting Melons,
"which never failed. Obferve to fix the eye of the male
fiower, clofe to the female, when you fet it in.

If the vines of your Melon plants, over-run the length
and breadth of your large frames, lift up the frames,
and let them reft upon bricks tour inches high, fufFering
the vines to run out at pleafure, taking care always
to peg them down with forked fticks, to prevent their
being broke with wind. Obferve that what water you
now give them, be at their extremities, and not near
the fiems of the plants ; which they fliould never have
St this feafon, except in very hot and dry weather. If
you are to eat your Melons at home, let them be high
in flavour, and the ftalk feeming ready to part from the
fruit, and to be cut in the morning, with no more than
two inches of vine. It the fruit is to be fent fome dif-
tance, let it be cut three days before it is ripe, cutting
a toot of. vine uith it. By this method of cultivating
Melons, I have had great plenty, and very good iTuit.
Melons under bells or oiled paper, will never do in
Sccthii'.d.

My fii ft crop of Melons was over by the middle o^July ;
when the vines were flill frefii, healthy, and preparing
to fet out new runners, flowers, and fruit, I then fet
about to try an experiment to obtain a fecond good crop,
ill which I fucceeded every year. For this purpofe I took
I'P all the vines, light by light, laid three inches of my

new

Tlie Gai]ldener's New Director. 107

new comport upon their roots, and over the bed ; and af-
ter taking ofF their rotted leaves, I laid them down again
in the fame order, givmg them a good watering or two;
in v/arm da3's railed the glafl'es, and in cold nights cover-
ed them with matts ; and by the end of yl'^iguji I had two
pair of good Melons out of danger in each light; thefe,
in the month of September, and even until the middle of
O^ober, fwelled well, and many of them were near as
large as the firll ; but the fun faded in giving tht-m ripe-
nefs and flavour. To remedy this, I cut the fruit about
the fifteenth of Oclohcr, vvith three feet of- vine to them,
and twilling it, I put them into pots filled v/ith good
mould, plungug them into the tan-bed in the llove, which
was kept only to a mode; ate heat, here tlie vines foon
took root, and the Melons ripened to great perfeclion,
in tafle, flavour, and juice, until the middle of Decem-
ber. I laid the Melon fruit,, in the tan-bed, upon
bricks to keep them dry ; and when this fecond
crop was forming, I did not prune much, but was
careful, that, at this feafon, the fruit fhould not be too
much encumbered with leaves, gently watering theni
until I found the fruit was of a confiderable fiie ; ob-
ferving to cover the glalTes well at nip;ht, which ei"-
Icctually prefeived the fruit from the f rolls, that in Sep-
tember zx\& O^ober, happen in this country.

I have the feed of a Melon, which I low the firft week
in April:, it is very curious, as it never lets its fruit un-
til three months after it, has been fov/n, notwlthftanding
all the necclfary heat and care that is applied to it; ami
then it fwelis, becomes very large, and continues green and
very hard in the {km, and feems to part with its pedi-
cle about the middle of Oaober, flill continuing green
and hard. 1 had it from Monficur Ratbgeb, tf.e Imperial
Rtifideiu at London^ who infor.-r.ed me that it was the
iVIelori they ufed in Ilr.iy in winter. When they part
from their pedicle, they are hung up in a cool room
ircQ from frolt, one by one in nets, and ten days be-
fore they are ufed, they are brought into tl.c kitchen, or
a room where a good fire is kept; there they ripen
during the whole winter; when the fkin becomes ihin,
turns to a lemon yellow^ and emits a very poignant

otlour.

loS The Gardener's New Director.
odour, and taftes extremely pleafant. I made this expe-
rrment upon fix of them, and they eat vaftly well, and
their feed came up the year following in great plenty,
and fruited well.

Direclions for raiftng Cucumbers under Bell-GloJJes

Never ufed frames to Cucumbers, except the earliefl:
lorts, for thefe continued to give me fruit until the
plants fruited, which I raifed under bell or hand-glaffes,
in the following manner.

About tf,e 15th or 20th of April, I dug holes in the
Melonry, in ftraight lines, four feet fquare, one foot deep
below the furface of the earth, and fix feet from one a-
nother ; thefe holes I filled with borfe-dung, prepared
in the fame manner as has been direOied for hot-beds,
working it well, and laying one foot more of dung
above the furface of the earth ; 1 then covered them
wiih the Melon com pod:, to the depth of twelve inches,
and upon every one of thefe holes, I put two bell glafies :
in three or four days, when I perceived the heat in
good temper for fowing, I put under every glafs fix or
feven feeds, wliich in a few days appeared above ground.
I look care to cover their ftaiks, with the compoft-earth
as they fpired, fliading the glafles in the evenings with
matts, and giving them as much water as was requifite ;
in a lew weeks the plants grew ftrong, and were pre-
paring to run; which, when I perceived, I took out
three of the weakeft, leaving four under the bells; but
before I drew them, I filled up the fpaces between the
holes with good hot dung, and working it well, and
covering it over v.ith twelve inches of goodcompoft;
there, 1 planted my Cucumbers which I drew out, taking
care to water and fhade them, and matt them at night,
until I perctived they were again growing. So foon
a^ the plants under ihe bells, and thefe jufl tranfplanted,
put .out runners, I pegged them down, and as their
.^ runners grew longer, I lecured ihem, raifing the bells,
10 aHow the plants 10 run from, under the.m ; and
• v.hcn

The Gardener's New Director.

109

when they had run lb far as to go off the ridge, I laid
new compoft to the fides of It, fo as to increafe it in length
one foot or more, that the vines might run, and their
roots have full liberty. By thele means I had great crops :
for, it is oblervable, that, as far as the vines of Cu-
cumbers and Melons run above ground, To far do
their roots run below ; and if their roots are cramp-
ed tor want of good earth, they ftunt, and come to
nothing; whereas, when you feed their roots with good
frefh rich earth to run into, you will always have fine,
and plentiful crops, both for flicing and pickling. There
are fome perlons u'ho fow their Cucumbers amons;!!
their ColliOower-plants, fometimes in bafons, and others
do it upon hills of earth made up with lime. This
method will do in good feafons, in well fheltercd fandy
foils, provided they have the morning and forenoon
fun ; but the method I have prefcribed, in regard
to bells, is the fureft and beil, to have good Cucum-
bers.

A late iVriter (Mr. Adam Taylor) haviti^ lately laid bis
Procefs of raijing Melons before the Public, lue fiall in-
troduce it here, beginning ivith his Prefrnrntion of the
Seed, having already pointed out fuch Fruits as he]} an-
fiver our Climates.

Mr. Adam TaylorV Dirc^ions for ralfing of Melons.

WHEN the feed is taken from the fruit, it fliouid
be laid in tlve fun and well dried; after which
it fhoulJ be put into a phial, and clofe corked, and then
fet in a place which is expofed to the fun. Thus the
watery part will be foon dried up, and they will be as good
as if they had been kept clfcwhere in paper for two or
three years. ATany pcrfons take another, and not improper
method, drying the watciy parts from the feeds, by
hanging them nc^ar a fire for three or four weeks. O-
thers carry them in their pockets for iome time before
rhey fow them. ]'"ither of thcfe ways will do tolerablv

ucli,

no 1 he Gardener's New Director.
■well, and anfwer the intent of making new feed as fit
tor fowing as the old. The feeds, having the watery
part thus dried up, will produce more fruit than ofher-
wile they would ; and not fubjecl to that luxuriancv,
which is the ufual confequence of undried feeds.

Our next care mull: be, to give directions for provid-
ing a proper dung-bed, wherein the feeds are to be de-
pofited for the firft crop.

In the month of 'January^ let the gardener provide
himfelf with a quantity of new horfe-dung, proportion-
ed to the number of plants which he intends to raife.
This dung fliould be thrown up in a heap.

This direction is given upon a fuppofition that old
hor!e-dung, whicli is much preferable, is not to be had.
And this new dung will be the better for having a large
quantity of ilravv or litter amongfl: it. A load of this is
luflicient for a hot-bed with one light, k fnould be fuf-
fered to lie for a week, and come to its proper heat, be-
fore you make your bed.

The dung being now in order, lay your light upon
the plain iuiiace of the ground, (for there muft be no
trench) and draw a line all round, clofe to the ouffide
of the frame. Then mark another line at the diftance
of eight inches every way from the former. This laft
is to be the exaci compafs of your dung-bed. Let
the longefl: part of the litter be fpread firft upon the
ground ; flill obferve this rule as you rife, tiil you
have fcarce any thing but clean dung left for the top.
Thus raife it to the height of about four feet fix
inches, that, when fettled, it may be nearly three feet
thick. It will then be of courfe eight inches wider
than the outfide of the frame. Let the top of the
bed on the infide of the frame be covered with cow-
dung about two inches thick. This Avill preferve the
mould from being burned by the violent heat of the
dung, which often happens, and when it does, it proves
very defl:ru6five to the plants.

When the bed is thus far prepared, put on the
frame, and cover it with the lights. It may be ufe-
ful to thrufl: a ftick into it, which, being now and
then pulled out, will fhew the condition of the bed.
However, in a week's time, cr iefs, the vehemence

of

The Gardener's New Director. hi

of the heat will be pretty well over ; when the bed
muft be covered with frefh light earth, taking care
that it be not too wet when it is laid on. Let this
be dil'pofed fmooth and even all over the top of the bed,
and about fix inches thick. Give it a little air now and
then, to let off the fleam.

When the earth is become warm by the heat of the
bed, then is the time to put in your feeds, covering them
about half an inch deep.

When the feeds are up, and the leaf is fully expand-
ed, and the rough leaf begins to make its appearance,
which will be in about feven or eight days after fowing,
you fhould then be provided with another quantity of
dung, in order to make a fecond bed for the reception of
thefe plants. This dung fliould be well mixed together,
and thrown up in a heap, as the former, and fuffered to
lie fo for fix or feven days, till the rank heat of it
fnall have paffed off. If it Ihou'd be dry, and full of
long litter, throw a few pails of water over it; which
will caufe it to ferment, and keep it from burning. This
fecond bed muft be made of the fame thicknefs as the
firlf, and of a length proportioned to the number of
plants which it is intended to contain. The furface
of it mufl: be covered over with cow-dur.g, as was
before dirtcled for the feed-bed. Then put on the
frame and lights; and in two days after the bed is
made, cover it with old tan, or light earth, about eight
inches thick.

On the next day the bed will be fit for the reception
of the plant?, if the dung has been properly worked up.

When the plants in the feed-bed have one fmall rougU
leaf, it will then be proper to take llieni out v.ith care,
and place them in pots about feven inches wide and five
inches deep, filled with good rich earth, placing two
plants in each pot, alter having fccured the holes at the
bottom, 'f'hen plunge lliem up to the rim in the
new betl. But oblerve, if the weather llionld be fo
clear, that the fun Paine warm, then they muft be fliad-
cd till they have taken frtili root. And, ii, ih.e mould
fhould appear dry, it will be proper to uivc them a little
water, but fparingly at tin- feafon. It will be alio ne-
ceffary to cover them u:i!i mats or ftruw, ti^.at they mav

r.ot

112 The Gardener's New Director.

not be chilled at nights, and to'give them air in propor-
tion to the heat of the bed in the day-time, when the
weather will admit of it, that the ftcam may pafs off,
and the plants gather ftrength. For the natural con-
fcquence of too clofe confinement is, that the plants will
be drawn up weak, and the leaves turn yellow.

If the heat of this lafl bed fhculd abate, and the
weather prove fevere, a frefli lining of horfe dung muft
be added. But be carelul to prevent the fteam of it
from getting into the bed, which would be extremely
hurtful to the plants. This is to be done, by laying a
fmall quantity of earth upon the margin of the bed on
the outfide of the frame, by v^iich the (team will be re-
llfained from paffing under the bottom of it. This me-
thod of keeping up the heat by lining the bed occafi-
cnally, is much better than to be frequently moving the
plants into new beds. And if fome hay or ftraw be laid
tlofely and neatly round, and almofl even with the top
of the frame, for the purpofe of fhooting off the wet,
it vvil] be found to be no inconfiderable improvement.

As foon as the plants have fully expanded their two
firft rough leaves, and are forming the third, it will be
proper to cut off the extreme part with a fliarp knife.
This is called (lopping them. Then lay fome dry
mould, by way of plainer, on the wounded part, to
heal it. The center of the plants being thus cut off,
they will foon put forth runners. When thefe begin to
appear, you fliouUl be provided with a quantity of dung
proportioned to the number of lights you intend to
wori-:, allowing fifteen barrows of dung to each light.

In chufing your dung on this occafion, your care is
requifite, that it be neither too long nor too fhort. The
firfl will heat too violently, and alterwards lofe its heat
too foon; and the laft will be apt to fettle too clofe, by
which tlie fermentation will be foon flopped. '! he ufe-
ful therefore lavs between both, and a medium m nil be
obferved. Be lure to mix it well together in a heap,
as before direfted. And when you fee that the plants
in the nurfc-ry frame have produced runners four or five
inches long, then make your third bed ; in which they
are to be plapicd to produce their fruit. If you obferve

any

The Gardener's Nf.v/ Director. 113
any I'mall weak leaves near the ftem, or any very weak
runners, take them away.

If the plants are managed according to the direflions
here given, they will be fit to be planted out for fruit-
ing in about fix weeks after iowini<. But in your pr >-
ceeding, you muft with torecall make the necellary al-
lowance for ihe time of the dung's workin;/, and the
beds coming to a proper heat ; that the plants may not,
when they are arrived at this pitch, wait for the bed.
If the foil where you make your bed be very dry, you
may now dig a trench about twelve or fourteen inches
deep, anfwering to the length and brc;,dth oi your
frame ; otherwiie it is always beft to make it on the
plain furface of the ground. You are to make this bed
two feet wider than the frame, mixing the long and
fhort dung well together, that it may heat icgularly.
Let the back part be raifed half a foot higher than the
front. This will give the g!;ifs a greater dope to the
fun, and the plants will receive the benefit of it. This
bed mufl: alfo be covered with cow-dung, as was di-
reded for the others, and afterwards with mould, about
three inches thick, all over the furface.

Three days after the bed is made, you are io put
about three pecks of good earth under the centre of
each light, raifing it into a fort of an hillock, witli a
defcent flope around. Then put on the lii^hts, tilting
each light with a notched flick, that tlie fieam of the
bed may pafs off. In about two days the earth will be
entirely warm. Then carefully turn the plants out of
the pots, having firft watered them, that the earth may
not fall from the roots, and put two plants on each hil-
lock ; without diflurbing the ball of earth which is
about their roots. If the mould fhould appear dry, give
them a little water ; but not till yon have taken off the
chill from it, by fetting it on the dung a few hours be-
fore it is wanted for ufe. Neither let it be too u arm :
For that would prove as hurtful to the plants as the
contrary quality. If the fun fhould fliinc out, fhade
them till they have taken frefli root. F^ut if the wea-
ther prove cold and foggy while the plants are young,
tilt up the lights according to the heat of the bed ; and
hang a mat gently over that part o( the light which is
I ' tilted.

114 The Gardener's Nfw Director.
tilted, that the plants may at the fame -time receive a
moderate (hare of air, and the fleam pafs off without
iniury. For if the cold air is too freely admitted at this
feafon, it will frequently dcrtroy the plants : And if the
liuhts are kept too clofe and the fleam confined, the
danger will be equal. For the plants will imbibe an in-
fe61ted air, and foon fhew their ficknefs by the yellow-
nefs of their appearance.

As the runners advance, obferve to difpofe them with
regularity, that they may not crofs or be entangled one
with another. And as they proceed in length, encourage
the roots by adding fome frefli earth around the hillock
on which the plants are placed. But in doing this, be
very careful not to bruife the runners, or bury any of
their leaves. Let the gardener obferve particularly, not
to lay this frefh earth fo high as the top or fummit of
the hillock or eminence beiore mentioned, by two inches
or thereabout, that the main flem may be kept dry ; o-
thervvife being watered, would foak to this principal
part, and caufe it to rot. And let it be underftood, that
this mould is not to be laid on all at once, but at diffe-
rent times, as occafion may require. This will greatly
encourage the fibres, and promote the growth of the
plants, and will fufficiently recompenfe the gardener for
his trouble, who is defirous of having his Melons excel-
lent and of rich flavour.

When the young fruits begin to appear upon the run-
ners, forbear to water them till they are grown to the
fi/.e of a walnut, unlefs the mould fiiould be very dry
indeed ; and then let tliem have it but fparingly. For
a little too much water at this time when the fruit is
fetting, will caufe the branches to fhoot with luxurian-
cy, and the young Melons will be apt to drop off. For
the deflruflion of the fruit is generally owing to the
exuberant quantity of fap which the branches con-
tain.

At the firll: appearance of the young fruit, you will
perceive abundance ol male blofToms. I have feen ma-
ny unexperienced perfons pick off thefe, to the manifeft
prejudice of the crop. For thefe falfe bloffoms (as they
are too commonly called) are abfolutely neceffary for
the impregnation of the ovary of the fruitful plants.

And

The Gardener's New Diri-ctok. 115
An>l when the female is deprived of the taritia oi the
male blodoms, which is as necefTary to the generation
of plants, as tl\e feed of animals is to the propapjation of
their refpeclivt fpecies, your expectation mull !ai! of
courfe.

When the blofloins are all over, and the fruit ad-
vances in magnitude, lay a piece of glafs or tyle under
each Melon, to keep it from the earth. And if the
weather fhould prove miid give them a good watering.
This will cauie them to iwell apace. And frefh air
Hiould he admitted at ail opportunities when the w-ather
is fine.

Should you find the heat of the bed to abate and de-
cline, add a freili lining of new dung, as before direct-
ed. And it may he reqnifite to repeat this two or three
times. For the fruit will be furprifingly forwarded in a
little time by kecpng up a proper warmth. And when
it is about three parts grown, turn it every four or five
days, that each part may receive equally the benefit
of the fun. And remember, that when it is full grown,
it muH: not be watered ; for that would confiderably re-
tard its ripening, and in a great meafure rob it ot the
riclinefs of its flavour.

Many eminent gardeners have a cuflom (and by no
means a bad one) of placing the fruit when it is full
grown upon bricks. This has fome good effe6t<; : For
it raifcs them above the leaves, whereby they are fully
expofcd to the fun and air, and the flems are fecured
from rotting.

When the Melon hecins to turn yellow, and to crack
at the part which is affixed to the ftalk, and to diffu'ea
fine fmell, it is then ripe and fit for cutting. 1 or if it
be fulFered to remain on the vine a day or two after
thefe appearances, it will lofe much of its flavour. Let
it be cut in the morning before the fun lliines upon it,
ajid kept in a cool place, till it is wanteil for the Table.

This is the whole management for ycuir firft crops of
Melons, from the fowing of the feed to the maturity of
liie fruit. And your oblervance of the rules laid down
for it, will fufficientiv compen'ate your attention to
il.cm. But it is necefTary that I fhould give fome fiir-
tiicr dir'jftions for raifing the late crops.

1 a The

ii6 The GardeMer's New Director.

The place where thefc plants are to be railed, fliould
be well expcfed to the jun, and enclofcd with reed
hedges, mud wallb or pales, to break off the violence of
the wind. And the frames wherein the plants are to
produce their fiuit, ihould be larger than thofe which
are made ufe of for the raifmg of Cucumbers. The
fize of a two-light Melon-frame, fliould be ieven feet
and an half long, and four feet and an half wide ; and
a three-light one in proportion. The heft comport; for
your plant is tlie following, viz. Take one load ot loamy
earth from under the turf of a good pafture, half that
quantity of good old cow-dung, and three wheel-bar-
rows full of rotten dung fronri the old Cucumber or Me-
lon beds. Mix thefe well together by flirring, and then
throw the w hole up in a ridge to receive the air. 'i^his
fhould be prepared three or four months before it is ufed.
The large clods {hould be well broken, but it muft not
be fcreened or fifted. If Cucumbers are to be raifed in
the fame ground, it will be neceflary to make a divifion
with a reed hedge, mud wall, 3zc. running north and
Jouth : For they are apt to degenerate, when raifed to-
gether. Nor, for either purpofe, fhould you tread or
beat the beds clofe ; but let them fettle of themfelves.
For this will prolong the fermentation of them, and
they will be the lefs fubjed to burn. I have found by
experience, that the mixing of coal afhes with the
dung will prevent the free penetration of the air, anct
frequently ruin the bed crops. The frequent flopping
of the Runners will alio occafion a great number of
weak ftoots, a Grange confufion of Vine, and the
fmall fruit will turn yellow and drop off. They fhould
not be flopped, or cut, till the fruit is as big as an egg.
Then ftop them two joints beyond the fruit.

For the convenience of watering the plants, without
welting the leaves or fruit, place a garden-pot, w-ith a
fmall hole at the bottom, among the leaves, and at fome
diflance from the principal ftem. Put a little hay or
grafs at the bottom of it, that the water may not pafs
through too freely to wafli ihe mould from the roots :
Remove the pot difcretionally to any part of the bed
which may require water. For this is abundantly bet-
ter

The Gardener's New Director. 117
t<^r than making a drill, as is the common pradice, a-
round the infide of the bed.

Some perfons raile their principal crop of Melons
under bell or hand-glafTiiS, and oiled paper : For which
the following particular directiors are necefiary.

About the third or fourth of March, prepare the dung
as before dirc-aed for the plants raifed under lights.
Sow your feed about the twelfth of the fame month.
And when they have one fmall rough leaf, plunge them
in fmall pots in a frefh bed; where they are to remain
till the beginning oi April. Then the dung mull be got
in readinels by mixing and preparing it, as belorc direct-
ed, in a heap to k-rment ; and the ground mull be got:
ready, where the ridges are to be made, by Araining a
line, and digging a trench three feet wide and fix inches
deep, and leaving a fpace of feven feet between each
trench. The length mull of courfe be proportioned to
the number of g'afTes, which you intend to have in each
row ; which mull: be full fix feet apart. Then wheel
your dung into the trench, allowing eight barrows ot
dung to each hole.

Your dung-bed being made flraight on the fides and
level on the top, it mull be covered with cow-dung two
inches thick : Then fprcad two inches of good mould all
over the bed. Now put the glafles upon the proper
fpots, where the plants are to be placed, that they may
draw up the heat. The next day take about a bufliel
of earth at a time from the comport, (made as before
directed for the early crops) and lay it on thofe fpotr,
fourteen inches thick. Into this the plants are to be re-
moved about three days afterwards.

In about three days, therefore, water the plants m
the pots, that the earth may cling to the roots. 1 hen
turn them out gentlv and plant them under the glafTes,
where they are to remain for fruiting. Be fure to keep
them watered, and fhaded from the fun, till they have
taken frefh root. After this, care muft be taken to give
them frefli air in the heat of the day. This will pre-
vent the leaves from being fcorched. And, as the plants
advance in growth, the bed mufl be e.irthed up with the
mould between the ridges, mixed with fomc ot the com-

I 3 P^^i^

Ii8 The Gardener's New Director.

pod, till it is almod: as tiigh as the little hills whereon
the plants grow.

In the beginning o^ Alay, if the heat of the ridges qt
beds abate, and the nights continue cold, take the
mould from the fides of the beds as deep as the bottom
of the dung, then add a frefh lining of new horfe-
dung, and cover it again with the mould taken from the
fides.

As the plar.ts encreafe in growtl) fo as to puPn agninfc
the Tides ol the tja's, get fome re<.^d or mofs, and lay it
ail over the furface of the bed, for the vines to run upon,
and to prefer ve t!ic earth from drying too faff.

When the plants are grown (o large that they cannot
be contained under tlie bell or hand-glafles, they fhould
then be covered with paper frames made full fue feet
and an half wide. And on taking off '.he glaflTi s, fee
that the brvinches lay regularly, and without being en-
ta'nglcd with each'other, before you put on the frames.

When the beds are thus covered with the oiled pa-
per frames, the paths between them lliould be filled up
with mould as high as the beds.

Fer the convenience of watering tiieft plants, a deep
drill I'hould be drawn with a hoe, cloie to the outfide of
the frames ; and when they require water, pour it into
theied:iris, th.at the fibres may have the benefit of it,
without vour wetting the leaves or branches.

Cover tlieni in ro!d nights, heavy ravins, and blufler-
ing wirids ; that the frr.mes may not he blown off, or
the branches diiplaccd. But when the weather is mild,
moderate air wiil |)e very lerviceable to them, and then
iht' frames are to be tilted with a forked flick.

With refpeft to other articles, thcfe differ not fro,m
thi'fe which are raifed ond'er lights. It would there.f^ore
be fuptrfiuous, to troiibje the reader with a rcpetiiion oi
them.

Tf>f

The Gardener's New DinECTOR. 119

Tbe Culture and Manage ni-rrit of Tiib:rofes.

I SHALL now treat of tlic culture of TuhtTofes,
which 1 own is a^^ainfl: tlie rule I laid down at the
beginning of this work, which was to write of no-
thing but fruits, or of kitchen-garden plants ; but as
thcfe roots are planted in hot beds made of dung, and
not in the llove-work, I judged it wtnild be very accep-
table to have iome directions given lor their culture.

■ Thcfe roots are annually brouglit Irom Genoa. I
made my plantations ot Tuberofcs at two feafons, viz.
the firfi: in jjpril, and the other in M(iy. As Toon as my
roots arrived, 1 prepared a hot-bed in the iame manner
as for Cucumbers, covering it with a fr:ime two feet
•and an half deep at tlie back, iloping to cine foot in
front, and covered the dung with eight inches of good
rich light earth, the fame as I nfed for hyacinths ; tak-
ing trom the roots all their old flcins and withered fibres,
and all their off-fets, i planted them in this earth two
roots very near one another, in fuch a manner, as tbrft
the top of the bulbs were but jufl covered ; for if
they arc planted deeper, they often lail. Between
the'c roots planted by pairs, I left a fpace of eipht inch-
es, that when they were fit to be potted, they migiit be
lifted with a good ball of earth to each pair, as f potted
each pair in a two-penny pot. I do not approve of
planting them into pots, to be fet in the hot-bed, as the
fides of the pot cramp and flunt their fibres, whereby
they do not flower fo well, as when they are planted
in the earth, where their fibres run at plealure, and form
well, which makes them blolTom (Irong.

As foon as th.ey made th.eir appearance, I gave them a
little water ; when they fhe\« ed their flower ftems, I gave
it in greater plenty, and took care not to force tlum io
much, as to hurry up their flower ftalks, fo as to
grow too fiender. I gave them air in mild weather by
taking off the glafles, which I laid on again at night,
and in very bad weather. When their (lower flems were
a foot and a half high, I gently tied them to flcndcr
ftjcks, to prevent their being broke, and as foon as they
touched the glafTes, I took, them off, fixing hoops in

I /| their

120 The Gardf.ner's New Director,

their place, to be covt-red witii rnatts. As foon as I per-
ceived the bells of the flower well feen, and that they
had opened the tunicle or thin fkin which covers them,
I watered the plants and earth, when I lifted two roots
together, [)lantin2[ them with a clump of earth into
two penny oofs filled with the fame fort of earth ofi' the
bed, fettling the er.rih well about the roois: when fome
vere placed in the green-hculc, ?.nd others i : the bed-
chamber, which they af:;reeably perfumed; and when
their bloffoiTis t-xpandedj I kept their pots moift for their
more perieclly flowering, taking tvery opportunity of
giving them fun.

Of late years tiie double flowering Tuberofe has beer,
raiftd from the ke6, by Monfieur Le Cour, at Leyden :
to this gentleman the curious are much indebted for his
many improvements in gardening, on exoticks, and upon
our indigenous plants. This great curiofity he kept with
the fame aillduity, as the late duke of Tufcavy did the
great double-bloifomed Arabian jeflamine at Pifa, where
centinels always attended, that cuttings (by which it can
be propagated) might not be taken away.

However, morf. Le Cour is row become m.ore commu-
nicative of th.is his favourite flower, by which means
it has reached Edinburgh. Its culture is the fame as that
for the Angle, (which I think for fmell is preferable)
except vuth this difference, that I pot the double at firfi:
planting, fettin^ them in a very moderate tan-bed.
Their cfF-fets, from which flowers are only to be pro-
duced, T planted in March in the fame cnmpofl; I ul'ed
for hyacinths, fetting them in a gentle bed ol" tan-bark;
in ynne I removed the glafs-covers, and in their place
ereOcd hoops covered wiih malls; in September or Oc-
tober, when their leaves were quite down, I took them
up, preferving them in a dry warm place, until Mnrch
or April the feafon for planting. As foon as their flow-
ers open the tunicle upon the head of the flems, put
them into a green-houfe, or in a chamber that is well
txpofed to the fun, where they will expand their blof-
foms w ith furprifing beauty and vigour.

The

The Gardener's New Director. 121

The Defcrlption of the Pine-apple, or Ananas Stoves^ and
the Culture of thefe Plants to bring them to Fruit*

HAVING already laid down the necefiaiy direclions
for making hot-beds for the kitchen-garden ule, as
well to have their produce early, as in perteftion ; I {hall
now proceed to give my direflions for ereding the Ananas

or

* The culture of the Pine-apple y and tbi management oj the
Stove, being corfidered the rnojl capital things in Garden-
ing, "jje feall, in order to give every thing neceffury for
the injlriiflion of young praclitioners, introduce juch di~
regions as have been given by Philip Miller, Efq\ of
nvhcm our avthcr makes mofl honourable mention ; and with
them, the plans of fuch fioves as are in general ujc.

Stoves are contrivances for the preserving tender exo-
tick plants, v/hich will nor live in thefe northern coun-
tries, without artificial warmth in winter, Thefe are
built in different methods, according to the ingenuity of
the artift, or r!ie different purpofes for which they are
intended, hut in England they are at prefent reducible to
two or three.

The firft is called a dry ftove, being fo contrived, that
the flues through which the fruit pafies, are either car-
ried under the pavement cf the floor, or elfe are ere&ed
in the back part of the houfe, over each other, and are
returned fix or eight times the whole length of the
flove, according to the height. In the!e fioves the plants
are placed on fliclves of boards laid on a fcaffold, riling
above each other like the feats in a theatre, for the great-
er advantage of their ftanding in fight, and enjoying an
equal fliare of light and air. In theie fl:oves are com-
monly placed the tender forts of Aloes, Cereufes, Eu-
phorbiums, Tithvmals, and other fucculent plants, which
are impatient of nioiflure in winter, and require for the
m<>i> part to be kept in a (eparatc Itove, and not placed
amun^r trees, or herbaceous p'ants, which perfpire Iree-
Iv, and ilicre'hy olten caufe a damp air in the houie,

which

122 The Gardener's Ni-w Director.

or Pine-apple ftoves, with the culture of that excel-
lent fruit: Previous to this it will be requifite to attend
to the following particulars ; utio. To give fnch a warmth
to the air in the houfe, as to raife Mr, Fowler^s, or Mr.

Coles''b

■which is imbibed by the fucculent plants, to their no
fmall prejudice. Thefe (loves may be regulated by a
thermometer, fo as not to over-heat them, nor to let
the plants fuffer by cold ; in order to which, all fuch
plants as require nearly the fame degree of heat, fhould
be placed by themfelves in a feparate houfe, for if in the
fame {tove there are plants placed of many different
countries, which require as many different heats, by
making the houfe warm enough for feme plants, others
by having too much heat, are drawn and fpoiled.

The other fort of (loves are commonly called bark
floves, to diftinguifh them from the dry (loves already
mentioned. Thefe have a large pit, nearly the length
of the houfe, three feet deep, and fix or feven wide,
according to the breadth of the houfe, which pit is fill-
ed with tanners' bark to make a hot-bed, and in this bed
the pots of the moft tender exotick trees, and herbace-
ous plants, are plunged. The heat of this bed being
moderate, the roots of the plants are always kept in ac-
tion, and the moidure, detained by the bark, keeps the
fibres of their roots in a dutlile ftate, which, in a dry
flove, where they are placed upon (helves, are fubjed
to dry too fad, to the great injury of the plants. In
thefe (loves, if they are rightly contrived, may be pre-
ferved the m.ofi: tenvlcr exotick trees and plants, which,
before the ufe of the bark was introduced, were thought
impoffible to be kept in England-, but, as there is fome
(kill required in the (Irudure of thefe floves, I fhall
not only defcribe them as intelligibly as poffible,
but alfo annex plans of them, by which it is hoped
every curious perfon will be capable of directing his
workmen in their (Irudure.

The diinenfion of thefe floves fhould be proportioned
to the number of plants intended to be preferved, or the
particular fancy of the owner ; birt their length fhould

not

The Gardener's Niiw DtRECT^R. 123

Cs/r-.r's botanical thermometers to the Anana's heat.
Of to five or ten degrees above that point, and to
keep to the fame, which depeni^s on the right ilrufture
cf the fire-place; for which piupo'e I would advile the

ufe

nut exceed forty feet, unlcl's there are two fire-places,
and in that cale it will he proper to make a partition of
glafs in the middle, and to have two tan-pits, that there
may be two different degrees of heat for plants from
different countries (for the rcafons before given, in the
account of dry Troves, ) and were I to erect: a range of
Troves, they fhould be all built in one, and only divided
with glafs partitions, at leafl the half way toward the
front, which \\\\] be of great advantajje to the plants,
becaufe they may have the air in each divifion fhitted by
Aiding the glaffes of the partitions, ci" by opening the
glafs door, which fhould be rriade between each divifion
lor the more eafy paflQige from one to the other.

Thefe (loves fhould be raifed above the level of the
ground, in proportion to the drynefs of the place ; for
if they are built on a moift fituation, the wh(>!e fliould
be pfaced on the top of tie ground, fb that the brick-
work in front muft be raiicd three feet above the furface,
which is the depth of the bark-bed, whereby none of
the bark will be in danger of lying in water ; but, if the
foil be dry, the brick- work in front need not be more
than one foot above ground, and the pit may be funk
two feet below the furface. Upon the top of this brick-
work in front niufl be laid the plate of timber, into
which the wood-work of the irame is to be mortifed ;
this fhould be of found oak, without fap, the dimenfion
ten inches wide, and fix deep, and the upright timbers
in front mufl: be pUced four teet akinder, or fomewhat
more, which is the proportion of the width of the glafs
doors or fafhes ; thefe fhould be about fix teet and a
half, or fevtn feet long, and placed upright; their di-
menfions fhould be nine inches by fix, oi yellow fir; but
from the top of thefe fhould be Hoping glaflVs, which
fhould reach within three feet of liie back of the ftovc,
where there fliould be a ftrung crown piece of timber

placed.

124. The Gardener's New Director.

ufe of a furnace invented by Mr. yames Scot at Turnham
Green near London, charged three-pence per pound ; to
vvhicli mufl: be fitted a UToi!p;ht iron door, hooks, and
a latch, to be fixed in the oven, which mull; be fuit-

ed

placed, in which there fhould be a groove made for
the glafles to flide into ; the dimenfion of the doping
timbers fhould be ten inches by nine, of yellow fir, and
the crown plate one foot bv nine or ten inches, of the
fame timber. The wall in the back part of the ftove
fhould be at IcalT: thirteen inches thick, but eighteen or
twenty-two inches, which is two bricks and a half, will
do better, for the greater thicknefis there is in the back-
wall, the more heat will be thrown to the front, where-
by the air of the ftove will be better warmed, and the
building will be fp much ftronger, for to this back-wall
the iiues, through which the fmoke is to pafs, muft be
joined. This back-wall fliould be carried up about fix-
teen feet high, or more for tall ftoves, that they may be
of a proper height to fupport the timbers of the back-
roof, which covers the flied behind the ftove. This roof
is faftened into the crown-piece before-mentioned, which
m tall floves fhould be about thirty feet above the fur-
face of the lan-bed, which will give a fufficient declivi-
ty'to the doping glaffes to carry off the wet, and be of
a reafonable height for containing many tall plants. The
back-roof may be flated, covered with lead, or tiled,
according to the fancy of the owner, but the manner of
the outfide budding is better expreffed by the annexed
plan, than is poflible to be defcribed in words.

In the front of the houfe, before the tan-bed, there
fhould be a walk, about two feet wide, for the conve-
niency of walking ; next to which the bark-pit muft be
phiced, which fhould be in width proportionable to the
breadth of the houfe. If the houfe is fourteen feet
wide, which is a due proportion, tlie pit may be eight
feet wide, and behind, the pit fliould be a walk two feet
wide, to pafs, in order to water the plants, l^c. then
there will be two feet left next the back-wall, to
treft the flues, which mull: be all raifed above the

level

The Gardener's New Director. 125

ed to the largenefs of the ftove : It will be requifite
to build the oven wiihin the ftove, but in fuch a man-
ner, that there may be two or three feet between any
part of it and the tan-pit ; for if there is not fuch a

fpace.

level of the baik-bed. Thcfe flues ought to be one foot
wide in the clear, that they may not be too foon ftopped
with the foot, as alfo for the more conveniently cleaning
them; the low-er flue, into which the fmoke firft enters
from the fire, fhould be two feet deep in the clear; this
(hculd be covered with broad tiles, which fnould be a
foot and a half fqiiare, that they may be wide enough
to extend over the wall in tront of the flues, and to take
fufficient hold of the back-wall ; over this the fecond
flue muft be returned back again, which may be eighteen
inches deep, and covered on the top as before, and fo in
like manner the flues may be returned over each other
fix or eight times, that the heat may be fpent before
the fmoke paflfes ofi^. The thicknefs of the wall in front
of thefe flues nee, not be more than four inches, but it
muft be well jointed with mortar, and pargitered within
fide, to prevent the fmoke from getting into the houfe ;
and" the outfide fhould be faced with mortar, and cover-
ed with a coarfe cloth, to keep the mortar from crack-
ing, as is praSifed in fetting coppers. If this be care-
fully done, there will be no danger of the fmoke enter-
ing the houfe, which cannot be too carefully guarded a-
gainft, for there is nothing more injurious to plants,
than fmoke, which will caufe them to drop their leaves,
and, if it continue long in the houfe, will entirely de-
ftroy them.

The fire-place muft be m.ade at one end, where
there is but one ; but, if the ftove is fo long as. to re-
quire two, they ftiould be placed at each end of the flied,
which muft be made the length of the ftove, that the
fires and the hack of the flues may not fuffer from the
outer air, for it will be impoffible to make the fire burn
equally, where the wind has full liberty to enter, and it will
be troublefome to attend the fire in wet weather, where
it is expofed to the rain.

The

126 The Gardener's New Director.
fpace, the bark would he too much dried, and conle-
quently it would not ["eiment properly. The oven
which is to be fct in the ll;ove, is to be fecured by two
trelaces from its fides, fixed with brick, and over the

oven

The contrivance oT the furnace mufl be according to
t!;e fuel which is deiigned to be burnt, but as turf is the
chcapefl tiring for ftoves, where it can be had, many
jprefer it, becaufe it lads longer than any other fort of
fuel, and fo requires lefs attendance, I fhall defcribe a
proper fort of furnace for that purpofe.

The whole of this furnace lliould be creeled within
the houle, which will be a great addition to the heat,
and the front-wall on the outfide of the fire-place, next
the filed, fhould be three bricks thick, the better to
prevent the heat from coming out that way. The door
of the furnace, where the fuel is put in, mufl: be as fmall
as conveniently may be, to admit the fuel ; and this door
fhould be placed near the upper part of the furnace, and
made to fhut as clofe as poiTible, fo that there mav but
little of the heat pafs off through it. This furnace
Ihould be about twenty inches deep, and uxteen inches
fquare al bottom, but may be Hoped ojPr' on every fide,
fo as to be two feet fqiuue at the top ; and under this
furnace fnould be a place for the aflies to fall into,
about a foot deep, and as wide as the boitom of
the furnace ; this fhould alfo have an iron door, to
fhut as clofe as poiTible ; but juft over the afli-holc, a-
bove the bars which fupport the fuel, fliould be a fquare
hole about four or fix inches wide, to let in the air to
make the fire burn ; this mufl alfo have an iron frame,
and a door to fliut clofe when the fire is perfedly light-
ed, which will make the fuel lall longer, and the heat
will be more moderate.

The top of this furnace fliould be nearly equal to the
top of the bark-bed, that the lowefl flue may be above
the fire, fo that there may be a greater draught for the
fmoke, and the furnace fhould be arched over with
bricks. The beft materials for this purpofe are what
the bricklayers call Wind/or bricks, u'hich fhould be laid

in

The Gardener's New Director. 127

oven is to be laid a large caft-iron plate, over which you
may raife a brick arch, covered w ith (onie broad tiles,
two feet every way, cemented together with good mor-
tar, and lome pan-cratch laid on the tiles, whereupon

VC'U

in loam of the fame kind as that the bricks are made
with, and this, when burnt by fire, will cement the
whole together, and become like one brick, but you
lliould be very careful, where-ever the fire is placed,
that it be not too near the bark-bed ; for the heat
of the fire will, by its long continuance, dry the bark,
fo that it will lofe its virtue, and be in danger of tak-
ing fire ; to prevent which, it will be the befl: me-
thod to continue a hollow between t',"' brick-work of
the fire and that of the pit, about eight inches wide,
which will eflfeflually prevent any damage arifing from
the heat of the fire; nor fhould there be any wood-
work placed near the flues, or the fire-place, becaufe
the continual heat of the ftove may, in time, dry it fo
much, as to caufc it to take fire, which ought to be ve-
ry carefully guarded againfl:.

The entrance into this flove (liould be either from
a green houfe, the dry ftove, or elfe through the flied
where the fire is made, becaufe in cold weather the
front glafles muft not be opened. The infide of the
houfe fliould be clean white-wafhed, becaufe the whiter
the back part of the houfe is, the better it will refle61:
the light, which is of great confequence to plants, e-
fpecially in winter, when the flove is obliged to be
fluit up clofe.

Over the top Aiding glalTis there fhould be either
wooden fhutters, or tarpavvlins fixed in frames, to co-
ver them in bad weatlitr, to prevent the wet from
getting through the glafles, and to fecure them from
being broken by ftorms and hail, and thefe outer co-
verings will be very ferviceable to keep out the froft,
and if in very fevere cold there is a tarpawlin hung be-
fore the upright glafles in the front, it will be of great
fervicc to the ftove, and much lefs fire will prefeive a
heat in tl.e houfe.

In

128 The Gardeker's New Director.
YOU may fet the Alelo-cacluSf and the Echiriomelo-ca^iis
plants. There are fome who buiid a flue in the fronts
of their ftoves, near the glafles ; this practice is wrong,
as this flue dries the bark, fo much, as to Hop all fer-
mentation

In the warmefl: of thefe houfes or divifions fliould be
placed the mofl: tender exotic trees and plants ; a iill cf
which followeth :

Acajou, or Cafliew,

Ahouai,

Allegator Pear,

Allfpice, or Pimento,

Aripw Root,

Bananas,

Baflard Cedar of Barl^adoes,

Baftard Locufl: of Earbadoes^

Bully Tree,

Button Wood oi Barbadoes,

Cabbage Tree,

Cocoa Tree,

Calibafli Tree,

CafTada,

Cedar Tree of Barbadoes,

Cherry Tree of Barbadoes,

Cocoa Nut Tree,

Cortex Winteranus,

Cufl:ard Apple,

Date Tree,

Dumb Cane,

Fiddle Wood,

Fig Tree, the Arched Indian,

Flower Fence of Barbadoes,

Fuftick Tree,

Ginger,

Guiacum,

Logwood,

Macaw Tree,

Mamee T'-ee,

Mancinel Tree,

IVlimofa.

The Gardener's New Director. 129

mentation from whence the heat proceeds; befides,
there is not the lead occafion for this flue, as thofe in
the rear are fufficient to warm the air above the tan-
pits, which is all that is required. 2</o, Obl'crve that

the

Mimofa, or Senfitive Plants,

"Nickar Tree, or Bonduc,

Palm Trees of feveral forts,

Papaw Tree,

Plantane Tree,

Plum Tree oijamaicay

Hog Plum,

Sapotilla Tree,

Santa Maria,

Sour Sop,

Sugar Apple,

Sweet Sop,

Tamarind Tree,

Tulip Flower, or Whitewood.

Thefe, with mufl: other forts of trees, ftirubs, anU
herbaceous plants, which are natives of very warm
countries, fhould be plunged in the bark-bed for the
reafons already afTigncd, and over the flues may be a
conveniency made to ftt the Melon-thiftle, the tender
forts of Cereufes, and Euphorbiums, with other very
tender fucculent plants, which require to be kept dry in
winter.

As in this ftove are placed the plants of the hottef!;
parts of the Eiijl and Well-Indies ; the heat fhould bp.
kept up equal to that marked Ananu upon the botanical
thermometers, and lliould never be fuffered to be above
eight or ten degrees cooler at mofl:, nor fhould the fpirit
be raifed above ten d.grees higher in the thermometer
during the win'er feafon, both which extremes will be
equally injurious ta the plants.

But in order to judge more exa6tly of the temper of

the air in the ftove, the thermometer fliouKi be hung at

a good diftance from the fire, and the tubclhould not be

cxpofcd to the fun, but, on tne contrary, as much in

K (hade

.130 The Gardener's New Director.

the firft flue muft be higher than the bark-pit, "No. 6.
by fix inches at leafl, to be built two feet and a half
high, and ten inches broad, fo as a foot-tyle may co-
ver it J the fecond flue. No. 3. may be two feet three

inches ;

{hade as pofllble, becaufe, whenever the fun fhines upon
the ball of the thermometer, but one fingle hour, it will
raife the liquor in the tube confiderably, when perhaps
the air of the houfe is not near fo warm, which many
times deceives thofe who are not aware of this.

In the management of the plants placed in the bark-
bed, there muft be particular regard had to the temper
of the bark, and the air of the houfe, that neither be
too violent ; as alfo to water them frequently, but fpa-
ringly, in cold weather, becaufe when they are in con-
tinual warmth, which will caufe them to perfpire freely,
if they have not a proper fupply to anfwer their dif-
charge, their leaves will decay, and foon fall off.

The other fort of fl:ove, commonly called the dry ftove,
as was before faid, may be either built Avith upright
and floping glaflfes at the top, in the fame manner, and
after the fame model of the bark-flove, which is the
moft convenient ; or elfe the front glaffes, which fhould
run from the floor of the cieling, may be laid floping,
to an angle of forty-five degrees, the better to admit
the rays of the fun in fpring and autumn. The latter
method has been chiefly followed by moft perfons who
have built thefe forts of fl:oves, but were I to have the
contrivance of a ftove of this kind, I would have it built
after the model of the bark-ftove, with upright giafles
in front, and floping glaffes over them, becaufe this will
more eafily admit the fun at all the diflferent feafons, for
in fummer, when the fun is high, the top-glaffes will
admit the rays to fliine almofl: all over the houfe, and
in winter, when the fun is low, the front glaffes will ad-
mit its rays ; u'hereas, when the glaffes are laid to any
deciivity in one direction, the rays of the fun will not
fall dire<5lly thereon abo^^e a fortnight in autumn, and a-
bout the fame time in fpring, and during the other parts
of the vear they will fall obliquely thereon, and in fum-
mer.

The Gardener's New Director. 131

inches; and thofe marked No. 4. two teet in height,
afcending gradually with the rife of one foot, to the
higheil flues, No. 4. for the better drawing of the fmoke ;
3//0, The depth of both the tan-beds mufl be four feet.

4/0,

mer, when the fun is high, the rays will not reach above
five or fix feet from the glaffes. Befides, the plants,
placed toward the back part of the houfe, will not thrive
in the fummer feafon, tor want of air, whereas, when
there are floping glaffes at the top, which run within
four feet of the back of the houfe, thei'e, by being
drawn down in hot weather, will let in perpendicular
air to all the plants ; and of how much fervice this is to
all forts of plants, every one who has had opportunity of
obferving the growth of plants' in a flove, will eafily
judge; for when plants are placed under cover of a
cieling, they always turn towards the air and light, and
thereby grow crooked ; and if in order to preferve
them ftrait, they are turned every week, they will n,e-
verthelcfs grow weak, and look pale and fickly ; for
which reafons, I am fure, whoever has made trial of
both forts of ftoves, will readily join with me to recom-
mend the model .of the bark-ll:ovc for every purpofe.

As to the farther contrivance of this flove, it will be
necelTary to obferve the temper of the place, whether
the fituation be dry or wet ; if it be dry, then the Hoor
need not be raifed above two feet above the level of
the ground, but if it be wet, it will be proper to raife
it three feet, efpecially if thefe flues are to be carried
under the floor ; for when they are erected clofe upon
the furface ot tiie ground, thefe will raife a damp, which
will prevent the flues drawing fo well as when they are
more elevated. The furnace of this ftove mufl: be placed
at one end of the houfe, according to the directions be-
fore given. This mud be made according to tlie fuel
intended to burn, which, if for coals or wood, may be
made according to the common method for coppers, but
only much larger, becaufe, as the fire is to be contmucd
in the night chiefly, if there is not room to contain a
proper quantity of fuel, it will cccafion much trouble.
K 2 in

^32 The Gardener*s New Director.

4^ff, Not any crofs-bars are to be ufed in the glafs-frames,
as ihcy interrupt the fleam or water colie<Eted in the
{love from running off the infide of the gkfs roof, fo

that

in attending the fire in the night, which fhould be avoid-
ed as much as poflible ; becaufe whenever the trouble is
made very great or difficult, and the perfon, who is in-
truded v.'ith the care of it, has not a very great affefti-
on for the thing, and is withal not very careful, there
will be great hazard of the fire being neglected, which
in a little time may be of dangerous confequence to the
plants ; but, if the fuel intended be turf, then the con-
trivance of the furnace may be the fame as for the bark-
ftove already mentioned. The f^ues of this flove, if they
fire carried under the pavement, may be turned after the
manner of Fig. I. in the plate, which will caufe them
to draw better than if flrait, and by this method of dif-
pofing them, they may be fo much turned as to reach
irom the back to the front of the houfe.

The depth of them ihould not be lefs than eighteen
inches, and the width nearly equal, which will pre-
vent their being choaked up with foot, as is often the
cafe when the flues are made too fmall. The fpaces
between the flues fhould be filled up either with dry
brick rubbifh, lim.e, or fand, from which there will
little moifture arife, and the flues fhould be clofely plai-
llered with loam, both within and without, and the up-
per part of them covered with a coarfe cloth under the
floor, to prevent the fmoke from getting into the houfe.

When the flue is carried from the furnace to the
end of the houfe, it may be returned in the back a-
bove the floor twice in ilrait lines, which may be con-
trived to appear like a flep or two, by which means
the fmoke will be continued in the houfe until all its
heat is fpent, which will confequently warm the air
of the houfe the better, and the chimneys, through
which the fmoke is to pafs off, may be either at both
ends or in the middle, carried up in the thicknefs of
the brick work of the flues, fo us not to appear in

fight

The Gardener's New Director. 133

that the ftcam drops upon the plants, which is of mofl
pernicious confcquence. 5^0, The flied to inclofe the
fronts of the ovens fliould have the doors in the ends,

and

Ught in the houfe. The flues fhould be firfl covered
with brosd tiics, and then a bed of land laid over them,
about two inches thick, upon which the plain tiles
fhould be laid, to correfpondwith the reft of the floor.
This thicknefs of cover will be lull enough to prevent
the too fudden rife of the heat from the flues.

But if the furnace is placed under the floor, the thick-
nefs of the fand between the brick arch that covers it,
and the floor, fliould not be lefs than four or fix inches;
io that the bottom of the furnace fhould be funk the
lower ; and if from the fire-place to the end ot the
houfe, the flues are laid a little rifing, it will caule them
to draw the better; but this rife muft be allowed in the
placing them lower under the floor next the fire, becaufe
the floor mult be laid perfeflly level, oihcrwife jt will
appear unfightly.

In this ftove there fliould be a ftand or fcaffold erect-
ed tor placing flielves above each other, in the manner
of Fig. n. in the plate, that the plants may be difpofed
above each other, fo as to make a handfomc appearance
in the houfe ; but thefe {helves fliould be made move-
able, fo as to be raifed or funk, according to the various
heights of the plants ; otl'Crwife it will be very trouble-
fome to raife or fink every particular plant, according
to their heights, or every year as they advance in their
growth.

In placing the feet of this ftand, you muft be careful
not to fet them too near tlie fire, nor directly upon the
top of the flue, cfpecially that end next the fire, left,
by the conftant heat of tlie tiles, the wood fliould take
fire, which cannot be loo much guarded againft ; fincc
Aich an accident would probably deftroy all the plants,
if the houfe efcaped being burnt. This ftand or fcaf-
fold ftioLild be placed in the middle of the hou'e, leav-
ing a pafl'agc about two feet and a half in the front,

K. 3 aiid

134 '^''■e Gardener's New Director.

and not in tiie rear ; for, in order to cover the
upper range of glafTes with their wooden covers, it
maybe necefiary to ufe a ladder, vi^hich otherwife might
obilrudt their opening. 6/5, I thought it quite advifeable ro

have

and another of the fame width in the back, for the
more conveniently pafluig round the plants to water
them, and that the air may freely circulate about them.
In diipofing the plants, the tallell: fliould be placed back-
ward, and the fmalleft in front ; lo that there will not
be occafion for more than five or fix fhelves in height
at moft ; but the fcaffold fliould be fo contrived, that
there may be two or three flielves in breadth laid upon
every rife, whenever there may be occafion for it, which
will fave a deal of trouble in difpofing of the plants.

In the ereflion of thefe (loves, it will be of great fer-
vice to join them all together with only glafs partitions
between them, as was before obferved ; and where fe-
veral of thefe ftoves and green-houfes are required in
one garden, then it will be very proper to have the
green-houfe in the middle, and the ftoves at each end,
or carried on in one llrait front.

By this contrivance in the ftru£lure of thefe houfes, a
perfon may pafs from one to the other of them, with-
out going into the open air; which, befidcs the pleafure
to the owner, is alfo of great ufe, becaufe there will be
no occafion of making a l)ack-way into each of them,
which otherwife muft be, fmce the front gialles of the
ftove lliouid not be opened in cold weather, it it can
pofTibly be avoided on any account, otherwife the cold
air rufliing in, will greatly prejudice the very lender
plants.

But befides the ftoves here defcribed, and the green-
houfe, it will be very neceiTary to have a glafs-cafe or
two, where-ever there are great collections of plants.
Thefe may he built exadly in the manner already de-
fcribed for the rtoves, with upright glaffes in front, and
Hoping glaflfes over the top of them, which fhould run
within four feet of the back ot the houfe. The height,

depth.

The Gardener's New Director. 135

have fmall front windows to this flove, to admit air by
them, when it cannot be done by raifing the upper
glafles. If your foil is wet, the whole of the ftove
fliould be built above ground ; but, on the contrary, if

you

depth, and other dimenfions, fhould be conformable to
that of the ftoves, which will make a regularity in the
building. Theie may be placed at the end of the range
on each hand beyond the floves ; and if there be a
flue carried round each of thefe, with an oven to
make a fire in very cold weather, it will fave a great
deal of trouble, and prevent the frofl from ever entering
the houfe, be the winter ever fo fevere ; but the upper
glafles of thefe houfes Tnould have either fliiitters of
wood, or tarpavvlins in frames, to cover them in frofly
weather ; and if there is a contrivance to cover the up-
right glafles in frofl:, either with mats, fliutters, or tar-
pawlins, it will be of great ufe in winter, otherwife the
flue muft be ufed when the froil: comes on, which fiiould
not be done but upon extraordinary occafions, becaufc
the defign of thefe houfes is, to keep fuch plants as re-
quire only to be preferved from frofl, and need no addi-
tional warmth ; but at the fame time, require more air
than can conveniently be given them in a green-houfc.
In one of thefe houfes may be placed all the forts of Fi-
coides, African Sedums, Cotyledons, and other fucculent
plants from the Cape of Good Hope. In the other may
be placed the feveral kinds of Ar£lotis, Ofleofpermum,
Royena, Lotus, and other woody or herbaceous plants
from the fame country, or any othej' in the fame la-
titude.

Thus, by contriving the green-houfe in the middle,
and one flove and a glafs-cafe at each end, there will be
a convenicncy to keep plants from ail the difi'crrnt parts
of the world, which can be no otherwife maintained but
by placing them in diffen^nt degrees of heat, according
to the places of their native growth.

The floves before dcfcribcd arc j'uch as are ufiialiy built
to maintain exotic plants, which will not live va Englcnutt

K 4 unlcf-;

13^ The Gardener's New Director.
you have a dry fcil, the front of the ftove may rife two
feet above the furface, and have upright windows in
both ends. The full expence for ereSing and com-
pleating this (love, will be near forty-eight pounds, and
the annual charge for repairs about five.

There

unlefs they enjoy a temperature of air, approaching to
that of the Jeveral countries from v.'hence they are
brought; therefore, whoever is inchnable to preferve a
large colleOion of plants from different countries, mufl
contrive to have two or three of thtfe ftoves, each of
which fliould be kept in a different temperature of
warmth; and the plants fliould be alio adapted to the
leveral degrees of heat, as they fhall require to preferve
them; and as the far greater number of floves, which
have been ereQed in England, are defigned for the cul-
ture of the Ananas only, fo I fhall add a defcription and
plans of tv/o forts ot ffoves, of the leaft expence in
building, for this purpofe; fo that whoever is inclinable
to ere6t a ffove for ripening the Anaras, mav, by at-
tending to the plans and defcriptions, direct the building
and contriving fuch ftoves as they are defirous to have,
or according to the number of fruit propofed to be ri-
pened annually.

The firft fort of (love is that which is defigned for the
the plants which produce the fruit the fame year; for as
the plants do not generally fruit, until the fiecond year
from their beins taken from the old plants, whether
they are fuckers taken from the fide of the plant, or
crowns taken from the fruit, if tliey fruit the fucceed-
ing year, the fruit will be fmall ; therefore, when they
arc properly managed, they v/ill not produce their fruit
until the fecond year ; by which time they will have
cbtained ftrer>gth to produce large fruit, in which their
greAiGii value confitls ; for although there are feveral
varieties of this fruit, wliich differ in degrees of good-
nefs, as in moft other fruits ; yet they may all of them
be improved in their fiz^, without diminilhing their ex-
cellencies in tafle ; though I know thrre are fome per-»
funs of a contrary opinion, and who believe, that the

fmall

The Gardener's New Di:^ector. 137

There are fome who fet thofe p'ants in glized
frames, made three feet high at the back, floping to
one and a half in front, and fix feet wide, with which
they cover a tan-pit of three feet deep, built on all fides
with a flone wall, and paved at bottom, oblerving that

one

fmall fruit are always better flavoured than the large;
but from long experience I can allert, that the larger
and better nourilhed tHis fruit i?, the higher will be its
flavour, fuppofing the forts are the fame ; therefore eve-
ry perfon, wiip cultivates this truit, fhould endeavour
to have it improved to the greateft perte£fion ; in order
to which it will be proper to liave a fmall flove, in which
the young plants may be placed, to bring them forward
for fruiting ; and the following autumn they fliould be
removed into the larger ftove for ripening: — But I fhalj
return to the defcription of the larger ftove. The length
of this mull: be proportionable to the quantity of fruit
(iefired in one feafon ; for as to their width, that fliould
not be much varied ; the tan- bed fhould never he nar-
rower than fix, nor Ihould it be more than feven feet
wide ; for, when it is more, there will be difficulty in
reaching thofe plants v.'hich are in the middle of the bed,
to water or clean them, and it there is roi^m enough on
each fide of the bed for a walk, a foot and a half broad,
it will be fufKcient for pcrfons to water and do every
thing which is ncceflary to the plants; and as thefe
places are not defigned for walking in, fo it is to no pur-
pofe to have broad walks, whicli will take up too much
fpace ; and the fires mvill be larger, in proporiion to tlie
fpace of the houfe; othcrwifc tlie air cannot be lapt in
a proper temperature ol warmth. If the il;ove is made
thirty-fix feet long in the clear, then the tanbed iiiay
be made thirty-three feet long, and a walk left at eacll
end a foot and a half wide; which will be fnfllcient tn
walk round the bed, to v.'ater and attend the plants; and
fuch a tan-bed will contain eighty fruiting plants very
well, ir the bed is feven feet wuie ; and this flove may
be very well warmed with one fire ; but if the ilnvf: is
pjuch Ir.rccr, there mud be tv.u iir'-plac<s. contrived,

cue

13S The Gardener's New Director.

one foot is to be funk under the furface, and the other two
above-it. Others have thefe beds with a brick wall at the
back, in which there are three flues and a furnace be-
low, to warm the air in winter ; and here they nurfe the
young crowns, and youngeft ofF-fets in winter, laying

over

one at each end, otherwife the air of the houfe cannot
be kept in a proper temperature of heat. The quan-
tity of fuel which will be wanting for a flove of thir-
ty-fix feet long in the clear, is about three chaldron and
a half of coals, or in fuch proportion for any other fort
cf fuel ; when coals can be had reafonable, it is the heCt
kind of fuel ; arud the pit or Scotch coal is preferable to
the NcvucaJIle coal, becaufe the latter is very fubje6l to
melt or run into clinkers, when the oven is very hot,
which the pit-coal never does, but alv/ays burns away
■with a white afh, making but little foot; fo that the
flues will not require to be fo ofien cleaned, as when
the other coal is ufed. The next befl: fuel for ftoves is
peat, where it can be procured good, but the fcent of
this fuel is difagreeable to many people. There are
forne perfons who burn wood in their ftoves, but this
fuel requires much greater attendance than any other,
therefore is not very proper for this purpofe ; but in the
building of the ftoves, the ovens muft be contrived for
the fort of fuel, which is to be ufed in them ; but thefe
will be afterward defcribed, and the places where they
fhould be fituated, are delinealed in the plan.

The ftoves defigned for ripening the fruit of the Ana-
nas, ftiould have upright glaffes in their front, which
fhould be high enough to admit a perfon to walk up-
right under them on the walk in the front of the houfe;
r.r, where this cannot be adrhitted, the front walk may
be funk one foot lower than that on the back of the tan-
bed, fo that the furface of the bed will be a foot above
the walk, which will be rather an advantage, as the ^
plants will be fo much nearer the glafs; and a perfon
may, with great eafe, water and attend the plants, when
they are thus raifed above the walk; therefore, when
a Ivove is fo fituated, as that the raifing of it high above
ground, might be attended with inconvenience, the

Walks

The Gardener's New Director. 139

over the glaffes a taipawlin or thin board covers, where
you fliculii have the thermometer regulated by Mr.
Miller^i of Cbelfea. The fram.e of the lall: conftruSion
I would recommend, as they ferve both winter and fum-
mer ufe ; And it is very necefTary to have thefe frames

at

walks quite round the tan-bed may be funk, a foot or
eighteen mches below the top of the bed ; which will
admit of the ftove being built fo much lower; for if
there is height for a perfon to walk under the glafi'es, it
will be as much as is required ; bwt as tne flues, when
returned four times againft the back-wall, will nfe near
feven feet, fo the bottom of the lower flue fhould be on
the fame level with the walk, to admit room enough for
the whole under the root. Over the upright giaflls
there muffc be a range of lloping glaflesj w^hich niuft
run to join the roof; which fhould come fo far from the
back-wall, as to cover the flues, and the walk behind
the tan-pit : for if the floping glafles are of length fuf-
ficient to reach nearly over the bed, the plants uill re-
quire no more light ; therefore thefe glafies fhould not be
longer than is abfolutely neceflary, which will render
them more manageable ; but the annexed plan will ren-
der this more intelligible than any written defcnptioa
can do.

The other fort of fl:ove, which is defigncd for raifing
of young plants, until they are of a proper fixe to pro-
duce fruit, need notj^e built fo high as the former; there-
fore there will not be wantmg any upright glafTcs in the
front; but the frames may be made in one (lope, as in
the annexed plan : indeed, of late years^ many perfons
have made tan-beds, with two flues running through
the back-wall, to warm the air in wir ter ; and thefe
beds have been covered with glafl'e.s, made in the fame
manner as Lhofe for common hot-beds, hut larger ; tliefe
were contrived to lave expence, aid in many cales have
anfwered the intention, hut to thefe there are feveral ob-
jections. I. That of having no palVage into them ; fo
that the glafles mull: be taken ofl", when the plants want
water, l^c 2. The damps very oltcn rile in the winter

fell foil.

140 The Gardener's New Director.
at work, as well as the ftoves, where thdre are much
fruit. The expence of erefting fuch a frame, or fmaU
{love, will be about fixteen pounds, and the annual
charge three. In thefe frames you may ripen thre<?
dozen of truit every year.

I wouW

ftafon, when the glafTes are clofely fliut, which often
proves very injurious to the plants. 3. There is danger
of the tan taking fire, where there is not great care
taken that it doth not lie near the flues; fo that although
the fmall iloves here propofed require more expence m
the building, yet, being greatly preferable to thofe pits,
and the after-expence being the fame, they will be found
■fo much more convenient, as to render them more ge-
neral, where the fruit is cultivated.

Where there is no danger of the wet fettling about
the tan in winter, the bark-pit may be funk two feet
deep in the ground, and raifed one foot above the fur-
face ; the only walk which is neceflary in thefe ftoves,
is that on the back of the tan-bed, which may be on a
level with the furface of the ground, fo that the tan-bed
Will be more than one foot abpve the walk, and the
fines beginning from the level of the walk, there will be
room to return them three times; which will warm the
air much more, with the fame fire, than when they are
carried but twice the length of the fiove.

But in wet land, the tan-bed fhould be wholly raifed
above the level of the ground, in order to preferve thf;
Ian from being chilled by moiirure; and in fuch places
the walk on the back fhould be raifed near two feet
above the level of the ground ; becaufe the tan-bed
fhould rot rife much more, than one foot above the
walk; for if it is higher, it will be more difficult to
reach the plants when they require water ; the brick
wall of the pit, on the fide next the walk, need not
he more than four inches thick, fo far as rifes above
the walk ; but below that, it fhould be nine inches thick.
The reafon for reducing the wall above, is to gain room
for the xvalk, which would otherwife be too much
contra6ted ; and if there is a kirb of oak laid on th.e top

of

The Gardener's New Director. 141

I would recommend this fmall ftove for the plants,
when firft brought in, in preference to the larger, as the
air in them is iooner heated, and more eafily admit-
ted ; thefe ftoves are aifo of fingular ufe, to bring
forward the crowns and young plants, and prepare

them

of the four-inch wall, it will fecure the bricks from being
difplaced, and fufficiently ilrengthen the wall ; which
being but one foot above the walk, will not be in any
danger of failing; and on this kiib there maybe two or
three upright iron bars, fixed with claws, to fupport the
crown-piece of timber, which will fecure it from hang-
ing in the middle, which in a great length is very often
the cafe, where there are no fupports laid under it ; there
may be more of thefe bars, according to the length of
the flove ; but if they are about ten feet afunder, it wjU
be near enough. If thefe iron bars are one inch fquare,
they will be ftrong enough to anfwer the defign.

But as it is hoped that the annexed plan of this fmall
flove will convey a clear idea of the whole contrivance;
this will render it unneceflary to add any farther defcrip-
tion here :

/^fi Explano.tion of the Plate luhicb reprefads the t<wo forts
of Frames luith oiled Paper for covering Melons.

THE firft of thefe frames is contrived like the covers
of waggons ; it ha.^ 'jl frame of wood at the bafe, to
which are faftened broad hoops, which are bent over
circularly, as is reprefented in fig. r. The width of this
frame (hoiild be from five to fix feet, for lels than five
feet will not be fulficient to cover the bed, and it thcv
are more than fix feet broad, they will be too heavy and
troublefome to iTiove. a Shews the fe6tion of the
width; b the fiame of wood at the bafe; r the arch
of hoops ; and d a fmall flip of wood which is falhncd to
the under fide of the hoop^, to keep them in their pro-
per pofition.

The diftance between each hoop fiionld not be more
than one foot, and there flioulJ be two rows of ftrong

pack-

142 '^1 he Gardener's New Director.
them for the larger or fruiting {love ; and where a great
quantity of fruit is wanted, there may be one of thefe
frames at each end of the larger, for a more regular ap-
pearance. A plan of this ilove and nurfery-bed is given
in the copper-plate. The back wall of thefe iloves Ihuuld

be

packthread or rope-yarn on each fide of the arch, run-
ning from hoop to hoop, at the places marked e. e. e. c.
to keep the oiled paper from finking down with wet.
The length of each frame fhould not be much more than
ten feet, whicii will be fufficient length for covering
three plants, that being about the fize of a three-light
frame ; for it they are longer, they will be heavy and
troublefome to move ; therefore there fhould be as^
many of thefe frames made, as may be neceffary for
covering the quantity of plants defired. Fig. 2. repre-
fents two lengths of thele frames joined ; G. fhews
the profile of the frame ; and H. reprefents the paper
turned back, that it may be feen how it is laid over the
frame.

Fig. 3. reprefents the other fort of frame, which is
contrived like the roof of a houfe ; a (hews a feftion of
the bafe ; h b the two flopes ; c one of the fides which
is contrived to be raifed at any time to admit air to
the plants ; d fliews the place where this Ihuts down ;
and e the prop which fupports it. If in the making of
thefe frames every other light is made with hinges, fo as
to be raifed, and on the oppofite fide they are contrived
to rife alternately, it will be a very good method ; for
then air may be given at the fide contrary to the wind,
and in very warm weather, when the plants require a
largre fhare of air, they may all be raifed on both fides,
which will convey a thorough air to tl;e whole bed Fig.
4. fhews the plane of thefe frames, and fig. 5. the fame
ere6ied ; g reprefents the profile of it, and / the cover-
ing cf paper. This fort of irame may be made of pan-
tile laths, or of flips of deal of like dimenfions, becaufe
thev fhould not be too heavy; but the bafe of the frame
to V. hich they are fafi:ened, fhould be more fubflantial.
Some perfons, who have made trial of both, recom-
mend

The Gardener's New Director. i^^

be two feet thick, and the flues thus difpofed of ; the
fiill: flue to be two feet high, and nine inches broad ;
the fecond, one foot nine inches high, the breadth the
fame ; the third, fourteen inches high, and the fame
breadth J to be covered with brick four 'inches thick;

and

mend the latter for the convenience of giving air to
the plants, for there is no other contrivance in the firft
fort for adn-.itting the air, but by raifing the whole frame
on one fide in proportion to the quantity of air intended
to be admitted, and when the feafon is warm, they ge-
nerally raife thofe frames on both fides, and permit the
plants to run from under them.

When thefe frames are made, if they are well paint-
ed over with the following compofition, it will greatly
preferve them, viz. to every fix pounds of melted pitch,
add half a pint of lintfeed oil, and a pound of brick
duft ; thefe fhould be well mixed together, and uied
warm ; when this dries, it becomes a hard cement,
fo that no mcifture can penetrate through it, and is
'the beft; fort of pigment for all timber expofed to the
weather, I have ever feen ufed ; fo that where the co-
Jour is not ofFenhve to the fight, it fhould be preferred
to every other.

When the frames are thoroughly dry, the paper
fhould be palled on to the frames. The belt fort of pa-
per for this purpofc, is what they call Dutcb wraper,
this is flrong, and, when oiled, becomes very pellucid,
and admits the rays of light through it extremely well.
After the parte is well dried, the paper fliould be oiled
over on the outfide, which, if well done with lintfeed-
oil, will be fufficient, for the oil will foak quite through
llie paper, fo there will be no necelFity for oiling both
ficfes, nor for doing it over more than once. 'J he oil
fliould be dry before the frames are expofed to the we:,
otherwife the paper will tear. In the parting of the pa-
per on the frames, there Hiould be care taken to rtretch
it very fmooth, and alfo to parte it to all the ribs of the
frames, and alfo to the packtiircads, ro prevent the wind
from raifing the paper, which v.ould foon tear it, when
it bccartif ]'-nu\ 'l^jje

144 IJie Gardener's New Director.

and fhould the top flue be fuppcfed to come too near the
timber of the frame, the wall may be raifed a foot or
two.

The

The defcription jufl given, together with the annexed
plan, it is hoped, will be fufficient infl:ru6lions tor any
one who is defirous of making thefe covers, and what
has been before mentioned under ttie article Melon, will
be directions enough for the ufe of them, fo that I fhall
only add one caution, which may be necefTary to repeat
here, which is, not to keep thefe covers too clofe down
upon the plants, left it draw them too weak, fo that air
ftould always be admitted to the plants at all times, in
proportion to the warmth of the feafon.

'1 hefe covers or oiled paper are not only ufeful fof
covering of Melons, but are the befl things to cover
ci- -lings of exotic plants, when planted, that can be
contrived; and are alfo capable of being ufed for many
other purpoies.

The paper will feldCttn lafl: longer than one feafon, fo
it will require a new covering every fpring, but if the
frames are well made, and when they are out of ufe,
laid up in fhelter from the wet, they will laft feveral
years, efpecially if there is a band of ftraw laid round
the Melons, upon which the frame may ftand, fo they
"will not reft upon the ground, and the ftraw bands will
prevent the damp from rifmg fo as to rot them. Thefe
itraw bands are fuch as are recommended for the hot-
beds of Afparagus in winter.

Mr. Miller's Direfliens for raifwg the Ananay or Pine-
Apple.

Thefe plant:, are propagated by planting the crowns
which grow on the fruit, or the fuckers which are pro-
duced either from the plants, or under the fruit ; either
of which I have fouhd to be equally good j although by

fome

/>. /44

.3%T't>^?i/ o/l-/'r'a??ie*i rvt£^. oyla:^^/iYjer/c>/^(^oi'7g?y'7i^^y^{e/on>a.

^^tq.z

- y7r/.i .

D

I

-^

N)

i

>

k ^ v' ^ ^ r

The Gardener's New Director. 145
The compofl:, which you are to prepare Tome months
before, is to confift ot two thirds of good Iramy kitchen-
garden mould, and if of a yellow rich loam, the better,
one third of old rotted cows dung, and when the latter

is

fome perfons the crown is thought preferable to the
fuckers, as fuppofing it will produce fruit fooner which
is certainly a miftake; for by conftant experience I
find the fuckers (if equally ftrong) will fruit as foon, and
produce as large fruit, as the crowns.

The fuckers and crowns muft be laid to dry in a warm
place, for four or five days, or more, (accordin.^ to the
moifture of the part which adhered to the old plant or
fruit) ; for, if they are immediately planted, they will
rot. The certain rule of judging when they are fit to
plant, is by obferving if the bottom is healed over, and
become hard ; for if the fuckers are drawn off carefully
from the old plants, they will have an hard ikin over the
lower part ; fo need not lie fo long as thofe which by ac-
cident may have bten broken. But whenever a crown
is taken from the fruit, or the fuckers from old plants,
they fhould be immediately diverted of their bottom-
leaves, fo high as to allow depth for their planting; fo
that they may be thoroughly dry and healed in every
part, lelT, when they receive heat and moiflure, they
fhould perifh, which often happens v^hen this method
is not purfued. If thefe fuckers or crowns are taken off
late in the autumn, or during the winter, or early in the
fpring, they fhould be laid in a dry place in the rtove,
for a fortnight or three weeks before they are planted ;
but in the fummer-fcafon they will be fit for planting in
three or four days.

As to the earth in which thefe fhould be planted ; if
you have a rich good kitchen-garden mould, not too
heavy, fo as to detain the moifture too long, nor over-
light and fandy, it will be very proper for them without
any mixture : but where this is wanting, you fhould pro-
cure fome trtfh earth from a good paflure; which fliould
be mixed with about a third part of rotten neats-dung,
or the dung of an old Melon or Cucumber-bed, which
=* L is

146 The Gardener's New Director.
is not to be had, take the bottom of a well rotted Me-
lon or Cucumber-bed; to every eight barrows of this
put one of fea-fand; but fliould your loam be of a fan-
dy texture, add thereto a third of fat marie: this com-

poft

is well confumed. Thefe Ihould be mixed fix or eight
months at leaft before they are ufed ; but if it be a year,
it will be the better ; and (hould be often turned, that
their parts may be the better united, as alfo the clods
well broken. This earth fhould not be fcreened very
fine ; for if you only clear it of the great ftones, it will
be better for the planis than when it is made too fine.
You fliouid always avoid mixing any fand with the earth,
unlefs it be extremely fliff ; and then it will be neceflfary
to have it mixed at leaft fix months or a year before it
is ufed ; and it muft be frequently turned, that the fand
may be incorporated in the earth, fo as to divide its
parts: but you ihould not put more than a fixth part of
fand ; for too much fand is very injurious to thefe plants.

In the fummer-feafon, when the weather is warm,
thefe plants mull be frequently watered ; but you ftiould
not give them large quantities at a time : you muft alfo
be very careful, that the moifture is not detained in the
pots, by the holes being flopped ; for that will foon de-
ilroy the plants. If the feafon is warm, they fhould
be watered every other day; but in a cold feafon,
twice a week will be often enough : and during the fum-
mer-feafon, you fhould once a week water them gently
all over their leaves ; which will walh the filth from
off them, and thereby greatly promote the growth of
the plants.

There are fome perfons who frequently fhift thefe
plants from pot to pot : but this is by no means to be
praftifed by thofe who propofe to have large well-fla-
voured fruit ; for unlefs the pots be filled with the roots,
by the time the plants begin to Ihew their fruit, they
commonly produce fmall fruit, which have generally
large crowns on them : fo that the plants will not re-
quire to be new-potted oftener than twice in a feafon :
the firfl time ihould be about the end cf April, when

the

The Gardener's New iDiRECtOR. 147
poft fucceeded fo well, that it produced much larger
fruit than any other, v/hich induced me ever after to
ufe a good deal of marie for thefe plants : the colour ot"
the marie fhould be white, or of a yellowifh call, well

dug.

the fuckers and crowns of the former year's fruit (which
remained all the winter in thofe pots in which they were
firfl planted) (hould be fliitted into larger pots; i. t.
thofe which were in halfpenny or three-farthing pots,
fliould be put into penny, or, at mod, three-halfpenny
pots, according to the fize of the plants ; for you muft
be very careful not to over-pot them, nothing being
more prejudicial to thefe plants. The fecond time for
ihifting of them is, toward the latter end of Augujl, or
the beginning of September, when you Ihould fhitt thofe
plants which are of a proper fixe for fruiting the follow-
ing fpring, into two-penny pots, which are full large
enough for any of thefe plants. At each of thefe times
of fhifting the plants, the bark-bed fhould be flirred up,
and fome new bark added, to raife the bed up to the
height it was at firft made ; and when the pots are
plunged again into the bark-bed, the plants fhould be
watered gently all over their leaves, to wafh off the filth,
and to fettle the earth to the roots of the plants. If the
bark-bed be well ftirred, and a quantity of good frefh
bark added to the bed, at this latter fhifting, it will be of
great fervice to the plants; and they rnay remain in the
tan until the beginning of November, or Ibmetimes later,
according to the mildnefs of the feafon ; and will not re-
quire any fire before that ti.nne. During the winter-fea-
fon, thefe plants will not require to be watered ottener
than every third or fourth day, according as you find
the earth in the pots to dry : nor fhould you give ihem
too much at each time; for it is much better to give
them a little water often, than to over-water them, e-
fpecially at that feafon.

You muft obferve never to fliift thofe plants which
(hew their fruit, into other pots ; for if they arc remov-
ed after the fruit appears, it will ftop the growth, and
thereby caufe the fruit to be fmallcr, and retard its ri-
L 2 pening ;

148 The Gardener's New Director.
dug, and manured one year before ufing. Where the
kitchen-garden mould is not to be had, take virgin earth
ten inches deep below the Iward, and no lower, leaving
it with the fward, let them rot one year, and when fit

for

pening; fo that many times it will be Otloherox Novem-
ber before the fruit is ripe : therefore you fliould be very
careful to keep the plants in a vigorous growing ftate,
from the firft appearance of tiie fruit, becaufe upon this
depend the goodnefs and fize of the fruit ; for if they
receive a check after this, the fruit is generally fmall
and ill-tafted.

When you have cut off the fruit from the plants,
whofe kird you are defirous to propagate, you fhould
trim the leaves, and plunge the pots into a moderate
hot-bed, obferving to refrelh them frequently with wa-
ter, which will caufe them to put out fuckers in plenty;
fo that a perfon may foon be fupplied with plants enough
of any of the kinds, who will but obferve to keep the
plants in health.

There is not any thing which can happen to thefe
plants of a more dangerous nature, than to have them
attacked by fmall white infeSls, which appear at firft
like a white mildew, but foon after have the appearance
of lice: thefe attack both root and leaves at the fame
time; and, if they are not foon deflroyed, will fpread
over a whole flove in a (hort time ; and in a itw weeks
will entirely flop the erovi'th of the plants, by fucking
out the nutritious juice, fo that the leaves will appear
y,el!o\\* and fickly, and Iiave generally a great number of
yellow iranfparentfpots all over them. Thefe in efts,
after they are fully grown, appear like bugs ; and ad-
here fo clofdy to the leaves, as not to be eafily wafhed
ofF, and feem as if they had no life in them. They
were originally brought from America upon the plants
which were imported from thence, and I believe they
are the fame infefts which have deftroyed the fugar-
canes of late years in feme of the Leeward- ]f,ands. Since
they have been in England, they have fpread greatly in
iuch ftoyes, where there has not been more than ordi-
nary

The Gardkn^er's New Director. 149

for ufe, take one third of the well rotted dung, but
Ihould the ground be ftiff, ufe fand in the fame propor-
tion, and a fourth part marie ; but if your mould is free,
you need not ufe any fand: Incorporate your dung and

earth

nar) care taken to deftroy t!-,em. Thev have alfo at-
tacked the Orange-trees n many gardens near Lomlont
and have done thera incredible damage ; but I do not
find they will endure the cold of our climate in winter,
fo that they are never found on fuch plants as live in the
open air. The only method I have yet been able to dif-
cover for deftroying thefe infects, is, by wailiing the
leaves, branches, and ilemsjcf fuch branches as they
attack, frequently with water, in which there has been
a llrong infufion of Tobacco-dalks, which I find will
detfroy the inie'^s, and not prejudice the plants. But
this method cannot be praftifed on the Jlnanas plants,
becaufe the infers will faften themfelves fo low be-
tween the leaves, that it is impoffible to come at them
with a fponge to wafli them off; fo that if all thofe
which appear to the fight were cleared off, they will
foon be fucceeded by a frefh fupply from below ; and
the roots will be alfo equally infefted at the fame time.
Therefore, where-ever thefe infeffs appear on the
plants, the fafefl: method will be, to take the plants
out of the pots, and clear the earth from the roofs;
then prepare a large tub, wl^.ich fliould be filled with
water, in which tliere has been a ilrung infufion of
tobacco-fialks; into this tub you fliould put the plants,
placing fome llicks crofs the tub, to keep the plants
immerfed in the water. In th.is water thev fliould re-
main twenty-tour h.ours ; then take them out, and
with a fponge wafli off all the infects from the leaves
and roots, which may be eafily effj£led when the in-
fects are killed by the infufion ; then cut off all the
'fmall fibres of roots, and dip the plants into a tub of
fair water, wafliing them therein, which is the moft
effectual way to clear them from the infefts. Then
you fliould pot them in frefli earth, and having
ftirred up the bark-bed, and added foine new tan

L 3 ta

j^o The Gardfner's New Director.

earth fix months at lead before you ufe them : this com-
pofl: is to lie in an airy part of the garden, and the heft
expofed to the fun, which, after the three firft months,
muH: be turned over every fortnight, to imbibe the
nitrous particles of the air.

I pro-

to give a freih heat to the bed, the pots fliould be
plunged again, obferving to water them all over the
leaves (as was before direfted) and this fhould be fre-
quently repeated during the fummer-feafon ; tor I ob-
ferve thefe infecis always multiply much fafter where
the plants are kept dry, than in fuch places where the
plants are duly watered, and kept in a growing {late.
And the fame is alfo obferved in America-^ for it is in
long droughts that the infects make fuch defiruction of
the fugar-canes. And in thofe iflands where they have
had feveral very dry feafons of late, they have increafed to
fuch a degree, as to deflroy the greateft part of the
canes in the iflands, rendering them not only unfit for
fugar, but fo poifon the juice of the plant, as to dif-
qualify it for making rum ; fo that many planters have
been ruined by thefe infects.

As thefe infefls are frequently brought over from Ame-
rica on the Ananas plants, which come from thence ;
thofe perfons who procure theft plants from thence,
fhould look carefully over them when they receive them,
to fee they have none of thefe infe6ls on them ; for if
they have, they will foon be propagated over all the
plants in the lloves where thefe are placed : therefore,
whenever they are obferved, the plants fhould be foaked
(as was before directed) before they are planted into
pots.

It was formerly the common pra6lice of moft perfons,
who cultivated this fruit in Europe, to build dry ftoves,
in which they kept their plants in winter, placing the
pots on fcaiTolds (after the manner in wliich orange-
trees are placed in a green-houfe), and in the fummer
to keep them in hot-beds of tanners bark under frames:
but this is found by late experience a bad method ; lor
the glalTcs lying fo near over the plants, there is not a

fufficient

The Gardener's New Director. 151

I proceed now to the culture of the Ananas or Pine-
apple, the btft kinds of which are :

imo, Pyramidcl Pine- apple, "with a yellow Flejl?., or. Ananas
aculeatus fruHu pyramidato, came aurea. Plutner. Ind.
Occid. bijl. plant.

2do,

I'ufficient quantity of air in the bed to nourifh the fruit,
and give it that vinous flavour which good fruit alwavs
abounds with ; and when the glafles are clofely ihut
down in the night, the vapours which arife from the fer-
mentation of the tan, and the perfpiration of the plants,
are clofely pent in, and being condenfed againil: theglaf-
feSi fall in water on the plants.

Therefore, to remedy this inconvenience, it is now
the practice of thofe perfons who are defirous to propa-
gate this fruit, to erect low floves, with pits therein for
the hot-bed, in the manner hereafter deicribed : thefe
are built in different ways, according to the fancy of the
contriver. Some perfons build them with upright glalTes
in front, about four feet high, and Hoping glaffes over
thefe, which rife about fix feet nigh, fo that there is jull
height enough for perfons to walk upright on the back-
fide of the bark-bed. Others make but one ilope of
glafles, from the top of the ftove, down to the plate,
which lies about fix or eight inches above the bark pit,
in the front of this fiove ; fo that in this {love there is
no walk made in the front between the bark-pit and the
glafles ; but the inconveniency of v.atering the plants,
as alfo of coming near thoie plants which ^:t placed in
the front of the ftove, to clean them, has, in fome mea-
fure, brought them into difefteem ; fo that few perfons
do now build them, though the expcnce is much lefs
than of the other kind of ftoves One of thefe floves,
about twenty-five feet long in the clear, with the pit
for the tan reaching from end to end, and fix feet and
an half wide, will contain about an hundred plants; fo
that whoever is? defirous to have this fruit, may eafily
proportion their ftove to the quantity of fruit which they
are willing to have.

L 4 But

152 The Gardener's New Director.

ado, Olive-coloured Pine- apple, or^ Ananas fni^u ovato
ex luteo virefceiite, came lutea. Plum. hiji.

3tio, The green Pine-apple , or. Ananas aciileaiuf fru^u
pyramidiili ex viridi Jlavefcente, of King- Pine.

When

But it will be alfo neceffiuy to have a bark-pit under
a deep iVame, in order to raife the young plants; tor in
this bed you fnculd plunge the fuckers, when they are
taken irom the old plants, as alfo the crowns which
come from the fruit ; (o that this frame will be as a
nurftry to raife the young plants to fiipply the ftove:
but thefe plants fliouid not remain in theft; frames
longer than tiil the beginning of November^ unlefs the
frame have flues in it to warm the air (in the manner
bciore defcribed), which are vtry ufeful, as nuiferies,
to keep the young plants till they are of a proper fize to
produce fruit ; fo that you may keep thefe cooler than
the ftove; which may be every autumn filled only
with bearing plants, whereby a much greater quanti-
ty of fruit may be annually produced, than can be
where young and old plants mufl: be crouded into the
fame Aove : but where there are .no conveniencies of
this kirid, the young plants, about the middle or lat-
ter end of Ol-lober, mufl be removed into the ftove,
and being fmall, may be crouded in amongft tlie lar-
ger plants ; for fmce they will not grow much during
the winier-leafcn, they may be piaced very ciofe to-
gfther. The beginning of Alarch you muft remove
t;iefe plants out into the hot-bed agam, which fliould
be prepared a fortnight before, that the tan may have
acquired a proper heat: but you fhould be careful that
the tan be not too hot ; for that might fcaid the fi-
bres of the plants, if they are fuddcnly plunged there-
in. Therefore if you find the bark ,too hot, you
fhould not plunge the pots above two or three inches
into the tan, letting them remain fo untrl the heat of
the tan is a little abated, when you fhould plunge the
pois down ;o thfeir rims in the bed. If the nights fliould
continue cold after thefe plants are rcaioved into the
bed, you n:uil carefully cover the glaffes with mats; o-

therwife

The Gardener's New Director. 153

When your flove has been well aired and made ready,
as well as your compoll, to receive your pines, they are
to be brought in in "Jime-, as at that feaion thefe plants
v:\\\ not receive any injury irom cold, and if brought by

Tea,

therwifc by coming out ot a warm {love, tl.ey may re-
ceive a fudden check, which will greatly retard their
growth, wl'.ich muft be -carefully av.ided, becaufe the
iooner the plants are fet growing in the Ipring, the more
time they will have to gain flrength, in oider to produce
large fruit the following feafon.

You (hould not plunge the pots too clofe together in
this frame ; but allow them a proper diftance, that the
lower part of the plants may encreafe in bulk ; for it is
on this that tiie magnitude of the fruit depends ; becaufe
wl.en the plants are placed too clofe, they draw up very
tall, but do not obtain ftrength ; fo that when they are
taken out of the bed, the leaves are not able to fupport
themfclves ; but all the outward long, leaves will fall a-
way, Itaving the fmaller middle leaves naked; and this
fometimes will caufe them to rot in the centre. You
mufl: alfo obfcrve, when the- fun is very warm, to raife
the glafTes of the hot-bed witli flones, in order to let
out the fleam of the bed, and to admit frefti air; for
one neglefl; of this kind, in a very hot day, may de-
ftroy all the plants, or at leaft fo fcald them, that they
will not get over it in many months. It will be alfo ve-
ry proper, in extreme hot weather, to fliade the glafTes
in the middle of the day v/ith mats; tor the glalFes, ly-
ing fo near to the leaves of the plants, will occafion a
prodigious heat at fuch times.

During the fummer-feafcn, the plants mnfl be fre-
quently watered ; and in hot weather, they muff have
Iree air admitted to them every day, from ten o'clock
till four; for, if they arc kept too clofe, or too dry,
they will receive a ciieck in their growth, when the in-
fects uill immediately fprtad over them; for there are
geneially fome of thefe infeds on all the plants, which
do noi much injure the plants, while they are in a
growing Ante ; but whenever ihey are unhealthy, the

infeds

154 The Gardener's New Director.

fea, they had better be put between the decks, for their

better proteftion.

The number of plants neceflary to furnifh the ftove,
with their different ages, are as follow, viz.

Six

infeSls multiply greatly, and contribute to their decay.
There are fome perfons who regulate the heat of their
ftoves by thermometers in fummer; but at that feafon
this is unnecefTary ; for the outward air in hot weather
is frequently greater than the Ananas heat marked on the
thermometers ; fo that the heat of the ftoves at that
feafon will be much greater. The ufe of the thermo-
meter is only in winter, during the time the fires are
continued ; by which it is eafy to judge when to encreafe
or diminiih the fires; for, at that feafon, the ftoves
fhould not be kept to a greater warmth than five or fix
divifions above Ananas^ nor fuffered to be more than as
many divifions below it. In winter the plants muft
have lefs water, but they will require to have it re-
peated at leaft twice a week : when the plants are
placed in the tan for the winter-feafon (which fhould
be about the beginning of OSloher), the tan-bed ftiould
be renewed, adding two-thirds of new tan, to one-
third of the old. If this be well mixed, and the new
tan is good, the bed will maintain a proper degree
of warmth till February, at which time it will be pro-
per to ftir up the bed, and add a load or two of new
tan, fo as to raife the bed as much as it funk fince
the autumn ; this will give a frefh heat to the bed, and
keep the plants growing ; and, as the fruits will now be-
gin to appear, it will be abfolutely neceflary to keep the
plants in a growing ftate, otherwife the fruit will not be
large ; for if they receive any check at this time, it will
greatly injure them.

In April it will be proper to ftir up the tan again, and
if the bed has funk fince the laft ftirring, it will be pro-
per to add fome frcfh tan to it : this will renew the
warmth of the bed, and forward the fruit. At this time
it will be proper to fhift the young plants, which are de-
figned to produce fruit the following year ; the tan-bed

into

The Gardener's New Director. 155
Six dozen of large plants, which will come into fruit

the year after vou receive them.

Six dozen for fruiting the fecond year.

One hundred fmall crowns and fuckers : thefe laft to

be taken in Auguji.

into which thefe are plunged muft be renewed, in order
to forward the plants, that they may have ftrength e-
nough by autumn, to produce good fruit ; for in this is
the principal care required.

Thofe plants which ihew their fruit early in February f
will ripen about yune ; fome forts are at leafl: a month
or five weeks longer in ripening their fruit than others,
from the time of the appearance of the fruit : but the
feafon in which the fruit is in greateft perfe6^iion, is from
the beginning of May to the end of September, though
in March, April, and OBober, I have frequently eaten
this fruit in pretty good perfe6tion ; but then the plants
have been in perfect health, otherwife they feldom are
well flavoured.

The method of judging when the fruit is ripe, is by
the fmell, and from obfervation ; for as the feveral forts
differ from each other in the colour of their fruit, that
will not be any direction when to cut them, nor Ihould
they remain fo long as to become foft to the touch be-
fore they are cut ; for then they become flat and dead,
as they do alfo when they are cut long before they
are eaten : therefore the furefl way to have this fruit in
perfe6lion, is to cut it the fame day it is eaten ; hut it
mufl: be early in the morning, before the fun has heated
the fruit, cbferving to cut the flalk as long to the fruit
as poffible, and lay it in a cool, but dry place, prcferv-
ing the (lalk and crown to it, until it is eaten.

That fort with green fruit, if fuffered to jipen well,
is of an olive-colour; but there are fome perlons who
cut them before they are ripe, when ihcy are not fit to
be eaten, for no other rcafon, but to have them green :
and although many perfons have much recommended this
fort for its excellent flavour, yet I think the fugar-loat
fort ii to be preferred to it.

This

156 The Gardener's New Director.

This number will be fufficient to furnifh your (love to
give annually one hundred good truit.

On the arrival of your plants in June, as has already
been mentioned, unpot them, taking away mod of the
earth from about their roots, and fuch fibres as you
find injured or any way decayed; then with your
compoft, plant them into pots o\ the fame fize in which
they arrived, obferving to cut off the extremities of all
fuch leaves as are withered or injured, but no other, up-
on any account; watering them, to fettle the earth a-
bout them ; then fet them in the tan, which fhould you
find too hot, put them but half-pot deep, and in a fort-
night after, you may fink them to their brims, gently
watering them three times a week, with fuch water as has
been kept in the ftove for twenty-four hours, that it
m.ay have the fame confiftency of heat, as the air in the
itove, and never to ufe any other water than fuch as has
undergone fome preparation, either for the ftove, green-
houfe, or hot-bed ; and obferve that water taken from
a pond that is well expofed to the fun is the beft, pro-
vided not fed with hard fpring, which is a great enemy
to vegetation: fliade your plants for a month in hot fun-
i"hine, until you perceive them growing. On funftiiny
days the glafles fliould be raifed to give them air, when
they may be watered all over their leaves, to cleanfe
them from any filth ; obferving that the water does not
fettle for anv time in the tube at their hearts, which
if it does, will injure them very much.

About the end oi Augujl it will be proper to look for
the biggeft plants, I mean fuch from which you ex-
peQ: fruit the fucceeding year; and if tKey have filled
the pots into which they were planted on their arri-
val, it will be now necefiary to remove them into lar-
ger, (two-penny ones, at leaft) having firfl: obfer-
ved, that their roots, and the earth about them, are
wholefcme and good; if otherwife, take fuch earth
and fuch roots away, and give them new earth, of the
compcfl already directed. Stir up the bark in the bed,
and add fome frefh to it, this will renew the heat when
they are to be fet into it again, there to remain until
Michaelmas^ giving water, air, and Ihading for three
weeks after this tranfplanting, as has been direded.

My

The Gardener's New Director. 157
My intention in tranfplanting the fiuiting plants at
this leafon is, that they may fill tiieir pots by Michael-
masy when they are put into the (love for fruiting ; fo
that when they come into the ftove in this ftate, the
new heat will occafion them to (hew their fruit by the
beginning of January^ to ripen in June and July, which
are far preferable to the later fruit. As for the fmall
plants which are not to fruit until the fecond year, i
would not chufe to unpot them until Michaelmas -^ for
were they to have larger pots given them earlier, it
might occafion them to {hew iruit too foon, and out of
feafon ; to prevent which is a moft material part of the
management of them : therefore keep your plants al-
ways in a growing ilate, not to be flopped by too much
cold, or too much heat, otherwife they will fiiew un-
timely fruit.

A fortnight before Michaelmas^ provide a good quan-
tity of new tan, laying it in heaps, and as foon as the
water has ran off, put it into the pit, raifing the fame
a foot higher than the walk about it ; I mean, the bark-
pit of No. 5. where you are to fet your largefl fruiting
plants. And here you may try an e::periment which
iucceeded very well with me.

When 1 brought thefe plants into the (love, I took
twelve of them, and watering them well the night
before, raifed them out of the pots, with their earth,
and made pits in the tan, (which was in a good
temperatur.) one foot and a half diameter, and a foot
deep ; in thcfe I fet my plants, at thirty inches diflance
every way, filling up the vacancies with the fame fort
of earth, and covered the furface with a little old tan,
that it might not dry too foon. Thefe plants were
fet in one end of the pit, where the tan was raifed near
two feet higher than in any other part of the pit ; the
plants in the pots were fet at the diflance of five iect
from them, that they might not be diflurhed, when it
fliould be necefl"ary to renew the tan in March y for the
other pines. Thefe Pines in the free tan, I obferved,
fruited fooner than thofe in the pots, were fooner ripe,
and their fruit larger, and better flavoured. About
Chrijlmas, January, February^ and Marchy the air of the
houlc fliojld be kept up to five degrees above the Ana-

na s

15S The Gardener's New Director.
nas heat, watering the plants gent!}' and often, to en-
courage their fruit to fwell, this in a particular manner
is to be attended to when they are in bloflbm ; as then a
goou heat, and a plenty of water, fwells the fruit to a
defirable fize. By the beginning of Marchy renew the
tan in the pits where the fruiters are in pots, but ne-
ver ur.pot any plants after they have fhewn their fruit,
otherwife it will be fmall, and late in ripening ; be very
obfervant to keep up a good heat, and to give plenty of
water, on the firft appearance of fruit, as this not only
gives them fize, but flavour too. By the beginning of
March I would fet all the youn? plants, and tranfplant
thofe which are not to fruit into the fummer brick
frame?, firft trimming their roots, earthing, and new
potting them, and givirg new tan to the bed : (hould
this be delayed lor/er than the firft week in March, they
will very probably fly up into fmall ftunted fruit : this
method cf rranfplanting them, and at this feafon, is the
beft expedient yet known to prevent thefe untimely
produttions, together with (hading, giving due air, and
gently watering them : Nor would I encourage the cut-
ting off many of their leaves, though bruifed or other-
wife hurt, for the plants cannot be expe^fted to thrive,
that are deprived of the means of perfpiration and
refpiration, of which ufe the leaves are to them ; be-
fides, much cutting occaficns much bleeding, which
weakens the Pines. But ihould it be found neceflary to
take off fome old or bruifed leaves with your knife,
fplit them, when they will come off very eafily. Ob-
ferve whe.i their leaves are of a florid green colour on
the infide, and of a good afh-colour on the outflde,
the leaves well expanded, not drawn in, or hanging
down, they are then in good health. I have already
recommended a botanical thermometer, which (hould
be placed at a diflrance from the fire, and when the fpi-
rit keeps up to the height you defire, and kept from
the Tun's rays, then it is certain that the heat works well
in the fuina'ce and the flues. Obferve in warm weather,
that the thermometer is to be removed from the dove,
and placed in a cool place, otherwife the fpirit will burft
thetube.
As foon as you perceive your Pines fpotting on their

leaves.

The Gardener's New Director. 159

leaves, remove the fpecks with a pin, on the old plants
you will obferve a fmall infeO:, which you muft alfo take
away ; but Ihould they be numerous, wafh the plants with
a fpunge and an infufion of tobacco-ftalks ; this will quite
deftroy the vermin, without injuring the plants, which,
if not timely prevented, might ruin the ftove ; but
Ihould this not have the defired eftea;, you mufl: take the
plants out of the pots, clearing them of their earth, lleep
them in the infufion for twenty-four hours, then they are
to be cleaned with a fponge, their fibres fliortened, and
rinfed in fair water, when they are to be repoted in new
comport, give them new bark, fhade them, and give them
gentle waterings, and they will recover in a few weeks.
Thofe plants which are planted out of the pots into the
kept in them. When the fruit is in blofTom, you mull
taU) do not require fo much water as thofe do which are
be fure to keep a good heat in the ftove, and at night
to cover the glafles with thin broad covers, which fhould
be fo contrived as to flide in grooves over them :
If the heat of the bark decUnes, add fome new tan to
the fruiters in the pots, and if the fame happens to the
plants in the tan, take away the old tan carefully with
your hand, until you come at their roots, but not to di-
flurb them, filling up the place with new j this new
bark will bring them on to ripen kindly.

From an accident I difcovered, that fetting the plant
in the free bark, with its ball of earth, gave the ripeft
and befl flavoured fruits; but this is not to be done, un-
til the plant lirft Ihews its fruit : therefore it has ever
fince been my practice, when I obferved my largeft
plants fruiting, 1 made up a new tan-bed for them, and
when in a good temperature, I took them out of their
pots, watering them the evening before, that the earth
fhould adhere to their fibres, and planted them in the
tan ; where, managing them with care, they anfwered
my fondcft expectations.

At this feafon give your fruitling plants a good watering
over their leaves ; nor is there any danger of the water's
fettling in their hearts, as the fpace is filled with the
fruit, which in young plants is an empty tube, reaching
to their hearts. As foon as the fruit comes faft forward,
and fwelling, there will appear many fuckers below the

fruir.

loo The Gardener's New Diuector.

fruit, and amongll the leaves; thefe are not to be taken
off, until they are turned knobby at bottom; and are
not to be planted, until iheir wounds, occafioned by
taking them ofF from the mother plants, are not only
healed, but pertectly dry; otherwife they will rot.

By this good management, your Pines will be ripe by
the end ot June, or in July, which you v/ill perceive by
the fruits turning yellow, and emitting a fine fcent, and
the knobs of the fruit yielding to the prefi'ure of the
finger. Befide thefe figns of ripenefs, that of their e-
mitting a flrong and poignant fmell is not the leaft.
Thefe figns are particularly to be attended to, for fhoujd
the iruit become too ripe, they turn moft infipidly fweet,
and have no more tafle than a fweet Lemon. The fruit
are to be cut about eight in the forenoon, with four
inches of llalk to them ; and when they are to be eaten,
hoM the fruit or its ftalk in one hand, then with the o-
ther twift off the crown, when ir will come off like a
ball out of a focket, which is to be returned to the gar-
dener ; the fruit is to be lliced upon a plate, leaving the
rind on, for the better preferving the juice, not fuffer-
ing one flice to lie on another, as their rich juice would
make them ftick together. When thefe fruits are to be
lent any dillance, they fhould be cut a day rv two before
they are quite ripe, with a good part of the flalk, and
ieaving the crown on, to be well covered in paper, and
fecured in a box for carriage.

As foon as the crowns and fuckers are fufficiently
dry, and ready for planting, take halfpenny or far-
thing pots, according to the fize of the bottom of
the plant?, covering the holes of the pots with con-
cave oyfter-fiiells, that the water may pafs off, and not
(lagnate ; plant them in thefe pots filled with the com-
poft direQ:ed for the old plants, water them gently,
preffmg the earth to their rootis, then fink their pots in
the tan-beds up to their brims, fhading them from hot
funfhine, obferving to continue to give them air and
gentle waterings, until you perceive them growing,
when you may admit the fun, air, ard water, in the
fame manner as directed for the old plants. If they have
filled the pots they were at firfl: planted in by Michael-
masy or the beginning of September) I would then take,

iherfi

The Gardener's Nsw Director. i6r

them out, and plant them in ptnny pots, and renew
the tan in the frame ; here they may continue until the
beginning of No'vetjiber, to be afterwards brought info
the ftove, and placed in pit, No. 6. or continued in the
flued frame all winter; but be furc to tskc alt the
crown plants of lafl year out of the ftove by the firft of
March; when you are to trim their roots, to give them
larger fized pots and new tan ; this will in fome meafure
prevent them from flying up into untimely and ftunted
fruit, this will not thoroughly effeft it uniefs every oppor-
tunity is taken of admitting frefh air, when you may pro-
mife yourfelf fine fruit the fucceeding year. About the be-
ginning of Ji'ly will be the moll fit leafon to take into
your care fuch plants as are to fiuit the enfuing feafon.
Such plants as you have taken good fruit from, and are
defirous to propagate their fuckers, re- pot tliem, and
Hnk them into new tan ; and if you choofe fuckers from
old fruiting plants that are in pots, earth them anew.

The fuel beft fuited to thefe ftoves are conl and peat,
as wood fires are too hafty and violent. Thofe plants
which were vigorous in their fruit at their firft appear-
ance, I took from them the bottom of their pot?, when
I gave them new tan in March or April, preferving the
fides of the pots as much as was in my power. By this
method I had their fruit very large, as well as when I
planted them in the tan, as already directed.

That the fruve may have fome other curious plants
bcfides the Pines, I would propofe that the top of the
fecond flue (hould have an edging of bricks built upon
both fides of its upper part, one brick thick, and two
deep, but not to be covered ; but between thefe bricks,
which muft be fet edge-ways, lay in four inches of fand,
which will become very hot, fo that the fand will be
like what chymilfs call a Balneum Maria. The ufc of this
fand is to receive pots, in which are planted the JVrf} and
Eajl-Indian Melon-thiftles, the firft called botanically Me-
hca^us, or Cat^us, and the other Echinomeloca^us ; their
varieties, with their flowers and (ruit, will make a mofl
beautiful and fmgular appearance.

I would alfo have ere6fed in the ftove, over the
fire-place, a fhelf of boards, and fo hirge, as to hold
thr^e or four pots of the Torch-thiflle, called, Cereus

M minor

i62 The Gardener's New Director.
minor fcandens trigonus artictiJatusy fru^u fuavijfimo, lef-
fer three-cornered Torch-thiftle, with a moft delicious
fruit, commonly called in Barbadoes, The true prickly
PeaVy which fruit being as large as a Bergamot Pear, is
as fine as the Pine-apple, of which I ripened three in one
year. Upon the other end of the (love may be a fhelf
of the fame dimenfions, for holding pots of another
fort of Torch-thiftles, called, The Cereus minor fcan-
dens poly gonus articnlatuSf or lefler many-cornered Torch-
thiftle, it produces a large odoriferous flower, which
opens about feven in the evening, and is quite gone by
eight o'clock the next morning. The flowers of this
plant, for odour and largenefs, furpafs any flower yet
known.

Thefe Torch- thirties fhoot out very long branches,
■which run along the walls and cielings of the ftoves, up-
on which, if you lay fome rough lime plaiflier, they
will, like ivy, faflen their roots into, and profper the
better for it ; both thefe and all the kinds of Melon-
thiilles thrive beft when they are planted in pretty coarfe
fand, gravel, and lime-rubbifh, to be fparingly watered,
except in very hot weather. The Cereufes are pro-
pagated by cuttings, which fliould be allowed to wi-
ther for fourteen days before they are planted, and
may then with their pots be funk into a good tan-bed,
to hafl:en their rooting ; this work fhould be perform-
ed in June, that they may make good fhoots before
"winter.

The Melon-thiftle is propagated by feeds, (efpeci-
ally the EchinomelocculujJ or fuckers, when the caps of
the Meloca^ufes mufl: be pinched, in order to fend
them out, which are to be planted in the fame foil as
the Cereufes or Toreh-thifl:les. It is certain, that no
plant amongft the vegetable tribe, hath fuch a ftrange
and odd appearance, and which more merits an un-
common regard from the curious gardener

Mr.

2S

• 0j''4^et ■

(bjc/i/^/?/7/'/r^//

|*»y<*fc #^ . —
' i4./h/S<7ft tnfa/Zre /UyX-

fat ^ti^n O'fli/ aJ ^rva^

r

The GARt>ENER's New Director. 163

Mr. Adam Taylor having lately publified a Treatife on the
rearing of the Pine -apple in Frames ^ by the help of Dung
only, lue Jball introduce it here ; not fo much from a De-
fire to give Variety, as that he afferts the Fruit is in much
higher Perfe^ion than from the Stove. — We (hall take
■up this Writer i?nmediately ijjith his fir fi Dire^ions, ha-
ving already defcnhed the Fruits, and pointed out the
Kinds that fuit befl to mr Clime.

BEfore I proceed to the neceflary management of the
plants, it may be proper to treat of the conflruc-
tion of our new frame, which very much refembles that
which Sir fames Jujlice directs for ripening fruits by
the help of dung only, in inclofures of glazed frames,
and ftrong boards.

Firft, fink the ground for your foundation eighteen
inches, thirteen feet fix inches in length, and feven feet
fix inches wide, to be paved with brick or ftone, and
inclofed with a nine-inch wall, three feet and a half
high, or a wooden frame of the fame height; obferv-
ing that the front of your frame is to face the fouth. A
glazed frame two feet fix inches high, made in fafhes, for
Aiding backward and forward, is to be iet upon the brick-
work in front, for the readier giving air and water to th§
plants; the ends alfo are to be glaz-ed, and to open for
the fame purpofe, and to have a rife from the front to the
back, of one foot fix inches. The back part of the frame
is to be of deal board an inch thick, to rife four feet a-
bove the brick-work, the whole to be covered with
glazed falhes like the flove-frame, and conflrufted in
the farrie manner, to carry off ihc fleam. This glazed
roof is to be occafionally covered wiih a fail-cloth faflcn-
ed on a roll, for the convenience of letting down and
taking up.

M 2 Not-

164 The Gardener's New Director.

Notwithftanding I have direfted the pit to be en-
clofed with brick-work, I would recommend its being of
entire wood- work, that is, boards nailed to two up-
right ports, as this would give an opportunity of keep-
ing up the heat, by a lining of horfe-dung being laid
Egainft the back of the frame, to be raifed or lowered
according to the heat required.

For the better perfecting of this operation, I would
recommend another pit to be prepared, of twenty feet
in length, and fix in breadth ; to be feparated in the
middle with boards, fo that when the heat of one pit
is going off, the other may be made ready.

This frame will be neceffary to receive your plants
from the firft, when the heat fails ; and in one end
of the double frame you may raife your crowns and
fuckers for the fruiting frame: this contrivance will
render the work eafy, and will be more certain than
raifing the crowns or fuckers in the Cucumber or Melon
frames.

This refiduary pit then, being full twelve feet in
length, and fix feet in breadth, will hold thirty-two
fruiting plants, (that is) four rows, and eight in a
row ; and may be made larger or fmaller, accord-
ing to the number of fruiting plants which you in-
tend to have.

Having faid as much as is neceffary, concerning the
repofitories adapted to your fruiting plants, it will be
proper to give fome directions for preparing the pit
which is defined to receive them.

Firft, provide yourfelf with fuch a quantity of dung,
as will be fufficient to fill your pit within fourteen inches
of the top of the brick-work, when fettled. But this
dung, before it is put into the pit, fnould be well work-
ed together, in the fame manner as is praClifed for your
Cucumber-beds, when it will heat more kindly and with
more regularity, than when it is thrown in without
mixing. This done, provide a fufficient quantity of
tanner's bark to plunge your pots in. But if your fitu-
ation is fuch, that tanner's bark cannot conveniently be
had, you muff get faw-dufl: in the place of it, which
anfwers the fame purpofe : but then its heat will abate

much

The Gardener's New Director. 165

much fooner than the other. I have for many years
brought Pine-apples to perteSion v/ith horfe-dung only,
but then I have been obliged to l"hift them oftencr,
than when tan was ufed. I have alfo made ufe of
tan for the pit, and horfe-diing for the lining on the
outfide of the back part of my fruiting frame, with ad-
mirable fuccefs, the fruit being valfly fuperior, both
for flavour and magnitude, to thofe which are railed
by the (love.

Thofe who are newly beginning to raife a pinery with
fmall plants, crowns or fuckers, have no need of any o-
ther direftion, nor can they raife them to perfe6tion a-
ny way fo well as by the method juft direSled. But when
they have crowns and fuckers to fucceed the firfl;,
it will be neceflary to have another frame, conftru£ted
in the following manner.

The crowns and fuckers are two years before they
perfect their fruit ; therefore they will annually require
feveral frefh beds of dung, covered with tan, to fhift the
pots into. This frame then fhould be fix feet wide. The
length mufl be in proportion to the fruiting-franne, and
made in the fame manner as thofe for Cucumbers, but
ftronger. It muft rife three feet and fix inches in the
back, and two feet fix inches in the front, to be co-
vered with lights to Aide, as has been already direfted,
and to be well fituated in refpeft to the fun, whofe in-
fluence may be much afTirted by a front glafs, to rife
fifteen inches. This frame, which is intended for raifing
the fuckers, crowns, iffc. may be contrived of two or
three lengths, according to the number of plants which
you intend to place in it.

The tan which ferments beft is that of a moderate
fize, which is ufually wet, when firt\ brought into the
garden, therefore mull be thinly fpread to dry for a day
or two, when the cakes are to be feparated, and the
whole caft in a heap under cover to ferment.

But if the plants are to be reared by horfe-dung
only, it muft not be put into the pit wet; particular-
ly in the winter, when it might occafion a conlide-
rable damp, which would be deliimeiital to the plants.

M 3 Having

i66 The Gardener's New Director.

Having now dire£ted every thing necefTary in regard
to the pit, except the coinpoft, the following is that
I recommend, of which you fhould jiave a provifion
for years, as age much improves it.

Take one load of mould from under the tuif of a good
pafture, to which, ihould it be very light, add a fourth
of good yellow loam: but, if it is fufficiently loamy,
mix with it two or three bufhels of fea-fand. Then
take a fourth of dung .from a cov/-yard ; but, if not to
be had, take the fame quantity of good rotten dung
from an old Cucumber or iVIelon-bed. Mix thefe well
together, turning the whole three or four times, that it
may thoroughly imbibe the air. Let all the large
clods be well broken, but not lifted or fcreened, as is
the pra£tice with fome.

The particular next to be confidercd in this article,
is, the preparation of the crowns and luckers tor plant-
ing, which has already been given fo fully by Sir James
Jujlice^ and Mr. Miller, in pages (48, and 159, that
Me fnall not repeat it here, but proceed to the care
of the Pine in thefe new fram.es.

The crowns and fuckers are to be planted in fmall pots
of a halfpenny a-piece : but if any of them are larger
than common, they will require pots fomewhat larger ;
which, being filled with the compoll:, previoufly place
an oyfter-fhell over the hole at the bottom of each pot,
that the water pafs off freely; for without this pre-
caution the plants would rot. They mulT: not be plant-
ed too deep, left the earth fliould get between their
leaves, which would be detrimental to them : neither
fhould they be phmted too fhallow ; as they would be
liable to be difplaced by watering; fo that difcretion
muft be your guide.

The plants being potted, they muil: be plunged up
to the rim in the bed of your nurfery-frame, obferving
that the heat is moderate. The inftrument for this pur-
polis fhould be a crooked fork fixed in a fliort handle.
The pots fhould be arranged according to their heights,
placing the fmalleft in front ; for, in this pofition, the
v.hole will the more eafily receive the benefit of the
f'-.n. You fliould then give them a gentle watering,

and.

The Gardenf.r*s New Director. 167

and, if the weather be very hot, fliade them in the
heat of the day, until they are firmly rooted; this fha-
ding will be very necelTary, fo long as the weather con-
tinues very warm ; otherwife the heat of the fun thro'
the glafles would fcorch the leaves of the plants, and
burn the mould, fo as to deprive it of its vegetative qua-
lity. When they have ftruck root, they fhould have air
given them every day, which is to be encreafed, when
the days are warm, and the wind gentle. For if they are
kept too clofe, and drawn up weik, they will fuffer
greatly in the winter. The plants in this frame will re-
quire but little watering in the winter, but when the
frofl:y weather fets in, and the heat of your bed abates,
it will then be neceffary to add a lining of horfe-dung,
in the fame manner that you renew the heat in your
Cucumber-beds.

With this management, two gouci beds will be fuffi-
cient to carry you through the winter, obferving to co-
ver the outfide linings with ftravv or fern, for the better
retention of the heat in the dung. This will alfo pre-
vent the froft from penetrating your frame, if raifed
fufficiently high. It is alfo requifite to have mats, or
{bme other covering, to hinder the froil: from getting
through your lights; and if a great fleam fhould rife
from the bed, it will be necefTary to give them a little
air, by tilting up the lights a little.

The greateft care that thefe plants require, is, to be
preferved from frofi:, and too much wet in winter.
Above all things, be not too forward in promoting their
growth at this feafon, as not any thing can be more
prejudicial than their fhooting too fall; lor fhould they
appear with long leaves, and white at the heart, (the
confequences of a forward growth in winter,) it is over
with them, as they will never acquire the fixe or flavour
they fhould have.

Be careful then not to make vour beds too llrong from
the middle of September to the middle of March. For
it is no matter how little the plants grow duiing the
winter, it is fufficient they are preferved from rotting,
and of a good colour.

In March they are to be more psrtic.ilarly attended to,
from the great changeablenefs of the weather in this

M 4 month,

t68 The Gardtker's Nkw Director.
niontli, whc'.i is frequently fevere, ("o as to require all
Your art to proie6t yuur plants iVoni cold, and foine-.
times from too hot a inn, they n\ui\ bs gradually ad^
iniited both to air and warnith.

About the beginning ct .df)/-!! (a few days fooner or
later, as liie feafon may permit) it will be proper to
fhii'c vour your.g plants into loinewjiat larger pots, ob-
krvwi'^ the "iame precaution reipeding the oyiler- (hells, as
beicre. Ycvir pots and mould being ready, turn out the
young plants gently, and be careful to keep the earth
around their roots. Then put a little frt-rr^ mould into the
bottosv, or tlie pot, and, having pUu-eil your plant upon
it, till up all the hollow parts with the fame. While
vou ar- about th'.s work, examine their roots very par-
ticularly, and, if any feero periihed, the old mould muft
he cleared away, and the'decayed part cut oiT. All de-
cayed leaves v.m\\\ be ftripped off, (not cut) at the
fame lirne. This will make roc.:n for the new fibres
to Jlrike freely, and obfcrve that the if tin earth, with
which you fill iiie pots, be not too wet. The plants
being thus fhifted, you fhould h;ive a frcfh bed ready
to receive them, made with dung and covered wiih tan,
as beif.rtr dirc8.ed. In this bed, place the plants in or-
der, the tallctl at tlic brick part of the frame, and the
loweft in front.

As foon as the plants receive the benefit of the heat
of this new bs ci, arid the weather is mild, it will be
proper to water ;hem all over the lops. This will wafli
away the htth, fettle the earth to the plants, and greatly
nroiVK'te their growth. Continue to cover them lightly
;;t nii'hls, liiul to give tiv^m air in the day-time, when
the weather pcTiw's. Vov it i:; with tlitft-, as with
the unima! world : ir they are too clofdv confiricd, they
will becoiiie tcncier and feeble, and the lefs capable
of prcxlucing fruit in perfeClion. In the fpace ol three
or fonr weeks the heat of this bed will be confiderably
abated,. It muft then he renewed by a lining of freili
dung". For though it doi^s not ug^'fy how little your
rhiris c;rovv in the winter, ic> rhev do hut Rir at all, yet
ii Pirir ,he a principal part of your care to encourage
snd ftti ward the growth of them, from the month of

The Gardener's New Director. 169

April or September ; which is their natural growing fea-
fon ; and as warm fliowers are not uncomnnon in the
months of April and May, the glafTe* may be taken
quite off, that the plants may have the benefit of them ;
only be careful to do this with difcretion, for they
are not to be too much indulged in this, unlefs the heat
of your bed be ilrong. As foon as the fhower is over,
put on the lights ag:iin, fhutting them clofe ; remem-
bering always to let them be fliaded after every water-
ing, more elpecially it the fun Oiould fliine warm, as
this will occafjon a fine dew to appear upon the leaves
of the plants, which will be very ferviceable to them.

The water that is given them occafionally from Sep-
tember to June, muft be in the morning, and fparing-
ly ; and during the hot months ot Juney July, and
Augujly in the evenings ; that the heat of the fun
may have no opportunity of drying them before they
ihall have received the intended benefit of the water-
ing. The water made ufe of on thefe occafions iTiould
be foft ; and rain-water, which is the fofteft, fhould
be preserved for this purpofe : and have a degree of
warmth given it, proportioned to the air within the
frame, to be fprinkled from a fine-nofed pot.

About the middle of July, is the proper feafon for
fhifting your fucceflion plants again into pots of a lar-
ger fize. In the execution of this work, after you
have turned out your plants, it will be necefTary to
take off fome of the outfide mould, and trim the out-
fide roots. I would be underftood to mean thofe roots
only, which have reached the fides of the pot. Put
fome frefli mould at tiie bottom of the new pot, to
raife your plant to the proper height, then fill the
pot with the earth, which you have prepared for that
purpofe. Thele pots are then to be plunged into your
frefh bed of dung covered with tan. Be fure to let
them have plenty of room, to give them fometimes
gentle refrcfhments of water, and to let ihem have a
due proportion of frefh air. This will make your plants
Ilrong, and difpofe them to produce good fruit the
lollo\ving year. But if they are kept too clofe at
thi.-. feafon, they will be drawn up v/eak, and fometimes

there

i7o The Gardener's New Director.

there will be danger of their being driven unfeafonably
into fruit in the winter.

Towards the end of Augujiy when the nights begin to
be cold, the glafles muft be fhiit down clofe. But then
it will be neceflary to let them have fome air in the day
time, when proper opportunities (hall offer. And be
particularly careful not to let them have too miKh wa-
ter at this time.

About the end of September your fucceflion plants will
be nearly full grown. It will be then expedient for you
with all diligence to get ready the pit in the fruiting-
frame for their reception. If for this purpofe you make
ufe of dung covered with tan, it muft be put into the
pit a few days before you plunge your pots into it ;
but if you intend to fill it entirely with tan, it muft
be put in a full week before you venture your plants in
it. In that time the bed will have obtained the due de-
gree of heat by fermentation, and will be rendered fit
for the reception of them. In plunging thefe plants, be
ftill advifed to place them with order and regularity,
which will greatly add to the beauty of them when they
come to be ripe. As foon as the bed fhall have impart-
ed a proper warmth to the mould in the pots, your next
bufinefs will be to water them lightly over their leaves,
which will be a confiderable refrefhment to them, and
fettle the mould to their roots.

If this bed be made entirely of tan, the plants may
remain in it till the middle of February ; but if it be
compofed of dung covered with tan, they will require a-
nother frefh bed about the middle of December. Then
to have the two pits with the moveable frame in readi-
nefs, will be very convenient for re-plunging your pots
without their receiving any check.

You muft be careful to cover the frame with a fail-
cloth during the winter feafon, as you have already been
dire8:ed. Another caution, laid before you in the be-
ginning of this treatife, is, that as foon as you per-
ceive that the heat of the dung or tan is abated, you
begin to line the back part of the frame on the outfide
with dung. This lining muft be laid three or four
feet wide at the bottom, and made Hoping to the top,

that

The Gardener's New Director. 171
that the wet may pafs off well without foaking into the
frame. Neither'fhould it be raifed to its full height at
firft, but by little at a time, as the trons encreale, un-
til it comes to be as high as the back part of the trame
itfelf. By thus adding frefh dung to the former, at con-
venient diftances of time, as the feverity of the weather
mav require, it will maint;nn its heat much longer than
if the whole quantity was to be heaped up at once, and
will flrike a nourifhing heat through the back part of
the frame. This is much preferable to the heat which
is communicated by fire, and the plants thus managed
require lefs water during the winter feafon, than thofe
which are raifed by means of the ftove.

For the better convenience of watering the plants in
this frame, you fhould be furnifhed with a tin pipe a-
bout five feet in length. By means of this }ou will be
enabled to reach the pots which are placed at the back
part of the frame, without breaking or injuring the
leaves of thofe which ftand in front. The large end of
this pipe fnouid be three inches and a half in diameter,
and half an inch at the fmall end, which Ihould be turn-
ed in the fame manner as the bole of a common tobacco
pipe, that the water may gradually run upon them.
This pipe is preferable for ufe in the winter feafon
to any watering-pot that can be made for the pur-
pofe.

Having by thefe directions preferved your plants to
the middle of February, they fliould now be Ihitted
into pots, about nine inches deep, and ten inches in
diameter. This is the proper fize of the pots in
which they fhould be planted to produce fruit. But
obferve that, at this time of fhifting them, no mould
muft be taken off, nor mufl any of the roots be dif-
turbed at all, but they muft immediately be fet in
with care, filling the pots with frelli mould, as be-
fore directed.

If your bed be made entirely of tan, you fhould
now add a little frefh tan to it, mixing the old and
the new well together, before you plunge ycur pots
in it. But if the pit be filled with dung, the fpare pit
muft be prepared to receive them, as is before directed;

and

172 The Gardener's New Director.
and the lining muft he taken from the back part of the
frame : and when the pots are plunged, you muft move
the frame over them again, and then begin to make a
frefti lining at the back part, agreeable to the directions
jufl: given.

If thefe plants are carefully managed in this man-
ner, during the winter, they will begin to fhew their
fruit about the middle of March. And if any of them
Ihould happen to fhew fruit earlier, they mull: not be
fiiifted after the firft appearance of it. For this cannot
be done without checking them greatly; the natural
confequence of which will be, that the fruit will be long
in ripening, and at laft fmall, and but indifferently fla-
voured.

When the fruit appears in the hearts of thefe plants,
you fhould be careful not to water them over the leaves,
more efpecially when they are in bloom. For it will
prevent feveral of their tubercles from fwelling : and
this will render the fruit unfightly. But when the blof-
foms are gone off, you may without danger venture to
water them all over. As the fruit advances in magni-
tude, be fure to keep a good heat, by applying frefh
dung to the back part of the frame. Let this be your
principal regard ; for the beauty, fize, and exquifite fla-
vour of the Pine-apple chiefly depend upon the freedom
of its growth after the fruit appears. Encourage this
therefore by frequent refreshments of water, and by giv-
ing them air as often as the weather will permit.

You will eafily perceive vi^hen the fruit is ripe, by the
beautiful yellowncfs of its colour, and the grateful per-
fume of its effluvia. It fhould be cut in the morning
before the fun (hines upon it, and laid in a cool place.
The fuckers fhould now be taken off, if they appear
brown at the bottom, and the leaves trimmed off from
the mother plant, which fhould be plunged into a mo-
derate hot-bed. If you are careful to refrefh thefe fre-
quentl'y with water, they will produce more fuckers; fo
that you may very foon have plenty of them, if you are
difpofed to preferve the old flools. Some perfons indeed
raife objeaions againft thefe fuckers that are produced
near the roots, and call them contemptuoufly under-
ground

The Gardener*s New Director. 173

ground fuckers. But I have experienced them to be as
good, and have produced as fine Iruit from them, as
from any other plants.

Towards the end of September your fruiting-frame
will be almoft clear. Therefore, if you made ufe of
tan only for the pit, it fhould now be icreened, that the
fmaller parts of it may be feparated from the greater,
thofe however have both of them their refpedive ufes.
The larger Ihould be fpread of an equal thicknefs all
over the pit. You fhould then have a fufficient quan-
tity of new tan to raife the bed with to its proper iieight,
mixing them well together. This, with the lining, will
maintain a moderate heat for five or fix months. The
fmaller parts will be ferviceable to cover the dung-beds
with, wherein you are to raife your fuccefiion plants.

Having gone through the whole procefs of the Pine-
apple, from the management of the crowns and fuckers
to the ripening of the fruit; it remains that proper no-
tice be taken of the white infeQs which are found about
the Pine, and which are always injurious, if but a little
reglefted, and frequently deftruftive to the plants: but
as their extirpation has been fufficiently direfted by Sir
fames JufUce^ as well as Mr. Millery it will be unne-
ceffary to give any more on this head.

Dlre^ions for making Plantations of Strawberries.

TH E only forts of Strawberries worth cultivating in
this country, are, The Virginian or Scarlet, the
Giobe Hautboy, and the Greenifh White or Pine-apple
Strawberry, fo called from the refembiance it has to the
tafte of the Pine-apple. The culture of thefe is gene-
rally the fame. Whenever you defign to make plantations
of them, let the foil be a good fre(h loam, to be very well
trenched in Augufiy and laid up in ridges in winter, to be
meliorated by tlie fnow and froft, turning it over the fpring
following. Should the ground be in good heart, do not

dung

174 T^^ Gardener's New Director.
dunjr it, as that would encourage the plants to fend out
too many fuckers and runners, to have good fruit. So foon
as the plants have done fruiting, from which you are to
take your off-fets, lay out your ground in beds five feet
broad, with alleys one foot and a half, in order to have
free accefs to drefs the beds and plants, obferving to take
no other than fingle heads from the mothers (for runners
will only multiply themfelves). The Virginian kind are
to be planted fourteen inches diftant every way, the Haut-
boys two feet, and the Pine-ftrawberry at near the fame
diftance: they are to be fet in pits, and well watered (if
dry weather) and kept moderately fo, until you perceive
they have flruck root: keep them clear from weeds. By
the beginning of Oilober they will have made good roots,
and will fliew well this feafon; clean them again from
weeds and runners, laying up the earth in the alleys, two
inches deep, where it is to lie a fortnight, and then to be
fpread with a fpade between the plants, and at the fame
time cut off their long-fhanked leaves ; this is called
•winter-dreffing. In April clear them again of all weeds
and runners, and drefs the beds. When they are in
bloom, if the feafon is dry, water them plentifully, to
make them fet their fruit well, otherwife they will not ;
and be fure at this feafon to take off all runners, by which

means you will have good crops. Thefe beds are to

be removed every three years: and if the ground is dry
•when you water the Hautboy, obferve to lay fome wheat-
draw between the plants, to receive the bunches of
fruit ; this will keep the fruit dry, and the ground moifl,
which, whilff the plants are in bloom, and for fome time
after, will be of great fervice to them.

ACa-

The Gardener's New Director. 175

A Catalogue in Alphabetical Order, of fuch Plants and
Roots as are necejfary for the Kitchen-Garden, pointing
out the Seafons for planting or foiving them, with other
Particulars : In the fame Order will be found the Direc-
tions for the Management of thofe mojl in Vfe (difmem-
bered of every Thing tedious and unneceffary) and other
Things worthy to be attended to, for having the Crops
vot only early, but in high Perfe^ion.

ANGELICA, feed, in March, on a rich foil, to be
■^^ tranfplanted, open to the fun.

Anife, feed, in March, rich foil, warm and fhady.
Artichoaks, ofF-fets, in March, on ground well prepared

the preceding OBoher.
Afparagus, Dutch, feed, in April or May, produced from
plants that had never been cut.
, Grave fend, the fame.
Balm, Common, feed and flips, planted in March.

i of Gilead, feed, in pots on hot-beds, in March
and June, tranfplanted into a good rich foil.
Baftl, Biijh, feed, April or May, on hot-beds, to be tranf-
planted.

, Sweet, the fame.

Beans, early Lifhon, feed, OBober and February, full in
the fun, a rich foil.

, early Mazagan, feed, O^ober and November, the

fame.

• , green Genoa, feed, April and May, the fame.

, long podded, feed, April, the fame.

-^ — , nonpareil, feed, April, the fame.

, Toaker, feed, March and April, the fame.

— — , white bloffomed, feed, April, the fame.

, Windfor, feed, March to the middle of June, the

fame.

, fcarlet kidney feed, April and May.

, Batter fea kidney, the fame.

> black kidney, the fame.

, Canterbury kidney, the fame.

, early white dwarf kidney, feed, in January, on

a hot-bed; April and May, open ground.

, large white Dutch kidney, feed, April and May.

Beans,

176 The Gardener's New Director.

Beant, Oriental kidney, the fame.

, fpeckled kidney, the fame.

— ■' , fcarlet kidney, the fame, in dry weather, and in a
drill made on the top of the ridge, to preferve
them from moifture.
Beets, green, feed, March, on a moid foil, well dug.
— — , ivbite, the fame.

— — , Red, feed, March and April, and when up fix

inches, to be cut clofe to the ground and covered.

Boor-cole, feed, middle of February, to be tranfplanted

when they fhew fine leaves.
Brocoli, Neapolitan, feed, beginning of February, a wall-
border, eaft afpeft, to be tranfplanted when
they fhew fine leaves.
— — — , Purple, the fame.

, Turnip, the fame.

, JVbite, the fame.

Cabbage, Alnvuick, feed, Augufl or the end of February,
autumnal fowing of Cabbages is preferable,
and when fix leaved, to be tranfplanted into
beds, at five inches didance.

. , early white Dutch, the fame.

— — — , large Scots, the fame.

, Batterfea, (t^d, end of July, on'open ground,

to be tranfplanted in the fame foil at four
inches diftance, and again tranfplanted in
September.
— — — , early Tork, the fame.
, fugar-loaf, the fame.

, early May, feed, July and Augujl.

, large Englifh, feed, Augujl and September.

, early Jmall Rujjia, feed, February.

red Dutch, feed, Augujl and February.

Cara'way, feed, April.

Cardoons, feed, March, on good light earth, to be tranf-
planted when in fine leaves, fit for blanching
about the 20th of Augujl.

Carduus benedi^us, feed, April.

Carrot, early horn, feed, firft crop February, walled bor-
der, a light foil.

, large orange, feed, fummer crop loth March, win-
ter, middle Julyt light foil.

Celery*

The Gardener's New Director. 177

Cekryy 7 feed, early, middle of February, moderate

Celeriac, i hot-bed, tranfplant when they have five or

fix leaves; next in March, until the middle of

April, in open ground, and in Oriober, to be

tranfplanted in Morch, and again in May.

Celery, Italian, feed, March and April.

Chervil, fweet, feed, autumn, immediately after feeding,

in a moift, fhady fpot.
Chives, parting their roots, planted in Augujl, light rich

foil.
Clary, feed, March, in an eaft afpeO:, to be tranfplanted

in yune.
Cole, fea, feed, July and Augujl, or im.mediateiy wjien

the feeds are ripe.
ColcMorts^ curled, feed, Anarch and April.

-^ , variegated, the fame.

CoUyf.ower, Englip, feed, for the early, on old Cucumber
or Melon-beds, 20th Augujl, tranfplant wjien
well leaved, in trefh, but not very rich earth,

about O^ober tranfplant into light earth,

Plants that have been preferved under frames
to be planted in open ground in March, Febru-
ary on moderate hot-beds to come in in Augujl,
and September on the natural ground ; on natu-
ral ground in May, to come in m November.

, Italian, the fime.

Columbine, feed, April and Augujl.

Coriander, feed, March and April, in a warm free place,

five inches diftance.
Crefs, broad leaved, feed, if defired early, upon a mode-
rate hot-bed \n February ; in fpring on beds
well expofed to the fun, in drills ; for winter,
in Augujh

■ , common, the fame.

, curled, the fame,

■ , Indian, feed, early, middle of K^rw,7;7, moderate

hot-bed, tranfplant when five or fix leaves:
common crop in March and till middle of April,
in open ground ; and in Oi'iober, lo be tranf-
planted in March, and again in A'fay.
Cucumber, early prickly, feed, November, December, "Ja-
fiiuiry, February, and March, on an hot-bed.
N Cucumber^

178 The Gardener's New Director.

Cucumber, long greeny feed, March, on an hot-bed.

— — , JJjort greeny feed, February, on an hot-bed.

, white Turky, feed. May, on an hot-bed.

• , green Turky, feed, March, on an hot-bed.

Cummin, feed, April.

Dill, feed, March, to be hoed to 10 inches dlftance.

Endive, broad leaved curled, feed, between 20th June
and 1 2th Auguji, in good ground, when they
fhew five or fix leaves to be tranfplanted into
well dug ground, at fourteen inches diftance,
to be blanched.

■- , curled, the fame.

Efcallion, fee Chives,

Fennel, common, feed, as foon as the feed is ripe, to be
tranfplanted in the fpring.

— — — , Italian, or Finochia, feed, beginning of April,
in drills, fix inches feed from feed, on rich
light foil.

Fenugreek, feed, March. -

Garlick, feparating the roots, July and Atigujl, light
rich foil.

Gourd, feed, March, on a hot-bed.

Hyjfop, flips and feed, middle of March, any place.

Kail, Kilmaurs, feed, April.

, Rujpa curled, fetd, March.

, fmall, feed, April.

heek, French, feed, April and July, the largeft planted
in rich light earth.

, London, the fame.

Lettuce, hrovjn Dutch, feed, "July and AuguJl.

-, cabbage, feed, February, March, July and Aug.

■ , capuchin, feed, AuguJl.
• -, green Egyptian, feed, Aiigufl.

■ — , ice, feed, March, April, July and AuguJl, kfl:
fown to be tranfplanted in September.

, Imperial, feed, April and July.

, lamb, feed, July, AuguJl and September.

, French, feed, April.

' , Silefta, the fame.

, white Cos, ox V erf allies, feed, April SiT\6 July.

Marjoram, fiveet and pot, feed, April, on a moderate hot-
bed, to be tranfplanted in June.

Marygold,

The Gardener's New Director. 179

Marygold, common, feed, March,

Melons J Cantalupe, feed, March, in a hot-bed.

, red Turky, the fame.

, green ditto, with others, feed, February and

March.
Miijlard, 'white, feed, every month for fallad.

• , brown, feed, March.

Onion, Englifi, feed, March, on a free moifl foil.

, Flanders, the fame.

• , red SpaniJJj, the fame.

— — , Portugal, feed, beginning of March ^ and Augujft
in rich ground, dug in September or October,
and laid in ridges.
, ft her -Jk in, the fame.

, Strajhurgh, feed, middle of July, for winter fal-

lads, to be well covered.

, IVelfi, feed^ J"hf ^old good in the ground five

or fix years
Farjley, common, feed, middle of /V/^rwrtry, on thin open
ground.

■ , curled, the fame ; if defired large, to be left at

fix inches diftance.

, Dutch, the fame ; roots good from Augujl to

March.

' > Hamburgh, the fame.

Par/nip, Dutch fwelling, feed, March and April, in a
free foil, well fituated, rich and well dunged.

■ , Englijh, the fame.

Peafe, Barn's hot/pur, feed, April.

• , common ha fling, feed, March and April.

■ , crooked Jugar, the fame.

• -, croivn, or rofe, feed, March.

• , Dutch hajlingf feed, February.

, great Dutch Admiral, feed, the fame.

, dwarf marrow-fat, feed, April zwd May, on very

lean foil, at a good diftance row from row and
pea from pea.

, dwarf fugar, feed, April and May.]

• , early Charlton hot/pur, feed, Oftober, November,

fanuary and February.

' , early Hejfian hotfpur, feed, the fame.

■ -, EJfcx Reading, leed, March.

N 2 • Peafe

i8o The Gardener's New Director.

Peafe, green rouncivalj feed, March and April.
y grey rouricivaly the fame.

, large maroiv-fat, 'January to "June.

« , Egg, feed, is a fine large one, and requires good

room, is a great bearer, and holds long, from
"January to June.

- , large fugar, the fame.

, Leadman''s early dvjarft feed, OBoher and Novem-
ber for hot-beds.

, /on^ d-Mdrfj feed, March and ./^r/Y.

, ««/)/£• hotjpury feed, /f/)r/7.

, mafter hoifpury feed, March.

, Nonpareil, the fame.

, Ormot^s hotfpiir, feed, February.

, /&cr/ dvoarf, feed, end of M^y.

, SpaniJI:) moretto, feed, February and March, to have

good room, one inch pea from pea.

, Turky hotfpur, feed, March.

J white rouncival, ietd, March and April.

, Flanders hotfpur, feed , March.

Pompion, feed, February, hot-bed.

Poppy, white, feed, April.

Purjlain, golden, feed, early, in March, hot-bed, tranf-
plant end of May, in a rich bed, open ground
half a foot plant from plant. Common crops
in May, firft watering the bed, and covering
the feed.

■ ' — , green, the fame.

Radijh, black Spanijh, feed, July and Augujl, to be taken
up in November, to be preferved in fand.

, early London floort-topt, feed, for early crops on

a border ; and from March to the beginning of
April, every fortnight on beds ; and in Augujl,
for Septertiber and O^ober eating.

■ , early fahnon, the fame.

, Safid-juich, the fame.

, Turnip, feed, February and March only.

, white Spani/Jj, feed, July and Augujl, for ufe in

O^ober, all in well trenched ground.

Rockambole, feed, September.

Rofemary, feed, May, in pots on hot bed, and from flips
in May.

Salfafv,

The Gardener's New Director. i8r

Salfafy, feed, the middle of March, by dropping three
feeds in one hole, at eight inches diftance, to
be covered, fit tor ufe in OSlobeVs ; fuch as re-
main in the ground until the following April
or May may be ufed as Afparagus.
Savory f fummer, feed, April.

, wi Titer i feed. May.

Savoys, green, feed, March, Augujl and September.

— — , yellovj, the fame.

Scallion, parting roots, fpring and Augujl, but the latter

for their coming in in fpring.
Si'orzonera, feed, March and April.

Shalktt, fmalleft fingle cloves with good bottoms, middle

of Aus;ufl, to be taken up the July following.

Skirret, {^^(S, in March, on a moift rich foil, well dref-

fed the O^ober before; they may remain in the

ground.

Sorrell, candy, feed, Augujl.

, French, the fame.

Spinage, round Dutch, feed, every fortnight from the
end of February to the middle of May.

• , mountain, the fame.

— • , Jmooth French, the fame,

, prickly or 'winter, feed, from the 20th oi July

to the 1 2th of Augujl, in drills.
Succory, feed, April.

Thyme, feed, in fpring, upon a lean border.
Turnip, early ivh-te garden, feed, February, March, and
April ; fecond crop, July and Augujl.

, French long-rooted, feed, May.

, green-topt field, feed, June and Jitly-

, large white field, the fame.

, Mujcovy, feed, April and July.

, redtopt field, feed, June znd July.

, yellow, feed, April and July.

, Pnjfian, feed. May.

N.B. Turnips are always the fweeteft that are ralfed on
virgin earth, and hoed to a good diftance.

N 3 DireHiont

iS2 The Gardener*s New Director.

Dirc^ions for the Culture of the Plants atui Roots in the
Kitchen Garden ^ in an Alphabetical Series^ pointing out
the Soil, J/petFl, and Treatment neceJJ'ary for their Per-
fection.

ARTICHOKES.

THE Artichoke I would recommend is the red, for
its high flavour, and the largenefs of the bottoms.
— My practice varying much from the common in raif-
ing this article, I {hall be very particular in my direcli-
ons.

By my method fruit may be continued from June (or
even from May, in fome feafons) until October ;'but this
cannot be done but by annual piantati(^ns, executed in
the following manner. In Ofioher lay out a fpot of ground
fufliciently large, according to the number of plants you
defign to plant, to be at four feet, row from row, and
three feet, plant from plant: trench the ground very
well, and in November lay over it a good quantity of well
rotted dung; mix all well together, rendering it very
fine, by breaking the clods, fo as to give free liberty to
the fibres of the plants, when you are to ridge it, fo to
remain until about the middle of March, when the
ground is to be well dug for planting; you are now to
lake the beft off-fets from your Artichokes, and thofc
only which have fibres, are well formed and ftocky ;
thefe you rnaj diftinguifh by removing the earth from

about

The Gardener's New Director. 183

about the old plants, and with your finger feel for fuch
off-fets as can be eafily taken off, without wounding them
or the mother-plants; obferving not to take fuch iuckers
as have fruited, for their roots are flicky, and will not
produce fuch large fruit as younger fuckers, I mean fuch,
whofe roots cut crifp and tender.

If your fuckers are brought from a diftant garden, or
have been fome time taken off, I would recommend
their roots to be wafhed, and before planting to lie fix
hours in water ; this will refrefh them, expand their
veffels and fibres near their roots, and prepare them for
foon ftriking root. Plant them at the diftances above
fpecified, that is, four feet row from row, and three
feet plant from plant, watering them well until you
perceive them growing: between their rows you may
have a crop of fpinage and radifhes, or a few colly-
flowers, but no other kind of crops. About Auguji and
September they will give you good fruit, which, when
you cut, be fure at the lame time to cut down their
ffalks, to within one inch of the ground; this greatly
ffrengthens the plant, and prepares it for early fruiting
the enfuing feafon: and in order to ftrengthen the young
plants, I have cut therh down after their fruit has ap-
peared a little time; this enables them to give a fine
crop the following feafon : in this manner in particular
I treat all weak plants, which is a certain way of
recovering them.

About the twenty-fifth of OiHober, I cut down
my Artichokes to within fix or eight inches of the earth,
and dig the furface of my ground, laying it up to the
plants, in the manner you do when you trench ground ;
and if you apprehend the foil is not fufficiently rich, you
may lay the dung of your oldeft and befl: rotted hot-bed
in the bottom of the trench, but upon no account any
new dung or litter: this landing of your Artichokes will
defend them from winter frofts. In the fpring let the
old dung be dug into the ground, which will fo flreng-
then the plants, that you may depend upon good crops.
I alfo tried an experiment with my Artichokes, which I
cannot omit, and with which I had mofl extraordinary
fuccefs. In June and in July I gathered a good quantity
of fea-rack, mixed it v.ith frefh earth, about a fourth

N 4 part

iS4 The Gardener's New Director.

part of old dung, and a fmall quantity of unflaked lime;
thefe were laid in an heap, to be turned every fortnight
or three weeks, to ferment, mix, and rot, fo as to be
fit to land up the plants about tlie latter end of Ot^obert
the fpring following I dug this compoft into the earth,
whereby I had extraordinary fruit, with very large bot-
toms. Obferve never to dung Artichoke-land but once
in three years, but to lay very rich land to them every
winter.

When you fmooth your ground in March, between thefe
plants, it will be proper to remove the earth from a-
bout their roots with a ipade, and with your hand take
off all the ofF-fets or eyes, leaving no more than two
good ones for fruit; and fliould any more afterwards ap-
pear, take them up ; obferving never to allow n.ore than
one fruit upon a flalk, and when you cut your fru t, cut
down the ftalk almoft clofe to the ground, as before di-
refled. This 'was my p'a6fice in tlie culture of Arti-'
chokes, by which I excelled Shou'd your Arrichokes
prove weak in the Iprmg, hill them up with rich earthj
and they will recover,

A SPARAGUS.

HEN yen have provided yonrfelf with feed,
, , which fhould i'evcr be taken, but from plants
that have never been cut, and have been marked for
their fuperior excellence; lay out a fpot of rich, light
garden-eai th, into beds five feet broadj with an alley of
one foot and a half. Take the feed the day before you
fow it, and put it into a veflel with water, when what
are good will fink to the bottom, and what are hufky
and empty will fwim, which are to be thrown away ; then
take your line, make five or fix rows in this bed, and
therein drop your (ee(\?, three by three, at half an inch
diftancp, covering them with an inch and a half of earth;
keep them quite clear Irom weeds during the fummer,
and if Jpril and May prove very dry, give them a little
water. In O^obery when you perceive their ftraw or
haulm turn yellow, cut it down, and laying two inches

of

The Gardener's New Director. 185
of earth from the alleys on them, cover the fame in No-
i<c-mber with three inches of well rotted old dung, to
prevent the troll trom injuring the crowns of t.ie young
plat'ts.

At this fcafon, in a well expo ed part of the gar-
den, trench a Ipot o; irefh, light earth, two ipades and
one (hovel deep, and ridge it up to receive thv; oene-
fit of the winter Inows and froll : provide yourfelf at
the fame time with a good quantity ot old well rotted
dung, which, if it is not (o well rotted as you could
wifh, one winter will perform that work, provided it is
well fpread and wrought in thai feaUm, which is the moil
proper for rotting all forts of manure.

About the tenth of Marcb, open your ground again,
and at the bottonri of each trench, wherein you are to
plant the roots, lay m a good quantity of this well rot-
ted dung, fo that it may be feven inches deep below
the furface of the earth, over which lay the earth
that came out of the trench, five inches thick above
the dung, levelling it very well, then lift your young
plants from tlie bed wherein they were fown ; firft open-
ing a large drill fit for holding them, and laying it
high in the middle ; upon this hill plant your Afparagus
roots at fourteen inches diflance, phint from plant, and
cover them over with two or three inches ot this good
earth. The plants are to be raifed with an Afparagus-
fork, which is beter than a fpade, as being not fo
apt to wound theii roots, whi( h is of more confe-
quence than many people apprehend.

In the 6rfl year of this plantation, >iOU may have a
crop of Onions thinly lown ; laying in fome rotten dung
in the alleys, to mix with the earth, 30U may alfo for
that year have a crop of CoUyflowers ; all which will
be taken off before Oc"cbery when you are to drels your

beds for winter, which muft be performed thus :

About the twentieth of OcJofn-r, when you fee the
Afparagus-haulm turning yellow, cut it down, fpaJing
the ground in the alleys, lay the fame upon your A-
fparagus-beds, and before the frofls come on, cover your
beds fix inches thick with the helf rotted dung of your
oldeft hot-beds, which will protect them in the winter;
in Murcbi or the beginning of Aprils drefs them with

an

i86 The Gardener's New Director.
an Afparagus-fork, which will not injure the young
crowns of your grafs; keep them always clear from
weeds, and the refufe of the dung which comes off thefe
beds in their fpring-dreffings, may be dug into the alleys,
for Collyflowers and Brocoli ; but plant no Beans in
thefe alleys, they being a fort of poifon to Afparagus-
roots. By obferving the winler-dreflings in Oclobery
and the fpring-drelTings in March or the beginning ot
Jpril regularly, you may cut good Afparagus the third,
although it be better to defer it until the fourth year
after iranfplanting.

Moll gardeners, in cutting Afparagus, take the big-
gefl buds, and leave the fmalleft ; but from experience
lam quite certain, that this is a moft erroneous prac-
tice ; for when the fap defcends to the root in O^ober,
it is in proportion to the bud that returns it ; therefore,
for the firft two years after you begin to cut, you muil
obferve, where your bed gives two large and two fmall
trrafs, to leave one large and one fmall one, for the fu-
ture welfare of the bed; and by obferving to be tender
of cutting in the two firfl years, your bed will hold for
twelve or fourteen.

BALM.

THE Common Balm is propagated by planting
flips in March, in beds of good frtfh earth, five
feet broad, with alleys of one foot and a half broad;
watering them, if the weather is dry, and to be kept
clear of weeds.

There is a fort of Balm that has its leaves finely
variegated with yellow and white : this mufl: be plant-
ed in a very lean foil, that the variegation may be

preferved. The common fort makes a fine tea by an

infufion of its leaves, which is an excellent remedy for
the lownefs of fpirits.

BALM

The Gardener's New Director. 1S7

BALM OF G I LEAD.

BALM of Gileaci is propagated by fowing its feeds
in pots upon an hot-bed in Munb,and in June the
plants mud be tranfplanted into as good and rich a foil
as what you have in the pots, or you may tranfplant
them from their feed-pots into others, putting at mod
but two plants into a pot, and fetting the pots in the
green-houfe, or under a hot-bed trame, cutting ihem
down ; and the May following they may be tranf-
planted out for good, but on a foil equally good with
that directed above ; when they are in bloom, cut down
their ftalks, and give them a drelTing. This was my
pra6lice with this odoriferous herb, by which means I
always had a fucceirion.

BEANS.

THE Mazagan, and the early J.ijhon, are the car-
lieft kinds; but 1 prefer the ]\la7.agan Bean, as
it is a very great bearer, and has a tine talle. It is
a native of a Portuguefe fettlement upon the coall of
Africay and, in many winters and fpilngs, comes firft;
it is beft to have them annually from I.ijlon, for they
degenerate, if fown from feeds raif<-d in England. They
may be fown in QBober and N 0-. ember \ and when they
appear above ground, cover them wiih earth, to pre-
ferve them from the troft ; earihing them as they ad-
vance, until the froft i» over; wi.en they are to be faf-
tened to the wall, with reed, anil lills oi cloth ; tiiis
haftens them on, and prevents their wind- waving or
breakinti;; top them when in bloffom, and they will
come in very early. — There is another method to have
thofe Beans early : Lay a pound of them under ilit earth
near a well cxpofed wall; cover them with beli-glanes ;
in three weeks take them up and yon will perceive them
fpringing, which when you obfervc, plant them under
a fouth-afpeclcd v/all, allowing ihcir buds to be equal

wi'h

i88 The Gardener*s New Director.

with the furface of the ground, as the froft will not injure

them, but he lure to cover their roots well.

Preparing the fummer-crops in this manner forwards
them much.

Next to thefe, vou may, in February^ fow the Spa-
nifh, <'-reen Genoay and the Sandwich Bean ; and after
thefe, once every three weeks, fow the Toaker or Toc-
kay, the Turkey^ the Wind/or, and Nonpareil Beans,
from March until the middle of June, in order to have
a fuccefTion of them as late as you can; jou may plant
them among your rows of Cabbages, or in fields by
themfelves, giving them four feet diftance, row Irom row,
and fix inches to the largeft. Bean from Bean ; I always
pJiinted two Beans together, in holes two or three inches
deep, and obferved to top them when they were in
full bloom, as I have found fuch pruning to help their
fruit to fet more plentifully, than if their long ftalks
were allowed to ramble at large. The Green Genoa
Bean I allowed to be quite ripe before I gathered it,
as I preferved it for winter-ufe ; and when pulled,
dried them. In winter I fleeped them for fome days
to foften, boiling them with bacon and fowl ; they
not only retain their colour, but eat as well as in fum-
mer.

BEANS (KIDNEY)

AS I have already treated of raifing Kidney-beans
upon hot-beds, I fhall not repeat it here. The
beft kind for a good crop, is the Batterfeay the Dwarfs
being only for the hot-bed-ufe. There are fome gar-
deners who advife planting the Batterfea upon a mo-
derate hot-bed, and after they have germinated, by
fhowing their root fpringing at the eyes of the Bean,
immediately to tranfplant them into the open ground,
whereby (fay they) you will have fruit earlier by a
fortnight, than if they were fown in the natural earth.
This may happen in mild fprings i but this plant being
very tender, I have often obferved their roots to decay,
v/hen they have been thus tranfplanted. The method
' I ufcd

The Gardener's New Director. 189

I ufed to have them early was thus : In the month of
May I took fome of my largeft pots, and laying a
{Iratum of good frefh rich earth at their bottom, I
planted therein fome Beans ; thefe I covered with an-
other ftratum of the fame earth, laying thereon fome
more Beans, this I continued to do until I had filled
my pots, which I fet in the airieft part of my green-
houfe; in fifteen days my Beans were fpringing fart,
when I planted them in the fame fort of foil, two inches
deep upon a wall-border, by which means I had them
earlier by three weeks, than thofe which were fown
at the fame time, without this preparation, and I had
by far more fuccefs u^ith them, than with thofe Beans
"whofe roots were chipped (as the gardeners term ir) upon
hot-beds. They require to be kept quite clear from
weeds, and in very dry weather you may give them mode-
rate waterings, and, by fow ing once every three weeks,
you may continue them till the frorts pinch them,
and render them ufelefs. Yon may in May fow fome
of the early dwarf Canterbury Kidney-beans, which do
well at this feafon.

The Scarlet Kidney-Bean muft be managed in the way
juft dire6ted, as they are apt to burft, fliould the fea-
fon prove wet after fowing. This Bean I would

recommend for family ufe, not only as it holds long, but
the little trouble it gives : one fowing will be fuf?icicnt,
it being a very abundant bearer, and holds until cut down
by the frort, and is clear from the firings that are fo trou-
hlefome in the fruit of the other kinds: they are alfo good
boilers, both as to colour and flavour, and when (ome-
what large, you need do no more than quarter them with
a knife. I would advife fome well-rotted dung to be laid at
the bottom of the drills, to be thinly covered v^^ith coal or
turf alhes, that its moilhire may not reach the feed,
(which fometimes has an ill effect) but to receive the fi-
bres when they rtrike down, which will make the plants
grow with vigour; and for the better keeping them
dry, I would advife their being fown in drills on the tops
of ridges, and in order to keep up your drills, have a
refer\oir. Thefe Beans murt be ftaked with flencU-r
poles or French reeds, as they will run to a conndcral)te
height, and have 3 plcafing effeft when in fruit and
flower, which they will be at the fame time.

BEETS.

19« The Gardener*s New Director.

BEETS.

OF thefe there are three forts :

1. The Green Beet.

2. The Red Beet.

3. The White Beet with a large ftalk, commonly

called Bcet-chard, or Swifs Beet.

I.

T.
moifl: piece of land, well dug, but not over
rich; and the better the foil is wrought, the more li-
berty the roots will have to fweil, and produce large
leaves. Their leaves are a good and whclefome pot-
herb, and by blanching or fteeping them a little time in
water before they are ufed, they will be rendered very
palatable, and their bitternefs removed. If you perceive
them to come up too thick, they muft be well thin-
ned ; and if fome of their feeds are dropped amongft
your fummer-carrots, they will do well, as the carrots
will be drawn in fummer, when the Beets will re-
main, and be much improved, by the ground being
Airrcd about them. Provided you can rake tlie bed, on
ihe removal of the Carrots, you may plant a draggling
crop of Savoys for winter and fpring ufe.

2. Tht Red Beei, fee Parsnip.

3. The White Beet or Beetcbard may be fown at the
fame time as the Green Beety thinning and cultivating
them in the fame manner; but obferve, that as the
Beetchards are only valued for their large flat ftems, do
not fuffer them to appear the firft fummer, keeping
them down by cutting, whereby their roots will be
enabled to fend up large, flat, and broad ftems the year
following; in foups, or tryedby themfelves, they make
a delicate difh ; but they are more proper for foups, by
their ready difTolving quality, adding a delicate fmooth-
refs and fulnefs not to be imitated by any other herb.
For the better fupplying the kitchen, they muft be
fown every year.

BEET-

The Gardener's New Director. 191

BEET-CHARD S.

SEE Beets.

B R O C O L I.

I Proceed now to the culture of the different forts
of BrocoU. — And here I fhall mention a method
entirely new, which 1 pradifed, and whereby I had
Brocoli in its greateft: perfe£lion. I prefer the W^hitc
Brocoli, or what is called the Neopolitan Brocoli, which
I would advife to be fown the beginning or middle of
Februaryy upon a wall-border, with an eaft-afpecV. So
foon as thefe plants have got five leaves, tranfplant
them into a more foutherly one, upon a very rich
foil, where they are to ftand.

They are tranfplanted for an increafe of fibres ; and,
if they are twice or thrice tranfplanted in the nurfery-
bed, they acquire twice or thrice more ftrength ; and in
confequence they produce much better than thofe plants
which have not been tranfplanted.

In order to have your Brocoli produce well, it will
be very proper to tranfplant them into the furrows or
alleys of your onion, carrot, or other kitchen-ftuff beds,
the beginning oi July ; preferving them from fnails, and
hilling them, they will produce mofl noble heads in Ja-
nuary and February ; it is a crop will hold for a confide-
rable time, and many perfons efteem them more than
they do the befl: Collyflowers ; by fowing fome very
early in the fpring, the mod forward will fucceed
your autumnal crops, by which means you will have
a fucceflion. The R'jman or blue Brocoli I would
always low by the tenth of March; and when they
have got five leaves, tranfplant them from the feed-
bed into the nurfery-bed, at three inches difbnce,
plant from plant; and keeping them clear from weeds,
let them remain there until tlic end of June, when

they

192, I'hc Gardener's New Director.

they flioultl he planted into a good foil, in three rows,
three feet di(Unt, and two feet plant from plant : for if they
are planted thicker, they fpire too much : you muft
hillj dig, and keep them clear from weeds, and in
November they will fliew their heads, which, as foon
as tliey do, (except in very fevere frofls) they muft be cut
off for ufe, that their luie-fprouts may advance for the
fpring, when they will hold a good while. Brocoli prof-
pers beft in a rich loamy foil, not much expofed to the
fun ; but it fhould never be planted under the drop of
tree- The Tjtrnfp-Brocoli has nothing curious in it,
€>. opting that its roots are fhaped 'ike a Turnip above
ground, from which proceed their (hoots, and makes a
very odd appearance.

The Italian Method of cultivaiiug Brocoli and Fi-
NOCHIA, communicated by the late Lord Bijbop oj Kil-
lala, to the Dublin Society.

THE latter end of May^ or beginning of ywn^, on
the decreafe of the moon, prepare a bed of fine
rich light earth, well cleared of llones, and well dug,
which is to be well w^.tered the day before the feed is
fown, which muft be done with a light fcattering
hand, to leave fufficient room for the growth of the
young plants. Work the feed gently into the earth
with a fine rake, and ftick feathers or fomething over
the beds to preftrve them from birds ; in dry wea-
ther water them morning and evening for fifteen days,
and after that every other day for eight or ten days
more, and v/hen they are grown to the height of a quar-
ter of a yard, which will be in about fix or feven weeks,
they muft be taken up feparately, and tranfplanted into
another bed of fine irtfh earth, prepared as the former,
with this addition, that holes muft be made in it a-
bout the fi'/.e of the crown of a hat, in the form, of
a bafon, at a foot and a half diftance; in each hole
muft be fet a fingle plant, putting with it two large
handfuls of fiieeps-dung, filling up the hole with fine

mould,

The Gardener's New Director. 193

rhould, as pra6:iren in making Cucumber holes : they
muft be watered morning and evening tor eight or ten
days, and afterwards every other day, as the feafon re-
quires, till they feem in perfect heaUh : there is nothing
afterwards to be done, but now and then hilHng them,
as you do Collvflowers : in about five or fix weeks, the
flower will be fit to cut, which is known by its clofenefs
and hardnefs, as well as the extreme beauty of its co-
lour, having a purplifh bloom like that on Grapes: they
never cut more than about nine or ten inches with the
flower, as the ftalk fhoots out frelh fprouts, which are cut
from time to time ; thofe defigned for feed are never to be
cut,but fuffered to grow till the feed is fit to gather, which
ihev know by cropping a bit and fqueezing ithard between
the finger and thumb, if the feed fhoots out, it is fit to
gather, and muft hang in the fun to harden; if it does
not fly from the hufk, but bruife in the fqucezing, it
mufl: (land a while longer.

I was favoured with thefe directions by a gentleman
at Rome, where he refided many years : the fame me-
thod is pra6tifed in Italy, except the feafon of planting,
which with them is in /luguji: but for this climate he
fixed on the end of May, or beginning of June, as mod
proper. Thefe dire6tions have been followed in France^
and with great fuccefs ; nor have I been lefs attentive to
them, notwithftanding the oppofition given me by my
gardener, in which I have had all imaginable fuccefs ;
my Brocoli being larger, fueeter, tenderer, and in much
greater quantity than ever I met with here before, and
the flower frequently as large as a fmall Collyflower.

I fufFered my gardener to follow his own way, and I
obferved what he fowed early in the fpring was apt to
run in hot weather ; what he fowed in autumn, the froft
ftunted in its growth, and the bcft he ever produced were
not better than common Sprouts.

FiNOCHiA fhould be managed after the fame man-
ne, only fowed a fortnight later, being extremely apt to
run, and great care taken to earth it in the manner you
do Celery ; our Eti^lijl? gardeners rarely taking care to
draw the earth high enough in blanching.

O CAB-

194 "The Gardener's New Director.

CABBAGES.

THE bell: early Cabbages are the lLzx\y Torkjhire,
the Batterfea, and Sugar-loaf; the{e fhould be
fown the end of July, upon an open fpot of ground ;
when- they have got fix leaves, they (liould be tranf-
planted into beds of the fame earth at four inches dif-
tance, that they may grow ftrong and fliocky ; and about
the end of Sept^'mber they may be planted out into a good
rich fpot of ground amongft your winter Spinage, which
when taken away in the fpring, you fliould draw
the earth up to the ftems of your Cabbages, whereby
they will be much ftrengthened, and in May they will
be turning in their leaves to cabbage ; then it will be
proper to tie fome of the mod forward with bafs ftrings
or fmall fallow twigs, to blanch their innermofl: leaves,
by which means they iv\\\ have Cabbages ten days foon-
er than if they were not fo ufed. The Batterfea and the
Sugar-loaf Cabbages are treated the fame way, and are
fcwn at the fame time; but as the Batterfea is apt to
fly up, I prefer the Sugar-loaf. After your early
Cabbages are gone, you may ridge your ground for Ce-
lery, Celeriac, Endive, ^V. There is a fort of Cab-
bage, called Mudi-Cabbage, v/hich is now negle61:ed,
and not inferted in our feedmens catalogues ; but for tafle
and flavour, no gentleman ftiould want them in bis gar-
den ; it is managed in the fame manner as the Alnwick
Cabbage, and is in ufe from the beginning of OHober
until Chrifnias; and as they are apt to fuffer in very fe-
vere winters, either houfe them, or, laying up your
ground in ridges-, puil them up by their roots, and lay
them floping on their fides, covering their ftems up to their
leaves and the Cabbages with fl:raw, which will preferve
them until February. The large Englif) Alnwick^ Red
Dutch, and large Scotch Cabbages may be fown in Au-
gufi, or the end of' February ; but in this country I pre-
fer autumnal fowing of Cabbages ; and when they have
fix leaves, plant them out into beds at Ave inches dif-

tance.

The Gardener's New Director. 195
tahce. In Oc]oher, if your land be dry, plant them out
at three feet diftance every way ; but if you have a wet
foil, it will be proper to defer this work until the begin-
ning of March ; keep them clear from weeds, which
can be eafily effected when you draw the earth to their
flems, which may be done in Aprily and be repeated as
you find neceilary ; and when you have tranfplanted
them, if the weather is dry, water them often, until
you perceive them to grow.

CARROTS.

THE two forts mentioned in thefeedmens catalogues,
are thofe which are fit to be cultivated in gardens.
To prepare for the fowing of Carrots, take their feeds
and rub them well between your hands, that they may
feparate; for the hairy fubftance with which their feed-
velVels are covered, makes them adhere to one another.
I would recommend the firft crop of Carrots to be fovvn
about the middle di February, upon a wall border which
has been dunged the year before ; and for this crop I
would recommend the the early Horned ; but when you
fow Carrots, or any other light feeds, in fandy ground,
tread them in with your feet before you cover them, to
prevent the wind from blowing them off, which often
happens to Carrots, Parfnips, Lettuces, Onions, Leeks,
^c. About the tenth of March I fowed my general crop
of the Orange Carrots in beds four feet broad, where
I had my Onions the former year, having dug it in
O£]obery and laid it up in ridges for the winter's frofls.
I obferved always to fow in calm weather, and fome-
times to put amongft them fome feeds of Radiflies and
Cabbage-lettuces, but no other fort. My laft fow-
ing for Carrots was about the middle of July, for win-
ter, or rather fpring ufe. In Oclober your large Carrots
are to be taken up, wlien their tops are to be taken off,
and the Carrots laid in dry fand, where they will be pre-
ferved from froff for winter ufe, Cayots are to be kept
clear from weeds, and thinned to ihrt-e, and lomctimes
to five inches, root from root, to have them large; as
O 2 ioon

196 The Gardener's New Director.

foon as you take them out of the ground, direft it to be
laid in ridges for the advantage of the winter's froft, for
no ground generates vermin fo much as that on which
Carrots have been fown; to prevent which I have often
found no expedient more effefliual than the free ufe of
unflaked hme; which with the well working of the beds,
and expofing them to the winter frofts, contributes much
to the growth of thefe roots, vi^hich require a great
freedom in the foil to fwell in, and become large ; and
in order to improve their flavour, give them the advantage
of new foil; this improves their flavour, as well as
Turnips. The removal of the Lettuces, and the draw-
ing of the Radifhes are alfo of advantage to the Carrots,
as they give a fort of artificial fl:irring to the beds, and
are taken away before the Carrots come to their full
growth.

Carrots, from late experiments, have been found very
advantageous for the feeding and fattening of cattle, and
are well worth cultivating upon fuch farms as have a foil
favourable to them, that is, of a deep and light texture,
as well as fandy grounds ; in fuch foils they grow with a
luxuriancy, which well rewards the farmer's care.

CELERY.

■■^HE early Celery is to be fown upon a moderate
hot-bed, under a framed or a bell-glafs, the mid-
dle of February, covering the feeds very thin, having
firfl: watered the bed, which mufl be fix inches thick of
dung, in order to make the feeds germinate the fooner.
In about five weeks the young plants will appear, and if
the weather is mild, air them in the day, covering them
at night with mntts; in dry weather give ihem water
twice a week. When they fhew five or fix leaves, plant
them into the nurfery-bed made of frefh garden-mould,
at one incli diflance, plant from plant, fliade and water
them, until ihey have taken root. In March, and until
the middle of April, you may fow Celery upon beds in
the open ground, but no later than April, as the Celery
you planted in the nurfery in Moy will be fufficiently

large

The Gardener's New Director. i^

large tlie latter end of yiine, when you are to take off
the largeH: plants, to fet in ridges laid out from north to
fouth, of what len>i,th you pleaie, in ground which had
been well dunged in March, or wh.ere your earlieft crop
of Lettuces had been fown. Your ridges ought to
. be four feet, ridge from ridge, two feet in depth, and
well wrought at bottom, that the fibres of the Celery
may have free liberty to defcend, by which means they
will have large roots. In three weeks after planting they
will begin to fwell, and their leaves and flocks gradually
advance, when it will be proper to land them, that is,
to lay earth to the under part of the plants, which
mud: be done in dry weather, and upon no account
whatever, when the ridges are wet, as it wouid occafi-
on your Celery to rot, or become flicky, hard, and
ill-flavoured. Oberve that the earth is only to rife
witiiin one inch or two of the tops of their hearts ;
for were vou to cover them, they would be infallibly
deftroN ed ; therefore you are to eat th them as they ad-
vance, repeating it as tiiey grow, which will give them
fine, large, and well-coloured heads, eating crifp and
tender : fhould you obferve any part of them to fhoot
or fly up, or fhew their feed-veflels, let them be ufed
for foups, not for falladings; by Novetnher the feeding
plants fhould be taken up, as on the approach of the
frofl: they rot, and are apt to infeQ: the lound ones.

To have Celery very large, I purfued the follow-
ing method, which I found to anfwer extremely well,
and which I difcovcred by the following accident.

I had feme Celery plants, which flowered and feeded
very well in the lidges. Obferving that Tome of the
feeds had fallen in September, I raked the ground over
them ; in the beginning of Ocloher the young plants ap-
peared, and the winter came in fo mild, that tew of
them fuffered, but held out very well ; by the middle
of March I tranfplantcd them into a good rich nurfe-
ry-bed, fhading and watering them, until I per-
ceived them glowing. I kept them clear of wetds,
and they grew flocky and larger than the plants which
were fown the fpring following: however, tearing, if
they v/ere landed too foon, they might fly, become
rampant and ftitky, I planted them out into a fecond
O 3 nurfcry

198 The Gardener*s New Director,
luirfery bed, the latter end of Adciy, fhading and water-
ing tliem as before, and landed them in July and Ju-^
guj}, and never before had fiich large, tender, well-
blanehed Celery as they wtre, not one plant In a hun-
dred offering to fly ; this experiment 1 purfued with
the fame (uccefs; and I am perfuaded, if many of our
kitchen-garden ieeds were ioun in autumn, they would
fucceed better, forming good roots in autumn, while
the weather is gentle and mild ; whereas in the fpring
and fummer they arc hurried up by the fun, without
forming fufHcitnt roots or fibres to maintain them in

viKour.

CHARDOONS.

THESE kitchen plants are not commonly propaga-'
ted by our kitchen gardeners ; but as fome gentle-
men efleem them, I fliall give my own practice, by
which I had them exceedingly large, in which their ex-
cellence confifts. The befl: time to fow them is in

March, upon a good, rich, light earth, to be kept clear
of weeds, and as foon as t!ie plants come up, they muft
be well watered ; when they have five leaves, tranfplanfe
them into beds of the fame texture, at orie foot diftance,
plant from plant, watering them well until you perceive
them to grow, laying up the earth, or landing them as
you do Celery, at the fame time clear them of weeds:
here they may {land until the middle or the latter end
of June, or till the tenth of Julx.

Then prepare a piece of rich fandy earth, and lay it
up in ridges as you do for Celery, at fix feet diflance,
ricge Irom ridge, and near three feet deep, taking care
that. the bottoms of thefe ridges are well dug, for the
eafier defcending of the roots. Thefe Ciiardoons will
be fit tor blanching by the twentieth of Augvjl : in dry
days prepare fome wheat-firaw ropes, which are better
than hay or any other bandage, gather up their leaves in
a regular manner, obferving not to bruife or break them,
fie the ropes within fix inches of their tops, when the
plants are quite dry ; bank up the earth as high as they

are

The Gardener's New Director. 199

are tied, but no higher, left: you choak the plants and
rot them ; and as they grow long, tie and earth them
as before. I have had them witii well blanched ftems,
three feet high, and rometimcs more. The earlieft
Chardcons will be blanched tor ufe in OBoher^ and
will hold to December y if not cut off by frofl : they
may be houfed as are other articles u'cful for the kitchen.

CHERVIL (Sweet.)

IT mufl: be fown in autumn, immedistely after the
feeds are ript-, in a nioilT: fliady fpot of the gar-
den, where it will tluive befl, and, if not fuffered to
feed, it will continue for fome yeats.

CHIVES.

CHIVES are propagated by parting their roots,
to be planted in July or Augujl, in a light rich
foil, five or fix fmall heads in one patch, at (>ne toot
dilfance every wav, anil in beds or borders four feet
broad, oh'ervjng to keep them clear of weeds, and if
you woulci have them early, they muft have a fouth-eatl
afpe^. Here they mny continue for fome years", but
you may have a new plantajtion when you pleafe.

The fame culture is to be given the Escvllion.

C I N A R A, Prickly.
S EE Chardoons.

O 4 CLARY.

200 The Gardener's New Director.

CLARY.

TFIE common garden Clary muft be fown in March
upon a bed of treOi earth, to be tranfplanted in
fune, on beds of the lame foil, where, by keeping it
clear of weeds, it will continue for fome years.

C O L L I F L O Vv E R S.

TO have very early Collyflovvers in this country for
the market, where a gardener cannot get more
than one lliiliing, or tv^o at rnoft, for a flower, is not
worth his pains ; but as this performance may fall into
the hands of fuch as purfue gardening more for pleafure
thati profit, I fhall lay before them my practice, with
fome obfervations.

You muft be provided with feeds of the earlieO: kind,
which are to be fown upon an old Cucumber or Melon-
bed, the tv/entieth o'i Auguji at fartheft; in hot funfliine,
fiiade the bed, and in dry weather water them gently;
for, fliould tliey be hurried up, thev become too long in
the (hanks. So foon as they have fix leaves, tranfpfant
them into a fpot of frefh earth, fhade and water them,
until they begin to grov/ : obferve that where you tranf-
plant them, that the foil is not over-rich ; for if they are put
into too rich earth, it hurries them on to flower, which
I have obferved fome to do in mild winters : about the
tniddle of October, tranfplant moft of this fowing into
}ip;ht earth, made up into fuch beds, as you can, in very
i'cvere weather, cover with fome of your Cucumber-
frames; obferving, when you cover them, to take off all
their decayed leaves, and in all temperate days, to give
them as much air as you can. With refpe(5l to fuch
plants as ypu would have early, plant three of them,
under one of your largeft bell-gkfFes, in rich ground,
and others upon a very rich fouth-afpefted border,
iiear a wall, to take their chance for the winter; but

fuch

The Gardener's New Directoi'^. 201
fuch as you fet out for good, fhouM have a very
rich, dry and fandy foil, in which they will fucceed
much better than in clay. If any of your plints upon
the wall-border fail about the beginning ot March, you
can fupply them from the bells or frames : thofc under
bells, as 'well as frames, are to have air in mild wea-
ther, covering them only at nights, or in very cold days;
when their leaves become large, and they are haften-
ing to flower, you mull draw up the earth to the
Ihanks of thofe under bells, and prop up the bells,
that they may receive air, and in mild weatler, the
bells may he taken off entirely. I am not fond ot wa~
terlng thefe plants, efpecially in funfhme; [or water
given at this time moft certainly fcalds their leaves,
which ends in the entire ruin of their flowers, mak-
ing them fmall, yellow, and frothy, as the gardeners
term it. When you perceive them begin to flower,
which, by good management, may be abcut the end
of May, break their inmofl leaves, to fhade the flowers
from the fun, whereby they will keep white and firm
for fome days, until they arrive at their full ftze,
which vou may know by their flowers feeming to break
and open; then pull them up early in a morning, root
and all ; if for immediate ufe, cut ofl-" their leaves; bat
if YOU intend to keep th(.^m for fome days, let their
leaves remain, and keep them cool. As for the plants
under the wall, they fliould be landed, that is, the
earth fhould be drawn up to 'heir under-leaves, a-
bout the erd of February; but if you have Radifhes
and young Lettuces between them, take off your Ra-
difhes, before you earth up your Collyflowers ; but do
not water them, except in extreme hot weather, which
does not often happen in this country. Take care al-
fo to pic^; off fnails, which now come out in num-
bers to feed upon their leaves, after their long
confinement during the v/inter. By the middle of
June the plants will fhew their flowers, at wliich time,
ufe them as has been direfled for the early h-rt under
bells, but obferve always to water them fparingly, ex-
cept in very dry weather: fuch as were prcferved under
frames, fiiould be planted out the beginning of Manbf
where they are to flower, obferving to give them the

fame

202 The Gardener's New Director.
fame culture as thole upon wall-borders, already treated
of; by this means you will ?l\vr.ys have a fuccefllon, un-
til thofe Town on riioderate hot-beds in February begin to
come in on tl^e natural ground in Augufl and September ;
or thofe foun on the natural ground in the beginning of
May^ which laft may be continued until A^o^j^wziJer, or'
later, in mild weather. .

CRESSES.

1. The Common. 3, The Broad-leaved.

2. The Curled. 4. The Indian.

THE three firfl: forts, if defired very early, may be
fown upon a moderate hot-bed, in fpring they
may be fown upon beds well expofed to the fun, where
they are to be cut when young, obferving to fow them
in drills, and to fow the curled and broad-leaved forts at
a greater diftance than you do the common, that their
leaves may ftand at a diftance from each other, for the
better prefervation of the plants. You may fow Creffes
in the common ground in Augiijly for winter failading,
where they will (land in mild winters.

The Indian Crefs may be planted in April, in holes at
eighteen inches diftance, hole from hole : their fiov/ers
are ufed in fallads, and their feeds, when gathered young,
make an excellent pickle.

DILL.

DILL is propagated by feeds fown in March, upon
beds of light earth. If they are too thick, hoe
them to ten inches a-part ; keep them clear from
weeds, and in dry weather, water them. Thefe plants
are very fit for perfons who pickle quantities of Cucum-
bers, as they give a fine relifli to thefe pickles, and fe-
veral other things.

The Gardener's New Director.

203

ENDIVE.

THE curled broad leaved fort is "the fitted to be cul-
tivated in gardens. 1 he proper feafor.s for fov/-
ing are, between the twentieth of yufie and the twelfth
of Augujif upon a bed of good kitchen-garden ground.
When the plants have got five or fix leaves, they fl.ould
be tranfplanied into a fnot of good well dug earth, at
fourieen inches diflance, plant from plant, to be well
watered until they_begin to grow again; and as foon as
you perceive they h-ave got a good number of leaves,
take fome bafs-niats, and having placed the leaves in
regular order, tie them near the top, and in three weeks
the plants will be blanched and fit for ufe. At this time
they will fend out, or rather hiutl: out, their irnioft
white leaves below the tying, whereby you wi'! know
that their inner leaves are well blanched, and fit tor ufe.
There is another method of blanching endive, which
is ufed for the winter and Ipnng crops, viz. In dry wea-
ther lift your Endive plants, and v.ith a round-headed
dibble, plant them into tl'ie fides or the rldces of good,
rich, well-dug btds, Hoping to tlie fun, covering the
plants in fuch a ;i:anner, as that their tops only are a-
bcve ground, whereby they will be fecured from froff,
and the rain, by the declivity of the fituation, will run
off. In three weeks the plants will be fufiiciently blanch-
ed ; but as they do not keep long, it will be neccfifary to
keep planting every feafonable opportunity. During the
cold feakms, and in very fevere weather, I have kept
blanched Endive in the houfe, in earth and land, for
four weeks. Inftead of tying up your Endive for blanch-
ing, lay boards on it when full grown in the heart, and
in iuurteen days you vvill find it well blanched..

E S C A L

204 The Gardener's New Director.

E S C A L L 1 O N.

SEE Chives.

FENNEL.

THE common Fennel is propagated by fowing its
feeds immtdiately after they are ripe, ar.d in the
fpring tranfplanting them into beds of good earth, at a-
bout one foot diftance. Whenever the plants fpire and
fhew their feed, cut them down, that they may not
filed it, as it would over-run the garden. Their roots
Hand many years. -

F I N O C H I A.

THE Finochia, or fweet Italian Fennel, is but little
ufed in this country. However, I fhall here give
my own practice, by which I had it very good.

I got my Finochia feeds annually from Leghorn. About
the beginning of April I fowed it in drills, fix inches
feed from {^^6, upon a rich light earth, on the border
of a fouth-eaft afpefted wall. In dry weather water the
drills gently, until the plants appear above ground, which
will be in four weeks after fowing ; obferving to keep
the ground clear from weeds. The drills fhould be two
feet from one another, and tour or five inches deep.
Draw up every other plant, to give them room to fwelk

In a month after they appear, their lower parts will
fwell and become big, jufl above the furface of the
earth, when it will be proper, in dry weather, to land
them as you do Celery for blanching, this will make

them

The Gardener's New Director. 205

them eat crifp and tender ; yet this muft not be done all
at once, but as the plants advance. For a fucceflion you
may continue fowing, following the fame culture until
the middle of 'June.

The Italian method of managing Finochia may be
feen under the article Brocoli, as communicated by
the late Lord Bifliop oi Killala, to the Dublin Society.

G A R L I C K.

GAR LICK is propagated in the fame manner as
Shallots ; but if in May you perceive it in-
clines to fpire up and feed, twifl: the tops of their blades,
which will prevent their feeding.

H O T - B E D S.

IPropofe to give fome dire^lions for making Hot-beds
of horfe-dung, for thofe crops in the kitchen-garden
which require to be early, efpecially Cucumbers and
Melons : the raifing of which, when the heat of the fun
is declining, makes it necefTary to afliil: nature in our
climate.

Take a good quantity of new made horfe-dung from
the flable, with a good quantity of litter; lay this dung
in a heap for feven days to ferment, that the rank
fume may pafs off; if you obferve that the dung and
litter are not equally mixed, turn it over again, and mix
it as equally as you can, and let it lie four days longer ;
by this turning and mixing, it will acquire a due
heat, which, when you obferve, make a trench where
you intend to fet down your hot-bed, one foot and a
half deep, if the fituation is dry, and in length and
breadth correfpondirg to the frame you are to fet o-
ver it, obferving that the dung projc6ls fix inches all
round beyond the frame ; then wheel the dung into

the

2o6 The Gardener's New Director.
the trench, flirring every part of it with a fork, giving
a gentle treading with your feet, in fuch a manner, that
it may be perfettly even through every part of the bed;
there mufl: be three feet of this dung, above which lay four
inches of pure dung, without any mixture of litter, the
ufe of which is to prevent the ileam of the dung from
rifing, as it often does without it ; fet your frame upon
it for five or fix days before you lay on the earth, that
the violent heat may go off, othervvife it would burn the
earth, and render it of no ufe.

About five days after, lay on the earth fix inches
deep, and when it is warm, fow your feeds in it; for
the management of which I have already given fuffici-
ent direftions, in the raifing of the early Cucumber.
Three weeks after, you muft prepare dung for a nurfe-
ry-bed, in the lame manner, ufing your dung as in the
foriner, with this difference, that when you turn the
dung the fecond time, you mufl mix with it fome coal
aflies, which will preferve a continuance of the heat
much longer, than if you had not ufed any ; take care to
lay and tread your dung equally, otherwife it will heat un-
equally in fpots, when it will be the fooner fpent. As foon
as you perceive the heat is abating, add fome new dung
quite round the edges of your beds, which will renew the
heat, and preferve it a confiderable time ; but obferve al-
ways, as the heat of your beds decreafes, to increafe
the coverings at night on your frames and glaffes.

When your plants are fit to be planted out in ridges
or bafons, prepare and drefs your dung in the fame man-
ner, mixing it with coal-afhes, as is direfted for the nur-
fery-beds ; but at this feafon, if the ground is dry, I
would dig the trench two feet deep, and raife the dung
two feet above the furface, managing them in the fame
manner as your beds for frames, obferving the earth
for Cucumbers muft be twelve or fixteen, and for
Melons eighteen inches deep ; if your ridges or bafons
decline in their heat, add new dung round their edges,
covering them with it, to allow the roots of the Cu-
cumbers fpace and good earth to run into, v/hich is
of greater fervice to the plants on the ridges, than
moll: of our gardeners apprehend ; for as I have already

obfervedj

The Gardener's New Director. 207

obfervtd, the roots oF Cucumbers and Melons grow-
to the lame length of their runners.

The dung taken from {tables where the cattle are fed
on ftraw, is the befl: for garden ule. And in order to be
as frugal as poflible of your dung, plant Cabbages and
Collyflowers on your Onion-beds, which are always
highly dunged, and hold good a long time, for many
other crops.

In order to encreafe your dung, in O^cher take the
leaves of your trees, and mix them with mould, by lay-
ing a flratum of leaves and another of earth alternately;
this makes a very rich and clean ccmpofl: for moft
kitchen-garden ufes, particularly if helped uith a little
unflaked lime; in the fnring it will be fit for ufe.

Some perfons Ake tljc garbage of their kitchen-gar-
den for this purpofe : I do not approve of this me-
thod of making dung, nor ©f the cleaning of ponds,
unlefs it is left to rot for fome years.

In fome fituations, where there is a fcarcity of ma-
nure for land, and an extent of woods or large groves,
gentlemen would find their accounts in clearing their
bottoms of the rotted h;aves, which, when turned up
with earth, and a mixture of unflaked lime, would
make a good manure for moil: grains, and is well
worth their attention. The ditches, and where the
wafhing of the woods may be carried, fliould be taken
up for the fame purpofe.

I have feen cows-dung made ufe of for ridging Cu-
cumbers and Melons, and when well tempered, it keeps
the heat as long, if not longer, than horle-dung ; and I
would prepare cows-dung lor my fiower-garden in ridg-
ing of hot-beds, as it rots much looner in that way, than
by turning, as I have obferved in the article of preparing
this dung for the compofls for the Oriental Hyacinths.

Befides thefe hot-beds of dimg, there has been difco-
vered, within thefe few years, another kind of hot-beds,
made of tanners-bark, which are thus prepared : Th.e
pits or trenches to hold the bark Ihould be three feet
deep, and never lefs than twelve feet long, and fix feet
broad, as a lefs dimenfion will not keep the heat; if
they are fixtcen or twenty feet in len!i,th, they will retain

the

2oS The Gardener's New Director.

the heat fo much longer. They fhould be bricked upon
all fides, and at bottom, as well to hinder the earth
from ialling, as to prevent its mixing with the bark.
This bark may be taken from the tanners pits, and
fhould have one week to drain off the fuperfluous moi-
flure, otherwife the bark will not heat.

When you put it into your bed-pits, lay it in lightly
and even, not treading it down with your feet, as you
do dung; for this would make it cake, mould, and ne-
ver heat ; put no dung below it, for that would make
it heat too foon, which would have a very bad ef-
fect:. The tan will keep in good heat for four months ;
when the heat fubfides, lay on the quantity of half
of the depth of your bed of quite new bark, and it
will foon recover its fermentation, and continue in
good plight for five months longer, Thefe beds of
bark are not to be covered with earth, as they are
ufed to raife hard-fhelled exotick feeds in pots, or e-
ven in the bark itfelf, and for preferving the mod
tender exotick plants in floves ; and are the moft
fuccefsful beds for bringing the Pine-apples or Ananas to
perte£tion.

If you ufe tanners-bark for your Melon-beds, you
muft cover it with ten inches of proper earth ; and
in it I have fruited the Cantalupe Melons to great
perfection.

After the bark has ferved the hot-beds, the finefl: par-
ticles of it, when taken out by the riddle, and expofed
to rot, is a very good manure for fome flowers ; viz.
the Oriental Hyacinths, and particularly the Oriental
Narciflfus : and the groffer part is a very good covering
for their beds, or to put into the alleys of their beds in
winter, to protect them from the froft.

KAIL,

The Gardiner's New Director. 209

KAIL, or KILMAURS.

Kllmaurs or Scotch Kail are the bjeft of any for boil-
ing in winter, but they will not eat tender, until
they are well pinched with the froft. They are to be
fown in March, and pricked out into niirfery-beds in
May, at three inches diftance, keeping them clear
of weeds ; to be planted out for j^ood in yuly-, into
ground where you have had your early crops of Peafe,
and when you have laid in fome dung, plant them at
one foot and a half diftance every way ; watering them
until you perceive them to grow. In O^ober hill
them up, and keeping them clear of weeds, is all the
culture that this Kail and Coleworths or open Kail
require.

LEEKS.

LEEKS are cultivated in the fame manner as Oni-
ons. About the beginning of July take your lar-
gelt and befl: rooted Leeks, and having cut oflF three pr
four inches of their long blades, more or lefs, as they
ar€ in length, trim their longeft fibres, and plant
fix rows in a bed of light rich earth, four feet broad,
where, if they are kept clear of weeds, they will grow
large in their heads, and will be much better than any
that have not been tranfplanted : thinning the feedlings
will be of great ufe. Some fow Leeks and Onions pro-
mifcuoufly, allcdging, that when the Onions are taken
off, the Leeks may remain. But this method 1 would
not advife, as the laying the Onions to make them fwell
muft be performed with the hand, and the Leeks near
them may be injured ; whereas the topping the Leeks

muft be done with a knife. The Lcjidon Leek is to

be preferred to the French.

P LET.

2IO The Gardener's NeKv Director.

*

LETTUCES.

1 Cabbage.

2 Silefia.

3 Imperial.

4 Ice.

5 White Cos, or Verjallles Upright.

6 Aleppo.

7 Brown Dutch.

8 Capuchine.

9 Princefs Lettuce.

lo Egyptian Green Cos Lettuce.

I<!.B. The lafl-mentioned is the bed for general ufe,
and is hardy.

There are feveral other kinds of Lettuces in the Cata-
logue, but thofe here mentioned are chiefly to be pre-
ferred, whether for fallads, or for the kitchen ufe :
wherefore I fhall confine myfelf to their culture.

FOR winter ufe 1 recommend the Cabbage, the Ca-
puchine, and Brown Dutch, to be fown the begin-
ning, the middle, and the end of Augujl, but not later.
Lettuces fown about the firfl: of Aiiguji, will cabbage by
November ; but the firft frofts that fet in will en-
tirely rot them. Thofe fown about the middle or end
of the month will not cabbage before the end oi March,
or the firfl: ten days of April. Some fow the Ice Let-
tuce at this feafon (I mean in Augiijl) and at the end of
September, tranfplant them upon a wall-border, where
they may be preferved, fhould the winter prove mild:
in April tranfplant them again, into a rich border,
and in ^\x weeks they will cabbage and produce fine heads.
From the beginning of March, and once every fortnight
until the end oi April, you may fow Cabbage, Silefia, Im-
perial, Aleppo, Ice, and the Egyptian Green Cos Let-
tuces. As foon as the Ice or Cos Lettuces have eight or
ten leaves, tranfplant them into a good rich piece of

ground.

The Gardener's New Director. 2h

ground, eighteen inches, plant from plant ; water them
until they have taken new root; and when you perceive
them clofing in the hearts, tye them with bafs, when
they will blanch and cabbage better and firmer than
thole which have not been tranfi lanted. Many garde-
ners fow their Lettuces among their Onions, but this
I would never advife.

The Lamb Lettuce, or Valerianella may be fown in
AuguJ}, in a bed of good kitchen -garden ground: if you
defer fowing them until fpring, they will not come up
until the fpring follov. ing ; however, by keeping their
beds clear from weeds, they will then come up in great
abundance.

The Aleppo Lettuce is only valued for its fine fpotted
leaves, which make a pleafing variety amongft other
forts.

The Green Egyptian Lettuce I mofl particularly re-
commend ; its culture is the iame as the Verfaillesy or
White Cos Lettuce.

MARJORAM, Sweet and Pot.

I Never ufed any but the fweet fort, which is an an-
nual (the perennial kind, is a green-houfe plant) and is
fown in y^r/7, upon a moderate hot-bed, where it may con-
tinue until the middle of June, when it will be proper to
plant it into a bed of frelh light earth, watering and
fhadingit until you perceive it growing: in Aiigujl ov Sep-
tember it flowers, which is the proper feafon tor pulling
it up.

The Bash. Bush is cultivated in the fame manner
and mufl be alfo taken up when in bloom.

P a M U S T A R D.

212 The GARDENtR's Ntw Director;

MUSTARD.

THE feeds of this plant are fown in December or Ja-
nuary, upon hot-beds, fo that in a month after
fowing, they are ready to cut, which is befl: when
the plants have two, or at nnofl: three leaves ; for if they
are fuffered to lland longer, they will be too flrong.
You may fow them thick in drills upon the border of a
fouth-afpe(9:ed wall, for fallading in Marcb and ^pril^
until the Lettuces and other fallads come in.

ONIONS.

1 The Strajhurg.

2 The Silver^fkinned.

3 The ^'''elfiy,

4 The Portugal, or red-fl^inned.

THE Strajhurg fhould be fovv^n the beginning of
March, in good rich kitchen-garden ground,
which has been Av.ell dug the preceding September or Och-
ber,:s.Vid laid up m ridges^^or the benefit oi" the winter froft,
to mould it; the dung {which in hot fandv grounds fhould
be cows, and in clay foils, horfes) may be laid in the
bottoms of the ridges to rot, to be dug in in February.
I would have Onions fown in beds, for the better weed-
ing and thinning them.

Thefe beds may be four, or at m.ofl; five feet broad,
and of fuch a length as the ground will allow. They
muft be kept conrtantly clear of weeds, and firfl: thinned
to two inches, bulb from bulb, and afterwards to fix,-
as your Onions fwel! in bignefs, for the more they are
thinned, the larger they will grow ; and as foon as you
perceive the tops of their grafs to p-ovj yellow, and fall,
which, if a fandy foil, they will do in Angujl ; but in
clay they continue much longer in verdure. But fhould
you perceive the bulbs not to fwtU, lay down their

grafs

The Gardenf.r's New Director. 213
grafs In dry weather, and in a month's time they will be
ready for taking up, which muft ai'.b be done in dry
weather; laying them where they will have plenty pf
fun and air; to be hoofed in a fortnight or three weeks.
When they are houCcd, let them have air, and be fre-
quently turned, and fhouid their necks fwell, twiffc
them very tight with your fingers, which will prevent
their fpringing, and keep then) found for winter uky in
fevere froft, they may be hung up in warm places in
nets, or dry wheat-ftraw laid o^'er them.

Another method I would recommend for the prefer-
vation of Onions is the iollovving : as foon as they are
taken out of the ground, let their green hearts be drawn
as deep as you can out of their necks, which you
muft open with ycnr thunib for the purpofe, then
they are to be laid in the lun for a few days, when they
will keep well, provided they are fpread en a dry floor,
to be now and then turned, and aired in dry weather.

The culture of the Silver-ficinned Onion is the fame
with the Utrajburg; they have a much milder tafte, and
make a more beautiful appearance.

You may alfo fow fome leeds of the Strajburg Onion
about the twelfth of J«/r, for fallads in winter. Thefe
will ftand very well in moderate weather, for fpring or
winter ufe, and their culture is the fame as that prefcri-
bed for fummer crops. Obferve to give the {^t^ fown
at this feafon a deeper covering than thofe which are
fown in March, otherwife the froft may force them out
of the ground.

However, there is an Onion that is better (or fpring
ufe. This is the M'^e/Jb Onion, which fliouUl be fown in
Julyt in beds four feet broad, and what length you
pleafe. Cover the feeds well, and in ten days they
will appear; weed them well : by Novemkr their leaves
will have withered, when you muft lay the eartli in the
alleys on the beds, raking it gently. About the begin-
ning of February they will appear again very ftrong, and
in Mt/>v/> will be fit'for ufe. They tafte very ftrong,
and ftio«ild they be too thick, thin them about the
end of March, and planting them in beds, ihey will
produce good feed in Septemhrr. They will continue

P 3 goc^

214 Ihe Gardener's New Director.

good in the ground ior five or fix years; but it will be

befl: to have a plantation every three years.

The Portugal Onion is cultivated in the fame manner
as the Strpjhnrg.

.'4^.,'»\.'«\.'»'.'» ./»^..'.^ .'4\. »\.'i\.'*\^.'i^..v..l .. »\ »^v. »^..v.^v-..v .v.. »-.

PARSLEY.

1 Common. 3 Dutch.

2 Curled. 4 Hamburgh.

THE culture I made ufe of for thefe plants, differs
fo much from the common method, that I cannot
avoid being very particular in refpecl to it.

Moft gardeners low the common fort in February, in
drills, whereby the plants are very thick, and crowd
one upon another, in fuch a manner, as not to anfwer
tlie ufe they are intended, that is, to be well furnifhed
with leave?, which they never can be, from that praflice.
Therefore I recommend the broad-caft, fowing the feed
very thin, and, if occafion, to thin them to four inches,
plant from plant.

The Curled is to be cultivated in the fame manner,
to be left fix inches, plant from plant : its fine cur-
led leaves will anfwer well for garniiliing difhes. Ob-
ferve not to fufFer it to run to feed, by keepi-^g it
properly cui, whereby it may be kept in full leaf
and beauty for three years.

Neither the Dutch Parfley, nor the Hamburgh, arc
valuable for any thing but their roots, which, when
boiled, are ufed mcdicinnlly -, they are cultivated in the
fame manner as Carrots, hoeing the plants to five
inches fquare diflance, and keeping them clear from
M'eeds. The roots will be fit for ufe in Avguji, and
will continue good until March ^ if fown upon a good
rich, liffht foil.

PAR-

The Gardener's New Director. 215

PARSNIPS.

THE Dutch fwelling Parfnip is the beft for kltchen-
ufe : and as their culture is the fame with the
Carrot, it is unneceffiry to repeat it ; but you are to ob-
ferve, when you thin them, they muft have a greater
diilance than Carrots.

I have often fown Red Beets amongft my Parfnips,
with very good fuccefs ; they differ in nothing from the
cuhure of the Parfnip, but in this, that if they are
fown on a hot dry foil, they fly up to feed in June or
Julyy which makes their roots fmall and dicky. To pre-
vent this, as foon as they rife fix inches, cut them
down, and hoe them, which will make their roots fwell
confiderably. When I fow them with Parfnips, I only
drop a few of their feeds amongft them ; and when
fown by themfelves, they are to be thinned to one
foot, plant from plant. The beft Beet is the round
turnip-rooted kind.

PEASE.

I Have already treated of raifing Peafe upon hot-beds,
in which I u'fed the dwarfs only ; wherefore I fliall not
take notice of ihem here, but cannot omit to mention
another method, by which I had Peafe very early. In
September I fowed fome of the Dwarf, and Majlen's
early Hotfpur in pots, and funk them in the common
earth; and as foon as the froft became violent, I
brought them into the green houfe, near the windows,
where I made a border of good frefli earth, with-
out dung ; and by the beginning of December^ when
the Peafe were ft'ocky, I raifed them out of the pots
by a trowel, with a clump of earth, and planted
them in this border, in rows at three' feet diftance, And
ten inches plant from plant, that they might have fuffi-
cicnt room, watering them gently, to fctilc the earth

}-• . about

2i6 The Gardener's New DiREeroR.

about them. At due opportunities I gave them air,
and drew up the earth to their ftocks as they advanced :
when they were in bloom, I watered them well, but
with water that had flood in the houfe four and twenty
hours, that it might be of the fame temperature with
the air in the green-houfe ; I fupported the Peafe
with rods, and had a good crop by the tenth oi March.

I may be condemned for fetting them in the
green-houfe, where the other planis might imbibe too
much moifture from thefe early Pcafe, but by taking
care to be fparing of water to them, while thefe were
growing, they were not in the leafl: injured. This practice
I would not recommend, where the plants are much
crowded.

The Peafe which fu'^ceed thefe forced crops are, the
early Hejfian, the Majiersy Charleton, and the Reading
Hotfpur. In warm fandy grounds, and upon fouth-wall
borders, they may be fown the end of Of/obrr, or be-
ginning of Aw^-w/^ifr ; earthing them as they advance ;
and in hard frofl, lay fome peafe-haulm over them ;
but be careful, whenever you perceive the Peafe advan-
cing and expanding their leaves, not to earth them high-
er than their leaves. Should this crop not hold, fow
another the latter end of November, another the be-
ginning of yfl?n/ar)', and another the beginning of i^i^^-
ruary ; the] laft I have often obferved to hold as well,
and better, than any of the former crops, and %o have
the fame culture : I would alfo recommend, when
fowing, to have two rows pretty near each other,
that is, within ten inches of one another, and between
them and the next two clofe rows, you may leave a fpace
of two or three feet. The occaiion of fowing in this
manner is, that the flakes, being placed in the middle,
rhay fupport both rows, whereas, in the common way,
every row of Peafe mufl have a row of flake. The
gardeners who vie with one another for the earliefl crops,
never ilake their Pe::fe, alledging that it encourages them
to grow too much to haulm, and not to fruit. I admit
this may be the cafe in fandy foils ; but in clay-lands, if
the Peafe, (efpecially the large kinds, fuch as the Mar-
rowfats, Sugars, Egg, l^cfe, and Rouncival Peafe) are
not flaked, and fown at very great diil:ances, row from

row.

The Gardener's Neav Director. 217
row, they will infallibly rot, before they nre fit for the
table.

Let your early Hotfpurs be fown in February, to be
fucceeded by tlie Spani/h Morrato. In y^/^ril and Aday
will be the proper feakm for fowing large Pcafe, inch as
the Marrowfats, Rouncival?, Role, Egg, Crooked Sugar-
Peafe, and Dutch Admiral Peiife.

For thefe large Peafc, particularly the Egg and
Marrowfat, let the drills be made to the depth of
four inches, and one foot the diftance between the firft
two or double drill, and between each double drill, let
there be a fpace of feven feet, or more, where ground
can be fpared, as air and fun-fliine greatly contribute to
their well-bearing, and this dillance gives room for ga-
thering the pods from the higher brarrches, without in-
juring the haulm. Your drills being ready, and your
"diflances laid out, you muil provide yourfelf with the
following compon:, that is, one part ol well-rotted dung,
and two parts oi^ un-flacked lime, well wrought toge-
ther; this for a poor foil, as in a rich, the dt.ing would
make the Peafe run too much to haulm : tiiis is to be
laid in the bottom of the drills, to the depth of two
inches; but before you fow the feed, draw fome of the
garden m.ould lightly over this comport ; this Avill protect
the feed from irs heat and firft fermentation, b'lt by the
time the Pea fends its fibres into it, it will be fufficient-
ly meliorated, and contribute greatly to the fuccefs of
the crop. In good foils, a light fprinkling of lime only
is nectflary, obferving always fo to manage your drills,
that the lafl covering of the Peafe fivill be no more
than two inches deep. Turf-afhes, fuch as have been
preferved under cover, and mixed with lime, in this
proportion, viz. one fhovelful of afl-.es 10 two of lime, to
be laid two inches deep in the drills, will give fine crops
ot large Peafe. The feed of the large Pea is to be fown
at the dillance of one inch, Pea from Pea, and then to
be covered with the garden-mould, to the depth above
pireded. Tl.e two firft landings of the Peafe in the double
dri.l are to be drawn from the one-foot fpace between the
rows, and the thud, before flaking, from the two outer
fides, and fo much mould is to be laid in from them, as
w ill fill the infidc, to rife above the former landings ; that

is,-

2i8 The Gardener's New Director.
is, tlie whole is to form one ridge, whofe centre rifes
between the two clofe rows. Obferve, that Peafe
•.tre to be landed when the foil is dry, and for the firfl:
l;inding, murt be two inches and an half high ; for the fe-
cond, three more ; and, when llaked, about five from the
ridge. The ftakes for thefe Peafe mud not be Itfs than
eight feet above ground, the firft low of which is to
pafs in the centre of the one-foot diflance, and thefe to
be the talleil:, and moll bufiiy : there mud alfo be a row
en each of the other two fides.

Where ihefe great diftances between the double rows
pannot be fpared, there may be two rows of Beans.

In order to have your crops of Peafe in fuccefHon,
particularly the Marrowfat, the Egg-Pea, and the Glo-
ry of England, as they hold long, and eat well, though
ifimewhat old, make plantations of them about the firft
ot the month, from January to JunCf both inclufive ;
and as vermin, particularly mice, are very deftructive to
the early crops, from the great fcarcity of food at this
fealon, I would recommend traf>s to be laid for them,
on the firfl: iowing of the Peafe, which are of a very
fimple conftruftion, being no other than two fmall
uprights, fiifiiciently ftrong to fupport a brick laid on
a thread, paffing from the tops of the uprights, firft
paiilng it through a Bean, which the vermin foon find
nut, and attack, fo as to ct>t the thread, when the brick
falls and crufhes them to death : this is neceiTary to be
done, before they find out your Peafe.

By the end of A4ay fow all dwarf Peafe, fuch as the
dwarf Marrowfats, lliort and long podded Dwarfs, Lead-
man's prolific Dwarf, and the dwarf Sugar-pea, parti-
cularly in very poor foil, and at a good dilfance, row
from row, and Pea from Pea ; for when this fort is fown
wpon fat land, or thick together, a vermin particularly
fond of them are their dcftrucfion, before they can per-
fect their crops. The Sugar-Peafe have no inner film
in their pods, as all other Peafe have, and are remarka-
ble ior tiiis fingulanty in their growth.

P U R-

The Gardener's New Director. 219

P U R S L A I N.

BOTH the green and the golden Purflain are e-
qually fit for uie, though the green is preferred
by the market-gardeners. To have it early, you may
few it in March, upon a moderate hot-bed ; and about
the end of May, tranfplant it into a rich bed in the
open ground ; and, as it will grow very large, give it
half a foot diflance, plant from plant. In May it may
be Town m tie open ground, and in fix weeks it will be
fit for ufe ; in dry weather it muft b? well watered ; be-
fore you fow it, water the ground well, and fow the
feed thin, giving it a thin covering with a rake, and in
dry weather he careful to water it, until the plants ap-
pear. Purflain makes a good pickle.

RADISHES.

The common forts of Radifhes arc,

1 Early Salmon.

2 Ricbtiiond.

3 Sandvjicb.

4 Short-topped early London.

5 Black and White iS'/ii^/j ///.'.

THE befl: of thcfe Radiflics is the fliort-topped early
London, as it is very hardy, and its fmall tops do
not prejudice any other crop with vvh.lch it may be lown.
They may be fown in ^January, on a wall -border, of a
fandy fuil, or the beginning of February, with the Cab-
bage or Princefs Lettuce, to have them in March ; and
it will be neceflary to fow tliem once every fortnight,
from that time until the beginning of yf/)r/7; but, ex-
cepting the two firft fowings, they will do better in more
open places. They may be fown amongft Carrots, as
the drawing ll-,em gives the Carrot-beds a ftirring,

which

220 The Gardener's New Director.
Avhich is very advantageous to that root. Some fow Ra-
difhes in Avgujl, to come up in September and OdlobeVy
and others amongfi; their winter Spinage.

The Sandwich or Princefs Radifh, and the Salmon
require the fame cuhure with thofe already mentioned.
The Salmon fort is fo called from the refemblance of
its colour to that of the fifh.

The White and Black Spanijh Radiilies muft be fown
in Augnji^ and feparately, as the firft is eaten in Oc'^o her,
and the other in winter. They are to be fown upon
middling kitchen-garden ground, trenched, and well
fpaded at fowing, to allow their roots to apple well ;
with them you may fow a few of the brown Dutcht and
Capuchine Lettuces, to be tranfplanted into warm bor-
ders. The Black Radifli fhould be taken up in Novem-
ber y to be preferved in dry fand as you do Carrots.

RADISHES (The Turnip.)

THE Turnip Radifh is to be fown in February and
Marchf and, as they are hardy, they will be fit
lor ufe in April and Mayy but no longer, being apt to
fly ; and this crop I would chufe to fow by itfelf. The
ground for thefe Radilhes muft be well trenched, and
immediately before fowing to have a deep fpading, that
their roots may have fcope to run down, otherwife they
will ftunt and become good for nothing.

ROSEMARY.

For the propagation and cultivation of this plant, follow
the directions given for Balm of Gilead.

SAL-

The Gardener's New Director. 221

S A L S A F Y.

THE culture of this root and Scorzonera being
much the fame, I fhali treat of them together.
The beft way to have them in perfeiSlion, is, to fow
their feeds about the middle of Marcby in beds four feet
broad, and in four rows, which are to be laid out
Avith a line, then fow two or three feeds, in holes, at
eight inches diftance from one another, covering them.
When they come up, keep them very clear from weeds ;
and thin their roots to two in each hole, taking care that
the foil has been well dug, that their taper roots may
eafily defcend and fwell. In O^ober they will be fit for
nfe; they are firft boiled, and then diced long-ways,
when you are to fry them with butter and flower,
they not only eat well, but are alfo very wholefome.
The young ftalks or fprouts of thefe plants which re-
main in the ground until April or May^ are efteemed a
very delicate dilli, and may be ufed as you do Afparagus.

>:^ >>•>;( >^ ^ ):^ )J^ >^ )^ )^ >>■ >^ )?:; )K )K >K >:^ )^ ^ ){^ }«• )K >?• -iJ^
SAVOYS.

THE Green Savoys for an early crop (that is, fuch
as become large in Otiober or November) (hould
be fown \x\July of the preceding fummer, and may be put
out into nurfery-beds in O^ober^ where they may ftand
the winter, and in March (hould be planted out for
good, at two feet and a half diftance every way, in
fome open piece of ground, neither near hedges, nor
under drops of trees, where they are very fubjecl to
fpire, and are often attacked by vermin.

You may alfo fow Savoys in March, for the following
fpringufe; and by managing them as I have jull di-
re6ted, will do well.

S C A L-

222 The Gardener's New Director.

S C A L L I O N.

SEE EscALLioN, or Chives.

Vi* Vi"' 'i'i' 'i»4*' Vi' Vi' Vi' 'i'i' Vi' Vi* "i'i**:'!';' Vi' 'i'i* Vi' *i»i' Vi* I'i* 'i'i' 'iK* "iy* 'i' ''

..•4-^./»-....v,./«^..«\/4....«-....'»-.,^-«-....-j^^..»*,^,rv...*«\/«*,..%\

SCORZONERA.

SEE Salsafy.

SHALLOTS.

SHallots are taken out of the ground in July^ as foon
as their blades begin to wither : their large heads are
beft for ufe, but for planting, take their fmallefl: fingle
cloves, with good bottoms for pufhing out their fibres ;
plant them, about the middle o^ AiiguJJ,\x\ bedsof frefh,
rich, fandy foil, at fix inches diftance, clove from clove ;
and, againil the following July, they will produce fine,
large heads ; obferving to lift them as foon as you per-
ceive the tops of their blades to turn yellow. Do not,
on any account, defer planting until fpring, and be fure
to ufe no other than fingle cloves for that purpofe

S K I R R E T S.

THE Skirret, which is one of the befl kitchen-gar-
den roots, has of late been much neglefted, from
the general ignorance of their cultivation. My method
is as follows :

Their feed is to be fown the beginning of March, on
a moid rich foil, (having ridged and drefTed it fine in
Oulohery that the winter's froft might mould it) on beds
five feet broad, and in holes fix inches diftance every
way: in thefe I dropt three or four feeds, covered them
carefully, and kept them free from, weeds. When they

come

The Gardener's New Director. 223

come up, fhould the fpring or fummer prove dry, they
are to be plentifully watered, and fhou!d any of tliem
attempt to run or fly to feed, cut them down to within
two inches of the ground, laying fome of the earth in
the alleys over the beds, being firll: well worked with
the fpade, this being the befl method to keep their roots
in a growing flate, cool and tender. As their leaves
drop in Od^/sier, the holes are to be marked, for the
greater certainty of taking them up without wounding
their roots. The Skirret is no where fo well preferved as
in the bed, which is to be protected from the winter's vio-
lence by litter. — Be fure always to raife them from feed.

SORREL.

THE French, or round leaved Sorrel is the bell,
and is propagated by feeds fown in Augufl, or
from flips planted at one foot and a half dillance, plant
from plant (as it is^a great runner) in a good middling
foil, and in an open fituation, or upon a fouth-eall af-
pe£ted wall, to have it eaily. In fummer, when you
perceive the plants running up to feed, fuffer them to
run three inches high, and then cut them down clofe,
by which means the plants will pufh out new leaves and
heads for frefli plantarions in autumn.

The great broad-leaved Sorrel comes in earlier thau
the French, znd is cultivated in the fame manner, exccpr
to have a greater diftance, as the leaves are larger.

W itfW ttiW ^^«■ ttiis^ tvifi ^»r ^frw tnM i«ztr liTW m

->c:jk ^51 .^siv ^-^ jcy^ ^^ jc-^ jzy^ Jzy^^ jz^ jzyl
S P I N A G F.

The bed Sorts are,

1 The Prickly, for winter. And,

2 The Broadell Leaved, for fummer,

THE mof!: proper time for fowing the prickly rniHll-
leaved Spinage for winter ufe, is from the 201 li
of July to the 12th of /InjjuJ}, and in drill--, rather than

it"

224 '^^"^ Gardener's New Director.
in the field way, as it will be much eafier cleared ot weeds.
This iort may have ibme of its largeft leaves cropt ofF
in Oi^ober and Novembert and may be ufed through the
vi^inter, but muft be then cut fparingly; for if it is too
much cut, or too near the llalks, it will then be in dan-
ger of rotting by tlie frofts in "January and in February :
wherefore ufe it fparingly, and it will continue good un-
til May, when the large-leaved Spinage fucceeds to it.
Care muft be taken, when fowing the Spiivage-feed,
that the ground is not too dry ; for if the weather be
very dry in autumn, it will come up with the feed-veflels
on its top, wheieby it will be of little ufe ; nor fhould
it be fovvn on too moill ground at this feafon, left it
fliould perifh by wet and cold.

The fummer Spinage is to be fown about the latter
end o^ February, and from that time every fortnight un-
til the beginning or middle of April, for a fucceflion, and
in moift ground, to prevent its running to feed, to
which both thefe kinds are very apt. With the fpring
Spillage you may fow a fev/ early fhort-topped London
Radiihes. This fort, on account of its large leaves, muft
(land ten inches diftance, plant from plant. The feeds
of the largeft kinds of Spinage are Imoolh, which dif-
tinguifhes them from the fmall-leaved prickly fort.

THYME.

Ihe forts that are cultivated in gardens, are,

1 The Common.

2 The Variegated ditto.

3 The Lemon.

THE firft fcrt may be fown in the fpring, upon a
lean dry foil, in which it will thrive better than
upon any other, and continue good for many years.

The two lad: forts are propagated from runners or
flips planted in the fpring, in almoft any (oil ; where
watering and fliading them until you perceive them take
root, is all the culture they require.

T U R-

The Gardener's New Director. 225

TURNIPS.

The common forts ufed here, are,

I ^he Early Round White Dutch.
1 The Yellow Turnip.

3 The Long French Turnip or Naveau.

4 The Green Dutch.

THE firfl: is chiefly ufed in this country for
early crops, and for eating raw in May and June,
of which many are very fond. To have them very
early is a great ambition amongft gardeners : In
fandy grounds you may fucceed very well by fowlng
them in February to pull in May ; but their beds are
to be matted. As foon as they appear with five leaves,
it will be proper to thin them, which is all the cul-
ture they require ; and the frefher and more virgin
the earth is, the fweeter and more tender they will
be. I would recommend the beds for thefe early crops
to be no more than four feet broad, for the better
management of them. If the weather is very dry in
March or April, give them water twice a week, and at
fix in the morning; for fliould you water them at night,
the froft might kill them ; and in fun-fhine their leaves
would be fcorchcd. If you perceive the black fly to attack
them, lay in fome unflacked lime or beer-chaff below
their tops, and water them well at the hour jufl: menti-
oned, and this will efi'cclually defliroy them.

In clay grounds, fow a few beds of them pretty
thick ; and, as fuon as you obferve them above ground,
matt them at night, removing the covering in the day,
to give them air ; and, unlefs the feafon be very dry, be
fparing of your water in this foil, obferving not to fow
them upon dunged lard.

The fccond feafon for fowing is from /Ipril to /lugujl^
after which time no Turnips fhould be luv. n, and then
Lewarc cif tiie black fiv.

O. The

226 The Gardener's New Director.

The Yellow Turnip, if fown upon moifl: ground,
cats very well, boiled in the kitchen way ; but the long
French Turnip is the bed for feafoning foops, as two of
them vtill give a higher flavour than a dozen of other
Turnips, and are not of any ufe for any other purpofe.
They are to be fou-^n about the middle of April.

The Green Dutch Turnip may be fown in the broad-
cad ; and as their culture is no other than what has been
direfied for the other forts, nctbing more need be men-
tioned, but to v<.^eed and thin them at proper feafons.

In our Seed -catalogue 3 ou will find a variety of Tur-
nips, but chiefty for hufbaadry ufe, and now much ufed
in fpring for cattle.

The Ehd of the First Part.

PRACTICAL

The Gardener's New Director, 227

Dire^ions for conjlru^ing Afparagus Beds,

IN order to make ready for this work, a cornpoft is to
be prepared, to confift of two parts of rotted dung,
and a third of good mould and fand equally mixed, fea
fand to have the preference.

The quarter intended for the bed, is to be cleared to
the depth of two feet, (or deeper, according to your
quantity of gravel or rubbilh) then you are to lay down
fome coarfe gravel or lime rubbifli, to the depth of two
inches at lead (to take off any ftagnated water) which
is to be covered with a layer of coal-aflies to the fame
depth, and the cavity to be filled with rotted horfe dung,
well trod in, kept even and clofe, and to rife to the fur-
face of the ground ; over this you are to lay four inches
of the cornpoft, prepared as above directed, which is to
be raked very fmooth. The beds are then to be laid in
breadths of four feet, with alleys of two feet between
each, putting down markers to direfl: the planting, from
which cords are to be ftrained, fo as to divide the beds into
fquares of a foot each; in the centre of each fquare you
are to fet down a plant, fpreading out its fibres, and fix
inches from the edge of the bed, the plants not to be
more than two years old, and then you are to lay on the
remainder of the comport to the depth of two inches.
— For the care of the beds and your future practice fee
Afparagus i p. 18,4.

N. B. Great attention is to be paid to the choice of
feed, for the raifing of your plants, as only the very beft
can give fuch as are worth your care, and obfervc, never
to fuffer any thing to be planted on the furface, or in the
alleys of the beds.

CL2 PRACTICAL

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTIONS

I N

GARDENING.

PART SECOND.

FLOWERS.

C 229 ]

An Alphabetical List of

FLOWER SEEDS and ROOTS;

SEEDS of TREES and FLOWERING SHRUBS;

SEEDS for the Improvement of LAND;

With a Collection of

AMERICAN TREE SEEDS:

Directing the Season of Planting them.

(*) Sucb as Jhoulcl have their Seed fovon the Spring after

they are faved.
(t) Such as flooidd be foivn in Autumny immediately after

their Seeds are ripe ; otherivife if kept until the Springt

they will not appear before the Spring folloiuing.
(1) Such ijjhofe Seed luill keep tiuo Tears, if well faved ;

though equally fit for ufe the firfl Tear.

N. B. Where the Letter h is added y direfls to be raifed on
Hot-beds ; hh in Boxes to be placed in the Hot -bed ;
b in Boxes ; op in the open Ground ; and p in Pots.

FLOWER SEEDS.

f Adonis, April and September.

* African Marygold, h. March and April.

* Amaranthoides, white, h. March and April.
, purple, h. March and April.

X Amaranthus, h. April.

* . Cockfcomb, h. March and April.

Globe, h. March.

■ ■ Purpureus, April.

Tree, ^/>^'/.

Tricolor, h. March and April.

0^3 * Anemone,

23© The GardeiJer's Nev/ Director.
t Anemone, or Wind-flower, November.

Apple Love, h.
After China, double,

' ; — > Single*

t Auricula,

Balfam, double ftriped, h.

* Balfamine, h.

Beans, fcarlet flowering, h.
Bell-flower, Canterbury,

* Biue-bottles,
Eottle-flower, or Cyanus,

* Borage, plain and ftriped.
Campion Rofe,

* Candy-tuft, white,
purple.

Canterbury Bell-flower,
Capficum Indicum, many

kinds, h.
Carnation, Dutch,

, Englifli,

■ J French,

, Indian Lupines, March.

f , Poppv, with fe-

ve al other forts.
Carthamus,
Catchfly, Lobel's,
China After, double,

-. , fingle,

■ , Maiiow, h.

March,

April

April.

Jan. Feb. Sept. and NoZK

Adarrh and April.

April.

February and April.

April.

March.

March and Augujl.

April.

Manh.

March.

March.

April.

J April.

April.
April.
April.

} April.

April.
April,
April,
April.

Anarch.
March.
March.

Chryfanthemum, double,

* Clary,
Ccckfcomb Amaranthus, h. March and April.

t Colrhicum or baftard fafl^ron, November.

* Columbine, Virginian, yr/ly and March.
X Convolvulus, April.

* • Major, fcarlet, A4arch and April.

Minor, fcarlet, Adarch.

_ Major, blue, March.

Minor, blue, April.

t Corn Gladiolus or Corn- flag, September.

* Crefs, Indian, April.
t Crocus Vernu?, July.

f Crown,

The Gardener's New Director. 231

t Crown, Imperial Sfptember.

Cyanus, or Bottle-flower, March and Augufi.
t Cyclamen, or Sow-bread, March and Scptevihcr,
* Dame's Violet, or Hefperis, April,

April

April.

April.

April

April

March and Au^ujfi,

Sepiember.

t Delphinium, great,

Diamond Ficoides, h.

Dutch Carnation,

Knglifli Carnation,

Everlafting Pea,

Flos Adonis,
f Flower-de-luce, or Ins,
X Flowering Reed, Indian, h. April
t Fraxinella, Sepiember.

French Carnation, April

t Frittilaries, Sepiember.

t Gentian, September.

Globe Aramanthus, h. March.

t Golden Rod, April

Greek Valerian, March.

t Hare's- ear, Ocioher.

t Hart-worth, Q^oher.

* Hawkweed, crimfon, li. March.

* Hieraciums, or Hawkweeds Augvji.

* Holyhock, double,
Honefty, or Moonworth,

* Floneyluckle, French,
Humble Plant, h.

t Hyacinth,

X Indian flowering Reed, h.
Indian Lupines, carnation,
• , great blue,

* Indian Pink, h
t Iris, or Flower-de-luce,
X La Lucern,

Larkfheel, ^double, with
many colours,

* Lark's-fpur,

* Lavatcra, red,
— , white,

X Lavender,

t Lilly Hyacinth,

April

March,

March and April

April

Onoher.

April

April

April.

April

Sjptcmber.

April

\ A-iigttj} and Mcnh.

February and Mi.r-ch.

March,

March.

April

C)L4 • Linari;i^»

232

The Gardener's New Director.

* Linarlas,

* Lobel's Catchfly,

* Looking-glafs, Venus,'

* Lotus,

Love Apple, h.
Love lies-bleeding,

* Lupines, carnation Indian,

, great blue Indian,

, fmall blue,

, yellow,

, great leaflet,

, white.

Lychnis, fcarlet.
Mallow Tree,

■ , China, h.

Marvel of Peru, h.
Mary gold, fweet-fcented,

* ' , French,

, African,

■ ^ — > Quild,

Campvere,

Medica, or Snails,

Melilot,

Melongena, or Egg-plant, h. March.

Mignionet, or fvveet Refida, March and April.

April.

March.

y pril. ■-.

April.

March,

March.

April.

April.

March.

March.

March.

April.

April.

March.

March.

March.

April.

April.

April.

April.

March.

April.

April.

Millet,
t Moly,

Moonworth, or Honefly,
* Moth-mullen,
t Mufcary,
•t Narciffiis,
t , Daffodil,

April.

April and Qcloher.

March.

March.

Oaoher.

October.

September.

O^ober.

April.

April.

March.

f , Oriental,

* Navel worlh, Venus,
Nigella Romana,

* Onagra, orTree-primrofe,
t Ornithagulum, or Star of \ September.

Bethlehem, J ^

t Pafquc Flower, or Pulfatilla, April and QHobcr.

* Peafe, everlafting, April.

• , painted Lady, March.

J purple fweet-fcented, April.

Peafc

The Gardener's New Director. 2'^3

Peafe, fcarlet flowering,

, white fweet-lcented,

, Tancr/'erf

Pepper, Indian, h.
Perficaria,
t Phalangium, or Spiderwort, O^ober.

Apr.il.

March.

April.

April.

April.

March and September ,

* Pinks ot all forts,

* Pink, Dutch, double,

, Indian, h.

, Pheafant Eye,

t Piony,—
Plant, fenfitive, h.

, humble h.

Polyanthus,

April.
April.
March.
April.
March.
April.
February, March and Aug.

t , or Primula Verls, February and Augujl,

Poppy, Carnation, with | ^^^^^^^^

March.
March.

fundry other forts,
Primrofe-tree, or Onagra,
Princes-feather,
Pulfatilla, or Pafque-flower, April.
Purple fweet-fcented Peafe, April.

Candy-tuft,

+ Ranunculus,

Romana Nigella,

Rofe Campion,
* Scabius,

Scarlet flowering Pea,

• Bean,

ember.

Scnfitive Plant, h.

* Snails, or Medica,

* Snap-dragon,
t Sow-bread, or Cyclamen,
t Spiderwort, or Phalangium, OSlober.
t Star of Bethlehem, or | o . .

Ornithagulum, J ^

\ Stock -jellyflowers, if kept
in the feed pods.

, Brumpton,

, Queen,

, ftriped,

• , purple,

. white, with

March.

November.

April,

March.

April.

March.

February and April.

March.

April.

April.

March and September.

\ap

ril and May.

April and ''inly.
April and 7«6'-
April and ^une.
April and 'June.

fundry other forts,

j April.

Siripq^d

^34 The Gardener's New Director,

Striped Baifam, double, h.
* Sultan, fweet,

, yellow, h.

* Sunflower, double.
Sweet Scabius,

Sultan, yellov/, ,h.

V-'iiiiam,

Tangier Peafe,
Tree Mallow,

t Tulips,

Valerian, Greek,

* Venus' Looking-glafs,
Virginian Columbine,

* Wall-flower, white,

. , bloody.

White Candy-tuft,

. fweet-fcented Pe^,

Xeranthemum, purple,

March and April u

April

April.

Mareh.

April

April

March and Auguft.

April

March.

September,

March.

March and April

July and Mcrf^,

April

April

March.

March.

Auguji and September.

^..s-#-s}-###-9#-o-4'4"^'4'#--cJ 4 -^-^^-^-^

F L O V/ E R ROOT S.

Anemonles, man ' forts.
Hyacinths, double, many )

colours, S

Jonquils, double.
Iris, Perfian,
Italian Tuberofes, h.
Perfian Iris,
Pa}yanthus Narciffus,

many forts.
Ranunculus, many forts.
Snow-drops, double,
Tuberofes, Italian,
Tulips, many forts,

Oflober, 'January and Feb.

( Oclohe November and

C December.
Ocioher and 'November.
Ofioher and November.
Marcbf April and May-.
Odlober and November.

^ Oclober and November. '

January, February and 0^,
O^oher and November.
M.ii ch, April and May.
Oclober and November,.

SEEDS

The GARDF.NErv's New DiKEcron.

-J5

^:>^^^,^^i^>^.^(^'^^^<-'^^^^^^^ Jf^^^l?

SEEDS of TREES and FLOWERING SHRUBS.

Acorns, great oak, when 7
ripe, or in 5

-^^ , Evergreens,

Arbutus, or Strawberry- ■)
tree, b. 3

After Pine,

Balm of Gilead Fir,

Beech Mart,

Birch,

Bladder Sena, or Collutea, b.

Broom, Spanifh,

Cedar of Lebanon, b.

Chefnut, horfe,

, fweet,

Collutea, or bladder Sena,b.

Crab kernels,

Cyprcfs Fir, b.

Elm,

Evergreen acorns.

Fir, Cyprefs, b.

— , Red Scots,

— , Silver,

, Spruce or Pitch,

Haw-berries,

Holly-berries,

Hornbeam,

Horfe Cliefnut,

Laburnum,

Larix, b.

Lime Tree Berries,

l^ine. New F.ngland,

Pine, Aflcr,

, great,

Pitch, or Spruce Fir,

l-*yracaniba,

Scots red Fir,

February and March .
■ March.
March.

M-rcb and j^f^ril

February J October and Nov.

March.

March.

March.

March and April.

February and March.

February and March.

March and Jprtl.

February and March.

March.

June.

March.

March.

March, ^IprlUvii Miy.

March.

March.

February.

February.

February, September ^n^ OS,

February and March.

March.

April.

May.

March and April.

March.

March.

March.

February and Alarch.

March, /pril :\nd May.

SiLer

236

The Gardener's New Director.

Silver Fir,
Sp^nifli Broom,
Spruce, or Pitch Fir,
Sweet Chehiuts,
Walnuts,
Yew Berries,

March.

March.

March.

February and March.

February and March.

February J September and OB,

MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM

SEEDS for improving LAND.

Buck Wheat,
Canary Seed,
Clover,, great red Englifli,

, great red Dutch,

, white dwarf Dutch,

, yellow, or Trefoil,

Dutch great red Clover,

dwarf white clover,

Englifli great red Clover.

Rye-grafs,

French Furze,
Hemp Seed,
Irifh Whins,
La Lucerne,
Lint Seed,
Maw Seed,
Rape Seed,
Rye Grafs, Englifh,

, Scots,

Saint Foin,

Scots Rye Grafs,

Trefoil, or yellow Clover,

Wheat, Buck,

Whins, Irifh,

White dwarf Dutch clover,

Yellow Clover, or Trefoil,

April and May.

April

April and May.

April and May.

ApriU May and Aiiguji.

May.

April and May.

April, May and Augujl,

April and May.

April and May.

March and April.

"June and July.

March.

April znd May.

April and May.

May.

June and July,

April and May.

April and May.

April.

April and May,

May.

April and May.

March.

April, May and Augujl.

May.

AMERICAN

The Gardener's New Director. 237

'.m)m

AMERICAN TREE SEEDS,
To be fovvn in the Spring.

Alder, American, op.

• , filver-leaved, op.

, Virginian, op.

Alternate two and three
leaved Pine, op.

American narrow leaved
Thorn, op.

— — Alder, op.

Andromeda, broad leaved,
or flowering Sorrel Tree,
b. h.

■ , red budded, b. h.

Aralia Spinofa, or Tree An-
gelica, b. h.

Arbor Lotus, op.

Arborefcens Seneas, h.

Alh-leaved Maple, op.

, black, op.

— — , white, op.

Beam, Hophron, op.

Beech Sumach, b.

, Virginia, op.

Benjamin Tree, b.

Birch, the fwcet black, op.

, Popler leaved, op.

Black Champion Oak, op.

Dwarf Oak, op.

lyarix, b.

Mulberry, op.

round Vv'alnut, op.

Spruce Fir, b.

Boggy Chameradodendron,
b.

Bread, St. John's, or Honey
Loney, b. h.

Broad-leaved Andromeda,
or flowering Sorrel Tree,
b. h.

Mountain Elm, op.

Viburnum, op.

Button Tree, or Cephalan-
thus, b.

Cedar, red, b.

, Avhite, b.

Cephalanthus, or Button
Tree, b.

Chameradodendron, Bog-
gy, b.

. , great, b.

. , Ivy, b.

' , Olive-leaved, b.

, Thynie-leav d,b.

Champion Oak, the Baf-
tard, op.

, black, op.

, great,

Chefnut Virginian Oak, op.

Sw imp Oak,

Clethra, with beautiful
flowering Spikes, b. h.

Clufter Cherry, op.

Cornelian Cherry, or white
berried Cornus, op.

Cornus, grea. red Moun-
tair, op.

Cuhrtna, red flowering, b.

, white flowering, b.

Dogwood, b.

Downy Sumach, b.

Dwarf,

The Gardener's New Director.

238

Dwarf, black Oak, op.

Prince ot the De-

fartj b.

fcarlet Oak, op.

Elm, broad leaved Moun-

, tain, op.
Evergreen Euonymus, op.

• Privet, op.

Rhamus, b.

• Shrub Hypericum, b.

Euonymus Scandens, op.
, great broad leaved,

Fir, Virginian Silver, op.

, black Spruce, b.

Fringe, or Snow-dropTree,
b.h.

Great broad leaved Euony-
mus, op.

Chamerododendron,

b.

Champion Oak, op,

red Mountain Cor-

nus, op.
Silver-leaved Maple,

op.
Gum, the fweet, b.
Honey Loney, or St. John's

Bread, b, h.
Hophorn Beam, op.
Hypericum evergreen

Shrub, b.
Jerfey Pine, the rough, op.

Tea, b.

Itea, b. h.

Judas Tree, b.

Ivy Chamerododendron, b.

Larix, black, b,

Lefler Spanifli Oak, op.

Linder, op.

Locufl, fweet fmelling, b.h.

Long white Walnut, op.

Lotus Arbor, op.

Magnolia, b. h.

Maple, Afli leaved, op.

, great Silver leaved>

op.

, dwarf Mountain, op.

, ftriped, op.

, Sugar, b.

, Virginian, op.

Minor Zanthoxilum, b. h.

Mountain Elm, broad leav-
ed, op.

Mulberry, black, op.

Myrtle, Virginian, b.

Oak, black Afh, op.

— J black Champion, op,

— , black Dwarf, op.

— , baftard Champion, op.

— , great Champion, op.

— , lefler Spanilh, op.

— , fhrubby white, op.

— , fcarlet Dwarf, op.

— , Spanifli Swamp, op.

— , Swamp Chefnut, op.

— , Virginian Chefnut, op.

— , white, op.

— , Willow, op.

Olive-leaved Chamerodo-
dendron, b.

Papaw, b. h.

Pine, alternate, two and
three leaved, op.

— , the Dwarf of the De-
fart, b.

— , two and three leaved
Swamp, op

— , rough Jerfey, op.

Poplar-leaved Birch, op.

Prinos, b.

Privet, evergreen, op.

Red budded Andromeda,

b.h.

Red

The Gardener's

Red Cedar, b.

• — flowering Culmia, b.

— four-fruited Viburnum,
b.

Rhamus, evergreen, b.

Rofe Marfli, op.

— , fvveet Mountain, b.

Rough Jerfey Pine, op.

Round black Walnut, op.

Saffafras, b.

St. John's Honey Loney,
b.h.

Scarlet Dwarf Oak, op.

Seneas Arborefcens, h.

Serrated-leaved Viburnum,
b.

Shrub, the evergreen Hy-
pericum, op.

Shrubby white Oak, b.

Silver leaved Alder, op.

Fir, Virginian, op.

Snow-drop Tree,or Fringe,

b.h.

Sorrel Tree, the flowering,
or broad leaved Andro-
meda, b. h.

Spanifii lefTer Oak, op.

Spiney Viburnum, b.

Spinofa, Aralia, or Tree
Angelica, b. h.

Spirca, purple, b.

, Opula Folio, b.

■ , white, b.

Spruce Fir, black, b.

Striped Maple, op.

Sumach, Beech, b.

, Downey, b.

, Virginian, b.

, or Tupelo,^ h.

Swamp Pine, the three
leaved, op.

— — , Chcfnut Oak, op.

New Director. 239

Svvamp, Spanifii Oak, op.
Sweet black Bircii, op.
" Gum, b.

Mountain Rofe, b.

fmelling Locuft, b. h.

Service early, b.

Tea, Jerfey, b.

Three leaved Swamp Pine,
op.

Thorn, narrow leaved Ame-
rica, op.

Toxicodendron foliis pen-
dulis, b.

trifoiium, b.

Tree Angelica, or Aralia

Spinofa, b. h.

, Benjamin, b.

, Button, Cephalan-

thus, b.

, Judas, b.

Tulip Tree, b.h.
Viburnum, broad leaved,

op.

, red four fruited, b.

' , round leaved, b.

, ferrated leaved, b.

, Spiney, b.

Virginian Aider, op.

Beech, op.

Sumach, b.

Silver Fir, op.

Walnut Ilicory, op.

, long while, op.

, round black, op.

White Afh, op.

berried Cornus, or

Cornelian Cherry, op.

Cedar, b.

' Oak, op.

Oak, flirubby, b.

Willow Oak, op.
Zaiuhoxilum minor, b. h.
Chrijlnias

E 243 ]

An Alphabetical List 0/ FLOWERS,

Whofe Culture is dire^ed hy Sir James Juflice, Bart.
he having given them in the Order they appear in the Scafcnx.
N. B. The Numbers that are exprefled by Letters, have
a Reference to the Treatile, coming before the Work.

ABBREVIATIONS of the botanical Names
ufed in the Catalogue of Annuals, &c. 354
Aconite, the Winter, — — — 246

Anemone, — — ~" — , 339

Annuals and Perennials, a mod curious Collecll--

on of, as given in the Dutch Catalogues, 347

V — , as botanically called, with Directions for

their Culture, — — _ — 35^

, the fame with their Englifti Names in an

Alphabetical Order, — — 415-

Auricula Urfa, or Bear's Ear, — — 313

, Compoft for, — — — ^

, Mr. Bullen's Management of them, 319

, fome general Direaions by Mr. Miller, 323

Bear's Ear, or Auricula Urfa, — — 3i3

Bulbous Iris, — — — — 43o

Cardinal Flower, — — — 3^0

Carnations, — ■ ' — — 4^4

■ •■ , Compoft for, — — — xi

Chriftmas Rofe, or Black Hellebore, — 245

Colchicum, Vernal, — — — 259

Cokrhicums, the early, — — — 432

Compoft Yard, Direaions for, — — 434

Corn Flags, — — — — 43^

Crocus of the Spring, or Crocus Vernus, — 253

Crown, Imperial, — — — 262

Cyclamen, or Sow-bread, — — 25S

Daffodills, or Pfcudo-Narciffus, — — 255

Dens Canis, or Fritillaries, — — 259

Direaions to Florifts, fome general ones, — 433

Dragon, or Dracunculus — — >b.

Frames, for the Prefervation of the Auricula, 317

, a double glazed one, for tender Plants, 359

Fritillaries, or Dens Canis, — — 259

R Gladiolus,

244 *^^^ Gardener's New Director.

Gladiolus, or Corn-flags, ^ — — 432

Hellebore, Black, or the Chrlflmas Rofe 1 — 245

Hepaticas, a Variety of them, — — 249

Hyacinth, Oriental, «— -^ — 263

Hyacinths, — _ _ — 293

. , Compofl: for, — — — vi

, The Dutch, — — ~ x

. , as prafitifed by Mr. Geo. Voorhelm, 305

, in Water, — -^ — 308

, feme Particulars relative to them, — 309

Iris, the Perjian, — ■ — — t— 254

Layers, Manner of laying them, — — 425

Lilies, — —"43'^

Lily, Daffodil, — — 433

Martagons, — — 433

Minionette, — — 310

NarcifTus, Polyanthos, — — 311, 433

— — , Autumnal, — — — 432

Oriental Hyacinth, — — — — 263

Pinks, — — r~ 429

Polyanthos NarcifTus, — ■ — — 311

Primrofe, — - — — — — 25 1

Pfeudo-Narciffus, or Daffodils, — — 255

Ranunculus, — •— — ■ — -— 34O

Rocket Baftard, — — 31O

Root-Room, form of one, -^ 434

Sow-bread, or Cyclamen, — — — 258

Snow-drops, — — — •— — 247

Sweet William, _— — — 429

Tulips, a fine Colleflion of, — — — 324

, the Compofl: for, — — — xi

, Baguets, — — — — 325

, Rigaut, — — — — 326

, By-bloomen, — — — — ib.

■ , raifed from Seed, as pra6tifed by Mr. Miller, 327

' , by Mr. Beulinz, — — ■— 335

, the Double, — — — 338

, manner of breaking their Breeders, — ib.

, Bifard, a Colle6lion of, — — 337

Winter Aconite, •— — — - 246

Cbnji?nas

The Gardentr's New Director. 245

Cbrijlmas Rofe^ or Black Hellebore.

THE firft flower which introduces the Tpring, is bo-
tanically named, Flelleborus uiger, /lore albo, in-
terdum rubentey j. B. It blows in mild winters before
Cbrifimas, and is very pleafing in the garden ; it bears
a rofaceous flower upon fmall Hems, which arife about
two inches or a little more from the ground, and has a
faint, but very agreeable fmeil. This plant may be
propagated by parting its roots in Augujl, fo as they may
ftrike new root before winter, planting them where they
may liave the benefit of the winter's fun, to make them
expand their blofloms early : fome of them may be plant-
ed in a more fhady fituation, in which they profper befl
of any. — They require a frefh earth, but not dunged ;•
as it is apt to rot them. — They are alfo propagated from
feeds, which fhould be fown in fhady borders (but not
under the droppings of trees, that being very prejudi-
cial to all young plants.) In June, when the feeds are
ripe, fow them ; keep the bed cltrar from weeds, and
they will come up the following fpring. They may con-
tinue in their prefcnt fituation until March, when they
fhould be tranfplaniid into the nurfery-bed, where they
are to flower, and in "June, or in any of the fiimmer
months, plant them into borders or wildeniefs quarters,
where they arc to ilund for good.

It is for this reafon that I have advifed the fowing and
continuing to fow the ieeds of the Cbrijlmas Rofe, the
Winter Aconite, the White Hepatica, and fome other
flowers, that if a double one fliould be raifcd of any of
thcfc flowers, which has never yet appeared, inch an
Jincommon produ6^ion will give pleafure, if not profit,
for the labour and attention.

In the courfe of my procefs for flowers, 1 fliall fre-
«|iiently direil?t ihe fowinii; the feeds of manv flowers, as

S ' from

346 The Gardener's New Director.
from them only we can have the different forts of every
fpecies ; from feed the famous Black Dutch Tulip was
raifed, and the firfl: Double Hyacinth : and though I may
defcend to the loweft of our flowers, yet, fhould a double
one appear, the acquifition would not be trifling.

Winter Aconite.

TH E Chrijlmas Rofe is fucceeded by the Winter Aco-
nitct botanically called Aconitum Hyemale. It hath
a yellow flower ; its leaves, which are of a vivid green
colour, are deeply cut, and from the centre of the leaves
arife the flowers, which expand in Jammry, even when
frofl:s and fnow are upojj^the ground, and are then of a
more beautiful colour, than in milder feafons; the feeds
of this plant are ripe the beginning of April, and, fo
foon as you gather them, they ought to be fown in
a good rich light foil, in pots or in boxes, to be ex-
pofed to the morning fun only. They will come up the
following December, and, after their leaves are decay-
ed, it will be proper to lay two inches of the fame
mould upon the pots or boxes, which will flrengthen
the young roots, and in three years after fowing, they
will fhow their bloffoms ; obferve not to tranfplant
them from this feed-bed, until they are three years old;
for neither the old roots, nor the feedlings, agree with
being tranfplanted oftner than every third year. This
•work ought to be performed before their leaves are en-
tirely faded ; their roots, which are fliaped fomewhat
like an Anemone, but Imailer, being of a dark earthy co-
lour, and of confequence difficult to find, after their
leaves are quite faded.

They make a very agreeable appearance when they
are planted in clumps, in long borbers, intermixed with
double and fingle Snow -drops, Hepaticas, Donfoly, the
Perftan Iris, and Vernal Colchicums, of which I fhall treat
under their refpe£live names.

Snow

The Gardener's New Director. 247

#§#§§§#§§§•§§§§§§§§§§§#§■§#§#§§§
Siiow-Drops^

THE next flower that adorns thefpring, is, XhtSno-w-
dropy oi which there are four kinds ; the Jingle,
or lejfer bulbous rooted is by Tournejort botanically called
Narcijfo-Leuconium minus. It has a bright white flower,
which comes up between its two pUmt leaves, and blows
in "January, even when there is trofi: and fnow upon the
ground. This plant is eafily propagated by off-fetts,
provided it is not tranfplanted more than once in three
years; it is therefore a very fit companion for the
Winter Aconite ; both of which I had a long bed
planted fn rows alternately, which made a very fine

Ihow. This flower does rot require a very rich foil,

but frefh earth fhould be laid upon their beds about Mi-
chaelmasi before the frofts fet in, which will greatly
flrengthen their roots for blowing fair the fuccecding
fpring.

The mofl: proper feafon for liftin: them is about
the end o^June or beginning of yj//)', when their leaves
are decayed ; then they may be laid up in their refpec-
tive apartments in the root-room to dry, obferving to
clean their bulbs from earth, and any rottenrefs \^ hich
may adhere to them, and to keep them dry, until the
beginning of September, when they fhould be planted
two inches deep, and at the diflance of two only; for,
as it is a fmall flower, the clofer they are planted the
better their appearance.

There is another kind of this flower, which is bota-
nically called Narcijfo-Ijencoium trifolium majiis, luteis api-
cibus, or Great Snoiv-drcp ; this is named in the Dutch
catalogues, Donfoly primulum. It is larger than the for-
mer fort, and has a high muflcy fcent, with Tome tips
or fpots upon the extremities of fome of its petals; this
fort is not fo common as the other, but requires the
fame culture, and is not fo great an increafer; it flowers
about the beginning of March. It doe^ not feed fo free^
ly as the other kinds.

S 2 About

248 The Gardener's New Director.

About the tune that the former fort is in flower, ano-
ther kind, called the Double Snovj-drop, expands its blof-
foms ; it is botanically named, Narciffo-Leucoiutn flore
pleno minus, Boerh. index. — This flower continues long
in bloom, and makes a fine appearance with its double
bloflbms, the inner petals whereof are firft of a green
colour, tipt with white, and afterwards, as the flower
advances, turns to a bright white. It has not fo good a
fcent as that fort called in the Dutch catalogues Donfoly,
for in all double flowers, the multiplicity of the petals
or leaves of the flower, obftruft the organs of generati-
on, in which the fcent of the flower lies. They do
not increafe fo fafl: as the fingle, but in all refpecls re-
quire the fame culture.

The laft kind of Snow-drop is called the Greatejl Snow-
dropy and botanically, Narcilfo-Leucoium altijftmunh fiore
albo parvo, apicibus viridibus, Boerh. index. I mentiort
this flower here, becaufe it is of the fame clafs, though
It does not flower until the month of Aday. It is a hardy
plant, and its bulb is as large as a Polyanthus Narcijfus :
its feed-veflels contain a round feed, which, when ripe,
is of a clear fhining black colour, as big as the feeds of
Hyacinths, and feem to promife, with proper care and
indufliry, an agreeable variety of flowers, though hither-
to I have not heard of any improvement of that kind.
The number of its flowers upon one ftalk never exceed
three or four. They fhow well in borders, from their
fine flrong fliem, and green leaves, when planted among
other flowers of their time of blowing. Their culture
is the fame as direfted for the fmaller kind of Snovj-drop*

Hepaticas,

rry]

The Gardener's New Director. 249

Hepaticas.
Of thefc there are five forts, viz.

The Single White Hepatica, botanically called, Hepa-
tica trijoJiutii, fiore cilbo fimpVui-, lloerh. index.

The Single Blue, or, Hepatica irifoliata, Jlore cceru-
leo, Cluf.

The Single Red, or, Hepatica trifoliata, fiore rubra,
Cluf.

The Double Red, or rather peach-coloured, called He-
patica trifoliata, fiore rubro pleno, Roerb- index.

The D'juhle Bine, or, Hepatica trijoliata, fi.ore cceruko
plenOi Cluf.

^HE treatment of each of thefe is exa£lly the fame.

Their feed muft be fown the beginning of Augufiy

in boxes on light frefh earth, expofing them to tlie morn-
ing fun only. In November the boxes are to be placed in a
fituation where they may enjoy the whole day's fun, to
remain until the beginning of March, when I^would re-
place them in their old fituation. During the winter, in
the evenings, and in great frofts, cover the boxes with
matts, not fo much from an apprehenfion that the froft
would hurt them, but as at that feafon, when their
feeds are germinating, it might ftop their vegetation. It
is a very hardy flower, and the young feedlings will be-
gin to appear in March, when they ought to be careful-
ly kept clear of weeds, and refreflied with water in hot
dry weather. In this feed-bed they fhojild remain two
years, and after their leaves are gone, they fliould have
fome light virgin cartli laid over ihem, which will great-
ly ftrengthen their roots. In the winter remove the
boxes, in the fame manner as you did after they were
fown, and proceed with them the following fpring as
you did the preceding year. J3y the middle of Jutie^
they will be fit to be tranfplanted into beds of light ivc^
mould, (not much dunged) having prcvionfly arched the
beds with hoops, to lliade ihe plants from the fun, un-

S 3 til

•250 The Gardener's New Director,

til you perceive they have taken root : plant the feed-
lings four inches diftant every way, putting the earth
clofe to them as you plant them ; keep them clear from
weeds, and in November cover thern to the depth of
two inches from the alleys of the beds which will
both flrengthen them and prevent the frofl or worms
from throwing their young roots out of the ground : The
fucceeding fpring, fome of thefe feedlings will fhow
flowers, which^ if fine in colour, fliould be marked for
the garden. Obferve to keep them clear from
weeds, and to cover them in Novemberi as before
direfted, This is all the culture they require until
March, when you fhould break the mould on the fur-
lace o\ the beds, and make it fine with your hands,
in order to give them a fair appearance. The plants
in this fourth year will be in full bloom ; and it is
then tliat their double flowers will appear, if there are
any amongO: them.

The Hepatica muft not be tranfplanted oftener than
once in three or four years, and, if allowed to continue
fix, will make mofl: charming clumps ; whereas, if they
are oftener tranfplanted, the roots will grow weak, and
are apt to rot. But if by their vigour they fhould be-
come too large, they may be parted from the mother
roots in March, fhading the new-pknted ofi^-fets, and
refrefhiing them often with water, until they have ffruck
frcfli roots : by this nieans they will make a fine fhow
in the fpring, and often in the end of autumn, for many
years.

The firfl: fort feeds very freely, and no doubt from its
^t&d was raifed the Double White Hepatica^mtrnxontQ by
Mr. Ray in his Florae as a very fine flow^cr, of which
wc have not.any at prefent, and cannot expe£i; to reco-
ver them, otherv/ife than by continuing to low tlie feed,
by which not only this flower may be reflored, but a
great variety may be acquired.

Privir-oje

The Gardener's New Director. 251

Primrofe.

THE next flower I propbfe to treat of, is the Prim-
rofe. Of this there are two forts ; firft. the Prim-
rofey botanically called. Primula vens ; which has but
one flower, on a fmall fiender ftalk, unable often to fnp-
port itfelf. The other, the Polyr.nibus Primrofe, which
bears many flowers upon one large crt£t ll:alk ; it is call-
ed, Primula veris Polyantbos, becaufe of its having many
flowers upon one flalk.

The varieties which are ohJained every year by the
porifls, who fave and fow their feeds, are very great,
and fome incomparable beauties happen often to reward
the trouble of fowing and cultivating them. As in this
article I have had great fuccefs, I fhall here give my
method of treating them, from the fowing, until they
flower.

I gathered the feed from the mcfi: vigorous plants,
fuch as appeared well, and had the greateft number of
flowers upon one fl:em, obferving to water them very
often in dry weather, from the time that the flower fad-
ed, until they were quite ripe, which is generally about
the 25th of June-^ when their feed-veffels appear brov/n,
and ready to burfl:, and the feed falling from the huik,
they are to be looked over every day, that as little feed
as poflible may be loft.

As foon as the feed is gathered, which is by pulling
off the bells that contain it, they are to be put into
fmall paper bags, for the more conveniently drying ;
when you are to have ready fome boxes, of a fix^ to
your pleafiire, but they muft be eight inches in the
clear ; to be filled with the following comport : To one
load of well-rotted cow-dung, or lea\'es of trees, take
half a load of fine white fand, and two of a fine hnzely
loam, taken from a paflure fome months before, and
■which has had the grafs fward, or upper part, rotted
amongft the earth ; mix all well together, and fill your
boxes to the brim, or very near it, with this comport ;
then fliake the boxes, to make the eanli fettle, obferv-

S 4 \ng

252 The Gardener's New Director.

ing fo tn:,ke the furface as level as pofl'ible; and before
you few, let the earth have fourteen days to fettle. When
you fow your feed, which fhould be about ten days after
It is gathered, obferve that the compofl receives a pretty
hearty fl-unver ; hut if there is not any rain, take your w^a-
tering-|>ot with the fined rofe, and water it ; then imme-
diately fow t!iefeed,as equally as pcflible, and not too thick,
that being a great error, as well as coverinc; it too much,
the depth of a quarter of an inch is fufficient; and I
would chufe the covering to be of the furface of the
earth where the plants grew, which is to be laid on
gently vv'ith your hand; by this care, no part of the feed
will be loft.

The mofi; proper fituation for the boxes in fum-
mer, and even when the plants are very young, will
be under a wall or hedge which looks to the north,
or to the eafl, in order to prote6l them from the fun's
heat : in dry weather it will be neceffary to refrefli the

earth with gentle and frequent waterings. Some fov/

the feed in January, in open mild weather, or about the
firfl: week of February, at fartheft.

In July, prepare a nurfery-bed of the fame earth \n
which they were fown, and plant them at twelve inches
diftance, taking up as much earth with their roots as
you can, fo as not to difturb their young fibres ; fhade
them from all fun, until they have flruck root ; keep
them clear from weeds, and give them gentle waterings;
and let this nurfery-bed be made in fuch a fituation, as
to have the morning-fun only. Some of them will ftiew
their flowers the fame autumn, and many of them the
fjiring following, when all the good flowers Ihould be
planted out in beds by themfelves, and in a moifl: fhady
fituation, where their varieties will much delight the
curious eye: but for the greater certainty of difl;inguifln-
ing their beauties, I would fufFer them to fland a year
in the nurfery-bed; about the beginning of November^
while the plants are in this nurfery-bed, and on a dry day,
take a quantity of the compoft in which they were fown,
and with your hand lay it an inch thick over the
bed, holding up their undermofl: U aves with one hand,
while with the other you prefs tic earth about the
^ plants.

The Gardener's New Director. 253

plants, obferving to keep the bed clear from weeds, and
any foggy fluff that may lie upon its fur lace : this cover-
ing will prepare your planis tor fliewing well thefucceed-
ing fpring ; and, even if they fhould happen to flower in
winter, it will preferve them from the injuries of that
feafon. They require to be tranfplanted every two
years.

The Double Prhnrojcs, fuch as the Double Paper-white ^
the Double Red, and the Double Telloiv, are pretty orna-
ments to a garden, efpecially where there are quantities
of them ; they are eafily increafed by parting their roots
in March, and planting them in a fliady and moiil fitu-
ation, where they will bell thrive.

Spring Crocus f or Crocus Vcrnus,

IS fo called to diftinguifli it from the Autu77inal CroruSj
and is a great beauty in the fpring, and of which
there are great varieties ; the beft forts are to be had
at Haerlem, in Holland, where you can buy one hundred
roots, of twelve different forts, for one guilder.

Having provided yourfelf with a large collection of thefe
roots, I would firft plant them as edgings to long borders,
in which clumps of annual, or feme perennial flowers are
ornamentally planted ; taking a dibble and making a hole
two inches deep, put in a root, and into each hole I
would advife you to put a little dry foot, to prevent the
mice falling upon their roots, of which they are very
fond : plant their roots two inches from cacn other, and
inftead of one row, plant two, for their better appear-
ance, obferving to plant thofe which flower the fooneft,
together by themfclves, and fo progreiTivcly with the
others.

The fecond method of planting them is in beds,
each coUtur by itfdf, planting the earlieft always l)y
themfelves, two inches deep, and, (when they are in
beds) three inches afunder, for they will intrcale faft

enough

254 The Gardener's New Director.
enough to' fill up all their fpaces or diflances at which
they are firfl planted, either by their ofF-fets, or by
the leed, which you mufl: cover with one inch of earth,
as foon as you perceive it to fall ; the third or fourth
year you may expect to fee them fiovver ; it is neceflary
to cover the feed imnnediately arter falling, otherwife it
will be loft, I would advife you not to remove your Cro-
eufes oftener than once in four years ; but when' their
leaves are withered, cover them every year with two inches
of new frefh mould, which will ftrengthen their roots,
and make the new-falkn feeds germinate foon. Their
feeds may alfo be fown regularly in the fame manner as
fhall be directed for the Bulbous Ins: but there being
now abundance of their varieties raifed, and their prices
fo low, it is fcarce worth a florift's trouble or pains to
fow them in any other manner than has been jufl: men-
tioned.

"ss*-3.»">'>"^»<''» '.**■» •••''» V 'i* •;♦ 1* ';• 'i* 'i* V ** i* ? *^ I* •'* **

Perftan Iris.

BOtanically named, Xiphion, Perjjcum pracoxt fiore
elcgantiffime variegato, Tournef. This flower is
juftly termed one of the moll fplendid flowers of the
fpring. As I never fowed its leed, fo cannot fay any
thing of its culture that way ; poflibly there may be
varieties obtained from feed : when I was in Holland
and Flanders, the florifts there told me, they never had
obtained any variety from fov/ing the feed, excepting
the deceafed Jan van Lewen at Rotterdam:, who told me,
that one of his feediings had produced him a flower,
whofe ground of colour and erect petals were of a fine
blue, and that the tips or uppermoil parts of its petals were
fpotted in the fame elegant manner as the common fort
are. I always planted them in a light foil, and in clumps,
with other vernal flowers, where they blolToraed very
well ; but I cbferved, when they put out many off-fets,
the mother-roots and ofF-fets fhewed only leaves: but as
it is a root which oflF-fets freely, and will not fucceed if
often tranfplanted, or kept any time out of the ground,
I ufed the following method, by which it flowered con-

ftantly :

The Gardener's New Director. 255
ftanlly : Whenever the leaves of the plant v/ere near
decayed, it it had off-fets, I removed the earth from
the bulb, until 1 was below it; then with my fingers I
took them off, which by that time were tormed into
bulbs, and, lakmg them up carefully, laici in fome new,
rich mould, when 1 laid all iniooth, without dirturbing
the mother-roots; the ofF-fets 1 planted either by them-
felves or in clumps, with other vernal flowers, in the
fame rich fandy fojl,obferving to preferve all their fibres :
I planted them three inches leep, opening the earth
as deep as their fibres were long; by this pradice the
qld roots flowered every year. If you are defirous of
maliing a nurlery of them, and to plant the off-fets
immediately, let the ground be wrought two feet deep
into a lott mould, that their long fibres may have fuffi-
cient room, and not be cramped by any ftiff foil, into
which they cannot penetrate, which will make them
flunt, not flower, and at laft entirely decay. I have alfo
had blows of them in pots to adorn chambers early in
the fpring, but obferved after the blow to plant them
in the open ground ; this work is beft done in June,
when you are to plant them, together with the earth
which was in the pot, without dilUirbing their roots in
any manner whatever. As loon as you receive thefe
roots from your florill, plant them, for if they lie any
time out of the ground, they will be in great danger of
rotting.

Daffodilht or Pjeudo-Karciffus.

THE firft of the Daffodilh which blows in the
fpring, is the 6w2iri Narci/fus with a double head,
called Narcijfus nanus, feu Fumilus inaximi capitif ; thus
it is named in the Voerhelms catalogues in FlolUind :
this kind does well to be planted in cliunps ol vernal
flowers, with Snozv-dropsy and others; it thrives well
in a rich light earth, but fhould not be lifted but
once in two or three years ; it has a yellow flower, a
very fliort ftalk, and a very large tnimpet-liLe cup,
fringed about the edges.

There

256 The Gardener's New Director.

There is another fort of them, which has as high a
italk as the other Daffodilhy and a large trumpet-like
cup, and is tringed about the edges, which in the Dutcb
catalogues goes under the name of Narcijfus trompet ma-
jor y this requires the fame cuhure with the former,
^nd fhould be planted in clumps of vernal flowers; this
is botanically named Narcijfus major totus luteus, calice
cmplo pralongOi C. B. P.

There are great varieties of Daffodills, which are
to be had of the florifts. When I treat of a genus of
flowers or plants, which have many fpecies, I include
none but thofe, whole culture I know from my own
practice.

There are four forts of Daffodillsf which I fhall de-
fcribe, which may be had from the Voerhelms and Van
Kampen at Haerlem : they make pretty edgings for bor-
ders on each fide of a walk, and do very well when
planted in that way, immediately oppofite to one another,
and in the infide of an edging of Crocuses. The beft
forts of Daffodilh for fuch a fhow, are, 1 mo, Narcijff'us
•van Sion ; this fort is often mixed with fome of Johti
Tradefcanf^ Doffodills : this lafl: is botanically called
Narcijfui latifolhis flore plenijjimo, petalis partim flavist
partim viridibus interpolatis : the firll is botanically called
Narcijfus multiplex, totus Jlnvus. Thofe in the Dutch
catalogues are mixed logerher, and I chufe firft to give
them their Dutch names, as I have always had my beft
colle£iion from Holland.

2do, Narcijfus incomparabilis, incomparable Daff'odiU^
botanically called Narcijfus incomparabilis ^ Jlore plenOf
partim Jlavo, partim croceo, Hort. Reg. Pari/ien.

piOf Narcijfus Orange Phcenix, botanically called Nar-
cijfus latijolius, Jlore plenijpmo, petalis majoribus pallidis^
minoribus colore auratitii interpolatis.

And 4/0, Toe double white Narcijfus^ botanically call-
ed Narcijfus albusy flore multiplici odoratiJp7no, which fhould
be placed in the edgings of borders, where flowers which
blcffom in May are planted.

AH thofe Narcijfujes or Daffodills, (but which lliould
more properly be called PJeudo-NarciJp) fhould be plant-
ed in September, in edgings, or within thofe of the Cro-

CUSt

The Gardf.ner's New Director. 257
ntSi at fix inches diftance, every way, and four in
depih ; you are to make ufe of a broad dibble, half
a foot long. Before you begin to plant, have ready a
wheel-barrow full of rich and very fandy mould, filling
the pit, into which you are to fet the bulb, with two
inches of it, that the" tender fibres of the bulbs may
(hoot the more eafily, and gather ftrength to penetrate
into the mould below, which is not of fo fine a texture;
the pits are to be filled two inches above the bulb, rid-
dling all over them two inches more of good garden-
mould. Their leaves and flower-buds will appear early
in the fpring, and, except keeping them clear from
weeds, will require no further care until the No'uember
following, when I would advife another coat of good
garden-mould to be laid upon them, and in the fpring
to drefs the beds, and clear them from weeds with your
hands, which will be much fafer for their fpringing buds,
than to ufe the hoe or any other inftrument whatever.
Of the reft of the Daffodillsy or Pfeudo-Narcijfufes,
the beft kinds are:

I wo, The Ncn-fucb Daffodills, with double flowers,,
and whofe big leaves are white, but the lefler leaves
are of a gold colour, botanically called Narcijfus lati^
folius^ fiore plenijjimo odorato, petalis majoribus candidis,

minoribiis aureis interpolatisy Boerh. hid. et Hort. Eyjl.
ido, Peerlefs Pritnrofe-Daffodilly called botanically

Narcijfus medio-luteus vulgaris.

^tio, Tellovj Dajfodill, with the petals of its flowers

reflected, botanically called Narcijfus hit eus petalis Jlorum

valde reflexis, Cafp. Bauch. P.

4/0, 'The greateji Nonpareille Daffodill, botanically call-
ed Narciffus latifolius omnium maxitnus, amplo flavo ca~

lice. Park. Par.

Thofe four forts fhould be planted in clumps with o-

ther flowers, which blofibm about the fame feafon, viz.

in March and April; and their culture being the fame

with thofe juft mentioned, it need not be added here;

but I would advife that none of their kinds be lifted

fooncr than once in three years.

As for the Oriental Polyanthus Narcijfus, I fliall treat

fully of them in another place.

Cyclamen.,

±^S The Gardener's "New Director.

Cyclameti) or Sow^bread,

THERE are two kinds of this flower, the one with
the white flower, botanically called Cyclamen ver-
Tium, flore albo, C. B. and the other, which carries a
fmall red flower, called, by the botanifts, Cyclamen ver-
num minus f folio orbiculato inferne rubente, flore minore ru-
berrimoi Morif. hijl. Theie flowers are more tender
than the autumnal lorts ; and if they are not planted in
pots in winter, or in fpring, when they are in flower,
they fhould have forne covering or bell-glafs over them
in very fevere weather. They do very well to be plant-
ed in clumps of vernal flowers, and fhould not be re-
moved but once in two years ; and when their leaves
are faded, and their feeds are perfe6led, is the befl: time
to lift them ; I have often cut large roots from off their
eyes, keeping them out of the ground until the wound
was dry and found. I planted the root, as alfo that part
which I cut off, three inches below the furface, fur-
rounding their bulbs with dry fand, when they flowered
and profpered well.

l"he two Pcrfuin kinds flower alfo in the fpring ; but
as they both require to be houfed in winter, I fliall treat
of them among the green-houfe plants, or under the ar-
ticle of Guernjcy Lillies. Their feeds mufl be fown in
boxes filled with rich fandy mould, as foon as they are
ripe, and require the fame culture as the Bulbous Jrisy
only they mufl be Hieltered in winter under a hot-bed
frame, or in the front of the green-houfe, where they
may have much air, but be prote6led from frofls ; and
in fix years after their fowing, their roots will fliew all
their beauties; obferve to fiiift them every two years into
frefh mould, and larger boxes, their roots growing faft.

I chufe to few mofl: of the feeds of bulbs or of peren-
nial plants, which require to be protected in winter
from the inclemency of that feafon, in boxes, rather
than in pots, as they retain the cold and damps much
longer than the latter; your boxes muft refl on feet fix
inches high.

Fernsl

The Gardener's, New Director. 259

Fernal Colchicum.

IN company with the Cyclamens may be planted In
clumps the Vernal Cclchicunis, of which there is
but one Tort, botanically called Colchicum venium flifpa-
nicum, flore rubroj C. B. which makes a very hand-
fome appearance with its purplifh flower; for their in-
creafe, let them not be removed oftener than once in
three years; but it will be very proper to lay new
earth over them every Novemherf before the frofts fet
in, which will preferve their roots, and make them
blofTom well in fpring.

§§§§§§§#§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§#-§§
Dens Cants and Fritillaries.

THE Dog's Tooib Violet f or Dens canis and Fritilla-
ries, are to be next treated of. Of Dens canis:

there are three forts ; of which the white flowered with
the broad leaf is the mofl common in Britain : its creep-
ing leaves covering the ground, make a very pleafing
appearance in the fpring, and is by far preferable to the
others, whofe colours are neither ftrong nor florid : I
always planted them two rows in a bed, and between
each row, one of the different forts oi Fritillaries , which
are mentioned in Mynheers Voorhelms catalogues at Flaer-
lem in Holland, that the ground in fuch beds might be
equally employed, and appear beautiful at the fame
time ; for the Fritillaries flower much about the fame
time with the Dens canis, the former being naked in its
flalk, and carrying no leaves near the ground, v/hilft the
low leaves of the Dens canis adorn and embellifli the fur-
face of the beds, and the flowers of the Fritillaries feem
to rife from the variegated leaves of the Dens canis.

The Fritillaries and the Dens canis are not to be moved
oftener than once in two years ; obferving, about the be-
ginning of November, every year, to give their beds
a covering of frefli paflure-ground, or from the alleys

of

26o The Gardener's New Director.

of the beds ; and alfo to keep them clear from weeds ;
and in fpring to go over the beds with your hand, in
order to preferve the fpring-buds of thofe flowers. The
befl: time for Hfting thofe forts of flower-roots, is, im-
mediately after their leaves are decayed, and their feeds
are ripened, which is commonly about the beginning of
July, when you may replant them as formerly, into beds
ot good light undunged earth, feparating their ofF-fets,
and planting them and the mother roots fingly, about
the beginning of Augujii as they are not to be kept long
out of the ground ; the Dens cam's at two inches dif-
tance, and the Fritillaries at four, root from root.

The method I followed to propagate them by feed was
as follows : in a fortnight after the feed of the Fritilla-
ries were ripe, I provided boxes of two feet in breadth,
three and an half in length, and ten inches deep, which,
after making holes in their bottoms, and covering the
fame with oyflcr-fliells, to let the water pafs off, I filled
them to the depth of fix inches with the following com-
pofl:, I'/'z. one third of the oldefl: and moft rotten tan-
bark, one third of the pureft white fand, and one third
of a good pafture-foil, which had lain by for twelve
months, with its upper fward well rotted in it ; thefe
I tofled up in a heap, afterwards fcreening it, but not
too fine. The reafon of laying no greater depth of
compofl: in the boxes, is, that the boxes might be cover-
ed in bad weather, without injuring the leaves of the
young plants.

Thefe plants came up the March after they were
fown, when I had a fine appearance, as few of the feeds
miffed ; in winter I placed them where they enjoyed the
full fun, but removed them in the middle of the fol-
lowing March, to where they had the rays of the
fun until elevert in the forenoon only. During the in-
clemency of the winter, I placed them under a fouth-
afpeQ:ed wall, and in frofly evenings covered them with
wooden covers; and in the extreme feafon of the year,
I laid fome of the oldefl: and befl rotted tan-bark two
inches deep on the furface of the boxes, and the latter
end of February I took it off with my hand. When they
were brought into a more fliaSy fituation, I drefltd the
mould J and cleared it of a mofly topping it had collefl-

ed

The Gardener's New Director. 261

ed during the winter, laying on half an inch of good
kitchen-garden mould, in which v/as not any fand, left,
by watering, the fine mould fhould be taken off the
young roots, which is a caution neceffary to be attended
to, where a light covering is neceffary. The feedlings
came up well, and in June their leaves decayed, during
which time, and until the middle of y?//^z//?, I gave them
little or no water, but put a good covering ot the com-
pounded earth on their boxes; the winter and fpring tol-
lovving, I ufed them as I had the year preceding, until
Junet when their leaves faded ; at which time I lifted
their roots, and found them as large as hazel-nuts, and
quite found, and of a fine fize tor their age, in propor-
tion to their mother-roots; which, notwithilanding they
feeded with me, bloffomed as ftrong the fecond year, as
they did the firfl, when I received them from Holland ',
but fuch as perfected their feed, I took care to fhift into
new beds of the comport I have already directed for
them.

To return to the culture of the feedlings: Having
taken them out of the boxes, I laid their roots to dry in
the root-room, which I clcanfed, after they had dried
fome days ; then I made up a bed of the fame compoif,
except that in this I put but half the quantity of the
dry (and, into which I planted them two inches deep,
and four inches diftance every way. In winter I cover-
ed the bed with two inches of fine rotten tan; by the
end of February I removed it by hand, and in March the
plants (hewed their leaves well, three of them fhevving
flowers, one of which was a large bell, and of an ad-
mirable fnow-whiie colour, chequered with blr.ck ; the
other was of the kind they called Monjlrum in the Dutch
catalogues ; the third was exactly of the colour ot an
apple-tree bloffom. As foon as their leaves had almoft
decayed, I cut off their ftalks a little belovv the furface
of the earth, with a pair of fciffars, in order to flreng-
ihen the roots, taking off more than one inch of the old
earth, and covered them with two inches of new, and
in Kovemher again covered them with old tan, wluch in
the beginning of Man/^, when the thaw came on, 1 re-
moved ; and in April I had fuch a blow of feedlings as was
never before feen in Brit.iiny and, ^-nou^fl them, feven

T forts

262 The Gardener's New Director.
forts which they had not \x\ Holland \ fotne of thefe 1
fent to my good friends the Voerhelms at Haerlentt to add
to their catalogues of this flower.

Were our gardeners and florifts more attentive, they
have every opportunity of raifing new flowers, having
a diflferent foil and chmate to afllfl: thenri, as moffc of
them are natives of other countries. Patience and care
are the chief ingredients, as we cannot have a blow
from the feed-bed under fix years, but then by continu-
ing to few, we fhall, after that time, have evtry year
fomething to reward and dehght us : This has betn my
praftice with the perennial bulbous-rooted flowers, and
in a few years I was fully rewarded.

Crotvn Imperial.
Of this flower there are the following forts, viz.

ConuKon Crown Imperial.

Great rjl L- cubic floiuered.

• '- Double crowned.

Triple crowned.

Flat p diked, or Sword-bladed.

Silver flriped leaved.

Gold Jlriped leaved.

Single yellow f.owered.

Double yellow jlowei cd.

Tellotv Jlriped flowered.

Branched flo were J.

Aurora coloured.

Orange flowered.

Bloody flowered, or, as the Dutch name it,

IVilliam Rex.

ALL. thefe roots fhould be planted in a dry bor-
der of the garden, as too much moifture will
rot them : they are very valuable, being the earlieft
tall flower we have. I always planted them in the
middle of the bed, in September, laying a good deal of
dry fand into the pits which I made for them, and

making

The Gardener's New Director. 263
making the earth neareft to their bulbs as loofe as
pofTible, that their young fibres might go through the
mould with eafe. When they were rifing to bloflbm,
I placed by them fmall fticks, to which I faftened their
long (lalks, to prevent the wind breaking them, as
not any thing can be more prejudicial to them, than to
have their ftalks broken, or their flowers cropt by any
accident ; but as foon as you perceive their flowers de-
caying, and the feed-veflels forming, cut them off a lit-
tle below their tops, allowing the other part of the ftaik
to wither; Ilifted them every third year only, whereby
I had great plenty of off-lets.

The Dutch florifts have in their catalogues a plant,
which they call Lrlium Perftcunit or the Perftan Lily ;
this flower bloffoms in April, has a pendulous or hang-
ing flower like a Martagcn, but is not refledled, and its
colour refembles that of the Double M.:rtngon; this re-
quires the fame culture as the Croivn Impirialsi and
bloffoms much about the fame tim.

Oriental Hyacinth.

I Come now to treat of one of the principal beauties
of the fpring, the Oriental Hyacinth ; and as it is a
peculiar favourite of mine, I fhall accurately defcribe
the mod beautiful fingle and double flowers, which are
in Mynheers Voerhelms and Van ZomptPs catalogues,
which flowered with me ; and after proceed to the cul-
ture of their old roots, and their off-fcts, and then give
my own practice, whereby I railed many of thefe fine
flowers of incomparable beauty, from feeds which I
faved in this country ; and ^ there is fuch a variety of
them, it will be neceffary to be very exud in their de-
fcriptions, whereby one may know what is a fine flov/cr,
an early or a late blower, with all its properties and co-
lours; and I chufe to defcribe them from tlie catalogues
of Mynheers Dirk and Fictre VoerhflmSy and Voerbelm i;nd
Van Zimftl, florifts at Haerhm in Holliindj as the flowers
T 2 they

264 The. Gardener's New Director.

they fent mc, txcelled all others I had, either from

Holland or Flanders.

I (hall proceed to the defcription of the fingle white
Hyacintbi, beginning with the earliefl: blowers.

ift, Premiere Noble is an extreme pretty flower, with
a high large ftem, which is adorned with many bells of
a white colour, but are fomewhat pendulous, and are
well reflected ; this is an early blower, and fteds well ;
it blows alfo very well in water-glafles.

2d, La 'Tendrelfe refembles the former flower very
much, as to the forra of its ftem and bells, whofe pe-
dicles are fhorter and ftronger, which keep the bells
more ere£l ; it is of a more fliining white, and continues
longer in perfeftion of colour ; it is an early blower,
feeds well, blows well in v ater-glaflfes, and is a very fit
companion for the former flower.

id, Koningclite Parel is a very fine flower, of a good
colour, and a high ftem, which is adorned with large
bells, which are cornered prettily to the bottom of the
cup ; it holds its bells ereO:, which are very large, and
has very often two of its bells joined into one at the
top of its ftem, for which it is much efteemed ; it blows
early.

4th, Incomparable is a flower of a charming colour, it
has a high ftem, which is adorned with many bells, and
are fomeuhat pendulous; it feeds well, blows early, and
continues long in bloom.

5th, Gekroonde Lirfde is a very pretty flower, high
ftemmed, furrounded with a good number of large bells,
which are long, pendulous, and reflect well; it blows
early, and feeds well.

6th, Oljpbant, or Elipbant, is aMarge, fair, handfome
flower, its ftem is pretty high, adorned with large bells
of a good white colour; and here and there, upon the
tips of its petals, are fpots of a faint carnation colour ;
it feeds well, and blows early.

7th, Phenomene is a fine large flower, its ftem is highj
bears many bells of a dufkifti white colour, ere6l and
well reflected ; it feeds v^'ell, and fiov.'ers among the fe-
cend blowers.

8Lh,

The Gardener's New "Director. 265

8th, Tuberoftana^ fo called, I fuppofe, from the re-
femblance its colour and fmeH has to a Tiiheroje\ this
is one of the finert flowers yet raifed, its flem is ilfong,
a.nd prettily adorned with extremely large bells, which
are ere£t to admiration, and fo well expanded, as to
touch the extreme petals of one another, and is of a
fhining white colour; it feldom feeds, which I attribute
to the great fucculency of its large flowers. This root is
not ready to off-fet, and confeqiiently is fcarce; it bears
a great price, of late it has not appeared in the Dutch
catalogues, but before was the fo!e property of Meflrs.
Foerhelm! ; it is a fecond blower.

9th, William Frifo. Before I proceed to the defcrip-
tion of this flower, it is worth remarking, that when
the Dutch give any name to a flower, which deferves
obfervation, they call it by a name to which its appear-
ance bears fome refemblance, or by Tome great hero or
learned man, polTihly in botany, or fome other fcience,
either antient or modern. So it is in this flower, the
bells of which, upon a high bold flem, and at the tips
or extremities of their petals, are very much fringed,
are large and thick fct, and are of a fine white; it feeds
very well, from which I have raifed feveral fine double
flowers; it is amongfi: the fecond blowers.

lOth, La Rt'ine de FemmeSi ox §)neen of Women, for
its high and floriferons flem, the exquifitely pure fhin-
ing white colour of its bells, which are very ere£t, 1 )ng,
and is charmingly rcflefted, one of the moH: attractive
flowers to the eve of the beholder yet known ; its fl:em,
from three inches above the fiirfacc of the ground, be-
ing quite filled with its charming flowers, to the number
often of thirty-four, nnd fometimes thirty-eight, to which
magnitude I blowed it in my own garden. It feeds fome-
times, continues a month in full bloom, when it is care-
fully attended, and is a late blower, rrefervirg its admi-
rable colours to the Infl:. At its firfl appearing in Hol-
land, it was fold for fiftv guilders per root, which is a
great price for a Single Hyacinth.

The next divifion of the Single Hyacittths^ is calhd the
Single Rofe-coloured Hyacinth.

T 3 ift,

266 The Gardener's New Director.

ift, Rofe Princejfe is a very pretty fmall flower; its ftera
is not high, neither are its bells large, but its rich car-
mine colour is very engaging ; befides, that it has this
particular excellence, that the longer it blows, the bet-
ter it comes to its colour, and retains this colour till it is
quite laded ; it feeds conilantly and plentifully, fo that I
have had roots of it which have borne good feeds two
years fuccefllvely ; it is a fecond blower.

2d, Bciuqnet Coiileitr de Chair y or Flefi)-coloured Poftey is
a very handfome flower; it has a high flcm, which is a-
dorned with fmall bells of a fine flefh-colour ; it feeds
> well, and is a fecond blower.

3d, Rofe Charmante is a very pretty flov/er ; its high
ftem is elegantly adorned with many bells of a rofe-co-
lour, and makes it deferve the name of a Charming R'jfe\
it feeds well, and is a fecond blovv/er.

4th, Cleopatra is a mofl handfome flower, with a high
ftem ?ind very large bells, finely fhaded with rofe colours ;
it feeds well, and is a fecond blower.

5th, Rofemonde is an extreme pretty flower, with a high
ftem and large bells, elegantly mixed with white and
eof al colours ; it feeds well, blows amongfl: the feconds,

and has borne a good price in the Dutch catalogues,

As doss a!fo,

6th, Gekroone Rofencrans^ which is a very pretty large
flower, with a high ftem, adorned with many large bell^,
of a bright mixture of red and white ; it is a late blower,
an4 feeds well.

7lh, R.o[e Fyraviidflh is a pretty flower; its bells
upon a hijjh ftem are ranged in form of a pyramid, and
are of a fine l^iujli colour; it feeds well, and is a late
blower.

8th, Hermaphrodite is a pretty blufh-coloured femi-
double flower, from whence it takes its name of Her-
piaphrodite ; the flein is not tall, nor are the bells thick
fet, but they are pretty large, and are of a good colour,
and it feeds conilaraly, from which I have raifed fome
Terv valuable double flowers ; it is a late blower.

Qth, Rofe Prieell, or Rofe-Cradle, is a high-ftemmed
Howcr, which carries fmall femi-double flowers, which,
in mild ftafon?, bear good feeds; it is a late blower.

lOth

The Gardener's New Director. 267

10th, Aurora is a fmall femidouble late flower ; it feeds,
and is or a good Aurora colour.

1 1 til, Rofe NatureJle is a mofl: elegant flower, of a fine
rofe-coloiir, with a handfome (lem and large bells; it is
a fecond blower.

12th, Ssleil du Monde is a charnning new flower, of a
very fiery colour; it is a late blower.

Having defcribed the beft forts of (Ingle and femi-
double white and rofe-coioured Hyacinths, which were
under my care, I fhall now proceed to the defcription of
ilngle and femidouble Blue Hyacinths, and fliall begin
with the dark-coloured.

ifl:, Avarit Coureur, or Fcrerutitury fo named from its
being the very next to the brumal or winter HyacitiibSf
which blofTom in January '^ it has a high flem, which
bears flowers of a dark-blue on the outfides of the bells,
the inner parts whereof are of lighter blue colours: it
feeds fometimes in mild feafons, and blows very early,
and may be known by this circumllance, that fo foon as
the leaves of the plant begin to appear above the fiirface
of the ground, at the tips of the upper parts of their
leaves, they have a fpot of reddifh colour.

2d, Ncger, or Black ; this is a fmall-bellcd flower, of
a black colour; it feeds well, and is an early blower,
and has a bold flem.

3d, Konirigclite Purpre, or Royal Pvrplr, is much fuch
another flower as the former, but has its hells of a ftrong
and dark purple colour; the ftem and form of its bells
are much the fame as the Neger ; it feeds often, and
blows early, and is a very fit companion for the Negcr.

4th, Koning Van Poolen, or King of Poland, is a very
pretty, large belled, and high flemmcd flower; its flowers
are not very thick fet on the ftem, nor are the petals
much reflected, but it has peculiar fpots of a lighter co-
lour near the outfide-end of its bells, which are very
pretty; it feeds well, and is an early blower.

5th, La Couronne Triur/ipharitr, or Triumphant Croivn^
is a v«ry fine flower, having a fine llcm, adorned with
very large dark-coloured blue bell'-, through which pafs

T 4 great

268 The Gardiner's New Director.

great ftripes of a very dark colour ; its bells are well re-
fie6ted ; it (eed^ well, and comes amongfl: the firft of the
fecond blowers.

6th, Bafjr.iv Van Cairo is one of the prettiefl flngle
flowers that is to be feen ; it has a large high ftem, thick
fet with many bells, which are well reflttted ; the inner
parts whereof are of a light blue, with dark ftripes, and
the outer parts of them are of a dark blue, well ftriped
■with light colours ; it feeds extremely well, and is a fe-
cond blower.

yth, Gratianus is a very handfome flower ; its ftem
not very high, but bears large and long bells, of a
very pretty dark colour; it feeds well, and is a fecond
blower.

2>th, Pajl or f. do is a large, bold, blowing flower, Avith
a large ftem, whofe belis are v/ell flriped with dsrk
flripes, h.alf the length of its petals or flower leaves j it
feeds, and is a fecond blower.

9th, Fajfa Jupiter is a flov/er which has a thick fl:em,
of a blackifh colour, fupporting its bells, which are fome-
v.hat larger than the former, for whom it is a fit com-
panion to be planted near; it feeds well, and is a fe-
cond blower.

lotb, Golcofida is an extreme pretty flower, with a
thick and tall rtem ; its bells, which are large and pret-
tily difpofed on the flalk, are well refle61ed, and have a
very uncommon bright, blue colour, mixed with a red,
which makes a pleafant and flrange appearance, refem-
bling exadly what the French call une Gorge d'vne Figeouy
(.r Figcor^s AW/;; it feeds well, and is a late blower : this
flower bears a liigh price in Holland.

I rth, /.' Azitur Croon, or Azure Croivn, is of an ex-
treme fine colour, for it has a high ftem, richly adorn-
ed with large belis of the brightefl; a'/Aire colour that can
be feen, fo as to attrafl; very much the beholder's eyes;
it is a new flower, and is much valued ; it feeds, and is
a late blower.

1 2th Mojamhique is a prodigious large flower, v/ith a
high flem and large bells, of a fine mixed colour of
blues, charmingly ftriped and fliaded ; it feeds, and blows
late.

The Gardener's New Director. 269

I3tb, Rex Indiarum is a bold, fullen, dark-coloured
flower, its ftem is high, which is well lurrounded with
large bells of a very fine and vaftly dark blue colour,
flriped with black; it feeds well, and blows late.

14th, Dolphin is a fine flower, quite refembling the
fliining various colours of the dolphin fifh, with a high
ftem and large bells, finely and varicufiy coloured ; it is
backward in feeding, and blows late : This flower is now
much valued.

15 th, Gekrocnde Moer, or Crowned MooVf is of a dark,
(hining, elegant blue colour, and its ftem is well fet
with large bells of the colour above defcribed ; the pe-
dicles of its bells are fnort and ftrong, and bear them
very ere6f, and carry a full face; it feeds, and blof-
foms late.

1 6th, i?rw7/o« is a flower of a brown colour, having
its ftem of the fame colour, with ftrongere6t bells, fine-
ly ftriped with a biiglu fliining beau blue ; it feeds, and
blows late, and is a new flower, and bears a good price.

I come now to defcribe the light-coloured fingle, ard
femi-double flowering Hyacinths.

id, Pa[fa Cato is one of the largeft belled fingle flowers
■yet raifed, it has a middling high flem, thick and very
rtrong; its bells are of an indifferent blue, mixed with a
duflcy green ; it is not fo valuable as formerly, and feldom
feeds; it blows early.

2d, Flore maculato is a fine large flower ; the flem is
high, the bells of a good light blue, are very prettily, in
the innermofl: parts of its. petals, mixed with fmall drops
of a very bright white, from v/hich fpotting it takes its
name; it is an old, but valuable flower, an<l has not ap
peared in the Dutch catalogues for fome years pafl ; it
feeds, and from it I raifed fome very fine double^and
fingle flowers; it blows early.

3d, Bontcnhelt blauwe en IVilte GePrccpt bonte \, this is
a mod charming flower; its flem is preity high, which
is adorned with hells of a middling fi/e, remarkably
ftriped the whole length of the bell, with a bright fhin-
ing white, and a beau blue colour; it feeds well, and
from its feed was raifed ihc fine double blue flower,

tontf

270 The Gardener's New Director.
Bonte Soiifpareille, which I fhall defcribe in its place ; it
blows early, and, at its firfl appearance, refembles what
we call our Striped Cotton-Sattin Silkt, even before it.
opens its bells.

4th, Chiremonde Bleek blanvue en Witte Gejlreept, is a
new flower, and one of the ilriped forts, has no difference
remarkable in its flower from the preceding Hyacinth, but
this, that the blue Ibipes have a very dark colour, and the
white flripes are of a fhining v-hite colour ; it is amongil
the clafs of the fecond blowers.

5th, Blaudina-^ this is a bold flower with a high
ftem, and large bellsof a {Irong marble colour, which
are well reflected ; it feeds, and flowers amongft the fe-
cond blowers.

6th, Triton is a large flower, has a ftrong flem, and
large bells of a very pretty colour, the extremities of
whofe petals are reflected, and (hew a very bright blue;
it feeds, and flowers amongfl: the fecond blowers.

7th, Trehijonde is a very elegant coloured flower, with
a large ftem, around which are large bells with ftripes of
dark and light blues ; this flower feeds well, and is a fe-
cond blower.

8th, Bifarde Agate is a very large femi-double flow-
er, having a very ftrong and high fl;em, which carries
fometimes thirty-eight bells of an extreme pretty a-
gate colour ; it feeds in mild feafons, for which it is
valuable ; it is a fecond blower, and continues long in
bloom.

9ih, Centaurus is another femi-double flower, with s.
ftrong and high ftem, which carries ftrong femi-double
bells of a pretty colour, though not fo marry as the for-
mer does; it feeds conftantly, and is a fecond blower.

lOth, Koningin Elizabeth is a fine well coloured flow-
er, has a good ftem, upon which are bells of a light-
ccloured bhie, which are well reflected, but are fome-
what penduiou?, or hanging downwards : it feeds well,
find is a fecond blower.

1 1 th. Prince Van Ajiurien is much fuch another flower,
in its colour and ftem, but its bells are more erect; this
roct is very apt to fly into hearts and off-fets, whereby it
feU'om feed^ ; it is a fecond blower,

i2th.

The Gardener's New Director. 271

12, Fahius Maximtis is a vafl: large flower, with a
ftrong ftem, which carries very large bells finely ena-
melled with three colours ; it Jeeds, and blows aniongft
the earlieft.

13th, Koningin Anna, or ^leen Anne, is a fweet light
coloured flower, its ftem is of a good height, adorned
with good bells well refieded, of a pretty agate colour;
it is a late blower, and feeds well.

14th, Varro, as to its ftem and bells, is much fuch ano-
ther flower, but it carries more bells upon its ftems, feeds
well, and blows late.

15th, Scboone Afta, or Pretty Af:a, refembles the Ivvo
former flowers, but has a fine ftripe in its bells of a dark
blue ; it feeds well, and blows late.

i6ih, Ganymedes is an extreme pretty flower ; its ftem
is high, and is beautifully adorned with bells finely ena-
melled, with two forts of pretty blue colours ; it feeds,
and is a fecond blower.

lyth. Premier noble blue is a flower very much re-
fembling the Premiere noble tvhitey in the form of its
ftem and bells, it feeds, and blows early.

l8th, Grifdeline Royale is a charming flower; it is of
a remarkable Grifdeline colour ; its ftem and bells make
a noble appearance ; it fhould have a place in every
good collediion of Hyacinths , becaufe, as it feeds freely,
one has a chance to raife fine varieties from it ; it is
a fecond blower.

19th, Porceliiine Royale is alfo a flower of an uncom-
mon grand appearance, its ftem is high and great, fup-
porting bells of a fine watered porcelaine colour; it feeds,
and is a fecond blower.

20th, The three Brumal, or JVinter iomo^ Hyacinths,
viz. The Brumalis JanuatiuSy the Vroege Garcon, and
the Vroege, or Early Imperial, defcrve a place in every
good collection of flowers, upon account of their blow-
ing in 'January and February, and may be well plant-
ed in chimps of the earlieft vernal flowers, as they do
not require the niceft care in their culture; and as
they otten produce great plenty of off-fets, when they
are planted in a rich, light, fandy foil.

Flaving thus defcribeil the heft forts of finglc, and
fume of the fcmi-donbls Hyacinths, blue, wliitc, and

rofe-

272 The Gardener's New Director

rofe-colourcd ; I ftiall proceed to ofl'er my pra6^ice of
managing tlie roots of thofe flowers which carry feed,
the method of fowing their feed, and cuhivating them,
until they fliow their blofibms, in which I had moft ex-
traordinary fiiccefs.

As loon as you perceive the feed-veflels of the Hya-
cinth forming, you then may judge what roots {hould re-
main for {tiiA, and what are to be fooner taken cut of
the ground. Such as are to {^tA, mufl: be looked over
twice every day, as foon as their feed-veflels begin to
open, and fhew their feeds, fome black, and feme brown,
in order that the whole of the feed may be preferved.
Thefe feeds, when firft gathered, are very clammy ;
■wherefore, to prevent their moulding, let them be fpread
on paper, in large boxes, and in an airy place, not ex-
polcd to the fun, where they may lie fome days to dry,
then to be put into paper bags, and laid in fome airy
piace for two or three weeks, before fowing.

Direflions for making the CompoJI for the Oriental Hya
' cinth, i5c,

THE few general rules I fl^.all lay down for cultivat-
ing flowers, will anfwer the fuccefs dcfired, if care-
fully atrer.ced to. — In the firfl: place, a compcfl is to be
prepared fcr them, for wl/ich I fhail give very particular
dire8inns. And, fccondly, to give them this comport
arnually, to take them up in a proper time, every year
as foon as their bloom is over; in winter to cover them,
in fuch a manner, as that their tender fibres will be pro-
tefted from the Won. And, laftly, when they are in
bloom, to cover them ir. fuch a manner, as ihat their
ftcms may net be drawn, or the-r blofibms fnoiled by the
injuries of tlie weather. The compofi: \ prepaf-ed for
them is as follows: From the month of fune to that of
November^ I gathered from the paflures what cow-dung
I could. (Horfe-dun;?, though very well rotted, is not
proper for Uyacintbi, nor any bulbous-rooted flower.)
And that from paftures is preferable to that collcf^ed
from the covv-houfc; the firil, when frefli gathered,

fooner

The Gardener's New Director. 273

fooner rots, and is much ftronger, from their manner
of feeding. However, the latter is not to be defpired,
when the firfl: is not to be h.ad. When this dung is taktn
into the comport yard, it mull be well expofcd to the
fun and wind, the better to imbibe the nitrons particles
of the air, h'c. for which purpofe I coniL^ntiy turned
and tolled it up, until the froll fet in for continuing,
when 1 laid it out to three inches depth, to mould and
rot by the froll, which does more in a month, than
can be procured in four from any other praclii.e. From
the firft of March I continued turning it, until about the
twentieth of /ipril, when I laid it up in heaps, in form
of liot-beds, and as foon as I perceived it heating, I co-
vered it with near a foot of good hot-bed mould, and
had very good Cucumbers and Pompions on thele heaps,
with feveral other hot-bed crops.

Whilft the dur.g was at this work, I prepared the
earth for the hyacinths, in which great care is to be
taken. The earth about Haerlem (where Hyacintbt
thrive beft) is of ihe colour of a black fallow, mixed
with a white fand, and which, by lying, neither turns
of a red, nor of a yellow colour, which is the colour of
mofl: of our Britijb fand, except that fand which is found
upon the banks near the fca, which is called Holland
fand, and becomes whiter the longer it is kept. The
black earth is alio found in forne of thofe banks near the
fea, but more frequently in fnort heathy paftures: where-
fore, in order, to come as near as poffible to the Hacrhm
foil, take one third of this white fand, and two thirds of
this black mould, ten inches deep below the furface ; taking
fomeof the fward with it, and when you have picked out
all the large flones let it be mixed with the white fand^
in the proportion jufl diredcd, and tofied up, until the
earth and fand be well incorjiorated, and the fward well
rotted, fo as to make an lieap of compofl, refembling as
near as pofTible the Haerlem foil.

You are alfo to be provided with the fine riddlings of
tan, and fuch as has been two years out of the pit, and
v/orked in the ftove; this muft be cxpoled to the frofl:
to mould and turn to earth ; but where this is not to be
hail, take a cjuantity of well rotted leaves ol trees, which
will be equally gooj.

In

274 ^^^ Gardener's New Director.

In Augiiji or September, I removed the mould from the
cow-dung beds, as at that time the crops railed on
them would be taken off; I then tofled the dung over
and over, as I perceived it to want moulding, and in
winter, when the froft fet in, I laid it out pretty thin, to
be perfe6tly well rotted againll Aprils when I mixed it
with the other materials, in the following proportions;
viz.. Two fixth parts of the earlh and fand, which by
this time were well incorporated, and feemed of a
blackifh fallow ; three fixth parts of tliis well rotted
cow-dung ; and one fixth of the rotted tan, or leaves of
trees ; and when thefe were well mixed, I riddled it very
fine : I alfo referved a large heap of the rotted cow-
dung, as it is much ufed in renewing the beds ; a quantity
of this dung I put into the beds I had made up for the
flowering roots, and at fuch a depth, as might be with-
in reach of their fibres, which is of great fervice to them
whilft they are in bloom, and even afterwards, by ena-
bling them to re-furnilh themfelves with ftrong bold
leaves. Hems and flowers, for the enfuing year; the neg-
leQ: of this compofl:, and omitting annually to make up
the beds, as is here directed, 1 can aflure my readers, is
one of the chief caufes, if not the fole one, that occa-
fions Hyacinths to degenerate in Britain ; and this I aver
from a«5lual experience. The compoft I have prefcribed
mulT: be finely riddled, (notwithflanding what others may
fay to the contrary) as it is neceflary it fliould be as fine
as meal or flour, that every fibre of the Hyacinth may be
invted into it, and to breed new ones, as on their mul-
tiplicity depends all your fuccefs.

I fliall now dire8: their propagation by feed ; the befl:
time for fowing of which is about the latter end of 6V/>-
tembery when you muft be provided with boxes of good
timber, two feet and an half in breadth, and about tour
in length, with many holes in their bottoms, to be co-
vered with the moll: concave oyfter-fhells, to allow the
moifture to pafs off freely ; thefe boxes mufl: be eight
inches deep in the front, rifing to ten in the rear, that
the water may run off more freely from their wooden
covers in winter, which is preferable to placing them
under hot-bed frames, or any other covering. Thcfc
boxes muft have feet of fiX inches high, and fuflficient-

The Gardener's New Director. 279

ly ftrong ; for were they to reft on bricks, they would
imbibe too much moifture.

Having laid the comport carefully in the boxes, fo as
not to mifplace the oyfter-ftiells, take your feed from the
feed-bags, and lay them in frefh water for fix hours ;
then lay on them fome fine powdered chalk, which will
colour them white, fo as they may be diftinguifhed from
the black colour of the mould, that you may fee how
and where you fow ; place them in rows, one inch row
from row, and half an inch feed from feed; lightly co-
vering them; fetting a fmall bit of wood at the head
and foot of each row, that you may know where to find
their roots when they are to be lilted, after their ftcd-
leaf is quite decayed ; cover them with an inch of the
fame mould, and let the boxes have a fouth-eaft alpe^;,
but not too near a hedge or w:;ll, and in fuch a fituation
as they may enjoy the whole rays of the fun in winter:
In 05loher or November fome of thefe feedlings will come
above ground with their feed-leaf, and the hufk of the
feed on its top, exa<5lly like an onion, when you fliould
lay on the furface of the feedling-box fome very fine
old rotten tan-bark, to protect them from the froft ; ob-
ferve alfo to cover them every night with the wooden
covers, and in great rains and fnows: but to be raifed in
the day-time, except when it fnows; though even then
the covers Ihould be fupported, to allow the air to re-
frelh them ; for the greater certainty of preferving them
from moulding, when they will thrive the better ; and

in this feafon they muft be carefully attended. If the

froft is very intenfe, lay in a quantity of ftraw under the
bottom of the box, as well as over the covers, which I
would chufe fhould fold over the feedling-boxcs.

In this fituation, and with this care, they may re-
main until February or March^ when the covers may be
opened all day, and at night, as tliey have the fmall
covering of bark over them, through which a fudden
dafti of rain cannot fo eafily penetrate ; nor would I re-
move their covering of bark from them, until their
leaves are gone, as they may receive fome nourifhment
from it, as well as from the compofl wherein they are
fown ; and in dry feafons, when you are to give them

water.

276 The Gardener's New Director.
water, it will glide more eafily through the parts of the
bark, than if you were to water the naked furface, when
the earth might be drove off from their roots, even by
the fineft rofed watering-pot, which would be very pre-
judicial lo diem. 'Jake care alfo, in hot fun-fhine,

thnt you ere6t a Ihed to proted them from it, other-
wife they might be hunied; and be careful that the
fhed be at fuch a diftance, as to admit a free paffage

for the air. About the middle or the end of Aday

their leaves will be faded ; and about the thirtieth of
June, removing the bark with your hand, look for your
fmall wooden marks at the extremities of the rows ;
which as foon as you have difcovered, fearch for the
roots, which you will find as big as fmall peafe, and
many as large as a fmall (ballot; having put out one or
two fmall fibres at nioft, which mull: not be taken
from them ; then lay them upon papers to dry, in
a place of the root-room, where they may enjoy the
air as fully as poiTible, but not the rays of the fun ; but
be fure in the interval between their leaves fading and
their roots being lifted, not to water them. If you are
ayprehenfive that you have not taken up all the young
roots, riddle the earth, and fuch as you find muft be put
with the others ; and now that you have the boxes emp-
tied, turn tliem on their fides to dry and fweeten. la
fix weeks the roots are to be re-planted, firil clearing
them of all inouldinefs and decayed fkin, but not to take
off any of the outfide covering that is found. My rea-
fon for lifting thefe roots fo early, is, that I have always
found it dangerous to fufter them to be in an inaflive
ilate in the ground, in which they are for fome time af-
ter their leaves are dov/n ; in this flate they are apt to
rot with the lead damp; the taking them up gives the
faireft opportunity of preferving them, by being fpread
out to dry.

The fecond year's procefs differs very little from the
former ; fo that you are to prepare your boxes in the
fame manner, and with the fame comport, making it as
fine as pofliole, that no obftrutlion may be given to their
tender fibres, as the leafl obftrufifion in their vegetation
makes them rot, which they are apt to do. In fix weeks

after

The Gardener's_New Director. 277

alter lifting, or fooner if you perceive them fpringing,
they are to be planted in rows, three inches afundcr, and
two root from root.

As foon as the frofl: fets in, I covered them with the
fame fort of tan as in the preceding year, proteQing
them from the hot fun in the fpring, that their leaves
fhould not be hurried out of their verdure, which is very
injurious j and in winter I laid a little more bark upon
them.

At the lifting feafon, you are to treat them as you did
the former year, when you may expefl to find them as

large as common fliallots. About the middle of

September I replanted tiiem in boxes two feet deep, in
order to encreafe the depth of earth; as their fibres
will be in proportion as the roots advance in bignefs,
I planted them in rows three inches afunder, and two
root from root, for the more room they have, the bet-
ter will they profper. They are now to be managed
as before ; but fhould you find them in winter, too near
a wall or hedge move them to 3 more open fituation ;
I would advife the boxes being ftrapped with iron, fo as
to admit a pole to pafs on each fide, for the more ready
moving them, as the boxes will now be heavy, and
are the heft things for nurfing thefe young plants in,
which I would not plant in the open ground until

after the third year. I lifted this plantation in

five weeks after their leaves were down, and laying
them in the root-room, I managed them in the fame
manner as I did the former years. Their roots being
now pretty large, about the beginning of Sipte7nber, I
dug a trench in the garden three feet deep below the
furface, taking out all the natural earth, and making the
bottom of the trench level, I put in the compod: for-
merly prefcribed, to one inch below the furface of the
path-way; this bed (hou'd be only four feet broad, and
the length according to the number of fecdiings. Afterj
the bed had fettled a few days, I planted them in the
following manner: Having laid out eight llraight lines
the length of the bed, I trok fome of the dried fandy
earth I could find, and laid it on x\\p fiirfaco of the bed,
to the depth of half an inch, and fixed them fo in it

U uith

278 The Gardener's New Director.

•with my hand, that the riddling of the earth, with
which they were covered, would not turn them on their
fides ; with the compoft I gave them a covering two
inches and an half; in this fituation they remained until
the froft fet in, when I covered them with rotted tan,
near two inches thick, filling the alleys of the beds with
the fame, to the tops of the beds, doing the fame with
ihe beds where the old roots were planted, to prevent
the froft entering the fides or ends of the beds ; and
beyond the ends of the beds I laid the old tan two
feet thick, for the better protefting them from the
frofl.

Before I planted thefe young roots, I took fome flakes
of timber, in which were fixed ftaples to admit the
ends of hoops, thefe were drove down in the path-
way, near the two fides of the bed, at four feet dif-
tance ; and oppofite to each other, in the fpring, you
are to fet in your hoops, and acrofs them fecure fome
rods to fupport mats as a fhade from the fun and
weather, to prote8: the flowers and leaves of the plants.
Before I fet up the hoops, I removed the tan-covering
with the hand, and had laid on half an inch of good
ftifF, garden, clayifh mould, without any mixture of
fand ; the ufe of this is, that in watering the beds,
(which may be neceffary) the loofe fandy earth may
not be wafhed from the roots of the plants. — Some
of them v/ill fhew flowers this feafon, which, as loon
as they appear, flick down by their fides long wires
painted green, which are made for this purpofe, to
which gently faften them, when their flower-fiems
rife, firft below their bells, and afterwards, as they
rife, between their bells, with a piece of bafs-mat,

but with great care, marking the good flowers.

They muft continue in that pofition until the lifting fea-
fon, when they are to be treated in the fame way as you
do your full-grown roots, as directed in pag. 272.

I fhall now proceed to defcrlbe fome of the befl: forts of
the double flower?, in the fame manner as I have done
the fingle.

The

The Gardener's New Director. 279

The firft which appears in Mynheers Voerhehis and
Van ZompePs catalogues for the year 1754* are the dark
coloured double blue Hyacinths.

ift. Pajfetoute, is a mighty fine flower, its ftem is not
very high, but i=; adorned with large bells of a charming
colour, with a ftripe through them of a very dark co-
lour; its innermofl: petals are large and well difpofed :
this flower well deferves its name, is an early blower,
and blows well in water-glaffes.

2d. Kroon Van Braband, or Croivn of Brabant , is a
very pretty flower, its ftem is higher than the former,
and is befet with dark coloured bells, whofe innermofl:
petals are fmaller, and finelv enamelled with feveral co-
lours ; it blows early, and alfo in water-glafTes.

3d. Violet Crocjif or Violet Cro-wn, is a mighty
pretty flower, of a charming violet colour, its fl:em is
high, the bells are double, very large, and well reflect-
ed, fhewing their dark hearts, they are thick fet, or ra-
ther grow in a clump upon the flem ; this flower
blows early.

4th. Incomparable, is a pretty flower upon a tall flem,
which is extremely well fet with fmall violet-coloured
bells, which in mild feafons bear feeds ; it is a very
pleafing flower, and fliould be in every good collection
of Hyacinths.

5th. Semper Au^ujlus, is a noble flower, with a high
bold flem, which is furrounded with a great many large
double bells well reflected, and which difphiy their
beautiful innermofl; petals, charmingly enamelled with
a beautiful diverfity of brown and blue colours; it blows
early.

6th. Gekroonde Saphire, is a very fine flower, with
a high flem, and a fine fpike of large laphire-coloured
bells, well reflected ; it bears a fine trufb of bells at the
top of its ftems, as all the G^^roon^^ flowers do ; it blows
early.

7th. La Grand Belle, is a flower of an admirable fine
violet-colour ; it is an old flower, and had the name of
'diqlet added to it, until the flower, which is hi-re.xfter
immediately defcribed, appeared in the Dutch cata-

U 2 lo|;ucs ;

28o The Gardener's New Director.
logues ; — it has a {lender ftem, and the bells appear on
two fides only, they are long, and not well refleOied ;
it blows early, and is valuable only for its fine ftrong
colour.

8th. La Grande Fioleite, is a fair fine flower, with a
bold ftern, upon which are placed large, ereft, open,
and well refle6i;ed bells, of a very deep violet colour,
which make a pretty appearance ; it is an early blower,
and continues long in its brightell: bloom.

9th, Jaiiveell van Hollaiid, is a fine well-chofen flow-
er, of a middling fize, the outward parts of its bells are
of a fine Imperial blue colour, the ftem is high, the
bells are welt fet thereon, and are well refle6:ed, ftiow-
ing an elegant heart, well mixed with brown, blue and
purple colours ; it is a fecond blower, and continues
long in full bloom.

10th. Piirpre fans parcille, is an extreme pretty flow-
er, has a high and bold flem, with pretty bells, very
double, erefit, and well reflected, which fhew their in-
nermofl: petals to perfection, very well enamelled with
purple and light blue colours ; it is a fecond blower, and
in a bed of Hyacinths, where double blues and double
whites are planted alternately, is a very fit companion
for the Koning van Groote Britannien double white Hya"
cinth, their time of their flowering being the fame.

nth. Keyfer Amuralhi or Emperor Amur ath, is a fine
bold flower, with a high blackifli coloured ftem, with
laro-e bells pretty well reflected, which at their firft open-
ino' have a fmall white leaf in the bottom of its cup ; it
is a fecond blower.

1 2th. Perfeus, is a fine handfome flower, its ftem is
high, its bells are pretty large, much of the colour and
form of the Pajfetoute, but has a longer fpike of flowers
on its ftem ; it is an early blower.

13th. Marsy is a fine large flower, with a high ftem,
on which grow its large bells, not very double, but they
have a fine black coloured heart ; its flov/er is of a bold
afpe6t ; it is a fecond blower.

14th. Coiinfeilleur Burkline, is one of the fineft flowers
yet produced from feeds, fome of its lower bells being
©f a raoft beautiful enamelled colour, upon a large thick

ftem J

The Gardener's New Director. 28r
jlem ; and, befides their being well refleded, are as broad
as an ordinary RanumnJus ; it is a moil: valuable flower,
and an early blower. ♦

15th. Ccilo niiUi, is an extreme pretty, large, new
flower; it has a fine high and noble flem, its bells are
very large, thick let, and well refieaed, of an exquifite
fine colour, and has a heart very prettily enamelled with
variety of colours, and continues long in bloom ; it is a
late blower.

i6th. Brunette aviaibk, is a charming pretty flower,
having a pretty high llem, on which are thick fet dark-
coloured bells, which make a very pretty appearance ;
it is a fecond blower.

17th. Rex Negros^ is a fine large dark-coloured flower,
with a high fl:em ; its bells are well refleikd, and difplay
a heart of the mofl: dark colours of all the blues ; it has
a noble afpe6t, and is a fecond blower.

1 8th. Koiiing der Moorev, or King of the Moors, re-
fembles the flower immediately above defcribed, but has
a large black-coloured fl:em, and its bells are of a very
dark colour, nevertheleis they are vaflly pretty ; it is a
fecond blower.

19th, Tros-Blcm, or Bouquet, or Clujler of Flowers,
ramed very properly, it being a large noble flower,
with a high, bold, and floriferous flem, and the bells
are numerous, and well reflected, with enamelled
hearts ; it is a fecond blower, and be:\rs its bells in a
long fpike.

20th. Grandeur Superhe, although it is a low-priced
flower, yet is one of the prettiefl: and largeft flowers
amongfl; the whole tribes of Hyacinths; it has a high
floriferous ftem, its bells are very large, ere6t, and well
reflected, which difplay a pretty heart; it is a fecond
blower.

2 1 ft. Overwinnaar, or Conqueror, is an exceeding fine
flower, it has a fmall ftem of a black colour, v/hich car-
ries at moft fix or feven bells, which are very large, c-
re£t, and of a round figure, are well rcflccled, and
have this particularity in them, that from the center of
the heart of the flower, there come out two fmall long
petals or leaves, which go to the outmoft verge of the
U 3 flower^

282 The Gardener's New Director.

flower, of

niixtiire of

firil: appearance was fokl for one hundred guilders per

root.

f a quite fnovv-vvhite colour, without any
f blue in them ; it is a late blower, and at its

I ihall now defcrihe fame of the prettied Ugbt^co-
loiired double blue Hyacinths y beginning with

if!:. Bonne fiws pareille, or Good nvithout an equal)
h an extreme pretty flower, has a high ftem, adorned
with very double bells, which are moft beautifully ftri-.
ped with blue and white through their whole petals; it
has a fine fpike of flowers, and blows earlv.

2d. Soverajpie, is a very pretty flower, with a high
bold ftexn, which carries fine double bells ; the petals
are wcli refiecfed, fhewing a fine heart, enamelled with
many lir.all petals of a very dark blue; it blows earlv,
and carries a fine fpike of flowers.

3d. Agaet Adigniofj, or Small Agaet^ is a fine flower, of
a high ftem, and but a fmall bell, femidouble, but well
reflecled, and the whole bell cornered to its bottom ; it
fometimcs feeds, and has a very fine fpike of flowers,
and blows early.

4th. Koning IVllleiri', or King William.^ is one of the
beit femi double flowers yet known; it feeds conftantly,
has a pretty high ftem, and pretty well refle£fed bells,
and blows early. — 1 have raifed a great many vaftly fine
double flowers, of mofl; extraordinary beauty, from its
feeds ; it has a f^ne fpike of flowers.

5 th. La Plus Belle du Monde , or The Great ejl Beauty
in all the World, is a very fine flower, it has a pretty
flem, with double bells, which hang their heads a
littk", as being fliy to fhew the beautiful enamelling of
their inr.ermoli petals, which continue a long time in
full bloom ; it is an early b'ower, and has a good fpike
of flowers, and is a very fit companion for the yeu-weel
van Eicrcpa double ivhite Hyacinth, the form of their
bells, and the feafcn of their flowering beinr; miTch ihe-
fame.

6th. Flora perficla-, or PerfccI Flower, is a pretty
flower, it has a good flem, which carries bells of a ve-
jy fine colour, in which there is not a little variety ;

the

The Gardener's New Director. 283

the innermoll: petals of the flower are very large, like
the Paffetoute ; it is a fecond blower, and its flowers
grow in truffes rather than in fpikes, in a mod: regular
and pertecl manner.

7th. Landgraaf I'an Soutzemhergy or Earl of Soutze7n~
bergt is a very fine large flower, has a bold fl:em,
"which carries large and double bells, wl-.ofe petals are
well refle6led, difplaying a dark blue heart, of a nice
form ; it is an early blower, and has a fine fpike of
flowers.

8th. GLORIA MUNDh is one of the finefl, largeft,
and niofl: fhowy flowers as yet railed, and at once ftrikes
the eyes of the beholders with wonder and admiration,
on account of its moft beautiful colours, t!ie largenefs
and vafl: number of its bells, which are admirably dif-
pofed around its large and high flem, and are well re-
flected ; all which fornn fuch a beautiful and luftrous fpike
of flowers, as has not yet appeared amongfl: the Double
blue Hyacinths ; it is a fecond blower. At its firfl: ap-
pearance it was fold for five hundred guilders per root.

9th. Merveille du MoTicle, or IVonder of the World, is
a very pretty flower; it has but a fmall flem, and car-
ries but few bells ; but its excellency confifls in the large-
nefs of its bells, and their being well reflcfled, which
difplay their hearts mofl wonderfully enamelled with a
furprifing variety of colours ; it is a late blower.

lOth. Koningin van Vrankryk, or ^uecn oj France, is
a very pretty flower, with a tall flem, which carries
many bells, well reflc(Eled, which fiiow a double heart,
well mixed with feveral agreeable colours ; it makes a
good fpike of flowers, and is a fecond blower.

nth. Praal Creraatcy or Open Ornament , is a very
charming flower ; its flem is none of the higheft, but its
bells are very large, and well reflected, v/hich fhcw an
enamelled heart, much like the Merveille du Mondcy but
the colours are more diflin^?! ; this flower blows in a
trufs, and is a fecond blower.

1 2th. Pronk feuvoeel van Flora, or Flora'' s pretty

Jewely is a mighty pretty flower, with a fine flem,

furroundcd with double, well reflected, erect, and

round bells, which difplay a heart of a fine mixture, ol

U 4 dark.

284 The Gardener's New Director.
dark blue colours ; it makes a fine fpike of flowers, is a
fecord blower, and merits a place in a good colle£tion
of Hyacinths.

I3tfi. Gloria Florum, is a very large double flower, with
a high ftem, which is richly garnifhed with larae and
double bells, of exquHlie beautv, as to their colours
and their fliape, they make a very fine fpike of flowers ;
it blows eaily, and continues long in bloom.

14th. Rie7i ne me furpnjfe, or Nothing fnrpaffes me, is
a very fine flower, with prodigiouily large expanded bells,
upon a high Item, which are of an exquifite fine beau-
tiful blue on the outfide of their bells, are fomewhat
pendulous, their hearts or innermoft petals being of
a vaflly dark coloured blue, feathered with petals like
rays, all about them, which make a mighty fine fliowy
fpike of flowers ; it is a very late blower, and excels
mofl: flowers I know.

15th. Illujlre crHoUamle, or lUuJirious of Holland ^ is
a very fine, large, and double new flower; its flem is high,
its bells furprifing, as to their form and colours, for beau^
ty ; it is a Bouquet or trufs-blowing flower, and blows
amongll: the feconds.

iCth. Pajfe non plus ultra, is a mofl furprifing beauti-
ful large flower ; its flem, its bells, together with the
uncommon enamel of the inner petals of its bells, flrike
the eye with a mofl furprifing luflre ; it is a fecond blow-
er. This flower has a particularity in it, which is this:
The fides of the bulb open in the fpring, to allow (as
it were) the great bud and leaves to pafs out eafily from
the heart of the bulb, and thefe chafms in the bulb do
not clofe up, until it has fully fucked enough from the
earth, in which it is planted, to fill up thefe chai'ms ;
fo that when you intend to lift it, remove the earth from
the bulb, and obferve if the bulb has filled up its chafm.s,
one, two, or more; and if they are filled up, and the
chafms are not there, and the bulb is round and found,
then, and not till then, is the time to lift it, or fuch
bulbs as grow in this extraordinary vigorous manner.

17th. Afpafui Panache, is one of the prcttieft flowers
which have appeared ; its belts are large, quite round,
numerous, and erect, difplaying remarkably marbled.

or

The Gardener's New Director. 285

or ralher chequered bells with many hght and dark
blue colours; it is a fit companion for the Controlleur-
General double ivhite Hyacinth.

I come now to defcribe fome of the befl Double ivhite
and Rofe -coloured Hyacinths, and begin with thofe which
are pure M^bite, without any mixture.

ifl. Morgen Staar, or Morning Star y is a very fine
flower, with a pretty high ftem, the bells are large, and
double, and well reflefted ; it grows in the bou-
quette or trufs-form, and not in the fpike manner; it
blows early, and is a fit companion for the Fajfetoute
double bhie, the figure of their flowers and time of blow-
ing being much the lame.

2d, Paerle Croon, or Pearl Crown, is a pretty flower,
its ftem is indifl'erent high, upon which are feven, eight,
or ten bells, of a fine pearl colour, well refieded; this
blows early, but has not appeared in the Dutch cata-
logues for fome years paft.

3d. Virgo, is an extreme pretty and double flow-
er, with a bold high ftem, upon which grow many
double, ereft, and well ere6led bells, of a bright fhin-
ing white colour, which continue long in bloom ; it blows
early, and is a very fit companion for the Bonne fans pa-
reille double blue Hyacinth.

4th, L'Admirabley is a very pretty flower ; its ftem is
high, adorned with large double long bells, which, both
in their infides and outfides, are of a moft extraordinary
fhining white colour ; tliis is a fecond blower, and has a
long fpike, and is a fit companion for the La Grande Fi-
olette double Hue.

5th. Kroon Fo^el, or Croivned Bird, is a very hand-
fome large airy double flower, with a high ftem, which
bears large double bells ereft, and well rtflc6lcd, in the
bouquette or trufs fafhion ; it is a fecond blower ; this is
a fit companion for the Violetlc Croon double blue.

6th. Co!:fJ'uf, is a very large ftrong double flower, has a
l.irge ftrong ftem, with many bells, which are double,
ere£t, and well reflected; it blows late in a fpike, and
fuir;, v( !' wiih the Czjrinr double blur Uxacintb.

-th.

286 The GARDENtR^b New Director.

7lh. Jeuweel van Aljema, I miift place this flower here,
although it is placed amongll: the double whites with vio-
let hearts, by Mynheers Voerhelms, in their catalogues ;
but I could never obferve any violet colours, or any o-

ther colours but white in it. It is a great beauty, is

extremely double, has a high ftem, upon which grow
very large bells, ered, and well refle6led, and double,
to that degree, that one flower feems to come out of
the heart of another, as feme of the very double Carna-
tions do. This has a good fpike of flowers, and is a late
blower ; and, at its firft appearance in Holland^ was fold
for a very great price.

8th. Satuniust is a fine large new flower, with a
high ftem, furrounded with great double, ered, well
reflected, and moft magnificent bells. The bells of this
flower are fet upon their pedicles in a very uncommon
manner, which botanifts call, floribus pediado inftdenti-
bus, the flowers fitting upon their pedicles, as the flow-
ers of the Jljiragalns maritimus annuus, procumbens latlfo-
lilts, of Tournefort do, which this flower, very fingular
in its appearance, does alfo; it blows amongft the fe-
conds, with a fine fpike of flowers, and fhould be in all
good colieclions of double Hyacinths.

To the Pure Whites fucceed the Double White Hya~
iuithsi with violet-coloured hearts.

ifl:. Jeiiweel van Europa. This is a double flower,
with a good ftem, upon which are placed leven or
eight very double bells, eretl, and charmingly well re-
■fieded, which difpiay their hearts, well mixed vvith vi-
olet colours ; it blows in the Bouquette fafhion, and
early, and is a fit companion for the La plus belle du
Monde double blue Hyacinth.

2d. Rofe blanche et Violette, or White and Violet Rofc,
is one of the prettieft flowers of the whole Hyacinth
tribe: i;s ftem is indifferently high, furrounded with ten
or fometimes fourteen bells, of a mofl: extraordinary co-
lour, being of fuch a fhining white, as to dazzle the
eyes of the beholder, and are very double and well re-
flected, which difpiay a charming large heart, of an

uncommon

The Gardener's New Director. 287
uncommon dark violet-colour, very diflinft and large,
without any mixture of white, and it has very often a
double bell at the top of the ftem, which makes an un-
common beautiful appearance ; it blows in the Bouquete
or trufs fafliion, continues very long in the perfection of
its bloom, and is a lecond blower.

3d. Turk fen Keyfr, or Turkifl] Emperor, is an extreme
pretty double flower, with a high ftem, which carries
double bells, erect and well refle6ted, which dif-
play a large heart, finely enamelled with dark purple
and green, and a faint white colour ; the uttermolt pe-
tals being turned up in form of the brims of a hat ; it has
a fine fpike of flowers, and is a fecond blower.

4th. Blanche Noiratre, or Blackened White, is a charm-
ing flower, with large bells of a fine white colour, with
its petals powdered all over with fmall black powderings,
like fmall particles of fand ; they are well reflefted, and
are ere£t, and grow upon a good ftem, in the Bouquette
or trufs fafliion ; it is a fecond blower.

5th. Staaten Genera/, or States General, is a charm-
ing flower, its ftem is not of the higheft fort, but is
furrounded with vaftly fine large bells well reflected,
which difplay a fine mixed heart ; it is a fecond
blower.

6th. AJfemblage de Beautes, or Ajfemblage of Beauties.
I am very fenfible, that the exafleft defcription of this
flower comes very far ftiort of the original, which is re-
ally one of the moft charming flowers of all the Hyacinth
tribes; its ftem is not very high, but is adorned with
bells, fome of which are broader than an En^Jijh crown,
erefl: and well reflefted, difplaying a large htart, cham-
ingly mixed with violet, white, fcarlet, and carnation
colours ; it continues a long time in high bloom ; it is a
fpiky flower, and is a late blower; it is a fit companion
for the Cedo Nulli double blue Hyacinth.

7th. Juno, is a very pretty flower, with a high fteni,
the bells are very prettily refleded, and ftiew a fine, fmall,
violet heart; they are fomewhat pendulous, but it bears
a fire fpike of flowers, and blows late, and hab not been
in I lie Diitih catalocues for fome years.

8th.

288 The Gardener's New Director.

8th. Koniiigcn Eflber, is a very pretty flower, with a
high ftem, ar.d good bells ot a fliining white colour, e-
red and well reflected, fiiewing the innermofl parts of
its petals powdered, as it were, with a violet duft. This
has a fine ipike, and is a fecond blower.

I am now to defcribe fome of the Double White Hya-
cinthsi which are mixed with red.

ift. Belle blanche mcarnate, or Pretty ivbile and carna-
tion colour, is a fine flower, with a high ilem, which
bears large bells of a (hining white colour, erefl and
well reflefted, the inner petals of which are of a bright
carnation colour, without any mixture ; it has a fine
fpike of flowers, and is an early blower.

2d. Feu d'' Amour, or Fire of Love t is a charming flow-
er, with a high flem, upon which grow large bells well
refleQed, but fomewhat pendulous, of a bright white
colour, having a very large heart, of an extraordinary
fcarlet colour ; it has a fine fpike of flowers, and is a
fecond blower.

3d. Comptroller General, is a good flower, it has a
fhort flem, upon which are nine very large double,
ere6f, and well reflecled bells, which dilplay a large
heart, of a light carnation colour, which often changes
to white before the flower fades; It blows with the fe-
conds, and in the Bouquette manner; this flower blows
well in water-glaflfes.

4lh. Koning David, is a pretty flower with a middling
{>em ; its bells are large and double, ereft and well
reflected, and fhew a heart very prettily enamelled with
red; it is a fecond blower, and blows in the Bouquette or
trufs faihion.

cth. Koningvan Groote Britannien, is an extreme fine
flower, with a high bold flem, which bears large, double,
ereft, and well refleded bells, which difplay a heart mix-
ed with fcarlet, violet, white and green, in a very elegant
manner ; I have had each bell of its lower tire bigger
and broader by an inch than an Englifh crown ; it is a fe-
cond blower, and has a fine fpike of flowers ; this flower
blows well in water-glalTes.

6\h.

The Gardener's New Director 2S9

6th. Koning Sefoftris^ is a charming fine flower, its
ftem is is not To high as the former flower, but its bells
are as large and well refle61:ed, of a vaft (hining fliowy
white, with a large bright fcarlet heart, entirely of
one colour, and very fplendid ; it is a fecond blower,
and bears a pretty fpike of flowers.

7th. Ko?iing Solomon, is one ot the grandefl: and pret-
tied flowers which has ever appeared amongfl: the Hya-
cintb tribe ; and it may well be named King Solomon^
as it might juftly vie with that great prince, in the
prime of all his glory; this hath a high and bold
ftem, adorned with a great number of large, ftrong,
fucculent, fpicy-fmelled, ere^L, and ailmirably well re-
flected bells, which attraft the eyes, infpire joy to the
beholder, and difplay a large heart moft admirably e-
namelled, with carnation, white, yellow, and bright
green colours; it has a noble fpike of flowers, and is

a late blower. At its firfl: appearance, it was fold for

fix hundred guilders per root,

8th. Flos Sclis, is an extreme pretty flower, with a
high ilem, furrounded with fourteen bells, of a mid-
ling fixe, and of an extreme pure white colour, fringed
like the Sun-flower-^ in the middle of whofe well reflect-
ed bells, appears a large heart, of a very deep fcarlet co-
lour, without any mixture ; it flowers in the Bouquette
manner, and is a late blower.

9th. Vogel Struys, is a very fine large flower, with a
good ftem, and large well refletled bells, of a beauti-
ful white colour, which fiiew a large, good, red heart;
it blows in the Bouquette manner, and is a fecond blower.

lOth. Stadhouder van Holland^ is fuch another fluw-
cr as the Staaten General; it has a large flem, adorn-
ed with bells of an extraordinary fize, ert:6t and well
reflected, which difplay a heart charmingly enamelled
with fcarlet, carnation, white, and green colours, fnter-
mixed in a mofl: beaLitiful manner, and even mofl^
diflinclly, fo as one can perceive the difi'erent colour^
at a diftance ; it has a fine fnike ol" flowers, and is a
fecond blower.

1 1 th. Berg l^efuvius, or Mountain Fcfuvius ; tl.is is the
prettieft dout.'le white Hyaanth I ever faw, its Ivells are

vcrv

zgo The Gardener*s New Director.

very double, very large, and of a round perfeQ: form,
and has the largeft and the fineft deep coloured fcarlet
heart yet feen among the double hyacinths ; in fhort, he
who is poffeft of this flower, lias thfe beft and mod beau-
tiful of ail the double white and red hyacinths ; it has a
noble fpike of flowers pyramidally fet, and is a fecond
blower; it is one of the bell: flowers yet known.

1 2th. Gloria Hollandia, is a moft magnificent, and a
mofl: charming new flower, with a large, ftrong, high
ftem, which is adorned with bells vafl:ly large, double
and well refle£ted, difplaying the whole inner petals or
heart of the flower, in a whole congregated mafs of
bright fcarlet, and fl:rong gold colours; few flowers can
compare with, and fcarce any excel it, in its fine fpike ;
it is a fecond blower.

13. Gloria Jloriim fuprema, exceeds all of its kind yet
raifed, for its high ftem, ere6:, well reflected bells, of a
mod fnowy white, large and well difpofed to admiration,
difplaying a vaflly large heart, of a moft fhining fcarlet,
a bright carnation, and grand gold colours finely enamel-
led ; it is a new flower, has a noble fpike of flowers, and
is a fecond blower.

14. Baron van IVafenaer, is a very fine new flower,
has a good ftem, adorned with bells, ereft and well re-
fleded ; which, over the whole inner large petals, fhew
a very fine mixture of red, yellow, and green colours;
it has a fine fpike of flowers, and is a fecond blower.

I fhall proceed to defcrlbe fome of the double white
hyacinths, mixed with flefli colours.

I ft. Amytas, is a fine Ihowy flower, it has a pretty high
ftem, well fet with large white bells, pendulous, but
well reflected, which difplay faint carnation ftripes,
through moft of the innermoft petals of the flower ; it
has a fine fpike of flowers, and is a fecond blower.

2.d. Palais Van Juno, or Juno''s Palace, is a noble fine
flower, with a very high ftem, which fuftains many
double, large, ereft, well reflected bells, whofe hearts
have a charming blufh through them ; it has a fine fpike
of flowers, and is a late blower.

3d-

The Gardener's New Director. 291

3d. Griffiere Van de Staaten General, or Griffiere of the
States General^ is a noble, high, bold-ftemnitd flower ;
its bells are large and double, and all over their inner pe-
tals cany a charming mixture of bright carnation co-
lours ; it has a fine Ipike of flowers, and is a late blower.

4th. Prins Frederick Pan Baden-durlacby is a fine high
flemmed flower, with a noble afpe^l: ; its bells are large,
double, ereQ;, and admirably well refleded, which
difplay a heart of a fine carnation, white, and a green
mixture ; it has a fine fpike of flowers, and is a very
early blower.

5th. Grand Rnfe Roy ale, is a very large and a very
charming double flower, a pretty flem, fuilains large,
well reflected, flefh-coloured bells ; it blows in the trufs
or Bouquette tafhion, and is a late blower.

6th. Perfe^a, is a charming flower, it has a high flem,
which bears very neatly fhaped, ered, well refledtd
bells, which have elegant hearts o[ role colours ; it bears
a good fpike ol flowers, and is a lecond blower.

7th. Robin, is a good femi-double flower ; it bears
feeds m a mild feafon very freely, and therefore is valu-
able ; it is a fecond blower.

8th. Eucbarify is an extreme pretty flower, with a
good flem, its bells on the out-fide are of an elegant
white colour, ere£t, and well refleded, having hearts of
a moft charming blufh colour ; it has a good fpike of
flowers, and is a fecond blower.

9th. Jlgamemnon, is a very fine, large, old flower, with
a high noble ftem, upon which are placed very larce
flefh-coloured bells, ere6f, and well refleded ; it makes
a very pretty fhow, has a good fpike of flowers, and is
a late blower.

lOth. Rofe en douceur, or Rofe in its Swcetnefs, is a
mofl charming rofe, or rather a flefli-coloured flower,
\\ith a good flem, large, double, ereft, and well re-
flected bells, which difplay their hearts charmingly en-
amelled with diflferent forts of rofe color;; ; this is a new
flower, blows in the bouquette manner, and is a fecohd
blower.

Ilth. Grand Monarque du France, or Great French
Monarch, is the largefl belled hyacinch yet known,

ere ft,

292 The Gardener's New Director.
creel, noble in its appearance, and really flrikes the eyes
with awcj refpeft, and reverence ; it is a fecond blower,
and adorns a colledion of hyacinths.

I come now to defcribe the red-coloured hyacinths,
which are the finefl kinds of the double, upon account
of their admirable colours, and which of late years have
been much improved by the many charming flowers
which have been raifed of tliis colour from feed, by the
florifts m Holland, and which, at their firft appearance,
have been fold for a very confiderable fum.

I ft. Aim able Rouge, or pretty Red, is a very pretty
fmall flower, its ftem is not high, its bells are pretty
double, ereO:, and have a moft agreeable red colour in
the bottom of the bell ; it is an early blower.

2d. Coralline, is much fuch another flower, with a
higher ftem, and the bells are better refle6l:ed, and have
a mixture of coral and carnation colours ; it is an early
blower. There is another kind of this flower, which
blows later, and is called by the name of Coralline tar-
dive, or late flowering Coraline.

3d Rofe Ilbijlre, is a very pretty flower, with a high
fiem ; its bells are large, ereft, very double, and well
refle(^ed, which difplay their hearts of the moft beauti-
ful blufti colour, and a bluifii fliade mixed with it, that
can be feen ; it is an early and moft charming fpike of
flowers, and has moft uncommon colours.

4th. Pyra7nidale Incarnate, is a very pretty carnation
coloured flower, without any mixture, in a pyramidal
form • it has a high ftem, the bells are but thinly fet
upon it, are ere6i:, and very well refle6led, which fhow
their hearts of a deeper colour than the outfides of their
petals ; it has a pretty afpeQ:, a fine fpike of flowers, and
is a fecond blower.

cth. Veltbaen, or Field-hen, or Poppy, is a very fine
flower, a good ftem, and bells well refle£led and ere6f,
which in their hearts have this fingularity of three fmall
petals or leaves, us red, and of as bright a colour as our
field poppies, from whence it takes its name j it is an

early blower.

^ 6th.

The Gardener's New Director. 293

6th. Rofe Krans, is a fine flower, its ftem is not very
tall; its bells are fmall, and rather long, indifferently re-
fle6ted, but it has a very fine rich rofe colour ; it blc.ws
in the Bouquette manner, is a fecond blower, and fome-
times feeds.

7th. General Fclluc^tneefler, or General Field-mar P^al,
is a noble high flemnied flower, with large, ere6i:, round,
double, and well reflected bells, of a good rofe colour,
with a greenifli (hade, which is its only fault ; it has Ji
fine fpike of flowers, and is a fecond blower.

8th. GulJe Zon, or Golden Sun, is a vaftiy fine, large,
rich coloured flower, v/ith a high flem, large, ereQ,
very double and with well refle6k'd bells, which difplay a
heart of a noble dark Carnation., it blows in the Bou-
qitetie manner, and is a late blower.

9th. Gloria Rubrorum, or Glory of the Reds, is an ex-
treme fine carmine-coloured flower, with a noble flem,
which is remarkably adorned with bells, difplaying bright
rofe colours in their hearts, and over the whole flower;
it has a good fpike of flowers, and is a fecond blower.

Having defcribed the befl: double Hyacinths, I fliall
proceed to the culture and management of them.

Direclions Jor the Raifing of Hyacinths.

THE mod: favourable time for planting the double
Hyacinth is about the latter end of Septzm-'
her, which I would execute in the following manner;
Mark out a convenient place in the garden, not too near
a wall or hedge, and at the fime tune well ilv-'tcred
from winds and cold blafls, the length as you pleat'c, but
the breadth of five feet ; the natural earth is to be taken
out to the depth of three feet below the furlace ol the
path-way, the bottom of which is to be levelled, then
lay in to the depth of eight inches of well rotted cow-
dung, beat down, and levelled^ then lay over it twelve
inches of the prepared, well rotted and riddled henp of
dung, and four of land; by ll'.is iiicaj'.s twer.tv-four inchc;*
of the three feet, of this trench, will be filled np: My
reafon for laying in this depth of well rotted dung and
fand, is, that the exiremii) of the fibres o! the Hyacinth

X may

2^4 '^^^ Gardener's New Director.
may reach them, and draw from thence fufficient to fup-
port a ftrong flower the iucceeding year, and to fupply
thefucculency of their ftrong ftems and bells; then fill the
trench with the compofl as dire6ted in page 272, until it
be near equal with the lurface of the path-way ; then
on the furface of the comport lay one inch of your fandy
earth, the purefl: and fineil you have : When you are to
plant four or five roots in breadth, in five feet beds, and
eleven inches every way root from root, in the quincunx
order, and not nearer to the outer extremity of the bed
than fix inches ; the roots you are to fet down with your
fingers, to the depth of one inch, and over them lay on
three inches of the compol!: riddled over it, with one of
good garden mould, fo that no more than the depth of
four inches v. ill be above the top of the bulbs. I have
frequently planted them, with great fuccefs, about the
beginning of QBoheVi when I covered them with no
more than two inches of compofl until the beginning of
November ; for when they are too much covered, they
will not flrike out their fibres, but rot, the air, by the
depth of earth, being excluded from them, which,
by a thin covering, is admitted fo as to provoke them to
fend out their fibres. As foon as the frofts fet in, or
by the end of November, cover your beds with two
inches of good earth, and three of old rotten tan-bark,
or fallen leaves of trees, and alfo two feet beyond the
extremities of the beds; filling the alleys between the
beds (which may be two feet broad) as high as the
furface, there to remain until the end of February, or
beginning of March, according as the weather is mild
or fevere, and then to be removed with the hand only,
for the better protedion of the flioots, which at this
time will begin to appear. In the place of tan, as a co-
■vering to the bed, I have ufed peale haulm, which is a
much lighter covering, and more eafily admits the ran-
cid vapours of the beds to pafs off, which, when con-
fined, deflroys the root ; and, the better to protect them
from this evil, is the occafion of making every thing
fo fine we lay over them : when the tan is ufed, be
careful to remove it as foon as the feverity of the wea-
ther is gone, for then your roots will germinate fafl:, and
requirs the admilTicn of the air lo promote it. I always

planted

The Gardener's New Director. C195

planted a double white and a double blue Hyacinth in the
firfl: row, and fo alternately the whole length of the bed,
oblerving to plant thole together which come in at the
fame time, that is early blowers, fecond blowers, and
late blowers, all by themfelves ; the fecond row I be-
gan with a double blue, and then a double white, in the
quincunx order, to the end of the row, and in the fame
manner with the third and fourth rows. /\s foon as I
perceived their leaves appearing, I examined my pocket
index of roots, in order to fet down their labels, with
numbers on them as marked in the index, fuch as, No. i.
to Morgen ftar double white, and No. 2. to Pajfctoute
double blue Hyacinths, and fo on through the whole bed,
fo as to preferve tleir diminutions at the feafon of lifting,
as have been directed. You muft obferve to ufe your
covers not only when the flowers are in bloom, but be-
fore they bloffom, to protect their flower-buds before
they open, from trofl:, fnow, hail, or much rain.

The beif coverings fur Hyacinths are painted cloths or
matts, fuflained liy arched hoops, which are fixed on
frames to the height of two feet : The preient method of
inclofmg the beds with flrong boards is bert, as they not
only keep them well inclofed, but admit fliaples in their
fides to receive the hoops, fo that the covering is foon
laid on, or removed, as the weather makes it necefTary ;
thefe coverings mufl: be removed in mild weather to pre-
ferve the flowers and roots in good health.

When the flalks of the flowers fpired up, I very gently
tied them below the b^lls to iron wires, made for the
purpofe, as I already obferved ; and when the bells fe-
parate, open, and prepare for flowering, I gently tied a
piece of bafs mat between tl.e bells, to iullain ihtiT ftems
and flowers to the wire, wl'ich makes a very handl.me
app; arance ; .:'nd as foon as their flowers were quite faded,
1 gatiiered up their long leaves and lied ihem to the
wires, but fo loofely as not to break or hinder them from
growirg ; this is only to preferve them from breaking or
wind-wavnj.. Five or fix weeks after they have done
blowing, and their green leaves are turninu, yellow lour
or five inches below their tops, I cat ctV lly lifted t!iem <iut
of the ground, immediately cutting off their leaves and
ftems clofe to their bulbs. Another method tQ be pur-

X a fu«d,

2g6 The Gardener's New Director.

fued, for the purpofe of knowing when the roots are ready
for Ufting, is, to take the earth from the top of the hulbs,
if the leaves and flower-ilem are healthy, and appear
fmaller at the bulb than at the fiirface of the bed ;
you may then be aflured, the enfuing flower and leaves
are fully formed, fo that they fhould be immediately
lifted, for fear of their rotting; when they are lifted,
they are to be treated as before directed, viz. to have
their leaves and (itm immediately cut off, and direflly
laid with their reipe6tive labels in their boxes in the
root- room, to dry by the air and wind, but not by the
rays of the fun, obftrving not to take any of their fibres
off, allowing them to wither ; as the bulb is never injured
by the fibres being fufFered to decay jn this manner,
but by fuffering their flems and leaves to be bruifed ;
when tliefe are removed, you may ripen the roots by
laying them upon the top of the beds wherein tlicy blof-
fomed, covering them with a litile dry fand, and fliading
them in the hotted funfliine with matts, not laid on the
earth, but hung as fun-fhades, by which means the roots
will have free air to ripen, the better to preferve them
until the feafon for planting returns.

The latter is moft pra6tifedby nuifery-men, as it gives
the outward coat or fkin of the roots a harder fubftance,
fo as the better to pack for exportation, while others
follow the firft, which is that I pra£iife for the faving
of my fined Hyacinths^ and which others purfue with no
lefs fuccefs.

From an exact attention to the following rule?, I have
had my flowers fo much in their prime, as not to dege-
nerate ; an almoil; univerial complaint.

ifl:. It is certain, that mofl: part of our foils in Britain
have more or lefs clay in them, except the pure white
fand, or dark grey fandy earth, which is found near the
fea, or where fhort tutty heath grows. Thefe foils are
mod proper for Hyacinths', and it was my praclife totake
three parts of old well rotted cow-dung, one of pure
white fand, with one part of dark coloured fandy earth,
and another of well rotted, and fine fifted tan ; in this
compod th'vy thrive v/ell, but where there is any

mixture

The Gardener's New Director. 297
mixture of clay, the root becomes inactive, and infte^d of
fifty, have not five fibres to draw noiMiiLmcnt tor the
flower.

2d. Hyacinths fliou'd never be planttd where there is
flagnated water, whether above or below tlie furface.

3d. You mull u{(2. no t)ther dung for your compoft but
that of cows, which muil be well rotted, and of two or
three years old ; but for want of this dung, old rotted
tan-bark, or rotted leaves ot trees will do.

4th. : You muft not u^'i for the comnofl:, that earth
wherein Hyacinths h.ave been often planted, nor fufFer
their roots to continue in the grouijd, tor they mufl be
lifted every year.

5th. Do not plant pood and found roots with fuch as
are not found, otherwife the latter wili infc£l the former.

6th. Obferve to fow Hyacinth feed every year, for
from tiiem vou may raife many <lifr"erent forts of flowers,
as good, and more to be depended upon, than fuch as
are imported from Holland.

yth. Where the fowing the feed may be thought too
tedious, and that you chufe to propagate fomc favourite
flowers, do it by ofF-fets, which of fome flowers are dif-
ficult to procure ; but purfuing the tollov.'ing expedient,
they may he had, which frequently produce as good
flowers as any imported from HoIi,inii : A fortnight or
three weeks after they are pafl their bloom, take fuch
roots out of the ground as you chufe to have off-fets from,
cut ofF their long leaves and flower ftems, but do not
take off their fibres; aud juft above the circle froin
whence fpring thefe fibres, cut the bulb acrofs in four
quarters, a third part into its fubflance, but fo as not to
touch its innermort coats or its heart, then ^v iping it'witli
a cloth, put it into the ground again, and cover it wiiii
no more than one inch of earth ; lilt this root ac,ain in
three or four weeks, and lay it in the root-room wiilt
the others, and at the ufual feafon let it be replanted.
This root will not bear :i flower the enfuing feafon, but
in its place will, at the lifting feafon, give you fix, eight,
or ten large olT-fets, which, as they are bred (I may fay)
in our foil and climate, are much more to be depended
upon for bJoflTomin^j v/ell, and for continuing to do fo,
than thofe imported from Holland. Nor is theie any
fear of their roots degenerating, provided they arc lilted
X 3 out

298 The Gardener's New Director.
out of the ground every year, and that the foil jud di-
rected is annually given to them when they are replanted,
and the other directions followed. I affirm, from re-
peated experiments, that I have had the fame roots
blofToming fair vi'ith me for fix years together, and would
have continued to have bloflbmed fome years longer, if
the roots had not expended their llrength by off-fcttinp*.

1 (hall now proceed to give a catalogue of early dou-
bles) fecond blowing doubles, and the lateft flowering
double Hyacinths in Mynheers Voerhelms and Van ZompeWs
catalogues, florifls at Haerlem, and in the fame manner
I fhall clafs their fingle Hyacinths ; and of all thefe forts
I fhall take their beft good iiandard flowers, without re-
garding what are new, or what are high-priced. Wiiat
induces me to do this, is, that when a florifl: or a gentle-
man defigns to plant beds of fingle or of double Hya-
cinths, he may plant his,j|jBowers uniformly, according to
their feafon of flowering, early blowers by themfelves,
fecond blowers together, and late blowers in the fame
order, that his bed may not appear with flowers blowing
promifcuoufly, an early with a late, and lo on, in a con-
iufed manner, which is only to be avoided by clafTing
thefe flowers according to their different times of blow-
ing. I do not think it worth a flcrift's time, pains, and
expcnce, in this country, to fow feeds of all forts of flowers ;
if he fows ti'iC feed of the Hyacintht Auricula, and Raniin-
cum, for a trial, together with the Folyanthos Primrofe,
Chrijimas Rofp, PVinter Aconite, and Hepatica^ with fome
others, to obtain double flowers, where they have not as
yet appeared, he does well. He may alfo do more, if it
fuits his conveniency and talie ; for I mean not to con-
fine him.*

* The Flnriils in Holland have a method of placing
the flower leaves of their Hyacinths, and other flowers,
upon paper, which keep thnir colour for many years,
and which no Ftorifts fliould be without. The rr.ofl
curious in the catalogue I have marked with an afleiifm.

Hyacinihi

The Gardener's New Director. 299

nnnnununKnwMmQ9im^mm

Hyacinibs double ivhite and red, early Bloiuers

Morgen Star

Belle blanche Incarnaate

* Prince Frederic van Ba-
den Durlach

Paerie Croon
Coraline

* Pilius Cardinaleum
Gloria Florum alba

* Rubro Royale

* Rofencrans van Flora
Rubre Casfar

* Rofe IHuftre

* Jeuwell van Europa
Conftantia

* Rofc triumphe van Flo-
ra

Belle Pomona white
Virgo white
White P)ramide

* Roodenhaen
Koningin Etlher

Hyacinths double blues , early Elovjers.

Pafletoute

Croon van Erahand

* Bonte Sanfpareille
Landgraaf van Soutzem-

berg

* Confeilleur Burkhn

* Dire6leur General

* Gloria florum blauwe
Rex Florum

Demus
Citheris

* La plus belle du monde

* Grande Violette
Perfeus

* Violette Croon

* Semper Auguftiis
Girolus Magnus
Olympia
Polycrates
Incomparable
Madame Royale
Keyfer Tiberius
Baillieu van Amll:ellant
Souveraigne
Gekroonde Vryheid
Louis Quinze triumphan-

te.

X 4

Ifyacititls

300

The Gardener's New Director.

Hyacinths double whiies and red^ fccond Blowers.

Pallas
Saturnus

* Feu d'Amour

* Optimus

* Koning van Grootc Bri-
tannien

Kroon van Groote Britan-
nien

* Glor> Holl-ndije

* Gloria Rubiorum

* Gloria mundi Rubruni
Controlleur General

* Couleur de Feu
Admlifl van Hollande
Rofe fupeibHTima
Koningirl van Hongaricn
Baron van Waffenaer
La Magnifique

Witte non plus ultra

* Berg Vefuvjus
Vogsl Stuys

* Revifeur General

* Rofc de Parade
Koning David
Lucella
Valeria

* La Beaute Incomparable

La Jove d'Hollande
General Vcltuginecller

* Monarque du Monde

* Pontilex. Romnnus Red

* Praal Cierate White
Praxinoe

Gnffioen

* Purpre Rofe

Roie blanche et Violette
Role en douceur

* Rofc d'Hollande
Rofe Sac re

Rofe Incomparable
Koningclite Rofe
Kroon Vogell
Staaten General

* Soleil brilliante
Kerk Croon
Koningin Alexandra
Amatifte
Amintas

Amelia Sophia

* Luyftre van Flora

* Illuftre Beaute

* GLORUFLORUM
SUP REM A

Hyacinths double blues, fecond Bloivers.

* Pontifex Romaniis blue
^ Gloria Mundi blue

* Purpre Sanfparcille
Keyferine Afpafia

* liluftrc dll. Ilande
Vieigende Vogell

* Groolen Sultan
Viftor Amadeus

* Tros-blom

Grand treforiere de Bre-

tagne
Rex Negros

* Koning der Mooren

* PafTe non plus ultra
Gekroonde Saphire
Gekroonde Staaibeelde
Baillieu van Brederode
Koningin van Vrankryk

Pronk

The Gardener's

Pronk Jeuwell van Flora

* Archidamus purpre
Parmenio
Metellus
Leonidas
Procureur General

* Brunette aimable
Gekroonde Lcuw
Gekroonde Fonieine
Antigonus

* Francois Premiere

* Afpafia panache

* Pluto

* Sanfpareille panache

New DiRLCTOR. 301

Due de Luxemburg
Triumphe du Monde

* Flora pcrfc£ta
Keyfer Amurath
Prins Noble
Kroon Iniperiale
Praal Cieraate Blew
Konings Croon

* Grandeur Triumphante
Prins van Birkenfelt
Graave van Buuren

Due de Kanmerland
PaflTe la grand belle pana-
che'.

Hyacinths double red and white ^ late Elowers.

* Jonquille mignion yellow
Purpre blanche

* AfTemblage de Beautes
Vrendenryk

* Koning Solomon
Rider Catz

* Topaz

* Tempel Solomons
Griffiere van de Staaten

General
CololTus

* Palais van Juno

* Flos Soils
Juno

' Guide Zon
Koningin Jocafta
Jeuwell
Roy de Peru

* Toog van Flora
Agamemnon
Jeuwell van Alfema
La Grand Rofe Royale
Dendropedios

Hyacinths double bJufs, late Blowers.

* Rien ne me furpafle

* Cede nulli
Purpre Jeuwell
Cid
Czaarire

* Overwinnar
Hertog van Courland
Koning Minos

* Grand Mogoil
Zegen Zuyll
Zegen Praall
Rex Indorum

* Treforier General
Virgo blue
Miltiades
Merveille du Monde

EarJi

302

The Gardener's New Director.

Early Hyacinths fmgle Blue.

Avant Coureur
Dutchefle d'Orleans
Grooten Sultan
Kroon Van Braband
Cincinnatus
* PnAa Cato
Paffa Cretal

Aimable boit

Maculato {lore

Koning's Kroon

Leopoldus

Due de Weymar

Gallas

* Niger.

Second blowing Jingle blue Hyacinths.

Aglaurus

BafTa Van Cairo

Emilius

Gekroond Moer

Gratianus

Gravine

Herderin

Keyfer van Java

Pafior fido

Proferpina

Rex Indiarum

Admiral de Ruyter

Agreeable

Mirabelle

Papirius

Ganymedes

Gekroonde Vreede

Grand Vifier

Grifdeline Royale

Hegifippus

Ixion

Keyfer

Keyfer Conftantin

Lyra

Porceleine Royale

Premiere Noble

Aletis

Alexis

Atlas

Belle Clara

Bifard Agaet

Blandina

*Botenhelt blauwe enWit-

te
Koning van Poolen

* La Courronne Trium-
phante

* Comble du Gloire
Menelaus
Mignion

Sylia

Trebifonde

Centaurus

Claremonde blauwe cu

V^itte
Crocodil
Cretal
Dedalus
Treforiere
Triton

Triumphante
Turkfen Standart
Varro.

Laieft

The Gardener's Nlw Director. 303

Latejl Eloix^ers fingle blue Hyacinths.

Dolphin

Central Grovenfteine

* L'Az.uur Kroon

IMorinete

Gclconda

Koringin Anra

Cerealis

Semper Auguilus

Thalus

Porceleine Kroon.

Early blowing Jingle white and roje-colourcd Hyacinlhs.

Koning David

Aula

Olyphant

* Premiere Noble

Trompeter

GaUthea

* Koningclite Pare!

* La Tendrefle

* Rofe Princefle.

Second bloiving f,ngie ivhite and rofe-colourcd Hyacinths.

* Tuberofiana
Eleanora

Gekroonde Liefde
Incomparable

* Rofe Naturtlle
Mariamne
Pironella

* William Frifo
Witte Valk

* Alexandra
CafTcopeia
Clarinde
Cleopatra
Mynheer Juftice
Clito

* Roode Keyferine

Four Ardent

Gekroonde Rofencrans

Lefbia

Lucretia

Orange Vlies

Reine d'Efpagne

Phyllis

Princefle d'Orange

Prokris

]<akima

Rodonica

Rofaline

Rofemonde

RafenhofF.

Latff! blowing ftnglc white and rofc-cohxtred Hyacinths

* La Reine de Fcmmes
Reine de Portugal
Antonius
Aurora

Hermaplirodite
Rubansd'Or
* Koraal Tak
Princefle d'Orange

Rofe

304 The Gardener's New Director.
Role Charn-.ante PafTa Keyfers Croou

Roie Migniarde Soleile du Monde.

I fliall likewife introduce here the early and late Mow-
ing Oriental Ndrci([uSy with feme particulars neccflary
lo be more exacily attended to, extracted from the
general Direction in page 293.

The riyacinths and PoJyanthos Narcijf'u!, feveral gen-
tlemen complain, never hloffom fair but in the firft ipring
after they are brought from Hcllajid^ which I miift at-
tribute to mifmanagement, as I have frequently raifed
them to carry feventeen, twenty, and twenty-four
flower-bells of moft extraordinary beauty, as large and as
fragrant as ever I met in Holland or Flanders ; when?
on their firfl: coming over, they had not more than nine,
ten, and fome fourteen bells of flowers upon their llem.

The year before I received my roofs from Holhmd, I
colleded a good quantity of frefti, fandy, black-colouied
earth ; if it was not as fandy as I could wifh, I added a
fourth part of good white fea fand ; to this a third of old
well rotted cow dung, and a fourth of well rotted tan ;
then, having taken out the natural earth to the depth of
three feet, 1 filled the pit with the compoil, firll laying
the depth of eight or ten incjies of pure, old, well rotted
covv^dung, which is referved for the purpofe, when pre-
paring the corapotl, as directed in page 274, and to be
only fix inches from the bottom of the Narciffus'' bulbs,
to receive their long fibres.

The bulbs I planted five inches deep, and, in very fe-
vere winters, covered the tops of theie beds with three
or four inches of tan to keep out the froll. Some of
thefe bulbs I lifted the firft year, efpecially if they had
made oPi'-fets, (and moft of .hem had two or, three) re-
planting them again in O^ober, in new earth ol the fame
compofition ; and their off-fets I planted in the l^ime
manner in the nurfcry-garden, but them I did not lift
until ihey were to be planted in the great flower-garden
with the old roots.

If you perceive that your Oriental Narcijfiu'' have ijiot
any off-fets, yoix may let them remain in the ground tor
two years ; but when this happens, I am certain it is ow-
\nz to fome usiikilful management ; lb that they ftiould

• 'be

T!-.e Gardener's New Director. 305

be lifted, in order to repknt them in the compoft jull di-
recled, when thev will give abundance of off-lels.

Should you be defirous to have your ofF-fcts large, you
may fuffer them to remain in the ground ; but, in A^o-
•vcfnher, give them a covering of two inches of rich and
llrong kitchen-garden mould ; and in December, cover
them with four inches of old-rotted tan.

•^ -a-^ •-^-»-£^4"^'¥'"¥"* ■¥""¥• "¥' "¥" •¥■"¥" "¥ •^-»-k-4- -^

Having given the nvbcle of Sir James Juflice'j Direc-
tions for the Culture of the Hyacinthy ive /hall intro-
duce that pra^ifed by fsir. George Voorhelm, ?/ Haer-
lem, -joho ivas a grcdt Admirer of this Floiver, and an
excellent Pra^ttioner ; extracted frmn his Treatife. —
He recommends the fallovjing Compofl.

TO two flxths of Jgrey fand, or black fallow,
add three fixths c6)cow-dung, and one fixth
ot tan, or the leaves: of. gr.2es ; thefe are to be taken
frefh, and when mixed, targ to be thinly laid out for
fix months to melioratep ant! to be kept clear of vi^eeds,
and then to be turned cvejy fix weeks for fix months
more, when it may be ki^. into the frames, to the
depth of two feet, to rer.J^Ae the roots, which I
would not advife to be plaiiii^i. deeper than tour or five
inches. The aipecl we giv>>the beds here, are an Eafl
or a Southerly ; the firfl: we.j^refer, as the flowers thtn
have not too much fun; and the beds are feciirtd from
the other points by walls or hedges fituatcd at a good
diftance. I have obferved, in general, that the roots
weighing about one ounce, or one .and a half, give the
moft perfect flowers ; and to the moll: forv/ard flow crs
we give a greater depth in planting than to the later, in
order to have them in blow at the fame time.

The length of the frames he recommends, are lo be
about 30 feet long and four broad, and all others in this
proportion ; this to be divided into five rows, each of
which are to have forty roots planted in them; and, for
a greater regularity, the frame is to ht laid out in cheques,
in the centre of which a root is to be laid ; nml as to co-
lours, in this order, a blue next a wiiifeor red, obfcrv-

3o6 The Gardener's New Director.

ing to plant the talleft blowers in the upper part, and the
loweit in the front, reierving the middle for the moil;
beautiful ; but, previous to laying out the frames in this
manner, he directs fix inches of the compofl: to be taken
off, and the remainder laid fmooth to receive the roots,
which fliould be on a fine day> about the eighth or tenth
of OSlober^ when the forward blowers a^e to be planted
two inches deep, the other laid on the furface, raiJing
the compofl: about them to the height of two inches;
when this is performed through the. whole frames, the
frx inches of compofl: firft taken ofl^, is to be laid gently on,
and fmoothed over, when, for four months, not more is
to be done, than to protect them from fevere frofi:, (wlien
they are one inch above ground) by a laveroftan, three
or four inches deep, to be removed by the firfi: of Marcby
when wooden covers, which are eafily uied with his
frame, as it is made like thofe of our hot-beds, rifing
no higher in the front than the growth of the flower re-
quires, gradually afcending to the back, and are ufed to
prote£t them in the fpring nights : Their flowers are alfo
to be protected, by covering lof canvafs raifed on hoops.
The lifting of thei'e roots heiU'Oiild not have done until
the leaves have lofl; their green colour, and turned brovi'n,
and even become dry ; an4iixt'h.e'n that is done, it fhould
be executed with abundar J9 'of care, to avoid doing the
leafl injury to the root anil-;ft.iire^, when they are to be laid
in the root-room to bedti'e^Jy by the air only, and to be
r.o way bandied until the plaTiting feafon, when all fuper-
abundant fi:ufF is to be taken off, with the oflF-fet?, which
will come away freely : It is at this time you ought to ex-
amine your roots, in regard to health and foundnefs, to
prevent difiopointments. As to other particulars, they
are fo fully given by Sir Javiesy as to render them unne-
ceflary here.

N. B, The compofl he ufed for his Hyacinths^ after
their blow, he gave for the ufe of the beds, where he
raifed his Tidipii Ranunculus , Anejnonies and Aut-kulas.

Early

The Gardener's New Director.

}07

Early blowing Oriental or Tros Narcijfus.

Primo Geel

* Soleil d'Or

* Baffelman Major
Belle Ligeoife
Belle Orore
Grooten Czar
Hertogin

Bellei Idoor

* Medioluteo Callce plene
Major

Califthenes

Charmante Nyt
^Fonteine
Gouden Beer
Gouden Sceptre
Grand Etandart
Medioluteo triumphantc
Polymneftor
Medioluteo Royaie
Baflelman Jeaune
* Pafle Baflelman.

Late blowing Oriental Narcijfus.

Witte Vreede
Wrtte Duiff
Witte NonpareiHe
TafTete Minor
Taflete Major
Triumphe de rEmpire
Suprema
Souvereigne
Primo Citroniere
Pretiofa
Lun;i

La Syrenne

Koning van Sweeden

Koningin van Sweeden

* Grande Citroniere
Aulus

Imperator
Imperatrice

* Sulphcr Kroon
Reine d'Angleterre
Czaar.

HAVING

3o8 The Gardlner*s New Director.

Dire^ions for hlowhig the Hyacinth in Water.

HAVING laid down the culture of the double
and fingle Hyacinths^ and ihe Oriental NarciJfuSy I
lliall proceed to direct their blowing in watt- r, for which
purpofe you muft be provided with the early blowers of
thefe flowers, to be fet on glalVes made for that purpofe,
which is to be filled within a quarter of an inch of the
bulb with frefh clear foft water ; in fourteen days you
will perceive them to fend down their fibres ; the water ,
rnuft be renewed once every four weeks, and once every
week, as foon as you perceive tliefe flowers preparing
for bloom. When their flowers are entirely faded, take
their roots and plant them into good, rich, light, frefli
earth, covering rhem to the depth of four inches, firft
fpreading out their fibres, and tying their ftem and leaves
to reeds or wires ; and when they have faded, fmooth
the bed' over, leaving the roots in the ground for that
feafon ; covering them well with rotted tan in the win-
ter, and to manage them in the fpring as you do the
others ; but if, in the fpring, after they have been in the
water-glaiTes, you obferve their flower-fl:ems to be very
fmall, nip them off before they expand their bloffoms,
in order to ftrcngthn the root.

All the early ftnglc-vjhite and Blues, double Whites^ viz.

Morgen Staar Koning van Groote Bri-

Pfins Frederic van Baden tain

Durlach Comptroller General.

Coialline

Double Blues.

Kroon van Brabant Souveraigne

Agaet Mignion Landgraaf van Soutzem-

Paffetoute berg.

Thefe dpubles blow beft in water, as does the Oriental
Narci[[iis, fuch as the ^qIcH d'Or, Bajfelman Major, and
Pajfe Biijfelman.

There

The Gardener's New Director. 309

There being many who are fond of this flower, yet
for want of leiiure, are not able to attend to more gene-
ral dire6^ions ; tlierefore, for their eafe, I fhall lay be-
fore them fuch an abflratl, with fome obfervations as,
I flatter myfelf, \'. ill be no lefs acceptable than eflfe^lual.

Some Direclions to be particularly at traded to, in Regard to
the Hyacinth.

jmo ,» I \Q judge if the foil, wherein you plant your /7y-
X aci?itbs, be agreeable to them, weigh the roots,
marking down their refpedive weights; and when you
have taken them up, and they aie dry, weigh thtm
again, and if found lighier than before, be afTurcd your
ground has been too poor, but if your roots are incrcafed
in fize, and are yet lighter, then the dung has been too
foon fet to work, that is, before it has been fufficiently
rotted, or, which is more probable, that it has been
horfe, inftead c' cow dung, which, when mixed with
fand, is too powerful.

And, 2'*''. Tfc) their juices not flowing regularly, mud
be attributed their rotting, for when they ftagnate, they
cannot maintain their co.iis or fkins, when rottennels
enlues.

3''°. I have- often obferved at lifting, that their roots
are feemingly burfling on one fide, and fometimes at the
lower part ot the bulb: This is a furefign, that their fibres
have been cramped in going down into the foil by clay
or fl:ones, or that they have perifhtd in the winter by
flagnated water, or, not fufFciently covered, fo that their
fibres have periflied by cold, or, have been planted in a
loo hot foil, and not lifted in proper time.

To remedy thefe evils, let your comports be rotting
for two years, to be incorporated at leafb one before
ufed, excluding clay or any coherent particles; but let
it be rich, frefh, foft, and very fnungv, fo as to allow their
fibres to play at plcalure, for upon tlu-ir number depends
your fuccefs; cover their beds in winter, with old tan from
the alle)"-, and over it [ay peafe haulm, when it will be
beyond the power of frolls to harm tiiem. And, /.' 77/)',

y obferyc

3IO The Gardener's Nkw Director,
obferve to lift ihe bulbs in five or fix weeks at leaft, after
their flowers arc quite faded (ripening and managing them,
as I have already directed under the article of Hya-
cinths) otherwife, their roots will rot by a fuper-abundant
nourifliment. On the other hand, fhould they be lii'ted
too !oon, their growth will be checked, fo that they will
produce but a weak flower.

It is neceflary to obferve, that the earlieil forts fliouKl
be planted four or five inches deep; but the late blowers
no more than two and an half: This caiition is necefTarv,
as the lateft blowers are longer in ftriking their fibres
than the early, and (hould they have more covering they
would not appear, and more fo as tJiey have an additi-
onal covering in winter. This deplh encourages their
early appearance in the fpring for blowing; which is of
lingular ufe, as it forwards their lifting, which prevents
their rotting, or degenerating : This depth alfo encou-
rages their ofF-fets to be more numerous, and every way
better than if they were planted deeper.

Let me here add two flowers, that are much eileem-
ed in the London gardens, the firfi: is called the Refeda
A^^gyptiaca minor floribiis odoratijjimis,o\- yellow flowering
jEgyptian Bajiard Rocket, with moil fweet fmeliing flow-
ers. This is an annual, and mufl: be fovvn in March up-
on a hot-bed, and when the plants have acquired flrength,
fhould be put upon another hot-bed, to bring them on,
tim\ may then be potted, and placed in roonis, to per-
fume tliem with their fragrant odours (which refembles
the fcent of a ripe rafpberry,) or they may be planted
into warm borders, where they will feed well ; and if
you have a moderate flove, they will flower as well as
feed there in the winter. This plant is named in the
Dutch catalogues, by the unintelligible name of Gingaboy
but in London, it is called the M:gnion, or Minion-stte
d''Mgypte. The other flower is the Rapuntium fiore vuixi-
mo coccineo Jpicato, or red cardinal flower: There is alfo
a blue of this plant, but the red-flower is preferable,
as it excels all others in the richnefs of its colour. The
feed is to be fown in pots filled with undunged, light,
frefh virgin earth, to be covered very lightly; and in
cold weather, to be fet under bell-glniles, fuffering tliem
to have fun until eleven in the fo:enoon only, watering

them

The Gardener's New Director. 311

them "fently ; after they have come 10 fome growth,
tranlplant each fingle into pots, where they mav conti-
nue until March, when you mufl: p^ve them larger pots,
filled with the lame earth in which they were fown,
keeping tlitm in the greon-houie until A^c.y or "Jine.
When tJKV be; in xo blo(rom,y(.u may fet fomc- in cham-
bers with the Tutcrofe, and the Rrfeda or B a f} ay d Rock-
et, where they will make a handfcme appearance;
the blue flowered will ripen its fe.d, if the long ftem^
arc tied up, which may be Town as foon as ripe, to be
fet in the green- houfe, or ;:.to an airy giafscafe, to fcreen
them from'troil, they appear eiirJy the next fpring. You
may alfo cjci-cafe them by dividing their roots; which
work fliould be performed in March, but at no other fea-
Jon. When the plants are growing, and when they are
in flower, they muft have plenty of air and water; but
little of the latter in winter. The Ruyfchiana jhre ca-
ruleo tlirives well with the fame culture; it is a fine
f?ower, and fhc'uld not be wanted in curious gardens.

Dirc^ions for raifivg the Polyanlhos Narcijfus.

THE next beautv which appears in the fpring, is
the Polyanihos NarciJTus, of which there are many
forts in Mynheers Dirk Voerhelms catalogue, as alfo
in Mynheer Voerhehn and Van Zoriipefs. I fhall con-
fine myfelf to the culture of their roots and ofF-fcts on-
ly, as fecdlings are feldom raifed here.

Having made choice of a fituation, where they may
be free Jroni great winds, tlie tanh which has been em-
ployed one year in the Hyacinth bed, with a third
more of very old and well rotted tafi, will ferve them ;
firft removing three feet and one half of the garden
ground, when the compofl is to be laid in, previoufly
laying down fome old rotted tan, to rife within fix inches
of the bottoms of the bulbs, and within two iitches of
the furface of the earth ; the roots are to be planted at
four inches diftance, root trom rout, and four dect^ in
the compofl; and when the frofls fet ir foi good, lay
ever them four inches of rotten tan, which, in Murcb

V 2 mav

312 The Ga.rd£Ner's New Director.

may be taken ofF, obferving never to plant them earlier
than the firfi: of Ofioher ; otberwife they are apt to Ipring
in yd7iuary, when the troft is leverej and which will
moil: certainly deftroy them.

The Dutch FlorifJs always lift th'cm as foon as
their leaves are quite faded. This is their prac-
tice, but when you are for having ofF-fets, they mull:
remain for two years in the ground ; the autumnal forts,
and the Belle Donna''s I planted in pots, filled with the
earth that had been one year in ufe for my Hyacinths',
but of thefe 1 fhall be more particular when 1 treat of
the culture of the green-houfe and ftove-plants.

Of the Folyonthos Narciffus-, I would chufe to have
four of each that arc in Voerbclms catalogue, which are
mod charming flowers, fuch as the Soleile LfOr, the Eaf-
i e hum major y Bafjclman jeaune,ov yellozv, Grooten Czaar,
'TaJJette minor medio luteo, calico pleno major, V/itte non
pareille, pretiofe, and many other forts.

Their off-fets require no other culture than the mo-
ther roots, and they may be allowed to continue two
Years in the earth, until they acquire ilrength to hiof-
fom, but not longer; obferving to cover them in winter,
with four inches of old well rotted tanners bark, or,
where it is not to be had, a good covering o* ilraw, or
peafe haulm; as foon as they are of the proper fize to
bloffom, you may plant them with the other foots, i
alv/:iys lifted them as loon as their leaves were quite fa-
ded, when I laid them in the root-room, to dry with the
v.'ind. The "Jonquils I planied in the compoif juPl menti-
oned, adding thereto one half of light, frefh, fandy foil ;
firfl removing the garden earth to the depth of tvC'enty
tv.'o inches below the furface of the path-wav, laying at
the bottom fome gravelly earth and lime rubbifli, to the
depth of five inches, beating the fame hard with a fpade,
over which I laid my compofl, planting my roots three
inches deep, laying over them two inches of good gar-
den m.ould ; by this contrivance all under water was car-
ried off, and the fibres of the Jonquils fo confined as to
occafion them to blofiom fair. I conftantly obferved to
lift them once every two years, and fometimes every year,
jufl as I obferved them to flower fcrong or otherwife ;
and in winter laid on them fome lotted tan or ftraw.

Dircfliom-

)

The GARDENrk's New Diri:ctor.

313

Dircilions j'.r roiling the Auricula Urfi, <jr Bear's Ear,
Hi vjeil by Jlippitig asjrom Seed.

THE next tlower which attrafl^s our attention, is
the Auricula Urft, or Bear's Ear, which for its
great variety, and its ever-green leaves, is extremely
pleafing.

The flowers that are mofl: efteeined, are fuch as
hr.ve a ilrong erect ftcin, fliort pedicles or foot-flalks,
bright p;lowing v.'tll ihaded colours, and thofe be-
ing different diftin<511y and well marked, with a
lour.d, florid, large eye, together with wtll expanded
bells, which muft not croud one upon another, but fliow
themfclvcs dirtincSly, v.-lth a narrow funnel, ir.clofing
well proportioned Filatncnts, and to which their large
leaves add much beauty.

The foil in v.'hich thefe plants delight, is a free frefli
loam, taken from under a turf, which has not been
flirred for many years, and is what we call virgin-earth ;
to which mud be added an equal quantit/ of compofl,
made up of three parfs old rotted three years old cow-
dung, and one of fea, or rivcr-fand, excluding horfc-
dung: Thefe are to be in feparate heaps, uniil a few
days before ufing, otherwifc they will breed vermin,
which is very injurious to the Auricula. When you fet
them in pots, lay an oyiler fliell over tlie hole, with the
concave fide downwards, for the readier pailing off of the*
water, for fi\culd it flagnatc it would be very hurtlul 10
them.

The beft time to take off the off-fets from the Auriculat
is about the 12th of Aug\(Jl\ they may be alfo taken off
from February to May^ provided it can be done without
wounding the root, of which ycu fhould be very careful,
as it's now your flowers are coming to blow ; but fliould
this not be pracVicablc, the flowers that fhow from the
fuckers arc to be taken away, as foon as the flalk comes
to its height, when the flower is to be taken off under
the bud ; and fhould the plants be brought from a
tliftance, it will be neceffary to trim their roots, to cut off
all dead fibres, and to fliortcn their long ones, when all

Y 3 the

514 The Gardenfr's New Director.
the old earth is 10 be wafliecl otT. in order to re-pot them ;
finl fill the pot hall full or a little more, with the coivi-
pofc iuft prefcribed; then cut a little off the extremity of
the root of the plant, and if you obfcrve, that it is white
without any yellow or brown fpots in it, the plant is found,
but if you perceive any of tiiefe fpots, you mull cut as
long as they appear, and when your plant is ready, let the
eartl) rife in the middle of the pot, whereon place the /iu-
r/Vr//i^, fprcariing down its fibres, which are to be covered
with the compofi: rifing to the fetting on of the leaves,
then place the pot in a veffel of water liaif way deep,
■when the water will afcend to the root, which you will
obferve by the earth fpotting black, then it is to be fit
in the fhade, fo as not to have the fun for one raontli at
lead, keeping them always moift about their fibres, but
not wet. Your plant in a month will flrike root, uhen
it muft not have much water, but rather allow it to get
rain, and that but moderately, and not in fudden dafhes,
it mufl: alfo be defended from fudden blafts of wind, and
florms; but in modtrute weather it mufl be expo-
fed to a free air, foft (howers, evening and morning
<]ews, ISc. Should the leaves of the plants be perceived
to droop, cover them with pots or fmall hand-glaffes,
(except when moderate fhowers fall,) until they recover
their ftrength, and you obferve them growing. If thefe
plants offer to flower in autumn, they may be allowed
to run their ftems up to their heighth, then nip them off
belovv their flower- buds; but this you m'j{l not do, un-
til ycu perceive a new heart nfing l-y the fide of their
flower-ftems, when they are not to get any rain or wa-
ter, for ten or fifteen days, but what you give them.

In this fliaded fituation, and under this management
they mufl; remain until the 20th of October) when they
ihouln be placed in your Auricula frame.

Your pl-ants being in your frame, ycu are to keep them
in a growing ftate; and when fro(l: (that bane to vegeta-
tion) Cpreads its dominion over our climate, you mull
endeavour to fuftain your plants in that vegetation they
had attained to, and in fuch proportion as the inclemen-
cy of the winter vvill permit.

The humidity of the air in winter will keep your plants
in a fufncicnt moifl {late, wl ich is all that is now requi-
red, but if from an accidental ftate of the weather, you

fhould

The Gardener's New Director. 3T5

fhould find ti ey want water, let it be given in fraall
quantities, and that from a fmall can, with a fpout
like a tea-kfttle, drawing the earth quite up to the neck
of the plants, in a gentle ilope, that the water may run
off, as not any muil touch the heart, for at this feafon it
would rot them, and you are more particularly to ob-
ferve this direSion in times of frofl, or when it is ex-
pected, and not upon any account to water them, until a
thaw lets in. Tu mild weather, they murt have air given
them, of which no opportunity fliould be ncgle£ied, for
upon this depends the health of your plants. It v/i!l alfo
be neccflary to examine the roots of your plants by
gently uncovering them. If they appear wfiiie and large,
they are in health ; but if brown and foft, they have cer-
tainly got too much water, which at this feafon is very
hurtful to them, and with which they flioulJ be indulged
only in miki weather, or after great winds; and from the
time vou let your plants in the fhade,negle£l no opportu-
nity to give them the influence of the fun's rays until the
beginninij: of March, as they will refrefn them exceed-
ingly. By the end of January, if the weather is mild,
you mud give new earth to )'oux Auriculas, or as foon af-
ter as the weafhcr will give you an opportunity, by remo-
ving the old fo low as their fibres, which, by no means
injure; then water them, to fettle the earth, and fi-sade
them for a fortnight, when you may indulge them
with foft ihowers and fun-lhine, prote^ing them from
harfh winds and froft. By the firfl: of April, you mull
remove the plants to the ftage for blowing, which is to
he conllrucled with rows of flielves, one above another,
and coveted at the top to keep the plants from wet ; the
ilage muft be open to the morning fun, and protected
from that of the mid-day ; the better to effect this, it
is recomm.-nded to have a curtain of thong fheeting, to
let down according to the fun's height, and as a deience
againft high winds, and to keep off fliowers; and in or-
der to give the curtain a ileadinefs, let it he leaded at the
bottom ; but more effectually to prevent it trom injuring
the pots by any motion, let an upiight or two be placed
before it ; and as but one fide of the flage is open to the
air, and that too oppofite the north, turn the pots about
ajofi en as you perceive their fiowcr-ftcms inclining to it ;
Y 4 and

I

316 The Gardinf-r's New Director.
and as foon as you perceive the beauty of the flower
is going ofF, fet tlum on the railed ftage. No. 2. of
which 1 have given an cnj^raved rcprefentation. When
our flowers are in blow, give them all the air you can,
ut protect them from the fun and wind, giving them a
good watering twice a week, or oftencr as yon fee occa-.
Hon, picking off all dead or dying leaves; and whenever
you do this, be careful they do not come off with llrings
peeling dov/n the plant; in that Rate it will be better
to take them off with the point of a knife. Such as yon
■would chufe to have feed from, mufl be mmaged in
another manner.

In February or March, when you give new eartii to
your Auriculas, obferve if they have well- rooted off-feis:
If they have, take them off (obferving the caution in
page 313) and when potted, place them in a fhady fitu-
ation, not expofed to florms. You may continue to take
off-fets, from February until Alay : They will flrike in
three weeks; and by autumn, if well taken care of, they
will be pretty flout. At this time Florirts are particularly
defirous of removing the off-fets, that the Mother-Plant
may not be impeded, but be enabled to bring forth a
flrong and well formed flower.

In Of.ober, fet the off-fets in the fhade, or in the
frame, to be rnanaged as I have direfted for their
mother-plants the preceding winter. In February,
when you earth up the old plants, prepare a bed of freffi
virgin-loam only; which will be much the better to be
'often turned in the winter, to be moulded by the froft.
Make this bed two feet deep, and three broad ; raifing
it three inches above the path-way, allowing it three
weeks to fettle before planting ; then take three dozen
of your flrongell off-fets, or even feme of the mother-
plants, if you fhould not have fufficient of the firfl; take
them out of the pots with their whole earth, make pits
in your bed, and plant them as deep as they were in their
pots, eight inches afunder every way ; and in dry wea-
ther, give them fome water in an evening: Here they will
flower, and produce vou much more and better feed than
your plants in pots This bed mufl: be in a well fhel-
tered fpot, fo as to have the fun from morning till eleven
in the forenoon.

Your

The GardenIer's New Director.

3W

Your Auricula feed will ripen in July, which you
will know by their pods turning brown and bnrfting;
then look over the plants every day, slather them as they
ripen, and put them into fmail paper bags, hanging them
in a window to get the fun for ten days to prevent mould-
ing ; but do not take the feed out of their nuflcs until you
fow them, which fhould be done the firft week in Febru-
ary, and in virgin-earth, mixed with one third of rotten
■willow-wood, and feme of the earth about them ; the
feed which are to be fown in large pots are not to be
covered to fcarce a quarter of an inch, to be conflantly y>^.
kept in a fhaded Htuation, quite excluded Q^jjjl^e fun's '/^•"i.
rays, as they would kill all the young plaSi^^'hich will
iTiew themfelves in April or May\ they are to be kept
moift, and to be tranfplanteu into pots \x\ Septembery fil-
led with the fame comport in which they were fown.
By the end of Oi^ober, let the pots be fct where they
mny have the fun's rays during the winter, and about the
firil of March, fet them into a free, open fituation, but
well fheliered from ftorms.

When you tranfplant, or thin thefe plants, lay the
furface of the earth in the feedling pots fmooth ; as ma-
ny of the young plants will not come up, till the fecond
year after fowing.

\n Sep'. ember y re-pot the old plants, off-fetts and feed-
lings into frefh earth, whereby you will never fail of a
good fucceflion of fine flowers : In two or three years,
your feedling Auriculas will fnow their beauties, when
}ou will diftinguifli thofe that merit your care.

Defcription of the Frame neceffary for the growing and
Prote^ion of the Auricula.

HAV ING already di-fcribed the (lage for blowing
the flowers, we fliall give a defcription of tliat
which is nccc (Tary, for affording the plants the prote6tion
they require from cold, violent rains, ftorms, and a hot
fun. Its form rcfcmbles that of a hot-bed frame, but
open on all fides, whofe dimenfions and form will be bet-
ter

31 8 The Gardener's New Djrectok.
ter undeiftocd, by viewing the engraved plate, ¥iv;. r.
The other frame. Fig. 2. is for the reception of the
pots, except when they are on" the blowing ftagc, the
pipped circles fhow how they are to iland by each o-
ther. Its height from the ground, is to be no more,
than that which is given it by a Dutch tile, as tiie fitii-
ation of the frame muft be very near the earth, in or-
der to keep the compoft in the pots moilT:. As .ioon
as iis necefl'ary to tirade the plant, whether from the
inclemencv of the weather, the fun's rays, wind or rain,
the frame with the pots is to be covered with the other,
which for the piirpofe of protection is to have a cover-
ing of painted cloths, with rollers at each end, which
are to be laid over the frames, entirely covering the fides,
but leaving the ends open. Thefe rollers not only keep
the cloths down, but are of ufe.in taking them up, when
they are to be removed.

Mr. Bulleit formerly of Tenihincht in the co. of Dub-
lin, being remarkable for his knowledge in flowers, we
fiiall introduce here, his method of raifinc and cultivat-
ing the Auricuhy as communicated by Mr. BtiUen o{
isevo-flreet. u;

He recommends three different forts of compofls for
the purpo'.e, which are, firft, to one bufhei of fea land,
one of fandy loam, and ten of well rotted cow dung..
The fecond,' to half a buihel of fea fand, add one of
loamy foil, and one of Melon earth. The laft, is a
mixture of cow and horfe-dung, with one part fea fand,
and one of fandy loam; the dung to be two or three
vears old, to be well and equally mixed together, and
turned for two months, keeping it clear of weeds.

iV. E, All tnixed foils or compoffs, fhould lie fome
time for their parts to incorporate with one another, be-
fore they are ufed.

Mr. Euller'% direftions being laid down in the kaler-
uar way, we fhall keep to it.

Dii'cclicns

Ihe Gardtner's Nlw Dirvctor. 319

Diyeclions for the manncinc the Aiuicuh, os Lid doiin by
Mi-rBulten.

January. TV the wcPthcr is ope-n, llic triiiTcs.Avill foon
^ appear, when you aie to (.arth up your pot?,
obferving to give a gentle fall to the earth fiom the plant,
to the rim oT the pot, below which it fhould be a Imall
matter, in order to retain the water now given them,
which is not to touch the phnt ; they are then to be pla-
ced under hoops, about fix rows deep, the hoops are to
rife 14 inches above the pots, when a broad mat will co-
ver tliem on both fides; which is to be laid on every
night ; let not any rain or fnov/ come to them ; and when
the frofl: encreafes, double your covering, but never ufe
lliaw or ptaie haulm, &c. as they bring vermin ; let the
fituaiion for your Hmvers be warm, and where they will
enjoy the wiiiter fun, having the prote£lion of a hedge,
pale, or wall, from cold winds.

The frame of which we have jufl: given a dcfcription,
Vfill very well anfwer the purpofejand lave much trouble.
February. You are to attend to the former month's
directions, and to indulge them with warm rains provided
they are not too great ; continue to cover every night,
keeping clear of vermin; lake off fuch dead leaves, as
come off eafily, w hich they will do when pcrfetlly de-
cayed, and no other. Such feed as you would chufe to
fow at this feafon, muft be put down in pots or boxes of
light rich earth, to be placed where they may have
the morning fun until Aprils but the latter end o^ Auguji
is the time I would chiefly recommend for this work.

March. Let your plfints have fuch Ihowers as (all,
but as the air is frequently very dry, water about four
o'clock in the evening without the rofe, that the water
may run round the pot without touching the plant, a lit-
tle of whit.h they fliould not want : Should too many heads
appear on your plants, flip fuch off as will not wound,
or too much difturb the roots, when your main trufs will
blow the better; the heads you flip ofi" are to be put into
/"mall pots, but 1 would advife their being fct round

your

yzo The Gardener's New Director.
vour carnation pots at tliis rime of the year, but not more
than three or icur in a pot, and they dole to the fide
of it; obfervc always before you put them, to place
convex oylle.-i"htlls over the holes in the pots, to let off"
the water, the -earth in your pots you mull never fuiier
to be drv, the plants are now to be placed under trames,
glafles, or m;Us, keening them free from froft and too
much lun, and clear of vermin.

The fecdlings are lo be placed, where they may have
the ojoiniiig fun, until ten o'clock, as their pla-.^ts will
begin to appear, and fiiould they be expoled to the full
fun but one day, it would deftroy them i water is to (^e
j^iven them in dry weather, but in a gentle manner, lell
you wufa them out of the ground.

Jlpr'tl. Tills fiowcr comes on now very forward, fo
that yoa may ftage many in a day: fuch of your tv/o
years "old plants as will not blow, pull to pieces, and prune
to the quick, i. e. cut the red fpeck out of their roots,
and prune their fibres; fetting two or three in a pot, ac-
cording to their fize : The plants which were taken off
the laft Augv.Ji^ raife out of the pots with their earth to
them, to be put into fmaller pots, obferving that the
bodies of the plants rife above tne mould ; then water
with the rofe to lettle the earth, but afterwards water
without it ; they are to be let in the fliade until Augufit
obferving to keep them moift; the reafon for not ufing
the rofe is, that it wafhes the meal into the heart of the
plant, which occafions them to rot, this danger is not
' to be Seared from rain, unlefs very violent, and attended
with ftorms ; the pots are now to be fet in the frame. The
plants from which you expert to have feed, ffiould be
removed into the open air as they are now in full blow,
and placed where they may have the morning fun, with*
out which they will not produce good feed. Your feed-
lings mud be carefully proteSed from the fun, and kept
in the tliade until Augujl^ when they may be planted cut ;
at this feafon they muft be frequently refreflied with
■water.

May. Your blow being now over, remove your plants
from the ftage, placing them in fuch a fituation as they
will meet the morning, or a little of the afternoon fun,
to be watered every other day if required, and kept

cltaj-

The GarDener^s New Director. 331

clear of weeds, dead leaves, and from the dripping of
trees.

The !<?tter end of this month, look over your plants
from wiiieli you intend to have feed, the approach of its
ripening you will know by the flalks beginninji; to grow
yclJow ; and in the top of the round feed-veird will ap-
pear a finall hole, which figns if you do not carefully at-
tend, the feed will be flied, but as foon as you perceive
thefe appearances, cut them down, keeping the tops up-
liglit, otherwife the feed will fall out.

June and Jijh- Keep your plants free from vermin ;
at tliib feafon you are to be particularly vvatch.ful of a
little maggot or grub, which eats tJie leaves and fmal!
ihoots, and are to be found in the bodv of the plants •
let them enjov* fuch rains as fall, refrefning thc;m vvith
water when there is occafion.

The {tftd is to be gathered as it ripens in a cry morn-
ing, to be laid on fheets of paper, and placed where
they will have three hours fun, for a month, until they
nre out of danger of moulding, then they are to be laid
in a diy place until the middle of Augujly tvhen the feeds
may be cleaned out.

Augujl. You are now to cut out your plants that
hlowed with three or four pips, in order to fhilt them into
larger pots, likewise thofe that were taken off the old roots
the March and y^;&r/7 before; fomc of your [)lants wilJnov/
want to be feparated ; th.e young heads are to be kept three
v/eeks longer in the fhrjde, but the firong plaiiij rnull
now r.avc the fun admitted to them in the frames.
Keep your plants clean, as fome of them will now begin
to blow, and fuch as do, only allow one pip to open, it
will be proper to nip off the flower when the (laik is fit
to be pulled out; and as it grows in tlie middle of the
plant, it haves a hole where the water lodges, which will
rot the plant if not prevented; to remedy this evil, yon
mufl: cover the plant with a glaf?;; and as fometimcs the
Aalk will not come out readily, but rot down, fuch mnft
be taken out with the point of a knife, fetting a glah
over It, until the hole is clofcd, which mull be care-
fully attended to, as plants are often rotted by ilie lodg-
ment of water, made where the Ilcm \j taken out,

'1 iif

322 The Gardener's New Director.

The beginning of this month tranfplant your feedling-i
into a bed or boxes of the fame fort of foil, as they were
fown in, to be fet at the diftance of three inches fquare
from each other, watering them after planting, and if in
beds, they mufl: be fhaded every day, until they are well
rooted, but if in pots or boxes, they may be removed to
a (hady fitnation.

The latter end of this m,ontli is the befi time to few the
feed, whether in pots or boxes, the latter mufl: not be lefs
th'.'.n fix inches deep; in them lay two inches of fea-coal
cinders, and over them fpread good frelli light fandy
earth, mixed with very rotten cow-dung, or tanner's
bark, to the depth of three inches; over which fift foine
earth taken out of hollow willow trees, until the pots or
boxes are full, and then fow the feeds on the top, with-
out any covering of earth, only prefllng them into ilie
mould with a piece ot fiat board, to fettle them below
the edges of the box, &c. that in watering the feeds may
not fl<>at over their brims: this feminary muft be conti-
nually refrelhed v^^ith water, in fmall quantities at a time,
fo that it may never be without a conftant moifture,
other wife the feeds will not come up. It is neceffary to
cover the boxes, ^c. with a net or wire, to prevent the
cats or birds from dedroying or burying the feeds too
deep. Set your pots, &c. where they may have no more
than the morning fun until O^oher.

September. Your young plants are now to be brought
out of the (hade, which you are not to fufi'cr to be too
dry, keep the froft from them, and they will grow all .
the year, fome of them will fhow flowers in the fnring.

Oflober. The diredions of the lafl: m.onth to be ob-
ferved in this, tho' more trufles will appear.

The boxes, &c. of feedlings are to be removed to a
fituation where they will have the noon fun.

November and December. As the froft now begins to
come in fevere, which is very injurious to thefe plants,
the fun melting it into the body of the plants, which
freezes again at night, fome ftielter is abfolutely
neceffary, either with mats, boards, or glaffes; v/hen
thefe are wanting, lay the pots on their fides, as the
plants will be lefs injured than if they flood upright ;
they are to be kepi dry until "January.

Now

The Gardener*s New Dirbctor. 323
Now remove the boxes, &-c. of feedlings into a warm
fituatlon, there to remain until March ; let them befnel-
teicd from great rains and froft.

Some general Dire^ions in the Care of the Auricula, as re-
commended'by Mr. Miller.

TH R compoH: he directs is, a frefli light Tandy mould,
mixed with well rotted cow dung. His firji ge-
neral diiedion is, in winter to protect your plants from
nyjcn rain and cold winds, and in March when their buda
are cotning forward, to proted them, giving them free
air in mild weather. Second^ About the beginning of Ft-
bruary, when the weather is mild, new earth your pots,
taking away the old as \o\v as the root, and that your
plants may blow with fingle heads, remove your ofl'-fets
as Ibon as pofTible. Such flowers as appear in autumn,
pinch off.

Third, The pots to be prote£led from froft, when thev
are budding their flowers.

fourth. When the bloflbm-buds begins to fwel!, proteft
them from violent fhowers,in order to preferve i\\dVhite-
meal or Farina that appears on them, and to give the
plants as much mild air as is pofTible, and to have fre-
quent, but gentle waterings.

Fif:b, When the flower begins to open, place the pots
on the blowing flage, to be indulged with the morning
fun, and to be protected from that of the mid-day and
rain; and when the bloom is going ofF, fet out fuch
plants as are intended for feed in the free air, to be
indulged with falling fhowcrs.

Mr. A'iiHer directs the bed for the feedlings to be pre-
pared thus : Let half a foot of well rotted cow dung, be
laid ten inches under the furface, to be well trod down,
to preferve the plants from being lifted by worms,
and which wi!l much forward tjicm, u i;en their fibrei
enter it.

Mamifr

324 The Gardener's New Director.

Manner of raifing the Serotines, Baj^uets, Bybloomens,tfn^
Eifard Tulips, vjith Catalogues oj the bejl Floiuen.

THE next plant, which attrafls our attention in
the fpring is the Tulip.

Thefe are divided info Pr^coces or earlier, and Sero-
tines, or late blowers, whicli are divided into Baguetsy
Bybloomens , which are a fort of Baguets, and into Bi-
fards — The varieties of this flower are prodigious, and
to give a catalogue of them would be needlefs, fince
every year produces new ones.

I had the beft kinds, from Mynheers Voerhrhns and
Van Zompelly Fhrifls at Haerlem, and nolwithftanding
the varieties of their (orts, they were always very dii-
tin6l.

I bought from thenn a good number of the befl Pre-
cox, or early blowing Tulip, which I planted in the fame
ground I had the year betore blown my Hyacinths, llir-
ring up the beds, to the depth of two inches below the
path-way, and adding to them a fourth part more of fine
well prepared white fand, when I planted them three
inches deep, and nine inches root from root, and ufed
the fame covers in the fpring, as I had for my Hyacinths ;
for if thefe flowers which fhew their flower-buds by the
•firfl: of March, are not carefully covered, they blight,
and feldom come to perfection : The neglcft of them in
this particular, has brought them into the difcredit of
not being fure blowers, which is only to be attributed
to mifmanagement. Thsfe early Tulips mull be lifted tjjree
or four weeks fooner than the others, and properly diftin-
guifhed in the root-room. They are to be replanted in
the beginning of September ; obferving that their fituation
be rather dry than moift, and well flieltered from winds,
which in the feafon of their bloom, are very piercing and
cold. The depth given to thefe roots in planting, is the
better to enable them to fupport their long ftems, and
heavy heads when in bloom; and the covering them fo
early, as when their flower appears, is to prote6t them

from

The Gardener's New Director. 325

from the wind, which has (o much power on them, as
frequently to loofen tlitir fibres in the ground, which
greatly injures the root as well as the flower.

All the Serotitiesy or late blowers, fuch as Bagueis,
Bybloomens and BifarJs, I planted from the beginning to
the middle of Ociohery at fartheft.

And firft, of the Baguets. I fhall give a lift of the
beft, old, and good ftandard flowers, in Foerbelm's cata-
logue, the better to avoid 'miftakes, thefe here recom-
mended I had in the higheft perfeftion.

N. B. The AJJras in the catalogue diftinguifh the
moft capital flowers.

Bagiiels.

* Arcefuis
Admiral General

* Admiral Guide Leuw
Agricola

Aimable

Alexander de Groot
Conquette d'Houftrive
Conquette van Roycn
Due d'Argyll
Due d'Chartres,
Due de Luxemburgh
Ducheffe de Bourgogne
Gcneraal Tobb

* Graaf van Moorft
Gratiofa
Hippolytus

Hoff van Holland

* Hollandia
Koningin van Vrankryk

* Kroon P. van Danemar-
ken

* La Magnifique
La NoblefTe
Leopoldus

Ivlerveille du Monde,
Mervcillc d'Utrecht

Amazon e
Belle Africa
Bellona
Bran-v-lag,
Brunette Royale
Cabinet Royale
NarcifTus
Noord Star
Nova

* Seven Provlncien

* No. 2. Oortman
Parnaffus

Prince van Baden-Diir-

lach
Semper Auguftus
Sphcera mundi
Treforiere

Triumph van Leyden
Vegt Jeuwcll

* Jeuwell van Europe
Veltheer
Verguldc Kam
Whitle Leeuw
Jeuwell van Flora

* Mount van Holland
Morrclly.

Z

Bybhomen's,

326 The Gardener's New Director.

Bybkomen's, more particularly marked Baguef, Rigaut^
" Tulips.

do Excellentlfllmo
do Bonaventure

Basuet Rig. Battaille

do Admiral
do BellifTimo
Baguet Rigaiit Csfar
do Elecleur
do Frangebruyn
do Hercules
do HeSor

do La Magnifique

do Le Roy

do L'Empereur

* do Role Grandiflima

* Beauregard Akerkamp
Beauregard Admiral

* Beauregard Merveilleufe.

do Imperatrice
do ElegantifTimo

Thefe are fine, large dark coloured flowers, very
ftrong, and fome of them lo large^ that when they are
in perfection of bloom, will coptain an Englijb pint of
liquid within their petals or flower-leaves.

Bybloomen Tulips.
Curius

Rex Indiarum
Dame de France

* Cupido
La Rupelmonde

* Grande Fidelle,
Incomp. Brunon
Incomp. de.Grauw

* Grand Roy de France

* I ijiutefle Rofe

* Hautefle Grifdeline
HautefTe Violette

* Hertog van Lancafter
Incomparable Arch - Du

cheiTe

* Incomp. Favourite
Incomp. Premiere noble
Incomp. Florida
Jeuweell van Dort
Jeuweell van Hollande
Jeuweell van 2^eeland
Kt vlerin van Java

Koning van Siam
Koning van Pruiflen
L'Eminence
Erfstad houderefle
Cardinal Infant

* Parroquet Rouge
Overwinnaar
Porcia

Rcine de Congo
Reine de Guine
Rofe Triumphe

* Rofe Feu du Grand Va-

ieur
StadhoLilder General
Socrates Verheterde

* Triumphe de Lifle,
do No I.
Triumphe Grifdeline

* Due de Tofcane,

* Reine d'Amazones
Jeuweell van Voerbelm
Gagne la Rache,

As I never attempted raifing Tulips froin the feed", be-
ing otherwife too much engaged, I (hall recommend the
method of my friend, Mr. Miller, whofe knowledge in
thefe particulars is very extenfive, and may well be de-
pended on. Diyeflions

The Gardener's New Director. 327

Dire^ions for raifmg Tulips from Seedy as pra^ifed bv
Mr, Miller.

** r I i HE manner of propai^ating thefe flowers from
\ feed is as tollows : You Ihould be careful in the
choice of the feed, without which there can be little fuc-
cefs expected. The befl feed is that which is faved from
breeders which ha\'e all the good properties of good flow-
ers for the feeds of ftriped flowers feldom produce any
thing that is valuable.

" The bell; method to obtain good feeds is to make
choice of a parcel of fuch breeding Tulip roots as you
would fave ieeds from, and place them in a feparate beci
from the breeders, in a part of the garden where they
may be fully expofed to the fun, obferving to plant them
at lead nine inches deep; for if they are planted too
fhallow, their ftems are apt to decay before th.eir feed
is perfe61ed.

" Thefe flowers fhould always be expofed to the wea-
ther, for if they are fhaded with mats, or any other co-
vering, it will prevent their perfecting the {^ed. About
the middle of July (a little fooner or later, as the fum-
mer is hot or C:old) the feeds will be fit to gather,
which may be known by the drinefsof their flalks, and
the opening ot the feed vefltl?, at which time it may be
cut off^, and prcforved in the jjods till the feafon for fow-
ing it, being careful to put it up in a dry place, other-
wife it will be fubjeft to mould, which will render it
good for little.

'< Having faved a parcel of good feed, about the be-
ginning of Septnnbcr.) is the btfl: feafon for fowing it,
where there (hould be provirlcd a parcel of fhallov/ feed
pans or boxes, which iliould have holes in their bottoms,
to let the moifture pafs off; thefe mufl be filled witli
frefli fnndy earth, laving the furface very even, iiy^oii
which the feeds fhould be fown as regularly as pofril)le,
that they may not lie upon eac,h othci \ then there fhould
be ff)me f'f the fame light fandy earth fiftcd over them
about half an inch thick. 'I liefe bo ces or pans, iliould

Z ?. 'tj.;

328 The GarOener^s New Director.

be placed where they may have the morning fun till ele-
ven of the -clock, in which fituation they may remain
until O^oher, at w hich time they fhould be removed in-
to a more open fituation, where they may enjoy the be-
nefit ol the fun all the day, and be fheltered from the
north winds, where they fhould remain during the win-
ter feafon, but in the fpring, when the plants are up,
they fhould be again removed to their firfl fituation ; and
if the feafon fhould be dry, they mufl: be refreflied with
water, while the plants remain green, but as foon as
their tops begin to decay, there mufl be no more given
them, left it rot their tender bulbs, therefore the boxes
Ihould be placed in a fliady fituation during the fummer
feafon, but not under the drip of trees.

** Thefe plants, at their firft appearance, have very
narrow graffy leaves, very like thofe of onions, and come
up with bending heads, in the fame manner as they do ;
fo that perfons, who are unacquainted with them, may
pul! them up inftead of grafs, whilft they are very young,
before their leaves are a little more expanded, which is
rarely performed the firft year, for they feldom appear
before the middle of March, and commonly decay about
the latter end of May, or the beginning of June, accord-
ing as the feafon is hotter or colder.

" The iveeds and mofs fhould alfo be cleared off from
the furface of the earth in the boxes, and a little frefh
earth fifted over them foon after their leaves decay,
which will be of great fervice to the roots. Thefe boxes
iliould be conftantly kept clear from weeds, which, if
permitted to grow therein, when they are pulled up,
their roots will be apt to draw the bulbs out of the
ground. At Michaelmas they fhould be earthed again,
and as the winter comes on, they muft be again re-
moved into the fun as before, and treated in the fame
manner, until the leaves decay in the fpring, when the
bulbs fliould be carefully taken up, and planted in beds
of frefh fancy earth, which fhould have tiles laid under
them, to prevent the roots from fhooting downward,
which they often do when there is nothing to ftop them,
and thereby they are deftroyed. The earth of ihefe
beds (liould be about five Inches deep, over the tiles,
which will be fufficient for nourilhing thefe roots while
they are young. *' The

The Gardener's New Dirkctor. 329
*' The diilance, which thcfe young bulbs Umiild be
allowed, need not be more than two inches, nor fhould
they be planted above two inches deep ; but toward the
end of Oi^ober, it will be proper to cover the beds over
with a little frefh earth about an inch deep, which will
prefcrve the roots tVoai the tVoft, and prevent mofs or
wecds from growing over them ; but, if t!-,c winter
fhould be very fevere, it will be proper to cover the bed
either with mats or peas haulm to prevent the f roll: trom
entering the ground, for thefe roots are much ten-
derer while young, than they are after they have acqui-
red ftrength.

" In the fpring the fur Face of tiie ground fliould be
gently ftirred, to make it clear, before the plants come
,up; and if the fpring lliould prove dry, they mull: be
frequently refrefhed with water, during the time of their
growth; but this mufl not be given to them in great
quantities, left \1 rot their tender bulbs; and when the
leaves are decayed, the weeds fliould be taken oil, and
the beds covered with fredi earth; which fhould alfo be
repeated again in autumn.

<* In thefe beds the bulbs may remain two years ; du-
ring which time they muft be conftanily kept clear from
weeds, and in the fpring and autumn frefn earthed, in
the manner already dircdeti ; ;:fter which the bulbs muft
be taken up, and planted into frefti bt-ds, at four inches
afundcr, and as many deep, where they may remain two
years more; during which time they fliould have the
"fame culture as before ; and after tliat, the bulbs being
large enough to blow, they fhould be taken up, and
planted in trefti beds at the iifual didance, and in the
fame manner as old roots; where, when they flower,
fuch of them as are worthy to be preferved, flioulil be
marked with fticks, and at the feafon for taking them
up, they muft be feparated from the others, in order
to be planted as breeders in different beds ; but you fliould
by no means reject the others until tlu-y have flow-
ered twox or three year,-,, as it is impodible to judge ex-
actly of their value in lefs lime; for many, which at
firil flowering appear beautiful, will alterwurds degene-
rate fo as to be of little value, and others, which did
7ic\ pleafe at firft, will lufjuiMuly improve; fo that

Z j they

330 The Gardener's New Director.

-they {houM be preferved until their worth can be well
afcertaincd.

«< In this method many ibrts of new breeders will be
annually raifed, from which there will always be fine
broken flowers, which, not being in other hands, will en-
hance their vaiiie ; and it has been entirely owing to this
qiethod of raifing new flowers that the Dutch have been
fo famous, amon<il1; whom the paiTlon for fine Tulips fome
time ago reigned fo violently, that many of the florifts
near Haerle?n have often given a hundred ducats for one
fingle root, which extravagance was the occafion of an
order being made by xht States, to limit theutmoft price
that (hould be afterwards given for any Tulip root, were
it ever fo fine.

*' Having thus given an account of the method of rai-
fin"" thefe flowers from feeds, 1 fliail now proceed to the
management of thofe roots which are termed breeders,
fo as to have fome of them every year break out into fine
flrlpes.

*« There are fome who pretend to have a fecret how
to make any fort of breeders break into fliripes whenever
they pleafe, but this, I dare fay, is without foundation:
for from many experiments which I and others have made
of this kind, I never could find any certainty of this mat-
ter. All that can be done by art, is, to remove the roots
every year into frefh earth of different mixtures and a
different fituation \ by which method I have had very
good fuccefs.

*< The earth of thefe beds fhould be every year differ-
ent, for although it is generally agreed that lean hungry
frelh earth ha'ftens their breakings and caufes their
flripes to be the finer, ^nd more beautiful, yet, if they
are every year planted in the fame fort of foil, it will
not have fo much effeft on them, as if they were one
year planted in one fort of earth, and the next year in a
very different one, as I have feveral times experienced ;
and if fome fine ftriped luUps are planted in the fame
beds with the breeders intermixing them together, it will
alfo caufe the breeders to break the fooner.

" The befl: compoft for thefe roots is a third part of
frefh earth from a good patlure, Vvhich fliould have the
{ward rotted «ith it: a third part of lea fand, and the

other

The Gardener's New Director. 331

other part fifted lime rubbifli; tb.efe fhould be all mixed
together fix or eight months at ieafl: before it is ufed,
and Ihould be Frequently turned in order to mix the parts
well together. With this mixture the beds fhould be
made about two feet deep, after the following manner :
After the old earth is taken from out of the bed to the
depth intended, then fome of the frefl\ earth rtiould be
put in about eighteen inches thick; this fhould be le-
velled exaflly, and then lines drawn each way ot the bed,
chequerwife; at fix inches diftance, upon the centre of
each crofs, fhould be placed the Tulip roots in an ypright
pofition, and after h.ivinn; finilljed the bed in this man-
ner, the earth mull: be filled in, fo as to raile the bed fix
or eight inches higher, obferving, in doing this, not to
difplace any of the roots, and alfo to lay the top of the
beds a little rounding, to throw off the water.

*' There are many perfons who are fo carelcfs in plant-
ing their Tulip roots, as only to dig and level the beds
well, and then with a blunt dibble to make holes, into
which they put the roots, and then fill up the holes with
a rake, but this is by no means a good method; for the
dibble in making the holes, prefles the earth clofely on
each fide, and at the bottom, whereby the moifture is
often detained fo long about the roots as to rot them, ef-
pecially if the foil is inclinable to bind; befides, the
earth being hard at the bottom of the biilbs, they can-
not fo eafily fhoot forth their fibres, which muff certain-
ly prejudice the roots.

<' Thefe beds fliould be funk, moreor lefs, below the
furface, according to the moiflure or drynefs of ths
ground, for the roots fliould be fo elevated as never to
tiave the water ftand near the reach of their fibres in
winter, for moifture is very apt to rot them ; fo that
where the foil is very wet, it will be proper to lay fome
lime rubbifli under the earth, in order to drain off the
wet, and the beds fliould be entirely raifed above the le-
vel of the ground ; but to prevent their failing down inr
to the walks, after frofl, or hard rains, it will be proper
to raife the paths between them, either with fea coal
afhes or rubbifh, eight or ten inches, which v/ill fupport
the earth of the beds ; and thefe paths may flope at each
end from the middle, which will make a pafTagc for the

Z 4 \v:>tcr

332 The Gardener's New Director.
water to run ofF as it falls. But where the foil is dry,
the beds may be funk eighteen or twenty inches'below the
furface, for in fuch places the beds need not be more
than four or fix inches above the furface, which will be
allowance enough for their fettling.

** During the winter feafon there will be no farther
care required. The roots, being planted thus deep, will
be in no danger of fuffering by ordinary frofls, but if
the winter fhould prove very fevere, fome rotted tan or
peas haulm may be laid over the beds to keep out the
froft during its continuance, to he removed as foon as
the frofl is over ; and in the fpring, when their leaves
begin to appear above ground, the earth upon the fur-
face of the beds fhould be llirred to clear it from weeds,
mofs, &c. and when the flower buds begin to come up,
they fhould be guarded from froft, otherwife they are
very fubje6l: to blight and decay foon after they appear,
if the frofl: pinches their tops; but they need only be
covered in fuch nights, when there is a profpecl of froft,
for at all other times they fliould have as much open air
as pofiible, without which they v\'i!l draw up weak, and
produce very fmall flowers.

** When thefe breeders are in flower, you fhould be
careful in examining them to obferve if any have broken
into beautiful ftripes, which, if they have, they fhoufd be
marked, that they may be feparated from the breeders,
to be planted amongil the flriped flowers the loHov. ing
vear; but you fhould carefully obferve, whetlier th.ey
liave throv.'n off their former colour entirely, as ah''o
xvhen they decay, if they continue beautiful to the
laft, and not appear fmeared over with the original co-
lour, in both which cafes they are very fubjed to go back
to their old colour the next year: But if their Itripes
are diflinfl: and clear to the bottom, and continue fo to
the laft (which is what the florifts call dyeing well,) there
is no great danger of their returning back again, as hath
been by fome confidently reported, for it one of th.efe
flowers is quite broken, (as it is termed) it v.'ill never lofe
its ftripes, though fometimes they will blow much fairer
than at others, and the flov crs of the ofF-fets \vill be
often more beautiful than thofe of the old roots.

*< This alteration in the colour of thefe flowers may
be feen long before they are blown, for all the green

leaves

The GARpr.NV.R's New Director. 333

leaves of the plant will appear ot a tamter colour, ;;nd
feem either ftriped with white, or of a brownifii colour,
which is a plain proot that the juices of the whole plane
are altered, or, at leart, the veflels through which the
juice is flrained; fo that hereby panicles of a diirerent 1
figure are capable of paiTing through them, which, when
entered into the petals of the flower, rcflc6t the rays of
light in a different manner, which occafions tiie variety
we fee in the colours of flowers. This breaking of the
colours in flowers proceeds from weaknefs, or at Icaft
is the caufe of weaknefs in plants; tor it is obfervable
that after Tulips are broken, into fine flripes, they never
jjirow fo tall as before, nor are the flems, leaves,-^ or
flowers, fo laige, and it is the fame in all othei- varie-
gated plants and flowers whatever, which are alio mjich
tenderer than they were before they were flripcd ; io
that many forts of exotic plants, which by accident be-
came variegated in their leaves, are often rendered fo ten-
der, as not to he preferved without much care, tliough
indeed the flriping of Tulips doth never occaficn (o great
weakrefs in them as to render them very tender. The
greatefl: effect it haih on thein, is in leflening their
growth, canfing fome (which, while they continued in
their original plain colours, did rife near three feet in
height} to advance little more than two after their colours
Were aiiored; and the more beautifully their flripes ap-
pear, the fliorter will be their ftems, and the weaker
their flowers.

" There is nothing more to beobferved in the culture
of Aliped flowers than what has been directed for breed-
ers, excepting that thefc fliould be arched over with tr.ll
Juiops and rails, that they may be Oiadcd from the Inn
in the day time, and protected fiom flrong winds, haid
rains, and frolly mornings, mhtrwiie the flowers will
continue but a fliort lime in beauty; but wh.cre thete
inftru6tions arc duly fillov.ed, tliey may be prcftrvcH m
flower a full month, which is as long as mofl; other flow-
ers continue.

" There are fome pprfons, who are fo extremely fond
of thefe flov/ers, as to be at a great ex pence in cre£iing
large frames cf iron work to cover tfeir beds of 'Tulips ^
in fuch a manner, that 'luy may walk between two beds

under

534 '^^^^ GAUDtKER's New Director.
under the frames, over which are fpread tarpawlins, fu
as to ktep off fun, rain, and froft, whereby they can
\iew the {lowers without being at the trouble of taking
off or turning up the tarpawlins, or being incommoded
by the fun or rain, which cannot be avoided where the
covering is low ; befides, by thus raifing the covers, the
flowevs have a greater fhare of air, fo that they are not
drawn fo weak, as they are when the covering is low
and clofe to them, but thefe frames, being expenfive,
can only be ufed by perfons of fortune ; however, there
may be fome of wood contrived at a fmaller expence,
which, being arched over with hoops, may anfwer the
purpofe a? well as iron frames, though they do not ap-
pear fo well, nor are fo lafling.

'* But after the flowers are faded, the heads of alt the
fine forts fhould be broken off to prevent their feeding ;
for if this is not obferved, they will not flower near lo
well the follovving year, nor will their ftripes continue
fo perfed; and this will alfo caufe their ftems to decary
fooner than otherwife they would do, fo that their roots
may be taken up early in Ju'te; for they fhould not re-
main in the ground after their leaves are decayed. In
taking the roots out of the ground, you muft be very
careful not to bruife or cut them, which will endanger
their rotting, and if poffible, it fhould be done a day or
two after rain. When thefe roots are taken out of the
ground, they muft be cleared from their old covers, and
all forts of filth, and fpread upon mats in a fhady place
to dry, after which they fhould be put up in a dry place,
where vermin cannot get to them, obferving to keep
every fort feparated, but they fhould not be kept too
clofe from the air> nor fuffered to lie in heaps together,
fell: they fhould grow m.ouldy, for if any of the roots
©nee take the mould, they commonly rot, when they are
planted again.

'* The off-fets of thefe roots, winch are rot large e-
yiou"h to produce flowers the fucceeding year, fliould bt:
alfo put by themfclves, keeping each fort diftlnft; theie
fhould be planted about a month earlier in autumn than
the blowing roots, in particular beds by themfelves in
the flower nurfery, where they may not be e^ipofed to
public view; but' the earth of the beds fliould be pre-
pared for ihem in tf.e fame manner as for larger roots,

ihoup.li

The Gardener's New Director. 335

though thefe (hould not be planted above five inches
deep, becaiile they are not llrong enough to pufh through
fo great a covering of earth as the old roots; tiiey may
be placed much nearer together than thole which are to
flower, which nnoft of them will become ftrong enough
to do in one year, when they may be removed into the
flower-garden, and placed in the beds amongll thofe of
the fame kinds."

That this treatife may be no way deficient in an Ar-
ticle lb much efteemed by Florills, we fhall add the prac-
tice of another excellent gardener.

Dire^ions for taif,ng Tulips from Seedy as praJliJed by
Francis Beulinz, Fhriji» near the Chartrcvx, at Brufiels
in Flanders.

WHEN the ftems of thefe flowers appear to rife
above their leaves, and to be preparing for
bloom, they fhould be tied to long iron wires or fmall
reeds, that th.ey may be preferved from breaking by
wind. The (lems, as they advance in height, fhould
have all opportunities of fun to ripen the feeds; which,
as foon as they oflFer fair, encourage them by all means.

The feeds will be ripe by the end oifune-^ which you
will perceive by the feed-velTels opening, and fiiewing
the feeds; when they murt be cut off and laid in a dry
place, to be kept until the middle of September; and to
be fown in the following manner, and in the comport as
here direfted.

To one load of virgin-mould, take a quarter of a loa-d
of very white fea-fand, neither red nor yellow, nor of
the fineft fort, but of a coarfe fubflance; or in its place
fome coarfe free river fand : To this add, of very old
and well rotted cow-dung, one half load; and the other
quarter mull be of a iTiort, mofTy, black earth. Mix
and incorporate thefe, one year at leall:, before fowing:
Boxes are then to be made three feet long, two broad,
and one foot deep; boring many holes in their bottoms,
to be covered with concave oyller-fhells, for the readier
pafling ofl"f)i the fuperabunuaiit water; and to the fides of
the lecdhng boxes, which cannot be tafily lifted, |iuttwo
ftaples for poles, like to thofc that are in the iuW-:, of fedan-
chairs; that thcv may b; carried from one place to ano-
ther.

2^6 The Gardener's New Director.

ther, without difturbing the earth. The feed is to be
fown about the 26th of September^ giving the boxes tlie
advantage of the moil funny fituation, and to cover tjitir
furface with three inches of tan in fevere froft ; folding
wooden covers are ufed for thefe boxes, to proteft the
feedlings from heavy fhovvers, violent and fharp winds,
which in March \s to be removed with the hand, when
the boxes are to be moved into a more fhaded fituation
for the fpring and fummer, watering them when their
I'aves appear, as occafion fhall require; but when tiiey
are lr;ded, be moderate in your watering, as their roots
are then ui an ina6\ive (late; great care muft be taken
to keep the boxes clear of weeds, which fhould they
come to any height, would take with them the feeds in
removing ; you are to obferve that the leaves of the
young Tulips at their firfl coming up appears like grafs.

Here your feedlirgs may continue for two or three
years, obferving to give them frefli mould every Augufiy
that which has been already prefciibed^ which will very
much flrengthen their roots; at this time, it will be ne-
ccfTary to move thcfe plants into a fituation, where they
will have the fun until eleven o'clock only.

When you lift them, let their leaves be down and the
earth very dry; which you mull riddle that none of the
roots may be loft, they are to be laid in the root-room,
until the beginning of OBoher-^ when they are to be re-
planted into larger boxes, and the fame fort ot earth in
which they were fown, managing them as you did the
former year : They are to remain in the boxes tor two
years longer, as they are then to be" planted into beds ;
and the mod proper foil for them, is that wherein hya-
cinths have been planted the preceding fpring. If any
of them flower this fifth year, they muft have covers,
and be lifted every year when their leaves are down, as
you do with your old flandards; and before you condemn
a flower for its bad appearance, you muft indulge it with
two years trial, for the root will not have ftrength to ex-
pand its petals, and difplay its colours fooncr.

As their roots become large, you muft add to the fand
of the compoft ; and when they have all advanced to
the ftate of flowering, ufe that compoft which I have
prefcribed for the old blowers, v/hofe culture has been
already laid down.

^ A Lift

The Gardener's New Director,

337

A Lift of the Bifard TulipSy which for beauty of colour
and high ftems are greatly efteemed.

Abondante
Aigle Noir
Aglauros
Hippolyte

* L'Aftre du Jcur
Arienne

Belle Minerve
Aiglon
Bellinde
Belliffarius

* Blande d'Oret noir
Frange

Blyrothea

Bocaall

Brunette GrifdeUne

Brunon

Roi de Sweden

Chimene

Chamelion

Charmante

Cuveliere

Directus

Clorilde

Du Thoy

Efialtes

Fountainbleau

Ganymtdes

Gcneraliflimus

* Gloriane
Glorieufe
Gouden Wapen
Henriette
Hianifbe
Hogenbot
Icodrude
Iphigenie
Jemima

* Juarlie

Keyfer Carel-befte
La Poudree
Keyier van Java
La belle Brune
La belle Colombine
La Bulgare
La Solitaire Brune

* L'Excellente Brune

* La Cadiere

* La Sublime
Lucia
Lucifer
Elegantiflimo
ExcellentiiTimo
General Bathiani
Eumetis extra
Fabule
Negrin
Nimroth

* Nitocris
Nubiaan
Oxiris
Perminie
Qnerdidie

* Raviflantc
Regulus
Roy de Siam
Ruflienne
SageflTe
Romulus
Sautrelle
Semiramis
Senefchall
Schoncndonk
I/Invincible
Magnifique
Monterat
Migrdicnc

Mnemofinii

338 The G

ARDEKFR-

's New Director.

Mremofina

* Staaten General extra

Jeinvcell Royale

Schoone

* Chapcau-tranl

"parant

Tacimine

* Lion

St. Andre Frange

Siveline

F. Reuweel

Sephora

VoorO: van Hanover

Soleil d'Or

Titienr.e

Soleil Royale

VidorieuX

Spadille

Sappho.

The Management of the Double Tulip, nvith fome Dire^ions
for breaking of Breeders into beautijul Tulips.

THE double T-iilips I planted In my Hyaeinth ground,
wliich 1 ftirred up froni the time I hfted my Hya^
f/nr/>j-, adding a fourih of fine white fand, prepared for the
purpofe, and as foon as they appeared, I treated them in
the fame manner 1 did my oiherTulips.

In ten days after their bloom was over, 1 carefully nip-
ped off their feed veflels; and when their ftalks were en-
tirely withered, I lifted them; this I did with a fmall
blunt iron inftrument, thatlljiould not wound their roots,
laying them in the root-roonij and as foon as they were
dry, cleanfed them from old (kins, old earth, and rotted
fibres, which were not To proper to be taken from them'
when jufl: lifted; obferving not to take off any off-fets
from them, but fuch as came from them freely, and were
fully formed. This I obferved as a general rule in regard
to the off-fets of all my bulbous rooted flowers. In the
root-room they were preferved by the free admiffion of
air, and not by any other expedient, which I have ever
found to fucceed bcit.

In refpecl to Breeders, I mufl: not omit a praflice I
obferved in Holland, to force them to break their co-
lours, for which purpofe a Gentleman of my acquaint-
ance prepared a very lean, fandy, and gravely foil,
v.'herein he planted them eight inches below the furface,
from which he- had forty 5«^?/^/'j-, extremely well broken,
moff of which retained their flripes to their fading, and
had entirely thrown off their original colours. The au-
tumn

The Gardener's New Director. 339

tumn following, he planted ihem in h.s richefl garden
mould, where moll of them retained their fine colour?,
and were vaflly beautiful. The occafion of his changing
the foil the fecond year, was, that where they were firft
planted, the fize of their roots were fo diminifhed, that
he was apprehenfive their flowers would be likevvife
fmail, therefore he planted them in the rich foil to en-
large their roots. This experiment fucceeded very well ;
for the roots recovered their former fiz,e, and mofi: of
them retained their beautiful ilripes into which they had
been broken.

Direclions for the Culture of the Anevione.

TO the Tulip fucceeds the Anemone, or Wiud-fozv-
er. This flower is one of the beauties of the fpring,
which I would advife to be got from France or Holland,
as they have greater varieties of them, than are with us,
■whofe colours are confined to reds and w hites ; whereas I
have fecn there great varieties of blues, purples, and
brownifh colours, moil admirably intermixed, and of moft
other colours, excepting yellow. It is called JVind-flo-Mer,
from its feeds being contained in down, which are eafi-
ly carried away by the wind.

They are diftinguiflied into the narrow and broad-
leaved kinds: I renewed their beds every year with tl.e
compofl I ufed for Hyacinths, to wiiich I added a fourth
part more of a frefli yellow marlifh earth. For a full
blow, I planted them the end of January, in beds two
feet deep of compofl:, ten inches root from root, and
two inches deep. To plant them fooner, I found was
expofing them too much to winter frofts, which had dc-
flroyed many of mine: Sliouid thie winters prove mild,
you will have a greater increafe of roots by planting
ihem early; but this I found too hazardous, fo that I
did not plant them earlier than December or January.
In planting, I always obferved to put their rofes (as their
flower-buds are termedj uppcrmofl, and in Marih and
April, in dry weather, I often refrefhcd them in the
evening, or early in the morning with water, and this
I found to be the only proper timed" doing it.

As

340 The Gardener's New Director.

As fcon as their leaves were faded, I lifted them?
and fpread them on a cloth in the root-room, to dry ;
and after they had lain there twenty days, I cleaned
them, and laid them in their proper drawers, firlT: tak-
ing off tlieir longcfl: ofi-fets, which is a more favourable
time than when you are going to plant, as the amputated
pan has time to heal and dry, otherwife there would be
a moi'.ldin'efs from the gummy fubftance of this root.

Of thefe flowers, there is a great and beautiful varie-
ty, which makes them deferving of a place in every
£;ood collettion of flowers.

Diret1:o7if for raijlng the Ranunculus.

TH E Ranwiciilus i or the Crew-foot^ dcferves our
next attention, and thefe are divided into two
forts: Tlie Turky Ranunculus, and the Per/i an, of which
there are many beauties obtained every year from feed.
i fhal! firll treat of the Turky Ranunculus i and of thof&
in Voerhelms catalogue there are fourteen forts, viz.

Admiral van Confi.antir.o-

* Tribellius Trache

Turban d'Or

Turkfe Turban

The Seraphics, or Whites

and Reds
Minerva, Reds or Carmine

Colours
Mufti, or La Pucelle de

France, Vv^ hires
And the yellow Merveilleufe
mixed with fine red co-
lours.
The Paffe OJfai-hloed blows two ranges, fometim.es
three of flowers, upon which account it is the mofl:
efleemed.

The proper time of planting them is in the beginning
of December', their appearance will be a little before the
beginning of March, when our fevereft frofls are gone.
Plant them in a bed oF what length you pleafe, but in
breadth five feet, and in depth three, and of the fame

mould

pie
Exquifita Romana
Merveilleufe L/Uteo
Merveilleufe de Paris
Monftrom Trache
Oflen-bloed
* PaiTe Ofien-bloed
3'ivan Major
Romanum
Romanum Trache
Sphericus

The Gardener's New Director. 341

mouM wherein your plant your Hyacinths, adding afixth
part of cow dung; in this compoft you are to plant
them two inches and one half deep, and four inches di-
ftance root from root : Thus mufi: they remain until their
leaf-buds begin to appear, v/hen you are to riddle over
them one inch more of ftift mould; to prevent their
being expoftd too much to the dry weather, and to the
heal of the fun, both of which are very prejudicial to
this plant when in flower, which they will be, by the
beginning or the middle of May. In the evening I gave
them frequent waterings, or very early in the morning,
but not when the fun fhined. As foon as their leaves were
quite decayed, I took the roots out of the ground,
fpread them upon a cloth, and dried them : When they
were dry, I cleared them from the earth, and took from
them fuch ofi-fets as came off freely.

In January or February, (fhould the froft fet in fevere)
whilfl: their roots are fpringing, and fending their fibres
into the ground, I covered the fides of their beds with
two or three inches of rotten tan-bark, but never kiffer-
ed it to mix with their compoft, it being extremely pre-
judicial to them ; I alfo covered the beds with long flraw,
except when their leaves appeared above ground; when
I laid on an incli more of earth, but no ftraw, as that
would rot their young leaves, and perhaps their roots
alfo.

The Perftan kinds of RamincuJusy cannot be equalled
by any flower in beauty, diverfity of colours, and forms
of their vallly magnificent flov7ers; for which reafon i
fhall be the more particuiiir in their culture, and of the
management ol their leedlings.

I v.ould advife to have the roots of the double flowers
from the inynheers Voerhchns, or Vofrhelm and VanZzm-
pel at Haerletn, and the femidouble from fume florifts
m Flanders ; as the Voerbelms feldom part with their beft
lemidcuble flowers; as it is from thefe they have the bell
feed. I planted the fineft double forts about the b-gin-
ning of February., in light rich earth, as directed for the
Turky forts; obierving to give them every year trelh
compoft. If you plant them in pots, put one root, 01:
two at moft, into a two-penny pot ; ami fn ioon as you
liave planted them, fink the pots into tiie eround, t»'o

A a :r.chc5

542 The Gardener's New Director.

inches below the furface, in the forms of beds, four in
breadth, and as many as you pleafe in length. Upon
the approach of frod, I covered them with two inches
of old tan ; which I fuffered to continue for the advan-
tage of watering them, without dillurbing their fine
compoft.

It will be proper to cover thefe flowers when they are
in blow, from the influence of the fun, otherwife they
•will be hurried out of their beauty: As foonas the leaves
are dry, I took them out of their pots, and the open
ground, and kid them in the root-room in their parti-
cular drawers, until the feafon for planting, taking care
to protect them from the frofl;. Notwithflanding what
I have dire61:ed with refpeft to planting the Ranunculus
in pots, you may plant them in beds of the fame com-
pofl as thofe in the pots; and if they are not injured by
verniin, they will bloffom and profper well ; the beds are
to have two feet depth of conipon:; as their fmall fibres
run deep into the earth, provided it is well prepared, and
will give more flowers and ofF-fets than when iliallower.

There is another method of preparing beds for this
flower, which I have feen pra61:ifed with great fuccefs :
A trench is firft dug two feet deep, in which put fourteen
inches of old well-rotted dung from an old cucumber,
or melon bed ; over which lay ten inches of good, frefh,
light earth, in which plant your Ranunculus roots-, and
^vhen their fibres reach the old rotted dung, they arc
kept moifl: and active, whereby they fhow a flirong bloom ;
but be fure to give them new compofl and dung every
year, otherwife they will decline. If you have any very
well-rotted cow dung, I would prefer it to horfe dung,
from any hot-bed whatever.

As to the feedlings, not any can be expe8:ed to fuc-
ceed well, but fuch as are obtained from well coloured
femldouble flowers. And in order to preferve the {ted,
you mufl as foon as you perceive the ic^ii part from the
axis of their flowers, look them over carefully twice a
day, and gather what are ripe, leaving the others to ri-
pen, which will be three weeks at leaft from the time
your earliefl: feeds are ripe ; then lay them in their feed-
paper b;\gs until Oflohcr, which feafon I take to be the
mofl: proper for fov/ing, them ; for fhould they be fown

earher.

The Gardener's New Director, 343

earlier, they will fpr'ing up before the froft comes on,
which will endanger them, either by throwing their
young roots cut ot the ground, or by cutting off their
leaves.

I then prepared boxes for them, much in the fame
manner as I did tor the lecdling Hyacinths, but fomewhat
fliallower; the feed is to be fown thin, and to be protect-
ed as much as poflible from the froft, which the cover of
the boxes much afRft in.

The young plants, by this management, wiji begin
to appear by the firft of Mcircb, when the feverity of the
frofts is over, when the boxes are to be removed into a
fituation where they may enjoy the benefit of the
fun, until eleven o'clock only. I prefer boxes for
thefe as well as mod: other flower-feeds, as the wood is
warmer than any earthen ware; I always took care to lay
fome very fine riddled rotten tan over the ground, be-
fore the froft fet in, which alfo kept down the light eartii
in watering, fo that it was preferved about their roots.
In "June they are to be lifted out of the boxes, to be re-
planted about the middle oi No'vember, giving them new
earth and larger boxes, to be covered as before with rot-
ted tan. The boxes for this purpofe were one foot and
an half deep, and in length according to your nuinber
of roots, to be planted at two inches d:ftance, root from
root, and near two inci.es deep, in the fame fort of com-
port before ufed. I planted tliem in boxes for this fecond
year, rather than in beds, the better to protefl them
from the feverities of the weather; they appeared in
Adarchy and fome of them flowered: Thofe which \vere
fingle and of an ordinary colour, I pulled up when thcv
were in bloom ; the good ones I allowed to remain in the
ground until the lifting feafon; fuch as flowered in the fe-
cond year, were only femidoubles, excepting two dozen
of fine doubles, of which I took particular care, and
planted them among the fineft doubles, being extra-
ordinary fine flowers, and fo much efceemcd as to be
placed in the Dutch catalogues.

About the middle of December, or the beginning of

'January, the feediings which I laid in the root-room, I

planted into a long bed two inches deep, in the compoft,

whioji wai laid two feet deep, and four broaii, which I

A a 2 covered

344 T'""^ Gardener's New Director.
covered with two or three inches of tan, as foon as I
perceived the froft to fet in; lu A4a7'ch I removed it,
and as foon as I perceived their leaves coming above
groiindj I riddled an inch of the flrongefi: garden mould
on them, without any mixture of fand : The ufe of which
was to llrengthen the young roots, and alfo to preferve the
earth from being wafhed off their bulbs in watering. I
alfo covered them with mats when in bloom, fupported
by hoops, taking care to pull up all bad flowers, when
they flievved themfeWes. By this management, I had
moil extraoidinary fuccefs, obferving to procure fome
frelh roots of the beft femidoubles every year from a-
broad, and at home, for it is necefTary to change the
feed to obtain good flowers.

The following lift is a colleQ:ion of the be{l Perfian
kinds, difiinguiflied by their colours ; and thofe marked
vith an Aflerijk * are particularly beautiful.

Ranuficuliifes, Purple and Rofe-coloiired.

* Ambuftus Milo

Jeuweel van Europa My Lord Walgraaf

Adminiflrateur Nonius

Archeveque du Canterbury Purpre fans parellle

Bafhaw van Cairo

* Belle Africa

* Ballotin
Ecfphorus
Cardinal's Hood
T)romedaris
Eleflryon
Etiopiaan

Grand Conqnerant
Gekroonde Mcor
Grand Maitre Royale

* Grande Monarque

* Grifdeline Roots

* Jeuweel Grifdeline
Incomparable nova
Katarincte

Keyfer Amu rath
Koning David
L'Ambe An jour
Metellus

Purpre Manteel

* Phoenix florum

* Purpre incomparable
Premiere noble
Provincie Rofe

* Rcfe Charmante
Rofe d'Amour
Roy de Fleurs

* Saphire

. Stadhouder General
Gloria Ranunculorum

* Vefuvius
Violete Grifdeline
Viperino

* Violete Incomparable

* Violete illudre
A'"iolcte fans pareille
Cour de Tofcane, Violete

fuperbe prefqiie blenf.

Ranun-

'Ihe GardexVer's New Director.

:45

Ranunculufes of Orange Colours.

Admirante

* Belle rouge Orange

* Comte de Lowendahl
Colombus
Ariflander

* Faval

Feu Conflante
Feu Dominante

* Grand Feu du Roy
Koningin van Slcilien
L'amp d"Or
Metropolitaan

* Orange Voorfl:

Orange Bconi
Perdiccas

* Phoenix triumphant^
Feu imperiaie

Feu Royale

* Feu triumphante
Four Ardenc
Furieufe de T ranee
Procuraior
Tliitone

* Tcpana
Averr.us

* Dcmophoon.

Ranunculufes of ivbite fiii.\eJ ivith red OJcurf,

Belle aimable

* Belle Catarina

* Belie rouge Grifdelinc
Bonte Leuvv
Brifetoute

* Charmante Grifdellne
. Capitain General

* Gravjn van Yarmouth
Dalllla

Trois Couleurs Eclatantcs
Triple Croon

* Picote aJmable
Queen of Hungary
Raine blanciie
Rofe Imperiale
Agaet Incomparable
Diademe
Pironetta

* Eucharis
Sneeuberg
Koningin Elizabeth.

Ri.nunadufes of yellovj and red Colours.

Belle Afia
Berg Etna

* Swarte Lcuw
Gouden Sceptre
Gu!dc7,on
Gouden Ketten
Jeuvi^eel vhh Dort

* IfabcUe triumphante
Jonquillc aimable

* Goudenberg
Rhadamanihus
Soleil Levant
Vergulde Lampct
Vergulde Servies
Reine de Moiocco
Laomedon

* Marquiie ddl Campo
Florido.

A a "t Riimin-

34^ The Gardener's New Director.
Ranuncuhifes of feuilkniort Colours,

La Vauve Galante

Achffius

Agarifte

Bruin feuilleinort Flawed

Biunon

* Fcuillemort Charmante

* Le Monde iravcftie

* Cantor

* Chimney-fweeper
Mouron

Rakinia

* Seimra Brain

* Sultan Ofman Bruin

Feuillemort noir

* Glorieufe feuillemort

brune
La Financier
Mortfhead
La bclla Veuve

* Victorieufe
Vieerrnuys

Ftuillemort ranfpareille
l/a Sepulchre de Louis
Quatilorfe

Demon.

I {hall now proceed to the Dire6tions for the other
great ornaments of our gardens, viz. Tht Annuals, Per-
e?iniahi and Biennials \ and as thofe of the greateft cu-
rioiity and value, are originally from Holland \ I {hall
begin with a li{l of them, as given by the be{l florifts
there ; then will follow tiie fame, under the n^mes af-
figned them by the beft botanifls ; to which are added the
names they are beft known to, by the Englijh gardeners;
v.'ith thefe are given their culture, and to the whole is
added for the firft time, an alphabetical lift of their
names in Englifj, which it is expe£led will be very ac-
ceptable, as it has a reference to the two preceding lifls
by figures, correfponding to thofe in the other lifts ; fo
that the Dutch, and botanical names, may with eafe be
referred to, as well as the culture of every plant. The
Dutch names will be of ufe to fuch gentlemen, as are
inclined to import, and prevent miftakes in tliis way,
which but too frequently happen.

Tfhe Dutch Catalogue of the mo ft curious Annuals and
Fxotic Plants, that have been ra'ifed in that Country \
neceJTary for ths-le ivbo ivould import any oj them from
thence. The Figures preceding the Articles have Refer-
ence

The Gardener's New Director.

547

ence to tbe Englifh CataJogiiei as zuell as that of their
Culture.

N. B. The articles marked with an Jiisrijk are fuch
as are moll tileemed for their I'uperior excellence.

CATALOGUES van fchoone BLOMZAADEN te vinden
by Dirk rt^J Pierre Voerhelm, Blomijl ic liaerlem, i 754.

Het Honderd Soorten tot 5 Gulden.

Bloem-Ziiadeiiy die hcj eerjh Jua-r Lloeijeii.

1 Ahutilon grofililaria

folio floie rubro

2 Acetofa veficaria

3 Ageratium folio fer-

rato

4 Agremona Mexicana

5 Alcea flore veficario

Africana
*6 do. Perennis flore alb.
*7 do. Purpureo

8 Amafanlhus maxima

ere£ta

9 do. fparfa

10 do. fpica virid.

11 Annagallis flore alb.

12 do. Phasniceo

13 do. csruleo

14 Anthirrinum arvenie

flore aibo

1*5 do. rubro

*i6 do. majus perenne flo-
re albo

*i 7 do. rubro

*i8 do. Viiriegato

19 Agremona fpinofa.

20 Alariiii Lobelli

21 Allragalus maritim.

22 do. Stellatus

23 Afphodelus luteus

24 After Chinenfis magno

flore albo

25 do. caeruleo

26 do. purpureo

27 do. minor albo

28 do. Conizoides

29 do. Jacobea foHo
*30 Atriplex buxifera
*3i do. odorato

*32 Balfamina fcemina flore
albo

33 do. incarnato

34 do. variegato

35 do. purpureo
■^6 do. albo pleno

37 do. incarnato pleno

38 do. incarnato variegato

pleno

39 do. purpureo pleno

40 do. purpureo variegato

pleno
4 [ do. Rofeo plena

42 do. tricoJore pleno

43 do. luteo, ieu noli me

tangcre

44 Bellis American. Coro-

nopi flore lutto

45 do. Cabo dc Bon cfpe-

rancc
A a 4 46 du.

The Gardener's New Director.

348

46 do. Majijs

47 Bidens Canadenfis la-
tifol. (lore luteo

♦48 Blataria flore albo
*49 do. luteo
^o Borago Cretica flore

variegato
^i do. major folio varie-
gato
*52 do. ma|or flore cteruleo
53 Bi'igloiTum majus fiore
albo
*54 Buphthalm. Papav.

fol. flore luteo
*^5 do. Tanaceti folio flo-
ra Uiteo
*i^6 do. albo

57 Beuplurum perfoliat.

58 Caliminta Montan.

59 Calendula flore ful-
phurino

60 Caltha vulgaris flore
pallido

61 do. Polya.Mthos maxima
*62 do. Prolifera

6^ Capno des Fumaria

64 Cdfduus Italicus fpi-
nofus Horrible

65 do. Mariae

66 do. minor flore lut.

67 Cai yophyllus Chinen-
fis flore pleno

68 Caryophyllata flore
luteo

^6g do. variegato

70 Cartamus flore croc.

71 CaucaL Monrndiac.

72 Cerinthe flore aibo

73 do. luteo

74 do. purpureo varie-
cato

75 do. rubro variegato

76 Chriianthemum flore
albo pleno

*77 do. luteo pleno

*78 do. fiftuloVa

*79 do. fuiphurin. pknq

80 Chamaepitys

81 Cicer album

82 do. rubrum

83 Clymenum Hifpani-
cum

84 Coluthea Arbor, ve~
fic. Barba Jovis fol.
flore rubro

85 Condnlla Cretica flore
roieo

86 do. flore luteo

87 do. Orientalis flore
rubro

88 do. Tingitana flore
luteo

*89 Conifa Argenteo

*90 do. Aureo

*gi Confolida Anglica flore
albo

*92 do. caeruleo

*93 do. variegato
94 do. incarnato

*95 do. incarnato varie-
gato

96 do. pallido

97 do. Reg. flore albo

98 do. pallido

99 do. CJEruleo
*ioo do. pallido varieg.

1 01 do. argenteo

102 do. caeruleo variegato

103 do. cinereo

104 do. incarnato

*105 do. interdum pleno
cseruleo

106 do.

The Gardeker's

1 06 do. incarnat.

107 Convolvulus auricu-
larus baconi

108 do. major flore pal-
lido

T09 do. rofeo
1 10 do. purpureo
1 I I Cotiila flora albo

1 12 do. luteo

1 1 3 Concurbita fru£li po-
mi forma

*i 14 Cucumis Afininus
*II5 Cyanus arvenfis di-
verfi color

1 16 do. flore albo

1 17 do. cseruleo

118 do, purpureo

119 do. orientalis flore
albo odorato

*I20 do. luteo odorato
121 do. Purpurea odo-
lato

do. fegetum flore
purpureo
1 22 Ervum verum
123 Ervum equinum mi-
nus
j5 1 24 do. majus

125 Foenum Graecum fa-
tivum

126 Flos Adonis flore ru-
bro

127 do. Africanus aureo
pleno -

*I28 do. fiftuiofa pleno
*129 do. luteo pleno

130 do. Indicus minor

131 do. Tunetanus vul-
garis

*i32 do. flore atro rubenie

133 do. luteo
*I34 do. varicgato

New DiRicTOR. 349

135 do. pleno

136 do. Piincipis flore

albo

137 do. caruleo
i<^B do. pailido

*i 39 do. Solis luteo
*140 do. pleno

141 do. femine albo

142 do. pleno

*I43 do. flore fulphureo

*I44 do. pleno

*I46 Galega flore albo

147 do. caeruleo
*i48 Garidella foliis tuni-
ciflime divifis

149 Geranium laiifolium

150 d'o. Mufcatum

151 do. femine nigro

152 Glaucium flore luteo

153 do. flore rubro

154 do. cairuleo.

155 Gramen AlopeQoi-

dei majus
*i^6 do, Tremulum majus
*I57 do. minus
*i59 Hallicaccin. fruiSlu

aureo

160 Hedifarum annuum

161 do, Clypeatum flore

albo
*i62 do, rubro

163 Hedipnoides flore

triplo

164 Hiera, Barbarum flo-

re albo
'*i6^ do, luteo medio ni-
gro

166 do. Montanum pc-

renne flore luteo

167 Hcfperus Montan.

altifolius
1 63 Hvpccoun

169 Hi-

3S^
69

;7o
71

72
73

74
75

76

77
78

79
;8o

,83
184

85
186

187
:88
[89

190

[91

[92

The Gardener

Hipericum flore lu-
teo

Horminum coma ru-
bra

Hy Tophus flore ru-
bro

Lathyrus Angufli fo-
lio flore rubro

do. albo et rubro va-
riegato

do, Hore luteo

do. Odorato flore al-
bo et rubro varie-
gato

do. purp. et rubro
variegato

do. Supinuus minus

do. Tingitanus

do. Vicia Tubterr.

Lavandula folio dif-
feao

Leucanthem. Ta-
naceti folio flore
majore

Lychnis perfoliata-
flore rubro

do. riirfuta minor
flore variegato

do. Miflipole flore
albo

do. cameo

do. purpureo

do. Scabiofa

do. Segetum

do. Orientalis flore
rubro

do. Saponaria flore
pleno

Linaria Augufti fo-
lio flore albo

do. flore albo et !a-
teo

s New Director.

193 do. casrul. et Icitco
J 94 do. luteo parva

195 do. perennis flore

purpureo

196 Linum Africanum

197 do. altilfimum

198 do. UmbiUcatum flo-

re albo

199 Lyfimachi Virginina
*200 Lotus frore atro ru-

bente folio varie-
gato

201 do. luteo

202 Lucojum annuum

flore rubro

203 do. flavo

204 do. arborefcens flore

albo
205. do. purpureo

206 do. rofeo

207 do. rubra

208 do. variegato
*209 do. folio glabro flore

albo
210 do flore lutea mixto
*2I2 do. perenne flore lu-
tea

214 do. vernum flore

purpureo

215 do. rubro

*2i6 Lupinus flore albo
*2I7 do. luteo odorato
*2i8 do. Indicus flore

cseruleo
*2I9 do. major incarnate

variegato
220 Lupinus minor femi-

ne pallido flore cse-

ruleo
*22i Lupinus majore cae-

ruieo variegato

222 do.

222
223

*224

*22 <

*226

*227

228

229
•230
*23I

232

*233
234

235
236

*237

238

239
240
241
242

243
244

245
246

247
2j8

249
230
251

252

The Gardener's

do. minor cseruleo
variegate

Marjorana Cretica
odorato

Malva Bcctica flore
albo

do. Rcfeo

do. incarnate

do. rubro

do. Orientalis ru-
bro

do. flore albo

do. folio crifpo

do. variegato

Matricaria folio crif-
po

do. flore pleno

Medica Cochialata
major

do. minor

do. hirfuta

do. maculata fapi-
nofa

do. Turbinaia

do. Orbiculata

do. Semine glabro

do, piano

Melilotus Italicus

do. flore violaceo

do. minor

Meagrum Monof-
paiuni

Milium Gambocci-
11 m

do. Soiis

Mirabiiis Peruvia-
niib flore albo ct
rul»ro

do. lutco et rubro

do. toto rubro

do. luteo

MuIfJuvic^i fiore all^o

New Director. 351

253 do. ccerulco
*254 do. Orientalis flore

violaceo
*255 Nardus Bohemica
flore albo
256 do. cfcruleo
*257 do. Orientalis flore

variegato
^258 Nafturtium Indi-
cum majus, flore
aureo
259 do. luteo
*26o do. minus flore aureo

261 do. flavo

262 Necanthemum flore

purpureo

263 Nicotiana latifolia

264 do. rotundo folio
*265 Nigella flore albo

pleno
*266 do. casruleo pleno

267 Ochrus lemine pullo

268 Ornithopodium mi-

nus
*269 Papaver flore albo
pleno

270 do. incarnate pleno

271 do. purpu/eo pleno
*272 do. incarnato flrato

pleno

273 do. rofeo flraito pleno

274 do. rubro flraito pleno

275 do. totum rubrum

276 do. albo major intcr-

terdum pleno

277 do. incarnato ftraito

pleno minor

278 do. Erraticum flore

albo
*279 do. diverfi-color flore

pleno
*28o do. Phccnicco

281 do.

352 The Gardener'

*28i do. atra rubente fim-
bria

♦282 do. Phasniceo fim-
briato

283 do. pallido

284 do. rofeo

, 285 Pelecinus Vulgaris

286 Perficaria Orientalis

287 Phafeolus Indicus

coccineo

288 do. nigro

289 do. minor fru£tu lu-

teo

290 do. pallido

291 Pomum Amoris

fruQ:u luteo ma-
jor

292 do. minor

293 do. rubro major

294 do. minor

*295 Ptarmica flore albo

pleno
♦296 do. purpureo pleno

297 Refeda flore albo

'There is noiv a?io-
ther of the Rofe-
dof viz.

298 Refeda Egyptiaca,

Floribus ex kiteo
viridibus odoratif-
fimis

295 Ricinus Americanus

299 Scabiofa Annus max-

ima

301 do. flore albido

302 do. prolitero

303 do. purpureo
do. variegato

304 Schandix major

305 Scorpioides Corni-

culis afperis

306 do. non afperis

s Kew Director.

307 do. filiqua crailii

308 Scholymus Ipinufus

flore luteo
*309 do. flore variegato

310 Sefamoides parvus

Matthioli

311 Specul. Venereum

flore albo

312 do. purpureo

313 Stachys agria platani

folio

314 Thlafpidium flore

pallido luteo

315 Thlafpi Creticun-*

flore albo

316 do. purpureo
3 1 7 do. violaceo

*'^i8 do, Monfpeliaco
319 do. luteo minor

*320 do. faxatile flore lu-
teo

*32i do. Virginiana albo
odorato

322 Tordilium Narbo-

nenfe

323 do. Syriacum

324 Trifolium Lagopi

folio

325 do. flore albo

326 Triticum A.merica-

num

327 Valeriana seftiva

328 do. Indica flore albo

329 do. rubro

330 Valerianeila Creti-

ca fruclu veficaris

331 do. Umbellata

332 Verbafciuia nigrun*

flore albo

333 do. flore luteo

334 Vicia Orientalis

335 ^''-

The Gardener's ISIew Director. 353
335 do. glabro amplo *339 Viola hortenfts tri-

candido

336 do. lativa

337 do. femine nigro

338 do. Silvtftris fruc-

tu rotundo

color

340 Vulneraria Penta-

phyllos

341 Urtica Romana.

Bloem-Zaaden, die't tiveede Jaar bloeijm, or feeds of bi-
ennial flowers which bloflbm the fecond year after
fowins-

342
343

*344

*345

346

347

348

*2A9
350

*35i
352

*353
354

353

*356

*357
*358

*359
361

Acarna Theophrafti

et Plinii
Afliragalus Alpinus

procerior alopecu-

roides
Aquilegia variegata
do. Virginiana
Bardana Arachoides
Bellevidere
Bulbonac flore albo
Bulbonac flore cee-

rulto
Capficum arboref-

ccns fruclu rubro
Caryophillis Barba-

tus flore variegato
Clenopodium Cana-

denfe
Carolina magno flore
Coluthea arboref-

cens veficaria flore

luteo
Digitalus flore albo
do. rofeo
do. rubro
do. purpureo
do. Virginiana
Geranium majus cgd-

ruleo
do. variegato

362

*364

♦365
366

367

*368
♦369

J/

*37i
*372
*373
*374

*37^
*376

*377
*37«

*379
♦380

*38i
382

Horminum Corni-

cerv. folio
Laburnum
Lathyrus perennis

major
do. minor
Leucojum Cerinthi

folio
Lychnis Coronaria

rubro
do. variegato
Malva hortenfls ro-

fea flore albo pleno
do. atro rubente ple-
. no

do. incarnato plcno
do. luteo plcno
do. variegato pleno
do. nigro pleno
do. purpureo pleno
do. rofeo pleno
do. rubro pleno
Malva Mexicana
Mexicans,
Moldavica America-
na perennis
Papavcr Indium p:.'-

renne
Plan ta go rofeo

Scabiofa perennis

' 383 Son'

The Gardener's New Director.

*387 do. minima flore

354

383 Sontalina incana o-

dorata

384 Tyntimalis Catapu-

tia
♦385 Valeriana Grasca

flore albo
*386 do. cseruleo

minima
caeruleo
388 Vicia Bengalenfis
*3^9 Viola Mariana flore

albo

*390 do. caeruleo

391 Vulneraria

BIoe7n Zaaderif or feeds of flowers whrcli mufi: be fown
upon hot-beds.

392
393

394
395

396
397

398

399
401

402
403

404
405

Abutilum Indicum
flore aurantio

Amaranthus trico-
lor luteo rubro et
viridi

do. rubro et viridi

do. Globofus flore
albo

do. purpureo

do. Chriftatus flore
albo

do. luteo

do. rubro

do. Conglomerato

do totum rubrum

Alcea Americana flo-
re aurantio

Bidens Indicus flore
auranrio

Canna Indica flore
luteo

406 do. rubro

407 Datura flore purpu-

reo odorato

408 Ficoides Chryftallina

409 Lacrymx Jobi

410 Malum infanum

fru9:u luteo

41 1 do. purpureo

412 Ocimum Nobiie

413 Piper Indicum ob-

longo fructu luteo

414 do. rubro

415 do. major fru6lu lu-

teo

416 do. rubro

41 7 do. minor fruftu lu-

teo

418 do. rubro

419 do. fru(5lu Cerafi

420 do. minore

421 do. Punctata.

An Explanation of the Authors Names, and Abbreviations
made Ufe of in the following Dutch Catalogue, of Flow-
ers, Eotanically explained.

Tournef. Inflitutions of Botany, by Jofeph Pitton
Tournefort, printed zt Paris 1716, ^tario.

C. B. Afper Bauchimis his Prodromus to his Theatre
Plants, printed at Bafl 167 1, ^arto.

a B. p.

The Gardener's New Director^ 355

C. B. P. Cafpar Bauchinus his Pinax to his Theatre
of Plants, printed at Bafil 1671, ^larto.

H. Cliff. HortuT Ciifcrtianus, or a Catalogue of the
Garden of Plants at Hartecbamp, belonging to Mr. George
Clifford of Amjierdam, ranged according to the new me-
thod of the Sexes of Plants, by Dr. Charles Linr.auft
Profeflbr of Botany at Upfal in Sweden, printed at Am-
fterdam in Fc/z's, i 736, with elegant Figures.

Boerh. Ind. An Index of the Plants growing in the
Phyfic Garden at Leyden, by Dr. Herman Boerboaven,
printed at L.eyden, 1719, in ^arto.

Lugd. A general Hiftory of Plants, by Dakchampt
printed at Lyons 1586, two Vols, in Folio.

J. B. An univerfal Hiftory of Plants, by John Bau-
chinus, in three Vols. Folio, printed at Embrun, 1650.

Injl. R. H. Ray's Hiftory of Plants, London printed
1704, in three Vols. Folio.

Hort. Lugd. Bat. Hortus Lugduni-Baiavsrum, or a
Catalogue of" rare Plants, which are growing in the
Phyfic Garden at Leydtn, printed in Oclavo at Leyden^

1695.

Tournef. Coroll. A Corollary to the inftitutions of
Botany, by Jofeph Pitton Tournefort, p.Mntcd at Paris
1703, ^iarto.

Boerh. Ind. alt. The fecond part of Boerhaave''s Index
of the Plants growing in the PhyHc Garden at J.eyden.

11. C. The Hortus Catholicus, i. e. the Univerfal
Garden, by Francifcus Cupani, printed at Naples i6g6,
^larto.

Mor. Hijl. An univerfal Iliflory of Plants, by /^iZ^irr
Mori/on, printed at Oxford 1699, in three Vols. Folio.

Tabern. Icons of Plants, by Tabernte-rnontanus, prin-
ted at Franc fort 1590, Folio.

Martin. Htji. John Martin ProfefTur of Botany in
Caivbridge, his Decades of rare Plants.

Germ. Emac. Gerard's Hiftory of Plants, improved
by Thomas Johnflon, printed at London 1633, Falio.

H. Evji. Hortus Eyfienttenfis, by Baftlius Brjkr,
printed at A^5rmZ<fr^ l6i8. Folio.

Hort. Cathar. I'he Horius Culbcrticus, printed at
Amjierdam, 1 69 5.

Morifon.

35^ ^rhe Gardener's New Director,

Morifon. Hijflcir. Ting. Morifon's Hiftory of Afri-
can Plants.

Hort. Amjl. The Hifiory of rare Plants, which are
growing in the Phyfic Garden at Amjlerdatrty by Cafpar
and Jobii Comeliness printed at A/fiJierdafn, in two Vols,
Folio, I 701.

HorL Elth. Hortus Elthamev.fiSi or a Defcription of
rare Plants which were growing in the Gardens at El-
tham-y as they are clafled by Dr. fohn Sanies Dillenius in
two Vols. Folioy with Figures, printed at London, 1732.

Rail Hiji. Ray\ Hiftory of Plants, printed at Lo7i-
don 1704, three Vols. Folio.

Chif. HiJl. Charles Clufius's Fliftory of rare Plants,
printed at Ant-werp 1605, Folio.

H. R. P. A Catalogue of the Plants growing in the
Royal Gardens at Paris, printed at Paris 1665, Folio.

Park. Theat. Bot. The Theatre of Plants by John
Parhinjon, printed at London 1640, Folio.

Pluck. Pbyt. Plucknet^s Phytographia, i. e. a Deline-
ation of Plants, printed zX London 1692, Folio.

Bocconi rar. Plant. Figures and Defcriptions of rare
Plants, obferved by Paul Bocconi in Sicily, and printed at
Oxford, 16"] 4., in ^larto. ■

The J.ifl of Annuals, i^c. with their Botanical and Eng-
lifh Names, as alfo the Culture of each Plant, with Fi-
gures of Reference to the Dutch Catalogue. ,

1 ft, jBiitilongroffilaria folio flore rubra ; the proper name
"^ of this plant is, Malva Caroliniana repens Groffularia
folio ; it requires a gentle hot-bed in the fpring, and when
the plants are three inches high, they fnould be tranf-
planted into the flower borders, and fhaded until they
take root, and planted into a warm fituation, where
they will flower, and perfed their feed : Thofe plants
with the Altheas or Mcillovjs make a fine appearance,
flow ering moft of the fummer months, and make a good

fhcw

The Gardener's New Director. 357

fhow in the flower-garden ; they require a rich fandy
foil, and (hould have the fame culture with the Mallows,
which I mention here to avoid repetition.

2d, Aretofii Vrficaria, is a fpecies oi ,\\\e Sorrel, the
culture of whicli every gardener is acquainted with.

3d, Agerati::.'! J'Jio ferruto.

The right name of this plant is, Ageratum foliis fer-
rntis, C. B. the Common Maudli7ie. This is propagated
in gardens for medicinal ufe; it requires a light undung-
ed foil, and is increafed by parting its roots in fummer :
But I am of opinion, there is another fort of this plant
which is marked in the Dutch Catalogues, Ageratum
Alpimitn foliis ferratis glabris flore purpurefcente: Purple
flowered Alpine Ageratum, with fmooth leaves, ferrated
upon the outer edges of the leaves. Tliis- is a very har-
dy plant, being a native of the Alps, and mud have a
itrong foil in a fliadv fituation; it creeps upon the ground,
and 1 have ufed it for edgings in the wildernels; it in-
creafes by feeds, and by dividing its roots in Auguji.

4th, Agritnonia Mexiaina. This I take to be the Eupa-
torium Peruviavum folio fubrotundo, trinervi et acuta, flare
cariileo, Vaille-tncm^iret d\icad. d^'s fciences. Peruvian
Hefnp, Agrimony, with a trinervous iharp pointed leaf,
and blue flowers.

This is a hardv plant, but mufl: have a fandy foil, and
if raifed on a moderate hot bed, it will come the fafter
on; if planted in pots, and under any common hot-bed
frame.

5th, 6th and 7th, are already treated of, under the
article Ahttilon, No. i.

8th, Amaranthus maxima ere^la, or Tree Anuranth.

9th, Amaranthus fparfa, is the Amaranthus maxima,
panicula, longa, pcndula, femine rubello, or l^ovc lies
0 bleeding.

1 0th, Amaranthus fpicis viridibus, ov Amaranth with a
red fpik", and green tips upon the flower petals.

Thefe three forts I have feen railed and flowered pret-
ty well in the open ground, but they are much better,
to be raifed on hot beds. Wherefore I rtiall here ire<it
of all the Amaranthufes mentioned in the catalogue, un-
der numbers 393, 394, 395, 396, 397,398,399,40!,
402, and inform mv readers of their management, by

B b which

35^ The Gardener's New Director.

which I obtained thefe beautiful flowers to their greateli
perfe£lion of bloom.

Having provided myfelf vi'ith good feeds from abroad,
I fowed them upon a hot-bed of horfe-dung the end of
February I and in frofly nights covered them with mats
laid over the glalTes; I alfo fowed them very thin, that
■when I had occafion to tranfplant them, (which miiO: be
done) I lifted them w^ith good balls of earth to preferve
their roots.

If the hot-bed is in good proportion of heat, thofe
plants will appear above ground in a fortnight's time,
when you (hould prepare another hot-bed near the feed-
bed ; that, in tranfplanting, the plants may not fufier by-
being carried too tar when they are young, and their
roots tender: When this laft bed is in a right tempera-
ture of heat, lift the Amaranths from their feed-bed with
a trov/el, and with as much earth as you can ; cover
this nurfery-bed with fix inches of good, rich, frefli
earth, where they are to be planted in rows, five inches
afunder every way, and water them with a fmall bottle,
.and a few flraws upon its mouth, whereby the water will
drop and not gufh out ; and this method is better than to
ufe a watering-pot, by which thefe very young plants are
fometimes beat dov/n, when they rot and dije. 1 took
care to (hade them in the heat of the day, by laying
mats over the glafles, until I perceived the plants to
have flruck frefh root; and in warm weather, I lifted up
the glalTes to give them air, and thefe I turned infide
out, to dry the fleam which might be colledcd upon
them from the fermentation of the dung, for iliould it
fall upon the young plants, it would be very prejudicial
to tliem. Cover the glaffes in the night, to prevent the
cold injuring them : In three weeks thefe plants will grow
large and near meet, and then I would advife planting
each in a two-penny pot, and in a hot-bed of tanners
bark, or in a glafs-cafe made for the purpofe of raifmg
tender annuals. I chofe to fow thefe plants on dung in
preference to tan, on account of laying the earth over
tiie dung, which I could not do on tan, and they fpring
better in earth laid on dung, than in pots funk in tan.

Dire^iom

The Gardener's New Director. 359

Dire^ions for the Conjiru^ion of a double glazed Frame, for
the raifing of tender Plants, and the Manner of preparing
the Bark Bed kept in it ; of ivbicb an engraved Reprefen-
tation is given, for the readier Conception of its Form.

ABOUT the middle of March you are to provide
yourfelf with tan, which mud: be fird laid in an
lieap to drain; as it would not ferment or heat fo well,
or fo equally as it would, when fome ot the moifture is
drained off; and for this purpofe I would make choice
of the middling ground bark, as the heat of the largefl
is too violent, and that of the fmalleft evaporates too foon
for the purpofe of raifing Annuals. As foon as you per-
ceive the bark to begin to heat, lay it in your pit, which,
in wet ground, fbould be half a foot below the furtace
of the earth, and in dry ground two; the pit being firll:
inclofed with bri<:k, and paved at bottom, to prevent
the earth from mixing with the tan : The breadth of
t], is bed fliould not exceed fix feet; the length as you
pleafe, but not lefs than twenty. The frame I ufed for
this purpofe, was of the following dimenfions.

Upon the wall, which is to be one foot above the fur-
face, you {houM raife a fquare wooden frame, four feet in .
height. In this fquare frame fafhes are to be placed in
manner of window lights, which occafionally move up
and down; over thefe other fafhss are to Aide in grooves
from front to rere, meeting in the centre at top, running
under a board which projects on each fide, to carry the
rain on the glafs, to prevent its del'cending where the
fafhes meet; this board comes from the piece of timber
that divides the flopes to the fouth from thofe to the
north. The occafion of having (loping as well as upright
fafhes to the north is, t.hat in Summer the frame migh:
have all the air poflible (when the li^ht may be Xi-.^n a-
u'ay) and in winter, the cold by them would be fufficiently
excluded, to protect fuch plants as required no more thap

B b 2 com-

360 The Garde^ier's New Di^ectok.

common flielter from frofi:, which, when it became (c-
vere, I fet my flue to work, which I had conftrufted
in the wall of the north fide, and in order to encreafe
the warmth, had fhutters for the upright fafli-es, and
others that moved in grooves to cover the floping
lights, which were alfo of ufe in ftormy weather; when
I had occafion to ufe the flue, I did not encreafe the
heat more than to raife the Botanical Thermometer to near
temperate, and even at the difl;ance of ten degrees below
it, I found it fufficient to expel almofl: any froft.

The eaft and weft ends of this houfe are alfo to be
glazed, and at the eaft end I erected a fmall fhed, to
inclofe the fire place of the flue, and the door of en-
trance. This glafs-cafe was very convenient ; for, in
fummer, I raifed many Annuals (which by mifmanage-
ment, are dwarfs in our climate) to a great fi/.e; and in
winter it was a refervoir to my tender plants.

But to return to the culture of the Aniaranthus. As
fcon as I had planted them in their pots, I funk them
up to their rims in the tan ; which if but of a moderate
heat, I covered the llope-glafles of the cafe with mats, un-
til I perceived the Amarantbnfes had taken new root, when
I opened both the front and flope-glaiTes to admit air in
the day, in mild weather : By the beginning of July, I
had them fix or feven feet high, with ftrong ftems, and
preparing to flower ; then I removed them to the green-
houfe, placing them as near the front windows as I could,
watering them all over, and in ten days fet them out,
when I faw an appearance of rain, and near a hedge,
where they might be protected for eight d-ays from the
violence of the fun, and afterwards gave them a warm
and calm fituation, where they flowered, and ripened
their feed to great perfedion; which I took care to
gather from the flowers, at the top of the fpike or
rtalk, but not from thofe on the collateral branches.
The foil I ufed for them was good, rich, light earth;
and as thefe plants are very free in perfpiring, I took
care to give them a good (hare of water in dry wea-
ther, which made them grow ftrong and flower well.

The

/

.u,

fteA-^^vr^^^ & % 0/^/4/ "''^

• iS^\d It mt>l,~Su~ jAaT^. f^^u ir^-J If lo^ /fny

\f"[i/

\. L I. 1

/•■■"■'

<J

.■■/"'

The Gardener's New Director. 361

The fame culture will ferve the two forts of Amarixn-
ioides, or GIol>e Amor ant bus, or EiyerUifling Flovjers, both
which are great beauties: They are named Everlajling
Flo-wers, from their holding their beauty many years,
v\ hen gathered in lull bloom.

The purple kind has been an inhabitant of England
for many years; the white kind is more rare, and vaftly
beautiful, and they will bloffom in a good (love until
'Ja7iuary.

11. A?iagallis, or Pinipernel, of which there are three
forts: Anagallis flare albo, C. B. P. white flowered Pim-
fernel.

12. Anagallis flore Pbcsnic^o, C. B. P. Pimpernel, with
red flowers.

13. Anagallis flore caruleo, C. B. P. Piinpernel, with
blue blowers.

Thefe grow in cultivated places in the corn-fields ;
but the beft: forts require to be fown in the fpring, on
a bed of light earth, and to be kept clear from weeds,
and well watered, where they will make a good appear-
ance.

14. Antirrhinum arvenfe flore albo. Snapdragon, or
frog^s Moutb ; of which there are the following fpecies
in the Dutch catalogues of flower- feeds.

15. Do. Flore ruhro.

The firft fort is the Antirrhinum medium fl.'-'re albo pa-
ttih. virid. Lujitan, or Mi tklle Snapdragon, with a white
fpreading flower.

The fecond is the Antirrhinum majus fexatile, flore
minore purpuraflente, foliis angufliflimis, Bar. Icon. Great
Rock Snapdragon, wjth very fmull leaves, and a purple
flower.

1 6. Majus percnncs flore albo,
1 7. Do. flore rubra.

18. Do. variegatg.

The fitfl:, Antirrhinum Iqti folium flore albo, riflu
liitca, Boerh. the broad-leaved white flowering Snapdra-
gon.

The fecond. Antirrhinum latifolium flore ruhro, ri^a
iuteoi the broad-leaved Snapdragon^ with red flowers.

B b 3 And

362 The Gardener's New Uirector.

And the third, Ant'trrhinim litiaria angujii folio ele-
ganter variegato, flcre rubra, ri^u luteo, Ihiped Stmp-
dragon.

Thefe plants (hould be fovvn in April or May, in an
iindunged fandy foil; for if they arc fown in rich l-.nd,
they will neither flower nor prcfper: In OSlober follow-
ing, I cut down their ftems (efpeciaiiy thofe wjiich at-
tempt to ftowcr the firft year) within three inches of the
ground, whereby their roots will be flrengthencd ; and
the beginning of April following, I tranfplanted them
into the fame fort of foil, to remain there for flowering:
If they are tranfplanted into pots, I choofe to perform
this work the fecond year after fowing ; and when they
had done blowing, took cfFthe ofF-fets from the mother
plants in April, but always from their befl flowers; then
planted them in the pots in a lean fandy foil, mixed with
fome lime rubbifb, which had lain a year incorporating
with the earth before ufing it; by which means I have
prefcrved thefe plants in vigour for feveral years, and
have had them to ripen their feeds very well with me,
from which I have raifed many fine feminal varieties.

19. AgremonaSpitwfay ox Agremona Mexieana, Tournef.
or the Prickly Poppy. This is an annual plant, which
ihould be fown in March, and in May tranfplanted into
the borders of the fiower-garden, where it will thrive
and perfefl: its feeds fo well, that thofe feeds fcattered on
the borders will appear foon in the fprmg, and produce
their flowers annually.

20. Alarina Lohellii is the Afarini Lobelti Lugdun. 9 1 5.
P. 171. Hedera fexatilis magnofiore, B. P. 306. Aiitirr-
hinum folii.' oppofitis cordatis crenatis, H. Cliff. 325. Reck
Alebooj:

ITiis plant requires the fame culture with the Snap-
dragon or Antirrhinums; they grow beft in a fandy, or
rather a floney foil; for if they are planted in a rich
dunged foil, they never flower fo well, and very often
rot in winter ; wherefore I would advife to pl:mt them
in court-yards, near walls, and upon a fandy or rocky
foil, where they will make a handfome appearance in
moil of the fummer months.

21. Aftra-

The Gardener's New Director. 363

2r. AJlragalns viaritmus is the Ajlragalus annuus mart-

timuSi procumbens, latifolius, fioribus pediculo inJuUntibus,

Tournrf. Annual Trailing Milk-Vetch with broad leaves,

and the flowers filting on pedicles.

22. Do. Sttllatus is the J/lragnluf annuus, procumbensy
f.oribus ghmeratis purpureist Boerh. Ind. Annual Trailing

Milk-Vetchy with purple flowers growing in clufters.

Both thefe forts fhould be fown in light kefii earth in
March, and duly watered ; and if they are too thick
fow^n, they ought to be fo thinned, as to be two feet
diftance plant from plant, and kept cle.ir from weeds;
(hey flower in June and July, and their leed-s ripen in
AuguJI.

23. Afphodelus lutcus is the Afpbodelus lutfui et Jlore et
'aclice, C. B. TnUo'ju AJphccicI, or King's Spear. Thefe
plants are propagated by feed, which flioulJ be fown
fqon after they are ripe, three- inches deep, upon a light,
frefh, fandy foil, in a warm border, in AuguJI or Sep-
tember, which is the bed feafon, and I would choofe to
perform this work in this manner : Make a bed four feet
broad, and as long as you pleafe; then fow your feed,
thrufting them one inch deep with your finger below the
furface of the bed, and afterwards cover them with one
inch more of the fame earth; in the fpring thefe plants
■will appear, when they muft have an inch more of ^e(h
earth laid upon them, which will greatly flrengthen their
young rools ; they muft be kept clear from weeds, and
watered in dry weather: In OBober, a new cover of two
inches of the fame earth muft be put upon them : The
beginning of March following, i planted them out into
borders, where they are to remain and flower ; they are
alfo propagated by dividing their roots in autumn, once
in three years, but not oftner; and obferve to let fix:
inches of earth be above the root when it is planted, and
at twelve inches diftancc root from root ; Thofe roots,
which you intend to propagate by oflF-fcts, (hould have
their ftalks cut down fo foon as their flowers fade ; the
ripening of their feeds waftes the roots, and hinders them
to off-fet. Some perfons advifc to tranfpbnt them the
firft year after fowin|;, but that is a pradice I would not
recommend, as they have not ftrength to flower the fe-

13 b 4 cond

364 'i'he Gardener's New Director.
cond year; and fhould that work be performed at Adi-
chaelmas, it is doubted if thefe young plants would out-
live a fevere winter,

24. JJler Chincnfis magna, Flore cceruJeo.

25. flore alho magno.

* 6 . ■ jlo re p urp ureo.

07. minor f.cre albo.

But their botanical names are, Af^er annuus caule villofoi
put purafcente Eryngii fol'to, fiore maxima purpurea, pul-
chcrrimo, Jefnine violaceo, Kian-fita, Sitteiifts JcffieUi H. R.
P. Annual Star-wort from China, with purple hairy-
llaiks, eryngo leaves, and a beautiful large purple flower,
and violct-coloureil feed. There are alfo fome of them
with blue, large white, and fmall whitifli coloured flow-
ers ; and one kind, the feed of which I had lately fent
me, whofe flower leaves are white, and mofl elegantly
flriped with a bright fcarlet colour.

Thefe are all vaft pretty ornaments to the flower-gar-
den in autumn; they fhould be fown upon a rich fandy
border in the middle of March, and when they are two
inches high, {iiould be tranlplanted into a nurfery-bed of
the fame foil, and be well watered and fhaded from the
rays of the fun, until you perceive them to be taking
new root: Some of the ftrongefl may be lifted and
planted in pots, filled with the fame foil, to adorn court-
yards and parlours, where they will make a mofl hand-
fome appearance: They flower in Augujl, Septetrber and
OSiober, and fome of them ripen their feeds. I have rai-
fed many feminal varieties, befides thofe mentioned in
the Dw/i'^ catlogues, from feed of my own faving; to
]irocure which, I ufed two methods: In J«/t, 1 iov/ed
lome of their feed in pots, and during the winter, gave
them fhelter, either in tht- green-houfe, or under a fiame,
to keep them from the froft, which would entirely ruin
ihem: By tliis metliod, my plants were ftrong, fit to
plant out in April, and flowered in May and June;
arid I had from thefe plants as fine ripe feed in Sep-
trmler, as any which came from abroad ; from which,
r.iuio 1749, I'raifed many extraordinary beautiful, femi-
n.il varieties of pink, deep carnation, blue, white, and
] urple colours, and one in particular with a flriped blue

and

The Gardenlr's New Direct or. 365

and white flower. Some of thel'e feeds I fowed in Fe-
bruary ^ upon a moderate hot-bed, which puthed ihera
forward ; thefe I planted out early in the month of Jlpril,
and had the fame fuccefs with them; as I had with thofe
which I fowed in autumn : At which feafon I would re-
commend the lowing of all fucli flower-feeds, when
there is (belter to prcferve them in winter.
We are now come to the double purple fort.

28. ylfier Conizoides.

29. 'Jdcobea folio.

Thefe are the two forts of Annual AftcrifcuSy or Tcl-
lovj Starwcrts, at leafl, if any flower can be fo named :
They mufl: be fown early in the fpring, on a warm open
border; It is needlefs to tranfplant them ; for it is better
to allow them to remain where they are fown ; by v.hich
means, they will flower fooner, and of confequence feed
better than if they were tranfplanted.

30. Atripkx baccifera is the Chenopodio-morus minor,
Boerb. hid. Smaller Mulberry Blight, or Berry Bearing
Orach.

3r. Odorato is the Chenopodio-morus major^ Boerh. Ind.
Greater Mulberry B light t or Straxvberry Spinage; but
why it is in the Dutch catalogue named Odorato, is what
I cannot comprehend, becaufe really this plant has but a
very faint fmell, if any.

The uncommon and beautiful appearance of the flow-
ers and feed-veffels of thefe two laft named plants, makes
them deferve a place in every good garden. That they
might bloflbm and feed early, I ufed the following
culture: About the middle of February, 1 fowed them
upon a hot-bed, whofe greateft heat was over; and
as foon as they came up, gave them air in good wea-
ther, by taking off the glalTes, that they might not
be drawn too much, obferving alfo to water them
when occafion required : Towards the middle of April,
I tranfplanted them into a bed of rich ground, eight
inches diflance, plant from plant, lifting them with as
much earth out of the hot-bed as I could, that their
tender roots might not be injured by iranfpl'antlng:
This work 1 performed in an evening, and watered them
with a bottle between their roots, rather than with a

garden.

366 The Gardener's New Director.

garden-pot, which is too violent for moft young plants. I
covered their bed with mats fuftained by arches of hoops,
until I perceiv-ed they had taken new roots; and in
about fix weeks after, I thinned them if too thick:
When they began to grow tall and fpire up for flower,
1 fet down iron-wires clofe by their ftems, to which I
tied them, by Avhich means they made a more beautiful
appearance than if they had trailed upon the ground.
They flowered in June and July* and many of their feeds
were ripe by the beginning of Augujl, which when I
perceived, and that their feeds were falling uppn the
ground, 1 flirred the furface of the bed with my hand
to cover them ; and in about fix weeks after, I had a
plentiful crop of young feedlings, which, about the be-
ginning of Oc'^ober, I tranfplanted ir^to large pots, and
put them under hot-bed frames to fave them trom the
feverities of the winter, by which management I had a
great many plants early in the fpring to plant out.

I ufed alfo to plant pots full of them, to Sower in
chambers, and in the green-houfe in the fummer, with
Bal famines, Amaranthi, Tnherofes, l£c.

The 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, -i^Oy 40, 41 and
42, are all feminal varieties of the Baljamina fcemina.
Female Ealfam, or BaJ jam Apple. All thofe feeds mufl: be
fovvn on a moderate hot-bed early in the fpring, obferv-
ing to give them much air, that they may not be drawn
flender and long by too much heat. So foon as they rife
to eight inches, lift them with a good ball of earth, and
ptit three of thofe plants into a three halfpenny pot;
but to have them in the greateft perfection, obferve
thefe few following rules.

I mo. As to the four firft forts mentioned in t\\t Dutch
catalogues, 'Siz.. Balfamina fcemin:j fiore albo. do. incar^
ratOi do. z-ariegato. do. purpurea. I did not chufe to pur-
chafe their feeds, as they are but fmgle flowers, and few
double blofioms are to he expeded from them ; and as
•we have the feeds of the double flowers fpecified in the
fame catalogue, I thought it more proper to purchafe
thofe, from which I might expect a fine blow.

2do. In lifting tlvofe plants from their hot-bed, I ob-
ferved to not thofe only which had fpotted ftems, from

which

The Gardener's New Director, 367

which I always obtained variegated flowers, having, as
I faid before, tranfplanted them into pots filled with rich,
light, frefh earth. I watered thern well, to fettla the
earth about them, and fttt them in to my glafs-cafe, for
forcing of A'?nw// (which I have already dcfcribed.) I fet
their pots but half-way in the tan-bark, icH: too great a
heat might injure their tender roots; but the great
fermentation of the bark once over, I funk the pots
to their brims, oblcrving at the fame time to water
and fhade them well, until I obferved that they had
ftruck new roof; in fix weeks after, they were fome
three, fome four feet high, when I removed them from
this glafs-cafe, and put them into the green-houfe, where
they bloflomed mofl beautifully, obferving to tie their
ftems to long fmall reeds, to keep them from falling,
breaking, or wind -waving.

5tio. As Toon as they began to expand their blofToms,
I obferved to pinch off all fuch as had but one colour,
preferving thofe that were variegated, by which means
I had always good feeds from my own plants, from
which I raifed numbers of vail: fine flowers every year,
preferving none but the mod beautiful.

43. Balfamina fcevnna^ feu Noli me tangere ', this may
be fown in March, in a bed of light earth, and may re-
main where it is fown, but be fure to keep it clear from
weeds : It is preferved only by the curious, for the di-
vcrfion it affords to perfons who handle its feed veffels
when ripe, which burfl-with uncommon elafticity upon
the leaft touch, as mofl kinds of this flower do ; where-
fore great care fhould always be had in gathering the
feeds of their befl forts.

44. Bellis Americana Coronopi flore luteo.

The Latin word Bellis, though improperly given to
this plant in the Dutch catalogues, induces me to treat
of the garden kinds of Bellii^s or Daizies which I had
forgot. They are very handfome, and make a very fine
appearance, either when they are planted in clumps, or in
edgings to horJcrs in a fhady fituation ; and there are fix
or feven forts of them which defervc our regard.

The/

368' The Gardener's New Director,

They delight in a good ha'z,ely loamy earth not tiung-
ed, and muii be tranfplanted, and their roots muft be
parted every year tlic beginning of March, which is the
bell: method to prevent their degenerating, or flyiitg off
into the flower of the wild Daizy or Goivan; they prof-
per bed in a fhady fituation, but not under the drops of
trees. But we return to defcribe,

45. Bellis Cabo de hon Efperance.

4-6. — Majus.

The firrt of thefe is the Chamamelum Lufitanicum lati-
foliitm, five Corotjopi folio Breyniij or Broadejl Leined Por-
tugal Chamomile. This is a hardy plant; its feed fhould
be fown in the beginning of Martb, on a bed of rich
light earth, keeping the ground clear from weeds, and
giving frequent waterings; when they are two inches
high, tranfplant them into beds at ten inches diftance ;
and when they are four inches high, they Ihould be then
tranfplanted into large borders, where they are to blof-
ibm, fhading them from the fun, and watering them,
until they have taken root, where their flowers wii!,
•with others, make a very beautiful appearance.

45th, Leucanthemum Lufttanicum folio argenteo laciniato.
hift. R. H. Portugal Ox-eye Daizyy with a filver-jagged
leaf. This plant requires the fame culture with the for-
mer, and fome of them may be planted in pots, to adorn
rooms, where their fhining leaves will make a very good
appearance.

46th, Chameemelum fatidum, C. B. Slinking Chamomile ^
or May-tveed: This requires the fame culture, but fliould
not be tranfplanted ; but if fown t,oo thick, fhould be
thinned, and the ground afterwards fmoothed over with
the hand; they require often watering, which will much
promote their growth.

47th, Bidens Cunadenfu latifolia fiore luteo To^trnrf,
Broad-leaved Canada Hemp-Agrimony, with a yellow flow-
er; this being a native of Canada, mufl: be raifed on a
hot-bed early in the fpring, in order to have it perfed
its feed in Britain ; they may alfo be planted into pots,
to adorn court-yards or parlours; they agree bell with a
light foil.

"4SLth, Blaitaria alba, J. B. the ¥/bite MuUeine.

49th,

The Gardener's New Director. 369

49tii, Elattaria lutea,C.B. \he yellaw Moth Alulleitie:
1 fowed them in July on a dry rubbifli foil, and in win-
ter, in fevere tVofts, I covered them with pcafe hauhn ; in
the fprino; I tranlplanted them into the lame fort of foil,
wherein they flowered and feeded very well, and much
{Irongcr than thofe plants which were fown in the Tpring.

There is another fort of this plant, c:illed Bkttaria
flore yJeo, Boerb. hid. or Rofe Co/cured Moth Muileinf.
Tliis is preferable to any of the two former forts ; it re-
quires much the fame culture (with this difierence) that
1 foued it in pots, which I put under a hot-bed frame,
to prefcrve it from the feverities of the winter: In the
fpring following, I tranfplanted it into a dry gravelly foil,
where it profpered well for feveral years.

50. Borago Crettca flore variegato is the Boraoo flore
pallefcente, rofeo, out fuave-riibentet Tcurnrf. The Bo-
rage, with pale or rofe-coloured flov/ers.

51. Borago foliis 'varicgatis, Hort. Lugd. Bot. The
ftriped leaved Borage.

52. Borago major flore caridco, J. B. Borage with
large blue flowers ; they fhould be fown in March, in a
poor dry foil, wherein they will flower and feed hefl.

53. Biigloffiun an gufli folium majus flare alto, C. B. P.
Greater Narroiv-leaveJ Buglofs, with a white flcv.er ;
thefe plants fhould be fown in March, in a fhady place
in the wildernefs quarter, where they will flower and
perfeQ^ tl-.eir feeds.

54. Bupbthalmum papavsris folioy d:c. is the Bvpbtbal-
mum tanaceti folio orientole flore luteo amplifpnto, Tournef.
the Eof.ern Ox- eye with large yellow flowers.

55. Buphthalmum tanaceti minoris folio ircano, flore fu!-
pburco ainplifflmo, Boerh. Itid. alt. Ox-eye with hoary
leaves, and a large fulphur-coloured flovv'er.

56. Buphthalmum orient ale tanaceti minor is folio, flore
alio amplifpmo, Tournef. Cor, Eaflcrn Ox-rye with large
white flowers.

All thefe flowers fliould be fown in March on a light
undungcd foil, and in May be tranfplanted into the flow-
er-borders, or into pots, to adorn chimneys ; they flow-
er in July, and perfect their feeds early in September. T
have alfo fowed them upon a moderate hot- bed \n March
with great fuccefs.

370 The Gardener's New Director.

57. Bitpleurum perfoliatiwi hnglfolium anniiumi 'Tour-
nef. Anmial long-leaved perjoliated Hare's Ear ; this thri ves
befl: in a good garden foilj and is to be fown in March.

58. Calaminta magno floret C. B. Calamint with large
flowers; to be Town early in Spring, on a light dry foil,
wherein they flower and feed well.

;;9. Calendula flore Julphurino, is the Caltha -vulgarit
f.ore CitrinOi C. B. the Common Mary gold. This plant
K improperly named Calendula, in the catalogue, for that
name is only applicable to i\\Q African Marygold, whereas
the moft proper name of this plant is Calthat notwith-
ilanding Doctor Li7in<eus clalTes the Calendula^ amongft
the Caltha's.

60. Caltha vidgarlsflorey pallida, C. B. the Pale colour-
ed Mary gold.

61. Caltha polyanthos maxima, C. B. the Largejl double
Tvhirygold.

62. Caltha media, folio longo prolifera, Boerh. Ind. the
Cbildin^ Mary gold.

All thcfe plants fliould be fown in beds or borders of
common earth in March, the two firft forts are pot-
herbs, and, if permitftd to ftand, will, by the dropping
of their feeds, few themfelves.

The feeds of the two laft mejitioned fhould be care-
fullv gathered, and the plants tranfplanted into places
where they arc to remain and blolTom. This operation
ihould be performed, when the plants are three inches
high, and when there is an appearance of rain ; but it
will be proper to exchange thefe feed with a neighbour
or nurferyman, once every two years, otherwife they
are apt to degenerate.

63. Capnoides, Tournef. Podded Fumitory. This is a
very pretty Annual ; to be fown in March, and when the
plants Are young, they may be tranfplanted into pots or
the borders of the iflower-garden, where, if they are
allowed to flied their feeds, they will give abundance of
plants the enfuing fummer.

64. Cardiius Italicus fpinis horrihilibus, J. D, Great
t horned Italian Tbiflle.

65. Carduus humilis alatus,five Carduus anninis Maria,
folio liturii nigris notato, H. Catbart. Dwarf Annual
'Lady's Thiflle, with dark fpotted leaves.

66. Car-

The Gardener's New Director. 371

66. Carduus viimr jiore lutco, C. B. Leffer 2'eilow

All thefe plants l"hould be fown in a dry poor foil in
the rpring, but l"hould not t)e tranrplanteJ. They per-
fect their feeds very well in Britain.

67. Caryo^hillata flore hiteoy is the Caryophillata tnonfa-
naj fiore magna luteo, % B. Mountain Avcns with great
yellow flowers.

Thefe plants may be fown In March, fliould be tranf-
planted into moid fhady borders, and may be increafed
by p.ii ting their roots in the ipring, vhen tliey will make
a fine nppearance in a wildernefs, without f:ny culture,
but keeping them clear from weeds.

68. Curyopbillus Sinenfu fupinus Leucoii folio, jiore ple-
na, Boerb. Ind. alt. the Double China Pink.

69. Csryapbillus Sincvfts fupinus. LeucoifoUo florc z-a-
rio, Tcurnef. the variegated China or Indian Pink.

Thefe plants from feeds afford a charming variety of
very rich colours, fro"m whofe flowers only the feeds are
to be gathered, for they are very fubjefl to degenerate,
and they have this particularity in them, that from the
feed of the double flowers come always double flowefs,
but the feeds favcd from fmgle flowers i'eldom produce
double flowers.

I always fowed the feed in yiZ/ir/'/on a moderate Iiot-
bed to haften their vegetating; and after they had arriv-
ed two inches high, planted them out, (having tirii,
whitiL HI the hot-bed, inured them to the air) into a
nurfery-bed; fo foon as I perceived them fpring up to
flower, I cut them all ofi^, never fuffering them to flower
the fiifl: year, for thereby their roots are much injured;
they endure the cold very well in winter ; and the fuc-
ceeding fcafon I allowed them to flower at plealuie: Of
the fine forts, fo ioon as they appeared, I took ofl^ the
off-fets and planted them in the borders of the flower-
garden, wjiilfl I kept their mother roots in the nurfery-
bed to give me feed. Nor did I allow thefe young plants
to flower the firft year after tranfplanling, but nipped
all their flower-buds ofl\ With thir. management I had
very fine flowers tor many year;> togc-iiier.

70. Cartbamus officiiiarum Jiore croceOy'Tournef. Baflard
Saffron or Saf-fiovjcr ; this plant delights in u good rich

foil,

372 The Gardener's New Director.
foil, and when they are two inches high, lliould be tranf-
planted ; or if they are fown too thick, they fhould be
thinned, for their branches fpread much, by which
means their feeds do not ripen fo welh They make ufe
of this plant In Germany for dyers, and fow them in the
open fields.

7 I . Caucalis Monfpejfiiiinu^, Tciirnef. or Baflard ParJJey
o{ Montpellier ; this plant grows well in rich garden
ground, and fhould be fown in March: It is no great
beauty, and is no otherwlfe to be regarded than as it
ma'kes a variety in your colle£lions. It leeds well in
Britain.

72. Cerintbe qu'.rundam 7?utjor, flore albefcente, "J. B.
the Large Honcyivort with whitilh flowers.

73. Cerintbe quonindam majors flore flavoj folio, fpinofoy
J. B. the Large Honeywort with prickly leaves and a
yellow flower.

74. Cerintbe fiore "jerficohre ex alho et piirpureot Boerh.
Ind. alter, the Honeyivort with purple and white party-
coloured flowers.

75. Cerintbe fiore •vcrfcolore ex albo et rii^ro, Boer. Ind.
alter, the Honeyivort with party-coloured flowers of red
and white.

The feed of all thcfe plants (hould be fown in autumn
after they are ripe, for if they are kept until the fpring
they fometirnes do not germinate ; they are to be fown
on a warm border by a wall, and they will withfl:and the
winter feverities without covering; in the fpring, in
moifl: weather, they may be tranfplanted into the borders
of the flower-garden ; where they will make a pretty
vacietv; and if they are there allowed to fhed their
feed, you will have plenty of plants the enfuing fummer.

76. Chryfantbemum matricaria folio fiore alho pleno, H.
C. the Double Wbiie Corn Mary gold.

77. Cbryfanthemum matricaria folio, fiore hiteo pleno,
Boerh. Ind. ih^ Double Tellow Corn Marygold.

78. CbryfantheTnum Cretiawi, petalis florum fifiulofis,
Tournef. the ^tilled Corned Mary go Id.

79. Chryfantbemum matricaria folio, fiore pleno fulplm-
rino, Boerh. Ind. ihQ Double Sulphur-coloured Mary gold.

I always fowed thofe plants upon a moderate hot-bed.
In order to have them early; and when two inches

high.

The Gardener's New Director. 373

■high, I tranfplantcd them into a nurfery-bed, where
I fufFercd them to remain until ihey were preparing
to flower, when I marked fuch as were double and Tingle,
the latter I reie6ted, but the double I planted in the bor-
ders, and in pots; thefe in the borders grew very large
as to the plant, but had but few flowers; thefe in the
pots, by having their roots confined, flowered better, but
did not grow fo ftrong as to their leaves and ftalks ; in
both of thefe methods I was much difappointed in gather-
ing good feed, wherefore I planted cuttings of the double
in pots, which took root in three weeks; in winter I
covered them with a hot-bed frame, and fometimes in
great frofts put them into my glafs-cafe, with the Sednnn
and Ficoideshy where I preferved them through the win-
ter. In ylprill planted them out to flower in a middling
foil ; from the feed of thefe plants I always had admirable
flowers. The fame culture I ufed to the ditTerent forts
of the Flos Africanus, and the Flos 'Tune t anus.

80. Cbamapitys niofchata, foliis ferratis : An prima
Dlofcorldls ? C. B. The Ground Pine with ferrated leaves ;
this plant delights in an undunged foil. It is an Annual,
and fhould be Town foon after its feed is ripe ; for if
they are kept till the fpring, the feed often fails.

81. Ctcer fatlviim, flore candldo, C. B. P. white flow-
ered Garden Chiches.

82. Clcer Jathum fiore ex ruhro purpjirofcente, femine
rubra, C. B. Garden Cblcbes, with purpjifh red flowers
and a red feed.

• Thele leeds fhould be fown in the beginning of March,
in rows three feet aiunder; and when they appear, they
(hould be hoed up like peafe in drills; they flower in
July, and their feed ripens in Au^ujl and September.

83. Clymenum Hlfpanlcum f.ore varlo, Jtllqua plana,
Tourn. Spanijh Cblcbling yetch, witha variegated flower,
and a plain pod.

i choole to fow thefe feeds in September : They endure
the cold very well, and will flower fooner than thole
fown in the Ipring, and perfect their feeii better; they
delight in a dry, warm, undunged foil.

84. Colutbea jEtbtcptca,J{ore Phaniceo folio horbt^'Joi'is,
Breyn. Cent. Ethiopian Bladder Senna, vvith red flowers
and leaves like the Silver Bujh.

C c Thefe

374 The Gardener's New Director.

Thefe plants I choTe to fow on a hot-bed early in the
fpring ; and when the plants were four inches high, I
tranfplanted them into pots filled with frelh fandy earth,
fhading them until they had taken new root. In winter I
put them into an open glafs-cafe, covering them from
froft ; and the enfuing fpring, planted them by a warm
wall in the open border, where they produced many fine
fcarlet flowers, and perfefled their feed very well : I al-
io obferved to tye their flalks to flicks, to prevent the
winds from breaking tlieir tender branches, by which
their beauty would have been iofl: : I alfo obferved never
to put them into a green-houfe, for in that fituation
they would have been drawn up too much, to the great
prejudice of the plant.

85, 86, 87, 88. Are all feminal varieties of th&Cbon~
drjliai or Gum fuccory : There is little beauty in thefe
plants, and they fliould be fown in the fpring upon an
open border, vi^here they will flower and feed very well.

89. Conyza foliis argenteis, "J. B. Flea-bane with filver
leaves.

90. Conyza foliis aureis, C. B. Flea-bane with vellow
leaves.

Thofe may he fown in the fpring in a dry foil, virhere
if kept clear of Aveeds, they will thrive well; fome of
them I chofe to fow in pots.

91. Confolida AngUca (lore alhoy is the Symphitwn, or
Confolida major fcsmina^ flore albo, C. B. P. The Greater
Female Comfrey with a white flower.

92. Confolida Anglica, fore caruleo, is the Symphitum
crientale, folio fiibroiiindof afpero, fore C(truleo odoratifjl-
nio, Tourn. Coir. Eafern Comfrey with a rough roundilh
leaf, and a very fweet-fmelling blue flower.

93. Seminal variety of the 92d fort.

94. Symphitum Creticnm echii folio anguflo, I'illis i'on-
giffmis borridis, flore croceo, Tourn. Coir. Candy Comfrey t
with a narrow V:per''s Buglofs Leaf, covered with very
long hairs, and a faflfron coloured flower.

95. A feminal variegation of the former plant.

96. Symphitum echii' folio ampliore, flore alho Infl.
R. H. Comfrey, with a large Bugbf Leaf and a whitifh
flower.

All

The Gardener'o New Director. 375

Atl thofe plants are propagated by fowing their feed
in March, in a frefh undunged foil; they fhould be
thinned, and in Augiiji, tranfplanted into the places
where they are to remain to flower and perfeQ: tiieir
feed.

. 97, 98, 99, 100, loi, 102, T03, 104, 105, 106.
Ai"e all feminal varieties of this plant named the Ccnfoli-
da regalif in the D///r/» catalogues of flower feeds, which
is the Delphinium or Lark-fpur.

The ieed of all thofe plants flioiild be fown in au-
tumn, immediately after tliey are ripe; if they come up
before winter, they are hardy enough to lland the fro ft j
in the fpring when they are two or three inches high,
they (hould be tranfplanted into a nurfery-bed and placed
one foot afunder every way, as they branch out very
much, and there they may remain to flower, which they
will do in June and J^i!y, and ripen their feed in Augiifi,
obferving to keep the bell: colours, and double flowers
for feeding, by which means you will improve thej-n,
and raife great varieties of this beautiful flower.

107. Cotroohidui auriculatus Baconi, I take to he the
Convolvulus maritimus nojlrasy rotund is foliis SolJanella
officinarum, Mor. Hiji. This plant grows on the fea-
lliore, or on a gravelly famly place in the garden; it may
be fown in the fpring.

108, 109, no. Are perfect weeds in a garden, and
of thofe there are many feminal varieties of colours ;
they {hould be fown on a bed of light earth in the fpring,
where they will flov.-er, and perfect their feeds in au-
tumn,

111. Cotula flore albo is the Chamtmtfhivi JEthi'jpicum
lanuginofum, jlore alio Breynii, woolly Eibiopiiin Cbamo~
mile, with a white flower.

1 1 2. Do. Flore lutco is the Chamemtshim JEthiopicum
lamigimfum flore luteo, Boerh. Lid. The Woolly Ethiopi^an
Chamomile with a yellow flower.

I always chofe to fow the feed of tiicfc plants on a
hot-bed in the fpring, and afterwards I planted them a-
iiroad, where they flowered and pcrftclcd cheir feed m
autumn.

C c 2 1 1 3 ■ Cu'

376 The Gardkner's New Director.

113. Cuctirbita or Squajh. They require to be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed ; and in May you may tranf-
plant them into rich earth, near to a wall, againft
which you may tie up the branches of thefe SquaJJ?€Sy
where, with their fruits, they will make a very pleafing
appearance,

114. Cucumis AftnhiuSy Squirting Cucufnicr, or tlie E-
laterium officiiiarutrii Boerb. Ind. This plant is preferved
in gardens for diverfion : For when the feed of the plant
is ripe, whenever they are touched, they rufh out with
impetuofity on the perfons who touch them; the feed
lliould be fown on a v.'arm border in March, at about
nine or ten feet diftance, where they will thrive ex-
ceedingly; and, if fuffered to flied their feed, will give
you next year, a plentiful crop of young plants.

1 1 5. Cyanus ar-venfis diverfi-color is the Cy anus fege turn
Jiore vario, Corn-bottle with a variable flower.

116. Do. Flore alhoi C. B. white flowered Corti-bottle.

117. Do. Flore caruleo, blue flowered Corn-bottle,

118. Do. Flore purpurea, purple-flowered Corn-bottle.
Thefe feeds fhould be fown in autumn, immediately

after they are ripe, and in fpring, they may be tranf-
planted into borders, where they will flower and feed
well.

119. Cyanus OrientaVts, jlore alho odorato is \\\Q. Cyanus
fioridus odoralus Turcicus, five Or lent alls major, Jlore albo,
the white flowered Sweet Sultan.

I 20. Do. Lutco odorato is the Cyanus fioridus odoratus
Turcicus, feu Qrientalis major flore luteo, H. L. the Tel-
J01V Sweet Sultan.

121. Do. Purpurea odorato is the Cyanus Jloridus odora-
tus Turcicus, f.(.re purpurea. Park. Purple Siveet Sultan.

The yellow kind I aKvays fowed upon a hot-bed, to
make it vegetate, and afterwards planted them out in
May into the borders, where they made a gay appear-
ance, being preferable to the other two forts in fmell
and colour. The white and purple-flowered Sweet
Sultans I fowed ift open borders, where they flowered
well. All the forts require to be well watered in dry
weather. I obferved always to keep the earliefl: blowers
tor feed ; as foon as they attempted to feed from two or

three

The Gardener's Nr.w Director. 377
three flowers, I cut off all the others which liailencd
the perfe6ling of their feeds, and this method I pradifed
v/ith many annual flowers, which continued in bloom
until the froft pinched them, whereby 1 gathered good
feeds.

122. Ervum verutn Girfierarit, Cii?>ieniritfs''s true-jomt-
ed Podded Fetch -y their feed fhould be fown on a warm
border, at ten inches diftance, feed from feed, whereby
their feeds will ripen well : They muft be earthed up
like peafe.

123. Ervum € qui num fill qua ftngiiJari, C. B. the Horfe
Shoe Vetch with a fmgle pod ; the feed fliould be fown
in March on a warm border, in the place where they
are to remain, one foot {etA from feed, for they fpread
much; they will flower \v\June, and ripen their feed
the beginning of September.

124. Ervum equinum ftliqua muliipliri, C. B. Horfe
Shoe Vetch with many pods. This requires the former
culture in every refpect.

125. Fcenum Gr cecum fativum^ C. /?. Garden Fentiu-
greek-y thefe plants fhould be fown in a light foil in
March, and kept conflantly clear from weeds, and lliould
be thinned, fo that the plants may fland where they were
fown, at one foot diftance plant from plant ; they will
flower in June, and perfeQ: their feed in September.

126. Flof Adonis hortenfis, fore minore atronibente, C.
B. the common Flos Adonis, with a red flower; the feed
of this plant fhould, with other Annuals, be fown in
Auguf on borders, where they will out-live the winter,
and flower in April, and in mofl: of the fummer
months, and ripen their feed very well. There is ano-
ther fort called Flos Adonis fjFccjlris foliis hngicribus,
fiore luteo, C. B. yellovv-flowtrcd Flos Adonis, which re-
quires the fame culture, and is a far prettier flower in
every refpect; it flowers early, and makes a moft beau-
tiful appearance. For this fee zrude Buphtha/mum,&c.

127. Flos Africanus aurco plena is the Tagetes maximus
ref]us, fore maxima multiplicato, aurantii colorit. Great-
eft upright African Marygold, with a very large oriinge-
coioured flower.

Cc3 1:8 r^'

-578 The Gardener's New Director.

I 28, Tflgetes maximus reflus^ flore maximo midt'tpUcato
jifiulofo, aiirantii colorisy \x'^T\'g\M African Mary gold , with
a very large orange colcaired piped flower.

1 29. Tagetex maximus remits, flore maximo nndtiplicat.o
polhdc luteo odorato. Greatcfl: upright Ajrican Marygold,
with a very paie yeliow double flower, with a Iwett
jcent.

130. Tagetes maximus re£Jus, flore maximo multiplicato
pnllide luteo et fijlidofo. Greateft upright African Mary--
gold, with a large double, pale and piped flower, calltd
the ^tilled Ajrican.

131. Flos Tunetanus -vulgaris. Before I defcribe this
plant and its varieties, 1 muft make the proper diflinc-
tion between the Flos Africanus and the Flos Tunetanust
which are often blended together, under the denomi-
nation of African -and French Mary^olds. The Afri^
(an Marygcld is a nutive of Africa about Tangier, on
the African fide of the Mediterranean ; whereas the
plant here named Flos Tunrtanus is a Chinefe plant, and
v/as firft fent over to the King of France's royal gardens
at Ferfaille, by the French miflTionaries, from whence
it was diftributed amongfl the curious in Europe; and
from its being firfl raifed in France, it has been called
the French Marygold, though both plants require the
fame cislture.

I-:; 2. Tagetes Indicus minor, flor e fimplici fwe Caryophy-'
}us IvJicus, J. B. Common French Marygold, with a fin-
ele flov/er, commonly called Indjan Clove Gillyflower.

I 33. Tagetes Indicus minimus, flore fericeo birfvAie ohji-
tj, H. L. Small f I Frcmh Marygold, with a fmal! red
bniry flower.

13^. Tagetes Indicus medius flore luteo r.iultiplicato, H
h. The middle French Marygold, with a double yel-
low fiov.tr.

135 and 136, are feminal varieties of 132, as is alfo
the piped variegated fort 130, all of which are Annuals.
To have thefe flowers blow to great perfection, it will
be proper to ufe the following culture : In March fow
them upon a moderate hot-bed, fuch as has ferved to
raife your early cucumbers, (for a hot-bed of more heat

would

The GARbENER*s New Director. 379

w6uld injure them;) when they are two inches high,
tranfplant them into another moderate hot-hed, ob-
ferving to fiiadc the plants, and to water them often,
but gently, until you perceive they have taken new-
root ; the more air they are indulged with every fine day,
the better they will profper. When they are (even
or eight inches high, tranfplant them into beds in the
open ground, covering them with double mats laid upon
arched hoops; here they may remain until the middle or
end o^Mt/y; then prepare a bed of good, rich, light,
fandy eatth, and obierve to throw out the fingle flower,
which you will know by their long narrow flower-pods ;
the double have their pods much fwoin ; tranlplant them
into nurfcry beds, lifting them with balls of earth, or into
pots to adorn rooms, or court-yards, thofe in beds at
fifteen inches afunder, where they will flower and feed
to great perfe6tion: Thefe I defigned for leed, I nipt
off their fide branches, and never fiifl-ercd them to bear
more than three or four heads, and tied their ftalks up
to wires or rods to fufl:ain them from being broken by
winds, ^c. By which method I raifed many feminal
varieties of both forts, obferving to plant mofl: of the
fweet fcented forts in pots for rooms, the others having
a difagreeable fcent. By this management, and fetting
them for three weeks into the glafs-cafe, I have had
them five feet high, which rather appeared like flower^
rng fhrubs than annual plants; thofe in pots continued
flowering all the winter in the houfe, and thofe in the
open borders until the frofl; nipped them; — they will do
indiff^erently well, if fown in the open ground, but will
not bear a large flower.

137. Flos Principis Jiore albo-, but its true name is the
Amaranthus /pica albejlente habitiore, Martin, bijl. Ama-
ranthus with a great whilifli fpike of flowers.

138. A feminal variegation of the former, as is alfo
the 139th.

Thefe require the fame culture with the Amaranthus,
and thrive with lefs forcing, but as there is no gre^t
beauty in thofe plants, they fcem at prefenl to be much
negleded in our EngUflj gardens.

C c 4 The

380 The Gardener's New Director.

The ijo,. 141, 142, 145, 144, and 145, are all fe-
minal varieties of the flower named here Flos folis, which
is botanically called the Corona foils ^ Tabern. All thefe
plants are natives of America; notvvithftanding they flow-
er fo well in this ifland. Thefe here mentioned are
Annuals f and in the beginning o{ Adarch fliould be fown
upon a bed of light frelh earth; when they are three
inches high, tranfplant them into a nurfery bed, from
which they may be removed when they are a foot high,
into borders or bofquets, of large flowering plants in the
garden^ watering ;hem well until they have taken root;
and when they flower, tie ihem up to long (lakes, that
the wind may not break theqi ; their chief beauty confift-
ing in their being ereft, fo as to fhew their large ftalks
and blolfoms to the greateft perfection.

146. Galega vulgaris florlbus penltus candldantlbus , C.
B. Common Goafs Rue with white flowers.

147. Galega vulgaris, fiore carulea, C. B. Common
Goafs Rue with blue flowers.

Theie plants are bed: propagated by fowing their feed
in a bed of rich ligh t earth ; keep them clear from weeds,
and if the plants are too thick, thin them to one foot,
plant from plant, and the fecond year they will flower,
and will continue to do fo for fome years, provided they
are not fufiered to feed, after which they foon decay.

148. Gartdella foliis tenutjfimi dhifis, Tournef. There
is no Enghjh name for this plant, Dr. Tournef ort having
named it Garidella, in honour to Dr. Garidell, profefTor
of phyfic at Aix in Provence. This plant requires the
fame culture with the Galega, and fhould never be tranf-
planted.

149. Geranium latifolium annuutn foribus c<eruleis lon-
gijpmis, Hort. Oxonicnfis, broad leaved annual Cranes-bill
with a blue flower, and a very long beak.

150. Geranium cicutcc folio Mofchum redolensy C. B. P.
Mufied Cranes- bill.

151. Geranium tenui folio Myrrhinurn^ flore amplo pur-
purea, femine nigricante, Barr. obfcur. fine cut leaved
Crane^s-bill, with a large purple flower and a dark co-
loured feed.

Thefe

The Gardener's New Director. 581

Thefe fliould be Town in March on a bed of frefh light
earth, and may be allowed to ftand to feed, wluch they
will drop in autumn, and the young plants will come up
before winter; they will flower early the fucceeding
fpring: Keeping them free from weeds, and thinning
them, if too thick; this is all the culture they re-
quire.

152. Glauciumf.'jre Ivteoy Tciirn. Telhvj horried Poppy,

153. Glaiicium orientqle jiore rubro maximO} "Taurn.Coir.
Eajlern horned Poppy y with a great red flower.

154. Glauciiim Jiore violaceo, Tourn. Blue flowered
Horned Poppy.

The firfl: fort is a triennial plant, if it is fown in a
light undunged foil; but if it is fown in a rich foil, it
flowers the flrfl year, and then often dies.

The fecond iort requires the fame culture. I fovved
both forts in March in poor ground.

The third grows in many places in Cambridgejhire
in England, and requires the fame culture; if they
flower the firfl: year, cut off^ their flowers; and the fe-
cond year you may fuff^er them to flower, when they
will perfect their feeds much better than in the firfl:
year.

155. Gramen Alopecuro'ides majus. Germ. Emac. the
Common Fox-tail Grafs.

1 56. Gramen ganniculatem locujlis maxiviis Pbcen/'ciis
tremulis, Tourn. the greatefl J^iaking-grafs, with red
pannicles ; there is a fort which is white,

157. Gramen tre77iulum mitius pannicula,parva, Farkliti.

Smaller Trembling- grafs. All thofe forts fliould be

fown in March, or in autumn, on a bed of liglit earth,
and require no other culture, but to be kept tree troni
weeds.

158. Alkekengi officinarumj Tourn. Common IVinicr
Cherry of the Shops.

This plant is propagated by fowjng its feed in the
fpring on an open undunged border; and when they are
an inch high, they may be tranfplanted into pots, and
fet in the fhade, and in November will fhew their fruit,
which at firfl is inclofed in a tunicle; which, as it
ripens, burlb, and difplays a fine gold coloured fruit id

December.

38;; The Gardener's New Director.

December. I chofe to plant them in pots, to confine
their roots, which in the open ground fpread too much,
in which they may be planted.

159. Hedifannn annimtn tnajus Z^ylanicum mimnfee foliiSi
Tourn. the greater annual i^rt'Wi6/^o«^j-/wc/^/f, with leaves
like the Senfitive Plant.

160. Hedifarum clypeatitm flare fuaviter ruhente, H.
Eyfl. Frejicb Honeyfiicklet with a delicate red flower.

161. Hedifayitm clypeatum flore alUdo, Tourn. white-
flowered French Honeyjuckle.

The firllfort fliould befown ona hot-bed in thefpringj
and then may be tranfplanted into pots when it is two
inches high, and fet in a warm fituation, where it will
flower and feed well: The other two forts Ihould be
fown in March on a bed of light earth, and about the
middle of ^uly fhouid be iranfplanted into borders or
pots, (efpecially the red flowering fort) where they will
fiov/er much better than if they were tranfplanted in
the fpring. The red fort makes a fine (how with its
fcarlet blcllbras.

16a. Medypnois- annua Totirn. Crooked feeded Hawk-
vjee-d.

Thefe plants fhould be fown in April, in the places
■where they are to remain (as they do not agree with be-
ing tranfplanted) on a bed of light earth, and to be left at
fijna inches diftance plant from plant.

163. Hieracium harbahim flare Julphureo medio nigrum,
Leflfer Havjk-vjeedy with fulphur coloured flowers, and
black bottoms,

1 64. Hieraciinn harbatmn^ medio tiigriim mimis, H, L.
.Lefl'er yellow Hawhiueed.

165. Hieracium mitroriwi folio pilojijjimo, C. B. P.
Golden Hawkweed w'nh hairy leaves.

The two firfl; forts fhould be fown in autumn, in frefh
undungcd earth, and fhould be thinned to eight inches
plant from plant; they will flower well the fucceeding
fpring, and perfe£l their ited.

The lafl: fort is an abiding plant, and by parting their
roots, may be propagated and planted in frefh undun^-
td, or rather a flony earth, and in any fituation.

166. Hef-

The Gardener's New Director, 383

166. Hefperis motitqna pqlliJa odoiatijpma, C. B. P.
Pale Mountain Dtume^s Fislei, with a very odoriferous
fmell.

This plant ruoiiid be kmw in March, and the fqllow-
ing year may be tranfphinttil into a place which h-is been
dunged with tenners bark, which \vill make the plants
produce a great quantity of large {powers : Although thefe
plants are biennial, when you fuffec them to feed, yet,
by pulling off their flowers beiore they decay, and
cutting them down, which makes their roots produce
n^ w heads, they will flower icur or five years, without
decaying.

167. Hypecoon orientaJe, lafiore folio, flore magno, Tour-
nef. Corjol. Eajtern Fr^orn wild Cummin, with a brqad
leaf and a large flower. I would adyiie the feed of this
plant to be fown, (where they are to remain, for they do
not agree with tranfplanting) in a'<Jiunin, foon after
they are ripe; for if fown in fpring, they feldom vege-
tate tb,? firft y^ar ; but if fown in A-uguJl, they will
fbon vegetate, and l;)ctb flowec and perfect their feed.
They love a frefh, light an.4 undunged earth.

168. Hypericum n^ulgare flare luteo, C. P. B. Common
St. Jobn^s IVort, is a plant common in England.; it lliould
be fown in autumn, it loves a frefh undunged foil, and
w ill grow in a^lmofl: any fituaiion.

169. Horminum coma purpurea violacca. J. B. Clary 3
with purple Violet Tops.

1 70. A fpecies of the Hormiiinm.^ \ nev^r heard of, nor
do I know It by this name.

The firfl plant fhoiild be fown in March, upon a bor-
der of undunged frefli earth, kept clear of weeds, and
to fland no nearer than eight inches diliance plant from
plant, and in March tranfplant them where they are to
remain, allowing two feet plant from plant.

171. HyJJ'cpus f.ore rubro, C. B. P. Red flotvcring
riyfop.

This plant fhould be fown in a frefh undunged fandy
foil, vyherc it thrives better than in rich moift ear:h,and
if fown too thick, Oiould b(? thinned.

I 72. Luthvriu angufli-folius flore riibro^ J. B. Narrow-
leaved rcci-flov.'ering Chickling I'etcb, commonly calkd
Scarlet Lupine.

173 La-

384 The Gardeneji*s New Director.

173. Lathyrus angvjli-folius Amerkanus variegatusy C.
B. P. N&Trow-\taved Chickling Fetch o{ America, with a
variegated flower.

I 74. Lathyrus Besticui flore luteo, Park. Thcnt. plant.
Spanijh Chickling Vetch with a yellow flower.

175. Lathyrus angujli-foltus, fiore ex albo et ruhro vari-
egatOf odorato, J. B. Commonly called the Painted La-
dy Pea. This is a feminal variety of the 176th, but not
fo fweet fcented.

176. Lathyrus diJloplatyphyUos hirfutns, mollis, magno
et peramceno flore odoratijjimo, Hort. Cathart. Siveet

fcented Pea; of this kind of Pea there is both the purple
and white flowered.

177. Lathyrus fupinus. Creeping red Chickling Vetch.

178. Lathyrus Tingitanvs Jiliquis orhi flore amplo ruber -
rimoy Morijon. Hifoir. 'Ting. Tangier Chickling Vetch ;
with a large deep red flower.

179. Lathyrus arvenfts repens tuber of a r a dice, C. B.
Creeping wild Chickling Vetch, with a Tuberofe root.

All thefe plants may be fown in autumn, or in the
fpring, though I prefer autumnal fowing by a warm hedge
or wall rather than in March; for thofe fown in Augufl
will be four times larger than thofe fown in the fpring.
Sown in patches in the garden they look well.

The lafl fort may be alfo then fown, and may after-
wards be propagated by parting its Tuberofe roots ; in
February I have eaten the roots roafl:ed like potatoes,
which pleafe fome palates,'

1 80. Lavendula folio diffetHo, C. B. Cut-leaved La-
vender.

This plant fhould be fown in Alarch, in a frefh 'foil,
and afterwards tranfplanted into pots, to adorn rooms,
/ where it will flower and feed well.

181. Leucanthemum tanaceti folio, fiore inajore, Boerh.
Ind. Ox-eye Daizey, with a Tanzey Leaf and a large
flower.

Thefe plants fhould be fown in beds of light fre(h
earth, and afterwards tranfplanted into a nurfery-bed, at
eight inches difliance, where they may remain until July,
then plant them into the garden borders, and in the

followins:

The Gardener's Tv'ew Director. 385

following fpring they will flower. There is another
fort, with a variegated leaf.

182. Lychnis jegetum rubra ^ foliis perfolintis^ C. B.
P. Red Corn Campion^ with thorough wax-leaves.

183. Lychnis birjuta minor t f.ore -oariegato, Tourn.
Small hairy Campion, with a variegated flower, com-
monly named Dvoarf Lychnis.

184. Lychnis coronaria fativa Diofcoridis flare alhcy
C. B. P. Single nuhite Rofe Campion. The painted Lady
Rofe Campion, which is the prettied flower of all the
Campions, is cultivated in the fame manner with the
others, but it requires a good undunged frefli foil, and
to be planted in pots, to (helter it from the feverities of
the weather in winter.

185. Lychnis hirfuta, fore incarnatoy major, C. P. B.
Pale Lychnis of Confantinopk.

186. Lychnis Hifpanica Faleriati^ rubric folio, fore
purpurafc elite, Tournef. Spanifb Campion, with a red
valerian leaf, and a purple flov/er.

187. Lychnis foliis fcahiofcs altiffmee annu£, qu<e fo-
liis Agrimonia nonnihil ftmilia funt, H. L. Lychnis,
with fcabious leaves.

188. Lychnis fegetum meridionaliiim, annua, hirfuta
foribus rubris uno verfu difpof.tis, Morifon. Hif. Corn

annual hairy Campion, with flowers fet on one fiJe of
the ftalk.

189. Lychnis coronaria Diofcoridis fotiva, fore rubra,
vcluti jlammeo fulgens, C. B. P. Roje Qimpion, with a
flaming red coloured flower.

190. Lychnis feu faponaria, fore pleno, Tourn. gene-
rally named Double Soap-wort.

Aft thefe (except the laft) fliould be fown in
March on beds of light frefli earth, and from thence
tranfplanted into nurfery beds of the fame earth, at
ten inches diffance, where they fliould remain till
fpring, when they mufl be tranfplanted into the bor-
ders of the plea fu re garden. The laff fort bears feed,
and being a flower of no great beauty, is planted in a
place by itftlf, being a great runner, tlierefore I always
ufed to plant it in pols for rooms, where, with other
flowers ii made a very good appearance.

iqi. Li~

386 The Gardener's New Director.

191. Linaria annua angnjl'i-jolia, fiofciilis albis hngiia
caudatis, Triumph. Narrciv leaved annual Toad-ndx,
with fmall white flowers, having fong fpurs.

192. Lindria annua angiijii- folia, jiore ex albo et Inteo
variegato friajore, Morif. Hijh Plant. Narrow leaved
dniiiid Toad'fiaXi with a large variegated white and
yellow flower.

193. Linar'ta hit if alia tryphyllui fiore purpurea magno
ri£iu aurio-, Hijl. R. H. Broad three kaved Todd-fiax,
with a purple flower and a golden ftandard.

194. Linaria quadrifolia lutea, C. B. P. Four
leaved yellow Toad-flax.

1 95. Linaria ferennis purpurea major odorata, C. B.
P. Great purple fweet ffnelling Pere77nial Toad-flax.

All ihefe may be either fown in light frefli earth in
autumn, (which I would rather advife) or in the fpring,
and be kept clear from weeds; and the Perennial kind
may, from the feed-bed, be tranfplanted into the mid-
dle of large borders in the flower-garden, where they
will make a fine appearance, as they continue long in
bloom. It will be proper that this work be done in
April.

196. Linum fativuni latifolium Africanum frvflu ma-
jor e Tourhef. Broad leaved African Flax, with a large
fruit.

197. Linum perenne majus caruleum, capitulo majors,
Morif Hif. Greater Perennial blue Flax, with a larger
head.

198. Litium umhilicatum. Is the Ompbalodes linifolia,
Tcurn. called Ve7ius NaVelWort.

The two firft forts fhouid be fown in the fp.ring,
upon a bed of light earth, to be kept clear from weeds,
where they will flouer well ; the lafl fort I always
chofe to fow in autumn, when they will flower early,
and ripen theiir feed much better, than thofe fown in
fpring.

199. Lyfimachia orientalis afigiljii folia, florc purpureo,
Tourn. Corr. Narrczu leaved Willoiv-herb, with a pur-
ple flower.

The feeds of this plant fh'oul i be always fown in
autumn, (for if they are kept till the fpring, they do

not

The Gardener's New Director. 387

net grow) on a warm border of light frefh earth, aii(d
in the fpring the plants may be removed into a jilact
where they may have the morning fun, and where they
are to flower, for they are not fond of being often iranf-
planted.

200. Lotus ruber fdiqua angnhfa^ foli'is variegatisy
Boerh. Ind. Red fquare podded Birdsfooty Trefoil, with
variegated leaves.

201. L'jtus anguJii-foVmSy flore luteo purpxirafcente., ex
infiilo. Sr.ruli Jacobi, Hort. Amp. Narrow leaved Birds-
foot Trefoil, with a yellow purplilli flower from St.

fames'' s Ifland.

The firO: of thofe plants is a feminal variety, but
has this excellent qualification, that thefe feedlings al-
ways retain their variegation, which few variegated
plants do.

The fecond fort is a tender plant, and both of them
require to be raifed upon a moderate hot-bed in Marchy
fuch as has ufed to raife early Cucumbers. When the
plants are two inches high, they fhould be tmnfplant-
ed into pots, and thefe pots funk into a moderate hot-
bed, which will affifl the plants the readier to flrike
root: As they are impatient of cold, they muft have
a warm green-houfe in winter, and when they are in
the hot-bed, they mufl hsve as much air as polTible,
ctherwife they will be drawn too much : In May
their pots may be removed for fourteen days into
tlie {hade, and afterwards placed in a warm fitua-
tion, free from winds, where they will flower well and
ripen their feeds; they delight in much water in the
fummer feafon, but in winter mufl have it fparingly,
left you rot their tender roots.

202. Leiicoium minus et annnum, Dodon. Lrffer an-
nual Stock Gilliflovjcr.

203. This I fuppofe to be a feminal variety of the
former, though I mufl: own I never i'aw the plant.

I fowcd the feeds of the firfl: plants at two fcafons,
in March and in May, upon a light bed of frefli earth,
and obtained many double from \ci::<\. Th.c feedlings
at both fcafons flowered in ten weeks time after their

bein£

388 The Gardener's New Director.

being Town, which has acquired it the name of the
Ten Weeks Stock-Gillifloiver : From the double I took
cuttings in "July and September, which being planted in
pots, in frefh, light, undunged earth, out-lived the
winter under the fhelter of a hot-bed frame, or in an
airy glafs-cafe, with Ficoides^ Ifc and flowered in April
and May.

204. Leucoiiim incamim majus multiplex^ jiore alho,
Tourn. Great hoary Stock Gillijlo'wer, with a double
white flower.

205. Leucoium majus incanutn multiplex flore purpureo,
C. B. P. Great hoary Stock Giltijlo'werf with a double
purple flower.

206. Leucoium jlore pleno, ex albo et purpurea iiarie-
gato, Hort. Eltb. Double Stock Gillijloiver, with a dou-
ble purple and white variegated flower.

207. Leucoium majus incamim Jlore rofeo pletio, Boerb.
Lid. Alt. Great double Rofe-cohured Stock Gillifioiver.

208. A feminal variety of the former plant.

209. Leucoium majus incafium, jiore coccineo, Morif.
Hijl. The great hoary Stock Gillijloiverj with a crim-
fon flower, named the Brumpton Stock.

210. A feminal variegation of the former plant.

2 1 T . Leucoium album odoratijjlmumf folio viridi gla-
bra, C. B. P. Great white Wall-fiower.

212. Leucoium majus, fiore intus liiteo, exius ferru-
gineo, called the Raven Wall-jlower.

213. Leiicoium luteum vulgare. Commofi yellow Wall-
flower, C. B. P.

214. Leucoium purpureum, C. B. P. Purple early
Stock.

215. Leucoium rubrum, C. B. P. Early red Stock.

From the feeds of all thofe plants, I have raifed ma-
ny fine double forts of extraordinary beauty. Their
culture I managed in a particular manner, whereby I
lofl: none of tliem by the feverity of our winter ; and
■which I ^would venture to recommend to the curi-
ous, as numbers perifh in winter for want of proper
management. They are all Biennials, except the
Ten Weeks Stock, therefore, infliead of fowing them
in March, or April, I always fowed them in the

middle

The Gardener's New Director. 38^
middle of July, when it was about full moon. I further
obferved, that what feed I gathered myfelf, and which
I took only from thefingle flowers that had feven, eight,
or ten petals or flower leaves; if I preferved thofe feeds
in their pods for one year, and fowed them in the fe-
cond, I had more double flowers than if I had fown them
the firll: year: My reafon for fowing them in Ju/y, was,
that, to fow them early, I inufl expofe them to the
winter's frofl:, which from nirmy repeated experiments,
defl;royed thofe flowers, and difappointcd all my expefta-
tions. Therefore, as foon as they had feven or eight
leaves, which was about the tenth of September^ I iranf-
planted them into boxes and large pots as thick as they
could conveniently be planted ; and upon the approach
of the winter florms, I moved them into the piiie apple
fummer beds, or into hot-bed frames, covering the t>laf-
fes in great frofts with mats, to preferve thefe feediings,
which I planted in a fandy, light, frefn, undunged foil;
I alfo obferved to give them as much air in mild weather
as was pofTible : and towards the middle of April, hav-
ing firfl: inured them to the open air, I tranfplanted them
into nurfery-beds of the fame foil, at eight inches afun-
der, plant from plant : Of the double I planted many
in pots, and took cuttings ofF them from their branch-
es, planting them in a (hady fituation, which in five
weeks, I tranfplanted into pots, or into the borders of
the flower-garden : Thofe in pots I have kept many years
in bloom and vigour, renewing my cuttings every year
to preferve them, obferving alwp.ys to take thofe cut-
tings from the branches of the plants which bore no
flowers, and giving them fome flielter in win.er. The
fingle I threw out; but the femi-double, or thofe plants,
whofe flowers had fix, feven, eight, or more flower
leaves, I fufFered to feed, but never fowed feed of my
own gathering more than once, choofing rather to
fow the 'ittA which came from abroad, as they,
are apt to degenerate : I ufed the flime method
with all the wall-flowers, which fucceedcd .to my
befl expeftations, by which means 1 had always a
fine fucceffion of thofe beauties, which, when in blof-
fom, much adorned, and filled my room, court-yard,

D d i;rccn-

390 The Gardener's Nr.w Director.
greeri-houfe, and wherever I chofe to difpofe of thetn,
with their tragrancy.

2 1 6. Lupinus fatrjus fiorc aUo, C. B. P. Garden Lii-
pincy with a white flower.

217. Lupinus fyhejlris Jlore luteo odoralo, C. B. P. The
Coniftion I'ellovi) Lupi7ie.

218. Lupinus caruleiis anguJJi-folius eJatior Raii Hiji.
Narrow-leaved blue Lupine,

219. Lupinus peregrinus major Jlore incarnato, Hort.
Lugd. Great Foreign Lupine, with a flefll coloured flower,
commonly called the Rofe Lupitie.

220. Lupinus ftlvejlris f.ore purpureOf femine rotunda,
'varieTctOy J. B. called the Lejfer blue Lupine.

221. Lupinus peregrinus major 'vlllofus carukus. Grc'nt
blue Lupirie.

222. Lupinus minor perennis Virginianus repens, Morif,
Hijl. Smaller blue-creeping Virginian Lupine, which is Pe-
rennial.

All thefe forts of Lupines are Annuals (excepting the
lad:;) they fhould be fown in a dry foil, and in patches of
the borders of the flower garden ; the talleU: forts fhould
be tied up to proper fupporters, in cale of winds, whereby
their great flower fl:alks, and heavy heads of feed veflels,
may not be broke: They continue a long time in flower
in fummer and autumn; but if you defign to have good
feed, plant them early in a warm border, and tie up
their ftalks to fupport them ; and as Toon as their jeed
veffels appear on the firft fl:em, cut off^ all lateral branch-
es, by which means thefe plants^ having but one fl:em of
pods to maintain, will ripen their feed fooner in autumn,
than thofe which are always flowering and endeavouring
to produce feed, which they cannot do, by the number
of their lateral branches of flowers that are inceffantly
coming out ; they do not profper if tranfplanted.

The lafl: fort is a Perennial plant, which will profper
very well, and bear many flowers, if it is allowed to re-
main in the place where it was firfl: fown; it agrees beft
with a dry light foil, where it will annually produce fine
fpikes of blue flowers, but it does not perfect its k^d
in this country.

223. Adiirjorana Chetica origani folio villofo, fatureii
odorcy majoribus corymbis albis. Hairy Candia Marjoram^

with

The Gardf.ner's New Director. 391

with an ortgany leaf, and large round tufted white
heads.

Tills is a plant which grows naturally in the Levant,
and in great numbers about Smyrna, from whence
I had a quantity of feed, but never produced \GQdi in this
country; it is the befl: of all the Marjorams \ for if it is
required, you may have it at any time in winter, when
you plant it in pots in a light frefli foil, the better topro-
teft it from the winter; it muft be fheltercd in the mofi:
airy part of our green-houfe in v\ inter, fo as it may not
be drawn too much, which is as prejudicial to it, as if it
had not any ftielter ; and it mud have new earth \x\Mayy
little water in winter, but plenty in fummer.

224. Maha Btetica flore alboy

225. Do. Flore rofeo,

226. Do. Flore incarnatoy
111. Do. Fhre ruhro.

Are all feminal varieties of the Candy Adalhvj; they
are all Annuals, and fliould be fown in March on a light
frefh foil, and when they are two inches high, may be
tranfplanted into the places where they are to remain : '
If they arc fown in Jidy, they will ftand the winter colds,
will flower larger, and feed better than thofe fown in
fpring.

And here I think it necefTary to fpeak of the Lavaterah,
although they come nearer to ihtAlcea's', but as I had no
opportunity of treating of them there, I do it here. They
are all of them Annuals, and I would advife them to be
fown in pots in autumn, and flieltered in v.'intcr ; and by
the middle of May, they fhould be taken out of the pots,
and planted in the open ground, where they will flower
early and ftrong, and ripen their feed much better than
thofe which are fown in the fpring. You may fow them
both in autumn and in March, for a fuccefTion of flowers.
The mofl of the Lavatern^s are botanically named. Lava-
tera Africana, fiore variegato, or African Lavatera, with
a flriped flower.

228. Maha or lent alls ereflior, flore ma^no fave-ruhente,
Toum. Corr. Upright Eajlern Malloiv, with a large red
flower.

This is the prettiefl: of all the Mallo-jus, making a great

flinw with its fine red flowers in the middle of lorig bor-

D d 2 dcrs

392 The Gardener's New Director.

ders with other fiowers ; it requires the fame culture with

the other forts.

229. MalvaSinenfts ere^a, flofcuUs allis minimis. Up-
right Cbinefe Mallow, with fniall white flowers.

230. Mdlva foliis crijpis, C. B. P. the curled leaved
Malloiv.

231. Malva folio var legato, C. B. P. the variegated
leaved Mallow.

Thefe are Annuals, and require the fame culture as the
other Mallovjs.

232. Matricaria foliis elegantijjime crifpis, et petalis fo-
rum ffukfis, Toumef Feverfeix) with elegant curled
leaves, and the flower petals fifl:ulous.

233. Matricaria fore plcno, C. B. P. Double flower ed
Feverfew.

The feed of thefe plants fhould be fown in March,
and (hould in May following be tranfplanted into borders,
with balls of earth about them ; ihey may be alfo in-
creafed, by parting their roots in the fpring; but then
it is not proper to allow them to feed, for tliat weakens
their roots; therefore, when the plants have done flow-
ering, thofe you intend to increafe by ofF-fets, fhould be
cut down.

234. 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, are all
feminal varieties of the Medica Cochleata, or Snail Tre-
foil. For the odd appearance of which plants, no good
garden fhould want ihem ; and as they require little cul-
ture, there is no trouble except in keeping them clear
from the weeds about them : They fhould be fown in
a warm dry fandy foil in April, and about ten days after
they are fown, mufl: have water given them to haften
their germinating; if they are fown in wet ground, it
will make their feed burfl: and rot; they fhould be thin-
ned, if fown too thick, to the difliance of a foot, plant
from plant, as they creep much, and by all means be
kept clear from weeds; they flower in June and July,
and will foon after perfcfl their feed, which has an odd
appearance, and mufl: be laid in a dry place until the

242. Melilotus Italica is the Melilotus Italica foliculis
rotundis, C. B. P. Italian Melilot, with round fmall
liaves.

243. Do.

The Gar&ener*s New Director. 393

243. Meliktusf.ore violaceo is the Me/ilotus major odorato
vio/aced, Morlf. Hiji. Commonly called Stvcet Trefoil.

244. Do. Minor is the Melilotns corriiailis refii'xis repent
vet minor, C. B, F. Smaller cnrpiug Melilot.

Thefe plants are all Antnujls, and fliould be Town on a
warm border in Augtiji, vvhlch will make them flower
earlier in the year, and ftronger than thole plants which
are fown in the fpring ; but as their feed arrives in win^
ter, in Britain, from abroad, it will be proper to Tow
them early in the (pring in a good foil, and on a moderate
hot-bed ; they fhould be thinned, it fown too thick ;
but they (bould not be tranfplanted, whereby their flow-
ering and feedling would be poftponed for fome weeks ;
but allowing thele plants to remain where they are fown,
they will flower foon, and perfect their feed early;
when the feed falls on the ground, run it over with a
fmall rake, to cover it, and the feed will foon come
lip if it is rainy weather; they will endure the winter,
and flower and feed early: This method I ukd for all
fuch plants as required rather to be fown in autumn than
ill the fpring.

Minionette, or Magnion d^Mgypte, fee Rejeda Mgyptica,
&c. No. 310.

245. Alyagrum Monofpernwm latifolium, C. B. P. Broad
leaved one Grain Gold of Pleajure.

This is an Annual plant; to be fown in Aiiguft ; and
wheji the plants are once fown, they will low themfelves,
if you allow their feed to drop ; fpring-fowing of the feed
does not fuccced fo well, they often failing to germinate
at that feafon ; keep the plants, when they appear, clear
from weeds, and at a foot difl:uice, plant trom plant,
which is all the culture they require.

246 and 247, are plants, which, by thefe names in
the Dutch catalogues, I know not; hut this I know, that
they are Millets-^ all which Tire Annuals, and require
to be fown in April on a light fandy warm foil, and fhould
be kept clear from weeds, as foon as they appear above
ground, which is all the culture they require. — Their
feed are good for making puddjngs.

248, 249, 250 and 251, are all f^minal varieties of
the falapa, but not of the Julapa officinanim-, or 'falapa
latbartica, that plant being now found by the late inge-

D d 3 I ous

■^q± The Gardener's New Director.
nloLis Dodor IVilliam Houjion, to be a fpecies oi the Co>i-
vohulus. But lo return to the culture of this plant,
called in the Dutch catalogues, MirabiUs Peruviana, I
ufcd the following nieiliod, which by experience I found
to exceed all oth.ers: Having procured good feed ot a
variety, i foucd thcr.i in /Jpril upon a moderate hot-
bed • and V hen ihey were four inches high, I tranf-
planied fome of them into pots in a light, rich, Tandy
foil, and fomeot them into a warm border, inuring thofe
in pots by dtgrecs to the open air in June : and thofe
which I planted in beds upon a very v.'arm border, i al-
ways tied their branches up to reeds, to prevent the
winds from dafhing, waving, or breaking them: By this
method they will flower late in the year ; but the firft
■year's flowers are not much to be regarded. As foon as
the froft has pinched their ftalks and flowers, take their
roots carefully out of the pots, and borders, keep them
all the winter among dry i'and, in a place where no man-
ner of frolT; can get at them, and tlie fucceeding March
plant them into pots, which mud be funk into a mode-
rate hot bed of tan bark, obferving in good weather to
give them air, that they may not be too much drawn,
which would fpoil their bloflbms; by June you may take
them from the hot bed, fetting them for ten days in the
ffreen-houfe, or for want of one, in a (haded place, but
not under the dropping of trees. When you take them
into the fhade, water thofe you intend to keep in pots,
giving new earth to them as far in the pots as you can,
without touching their main or top roots; thofe you in-
tend to plant in borders, fhould have much water the
evening before you tranfplant them, that the whole ball
ci earth may come out of the pot with fhem ; then tranf-
plant them into pits made m tiie borders, and fill the pits
up with the fame earth as in the pots: They are one of
the No^ificrous Plants ; for as foon as the fun's rays are
gone ofr them, they expand their blofloms, and fliut
them again when his rays fhine upon the plants ; the feeds
inuil be carefully looked to every day when they begin
to ripen, they being then very apt to drop; and where
they fall, they fpring in autumn, and are thereby
deftroyed in winter. It is bed lo fave the feed of the
variegated kind, they fek'oai dcgenciating from their

variega-

The Gardener's New Directop. 395

variegation. The plants, by this management, will rife
to be four feet high, and daily produce new flowers,
until the hci\ pinches tiiem ; and notwithflanding their
roots will continue fome years, I would ^.hufe to low their
feed annually,

252. Moldavia Bttonictr f-Jlo flare alho 'Tounief. Tur-
key Balm, with a betony leaf and a white flower.

253. Moldavia orient.iiis falicis folio, ftor- parvo caruleo,
Tourn. Corr, Eajlern Moldavia-, with willow leaves and
a fmall blue flower.

254. Moldavia orient alts Betonices folio florc magna vio-
laceo, Toiirn. Corr. Eajlern Moldavia, with a betony leaf
and a large violet flower.

The firfl: and fccond forts are j^nnuah, and fometimes
Biennials^ ?.nd fho'ild be Town in March on a border, in
a very warm iltuation of frefh light earth ; after they
come up, they may be traniplanted into the borders of
the flower garden: They flower in y^vw^ and y///)', and
ripen their feed in Auguji ; ioine of their feed may then
be fown in a warm fituation, where they will endure the
cold of our winters very well ; by potting their fecdlings,
they will be out of danger.

255. Nardus Bobemica fiore albo, the wliite flowered
Bohemian Spikenard.

1^6, Nardus Aujlriaca jiore ceeruleo, blue AuJIrian Spike-
nard. Both thole plants grow in Germanyt tliey fliould
be fown in autumn, cr in the ipring, on a light frcfli foil,
and they may be increafed by parting their roots in
March : There is no great beauty in them.

257. Nardus orientulis flore variegatOf the mofl: beau-
tiful of them all, is the variegated fiowercd Ea/lcrn Spike-
nard; it requires the fame culture.

258, 259, 260 and 261, are all feminal varieties of
the Najlurtium Indicum or Acriviola. They are all an-
nual plants, and fhould be fown in March in a good gar-
den foil three feet diflance, plant from plant, putting
two feeds in every pit when you fow them ; they are
great creepers, and will, in good frcfh earth, contiruic
in bloom from June until the trofl: kills them; and may
be fhcltercd in winter, by planting cuttings of them in
fummcr in pots, and tiiefc cuttings will flower in winter.
Their feed when half ripe makes a good pickle.

D d 4 262. A'r-

39^ The Gardener's New Director,

262. Necanthemum ; the name given this plant is fuch
as I have not heard of betore in any botanical author ; I
do not know to what genius to apply this heteroclife name,
of which I know no meaning ; and it was to coireft thefe
blunders in the Dutch catalogues, which induced me to
undertake this wcrk, however unfuccersfu! I may have
been ; for when I fov/ed the {c^d of tjiis odd named
plant for two years, and once more in a hot bed, it did
rot come up, io I know nothing of the plant either by
its name or appearance.

263. Nicotiana mojrr la^'folia, C. B. P. Greater broad
leaved Tobacco. '

264. Nicotiajm major rotiincJj folia ^ C.B. P. Greater round
leaved Tobacco. Their culture is in Marchj to prepare a
hot-bed of dung, fow them upon it, as foon as you per-
ceive the violent heat of it is over ; and when the plants
are two or three inches high, tranfplant them into ano-
ther moderate hot-bed, where let them continue until
thdir leaves are meeting, at which time plant them in
a heap of your richeft compoff, or fuch earth as is pre-
pared my melons, and cucumbers, three feet, row
from rov/, and two feet, plant from plant, lifting them
■with large balls of earth ; while they were in the hot- bed,
I inured them to the open air, and gave them plenty of
water when they required it : IwAuguJi they prepared to
fiower, at which time cut off their tops that their leaves
might be better nourifiied ; and by the end of that month
cut them quite down for ufe, otherwife their leaves
would have failed and the crop been lofl.

265. Nigella ftore rnimre albo pleno, C. B. P. Fennel
Flcvuer, with a fn:all white double flower.

266. Nigella Jiore 7najore caruleo pleno, C. B. P. Double
blue Fennel Floiver, or Devil in a Bufi.

Thefe plants fliould be fdwn in patches, where they
are to remain in the borders of the flov;er-garden in
March, and watered and kept clear from weeds, which
is all the culture they require.

267. Ochrns folio integro caprcolos cmittnn'e, femine
piiilo, C. B. P. Winged Pea with an entire leaf, fending
forth tendrils andji brown feed.

This plant ihouid l)e fov-n in drills, very thin in the
rows, three feet rcw from row, and fhould be hoed up

The Gardener's New Director. 397

as peafe, and kept clear from weeds, and when they
fpire to flower, fhoulii be fupported up by flicks, whereby
they will ripen their feed better than if they lay on the
ground.

268. Ornitbopodhim fcorpioidesy ftliqua comprejfai Tcur-
nej. Caterpillar-Birds-footy with a flat Pod.

Thefe plants fhould be fown in patches in March, on
the borders of the flower-garden, and are fit compani-
ons for the Sjiail, and Caterpillar plants, as they require
the fame culture.

From the 269 to the 278, are the femlnal varieties
of the Papaver hortcnfe, or Garden Poppy ; and from 278,
to the 285, are the feminal varieties of Corn-poppies^ or
the Papaver erraticum.

Thefe fliould be fown in March or April in patches, or
among the borders of the pleafure-garden, and fliould
be thinned, the good flowers kept for feed, and then
pulled up with their roots, otherwife they breed vermin.

285. Peleciiius "Vulgaris f Injl. Rati Herb. Common Pele-
cinus.

This plant (liould be fown early in April, in a light
frefh earth, cleared from weeds, and if too thick, fliould
be thinned; when they feed, their pods make a pretty
appearance, being ferrated on both fides. To have them
feed well, I would have them fown on a moderate hot-
bed in March.

286. Perftcaria orientalis, nicotiana folio, calice flonttn
purpiireo, Tournef. Corr. Eajlern Arjejmart with a tobacco
leaf and a purple flower cup.

Thefe plants fliould be fown in autumn, wjien their
feed is ripe; tranfplant them in the fpring in the bor-
ders of large gardens, allowing them much fpace ; for
no plant will thrive under the drop of their great leaves.

287. Phafcolus Jlore coccineo, Mori/. Hijl. Red-jljvocred
Kidney Bean.

2S8, 289, and 290, are all feminal varieties of this
plant ; they fliould be planted in April, on a dry foil in
dry weather, and keeping them clear from weeds is all
the culture they require; the firft fo^i I planted in large
tubs, and putting a long wooden (lake in the middle of
the earth, and from that tying as many flrong pack-
threads to the infide of the tub, as I had planted beans,

their

3^8 The Garpener's New Director.

thtjr tendrib rfin up upon ihe threads, and when they
were in flower they made a fine ihow, and are very great
bearers, and are ftrongly recommended for family ufe.

291. Ly coper (icon G a leni, -^"K' Tl elUvn Love Apple .

2q2. Lycopsrficon jru^u ceraji lutea, Tourn. Love Ap~
pL'y v/ith a yellosv cherry-fliaped fruit.

293. LycoperficftnGaleniifruciurKbr&iBoerb.hid. Love
Apple, with a red fruit.

294. Lycoperjican fru^u cerafi ruhro, 'Tourn, Love Ap-
ple-, or Pomum amort s, with a red cherry-ihaped fruit.

Thofe plants fhould be fown on a moderate h»t-bed in
Miircb, and when they are two inches high, fhould be
Uanfplanted into another moderate hot-bed, Oiading thera
until they take new root ; and I took care to give thern
much air in miid weather : In Ju/ie they may be tranf-
planted into pots of good garden mould, {hading them
until they take frefh root, when, giving much v/ater,
they will flower and fruit admirably. Some people plant
them from the fecond hot-bed into the open ground,
upon a moiil rich foil, where they will thrive well, pro-
vided their branches are tied up, whi^h would otherways
break by the weight of their fruits.

295. Ptar mica fiore albo plena, Cluf.HiJl. White dou^
hie (iotuered Snecz^ewort.

'296. Ptarmim fiore pziTpureo pknSf Boerh. Iml. Purple
double S7ieezewori.'

Thofe plants make a fine ihow when they are planted
in pots, where their roots are confined, for in good
ground their roots fpread too much ; they do well alfo
in erave!^y borders, where they will make 3 pretty Ihow:
By cramping their roots they flower beft.

297. Reft- da folio colcitrapte, fore albo, Morif. Hifi.
BUf. Bujiard Rockeis with a ftar thiftle leaf, and a white
flower.

Refeda Mgyptlaca minor floribiis odoraiijjimis, or Tel-
lovo fiorvering Mgyptian Bajlard Rocket \ it is called Mig-
nion d'A^.gypte, or Minionette. For its culture, fee page
310.

The firft mentioned Refedd'sihQ\M be fown \xiMarcby
on a bed of frefh undungcd earth, keeping them clear
from weeds, thinning them, if fown too thick, to fix
inches plant from plant.

298. Rid-

The Gardener's New Director. 39.5
298. Ricinus Americanus^ cauk virefcentey H. R. P.
The greater Paima Cbrijlix with green (talks. This plant
Ihould be Town in March upon a moderate hot-bed, and
when they are two inches high, may be tranfplanted,
with a good ball ol' earth, into pots, in April into ano-
ther hot-bed, taking care to ihade them, until they are
well rooted ^ as they grow very quickly, they will require
foon two penny or three penny pots; for the purpole of
raifing them, force up the fliell which covers the hole at
the bottom of the pot with a fmall ftick, wjien they will
come up, earth and all; then plant them into the big pot
in frcfh light earth, fhading and watering them until you
perceive they grow again, giving them in good weather as
much air as you can, by which means they will be fit to
be fet out into the open air with Myrtles, Oranges, ^c.
about the middle of June, which fhould be in a
warm place, well fheltered from winds, as their large
leaves (which make a good appearance) would be
prejudicial to them: In O^lober remove them into
the green-houfe, with Oranges^ bV. where they will
flower and perfect their feed. When they are fet abroad
in the common air, I tied their ftems to fmall green wires,
to preferve them from the injuries of tlie weather, where-
by I have had them eight feet high in flem by the fecond
year of their growth.

299. Scabioja altijfima annua, foliis agrimonies nonnihil
ftmilihus, H. L. the talleit Anmuil Scabious, with leaves
like Agrimony.

The 300, 301, 302, 303, are all ferainal variegati-
ons of the fame plant; thofe forts 1 always (contrary to
the practice of many) chofc to fow at the end of Jiilyj
fo that they might be tranfplanted before winter into
the borders of the plcafure-gaiden, when they will be
ftrorg plants to endure the winter fevcritics, and flower
much better the fuccceding year than thofe which arc
fown and flower the fame year; and as it is a dry fcafon
commonly wlien they arc fown, I fowed them on a fliady
and moifl'foil, to halkn their vegetation, othcrwift they
will often fail. The forts here fet down in the Dutch
catalogues are what I ufed, efpecially the Scabioja proli-
Jera, ox Chihliiig Scabious, bccaiifc of ilb very uncommon

appear-

400 The Gardener's New Director.
appearance, and the ftrong mufky fcent they emit, for
which reafon they are called Mujk Scabious.

304. Sca?idix Cretica 'major, C. B. P. Great ShepherJ^t
Needle of Creie. Their plants fhould be fown in Aiigujl,
where they are to remain ; and keeping them clear from
weeds is all the culture they require.

305. Scorpioides buphleuri folio y corni cults afperis in fe
convoliitis^ Morif. Hijl. Prickly Caterpillar.

306. Scorpioides buphteuri foliis, filiquis levibus^ Park.
Theiit. Bot. Smooth Podded Caterpillar.

307. Scorpioides filiqua crajfa^ Boelii Germ. Emac. Thick
Podded Caterpillar.

Thefe plants fhould be fown in beds or patches of the
borders of a flower-garden, where they are to remain,
as they do not agree with tranfplanting ; and when they
come up, they fliould be thinned, if too thick, to one
foot, plant from plant, and be kept carefully and con-
ftantly clear from weeds, which is all the culture they
require.

30B. Scolymus Chryfanthernus anmms, R. H. Par. An-
nual Golden Thijlle.

309. Is a feminal variegation of the former plant.
Thefe plants fhould be fown in March, where they are

to remain, and on a frefli foil kept clear from weeds, and
thinned to two feet, plant from plant.

310. Sefamoides parva Matihioli \ Matthiolus"* s Bajiard
SeJamuTttt or Oily Grain.

Thefe plants fhould be fown and forced in hot-beds,
as was directed for the Amaranths^ otherv/ife they will
Dot perfect their feed in this country.

31 1. Campanula arvenfis erefla, jlore albo, Inji. R. Herb.
Upright Ve7ius^ Looking- glafs, with a white flower.

312. Campanula arvenfts ereSla^ fiore c<eruleo\ Tourn.
Upright Vetius'' Looking-glafs , with blue flowers.

Thofe plants I fowed at three difiFerent times in the
year, in March and m April, on a bed of light fiefli earth,
to flower in that feafon, keeping them clear frorii weeds,
and giving them water in very dry weather ; as alfo, about
the middle of Augujl, to flower early the next fpring, as
they endure the feverities of the winter very well, by
which means their flowers will be larger, and their ictd
better.

'i,\^,Stiicby.

The Gardener's New Director. 401

315. Stacbys agridf folio majore laciniatqy Greater Bafe
H'jre-honnd, with deep-cut leaves. I chofe to few the
feed of this plant in pots in Jujic^ and to keep them m
winter in the green-houfe, as the froft is very hurtful
to them. In the fpring following, when I tranfplanted
them into the open ground, I fupported their ilalks;
when they blofibmed and fceded very well.

314. 1 hlafpidium annuum,jiore pallide luteo, Injl. R. H.
Annual Bajlard Mithridate Mujlard, with a pale yellow;
flower.

This plant fliould be fown in Augujl, in a poor, dry,
warm fituation, to ftand the winter, whereby they flower
early and perfe6: their feed, which, if allowed to fall
on the ground, will produce a plentiful crop of plants
next feafon : They mull be kept clear from weeds. You
may alfo fow fome of them in pots in cafe of a very fe-
vere winter, whereby they may be llieltered under a
frame, or in the glafs-cafe.

315. Thhijpi Creiicu7n, quibufdam Jl'^re rubente et alhoy
y. B. Candy Mithridate Miijiard, with a reddifli and a
white flower.

316. Tblcifpi Alpinum, folio rotunda carnofoi fore pur-
pur afcente, Infl. R. Herb. Mithridate Mifard of the
Alps, with a round fleftiy leaf, and a purplifti flower.

317. Do. Flore -oiolaceo, Violet-flowered Alpine Mitfard.

318. Thlafpi Lufitanicutn lanbellatum, jolio gramineo,
fore albo purpiirafcente. In ft. R. Herb. Portugal Adithri-
date Mujlard, with a flower in an umble, and of a while
and purple colour.

319. Thlaf pi parvum fa xatile, fortius aureiSf C. B. P.
Small Rock Mithridate Muflard, with a gold-coloured
flower.

320. Thlafpi faxatile orient ale, fioribus aurantii color is ^
foliis poligul<£, pctalis forum eequahbu^, Tourn. Cor. Eaf-
ern Rock Alithridate Mufard, with Milk%vort leaves, and
an orange-coloured flower, whofe petals are of an equal
length.

321. Tblafpi Virginianum, foliis Iberidis amplioribus
ferratis, odoratis, Inf. R. flerb. Virginian Mithridate

Mufard, with leaves like the Sciatica CrcTs/ ferratcd
and well fcentcd.

All

402 The Gardener's New Director.

All thele plants are Annualsy and their feed fhouid be
fown in March upon a dry foil; keeping them clear
trom weeds, and watering them in dry weather in fum-
mer, is the bed culture you can give ihem.

322. Tordilhmi Narbonenfe minimum, Injl. R. H. Smalt
Narbonne Hartixjort.

323. T&r ('//// w?;; rnintis limbo granidato Syriacufti, Morif.
Plant. Umbellif. Small Hartvjort of Syria, with a gra-
duated border.

Thefe are Annuals, which Ihould be fown in autumn,
and be kept clear from weeds, which is all the culture
they require: You may fow the lafi: fort in pots to be
Hieltered in winter.

324. Trifoliiim lagopoides hirfnturn angujlifolium Hif-
panicum, flore riiberrimo, Mcrif. Hi/1. Hairy narrotv lea-
ved Hares-foot Spanifi Trefoil, with a very red flower.

325. Trijolium orientale alliffimum caule fi,5inlofo, flors
clho, 'Tourn. Corr. the Tallefi EaJlernTrefoil, with a hol-
low ftalk and a white flower.

The firfl; fort makes a fine appearance v/ith its pretty
fcarlet flowers; it is an Annual, and fhouid be fown in
March, and kept clear from weeds, or they may be fown
alfo in autumn, in pots for winter fiielter, and for early
bloffoming and feeding.

The other fort may alfo be fown in autumn, and makes
a very good appearance, and fhouid be cleared from all
Aveeds : Both thefe forts I had in great perfection by au-
tumnal fowings.

326. Maize, or Indian Wheat. There are many femi-
nal varieties of this, which differ only in the co-
lour of the grain. Thefe are generally fown upon a
hot-bed, and in fune are planted out into a rich border,
where they are to remain and ripen their feed, which
come to little without this method of forcing them; you
rnuft keep them clear from weeds, and give them water
in dry weather, which is all the culture they require.

327. Polemonirim "julgare cariileum, 'Tournef. Greek
Valerian, with a blue flower.

328. Polemoniv.m vulgare album, Tournef. Greek Vale-
' rian, with a white flower.

329. Polemoniufn vulgare flore variegaloj Tourn, Greek
Valerian, ^vith a variegated flower.

The

T5ie Gardener's "New Director. 403

■ The feed of thefe plants diould be Town in May in
a good garden mould, they will ftand the feverities of
our u-inters very well, and in^-tiie lucceeding March,
fhould be tranfplanted into the borders of the flovver-
gardtn, where they uill make a very pleaHng {how ; the
firft ibrt flowers early.

330. PalenajieJia Cret'ica frn£ln itefKario^ Tourn. Car-
rol. Candy Corn Saliad, with a bladdered fruit.

331. ValerianeUa femitie in umhello crejhente^ birfnto
majore, MoriJ. Hi/f. Plant, umbellif. Corn Sallady with a
large hairy unribeUicated ^e^d.

The feed of thefe plants fhoiiid be fown in autunin,
as they are hardy, and be kept clear of weeds, is all the
culture they require, for they will grow in almoft any
fituation.

33^. Verbafcum Alpitinm perenne nigrumj fiore aJbo^
jlamineh purpiirelsy H. R. Paris.

333. Verhafcum fczmineum^ fiore luteo magno, C. E. P.
Female Mullein^ with a large yellow flower.

The feed of thefe plants fhould be fown in autumn.*
as they are very hardy, and in the fubfcqoent March may
be planted out, where they are to remain ; but they ^o
not agree with being often tranfplanted.

334» 33 S' 33*^' 337 ^"<^ 3i^» '^^^ ^^' feminal varie-
ties of the Vkta or Vetch, which in all refpecls agree with
the culture given to garden peafe.

339 Vkla tric'Mr bortenfis repent, C. B. P P,infie*i
HearVs Eafc, or Three-coloured Violet. Although this
plant is faid to be annual, yet, when it is allowed 10
fcatter its ict6, it will continue itfelf ; but they muH: be
kept within bounds, otherwife they w ill fprcad too much.
There is a great variety of them. Obferve to take off-
fets from the beft forts of them: For, although they da
not keep lo the colours of the mother plant, they are
improved by this management, as I have often experi-
enced.

340. Vulneraria pentapbyllos, Injl. R. If. Five-leaved
Woundixjort. The feed of thefe plants Oiould be fown
in Mtirch, in frefh light earth, and in tiiat }>lace v/hcre
they are lo (land, mufl: be kept clear fiom weeds, and
Ihould be thinned, if they are too thick l«uvn, which i'.
all the culture Uiey require.

31 if/'-

404 The Gardener's Nev/ Director.

341. Urtica Romana, or Roman Nettle. This plant
fhould be fown in Adarch, in a hard gravelly foil, and
will profper in any fituation.

Culture of the Plants vohich flovjer the fecond Tear after
they are fown y called Biennials.

342. Acarna Theophraft i^ Plinii, the true name of
the planlj is, Acanthts fathus vulgaris^ feu mollis Virgi-
liiy C. B. the Smooth-leaved Garden Bearbreach, menti-
oned by Pliny and Theophrafus: The feed of this plant
fhould be fown in March upon a bed of rich light
earth, kept clear from weeds; and the year after,
they may be transplanted into the beds where they are
to fiand and flower, which is the only culture they re-
quire; or you may fow them upon a moderate hot-bed in
March, to bring them on fooner.

343. Afragalus Alpinus procerior Alopecuroides, Tourn.
Taller Foxtail Alpine Milk-vetch.

The feed of thefe plants fliould be fown in the be-
ginning of April, upon a bed of frefh light earth, put-
ting a very thin covering over them, and in June fol-
lowing, may be tranfplanted into the borders of the
flower-garden at a good ditlance, to allow them a large
fpace.

344. Aquilegia fore variegato, Columbine with variega-
ted flowers.

345. Aquilegia Virginiana, the Virginian Columbine,
with variegated flowers.

The feed of thofe plants fhould be fown on a bed of
frefh earth in March, and in dry weather, ftiould be
moderately watered: In the beginning of July they may
be tranfplanted into a nurfery-bed of the fame foil,
where, if they attempt to flower, nip off their bloflbms,
and in March following, plant them either as edgings to
the borders of fummer flowers, or upon the beds, allow-
ing fome of them to continue in the nurfery-bed, to fee
their colours ; and, if good, throw away the bad
ones, and fupply their places with the good ones
from your nurfery-bed; tranfplant and divide their roots
in the end of July, and trim their long fibres, but do
not divide their roots too much. I always fowed the

feed

Thp Gardener's New Director. 405

feed of thofc plants once evcrv t.roye.irs, and fucli as
I had from Hollafid, whereby I had many new varie-
ties.

346. Lapathum, or Burdock-^ but when names are gi-
ven, which no botanical authors treat of (at leart the
modern ones) it is impolTible to guefs at the fpecies or
genus of a plant.

347. Chenopodium lini folio villofo. Tourncf. Flax-
leaved Orach: called Behidere.

Thefe plants may be fown in autumn, or early in
fpring, and when they are two inches high, {hould be
tranfplanted into pots or borders ; when they are full
grown, they make a very pretty pyram.idal bufh to adorn
rooms ; they are very hardy, and fow themfelves; when
in pots, they fhould be often watered.

348. Lunaria percnnis fsliqua roiundiorc, flore albot
Toiirn. Great Perennial Honejlyy or Moofiwort, with a
round pod and a white flower.

349. Lunaria major ftliqua rotwidiore argentato, y. B,
the Larger Honejly, with a rounder pod filverifed ; it
blows a ftrong blue flower in April and May.

Thefe plants fhould be fown in autumn> foon after
their feed is ripe, and in yiine following, thev will
flower, and perfe6l their feed. Their feed-veflels make
an odd appearance. Some perfons cut them with long
flalks, and put them in pots or chimnies during win-
ter.

350. This plant will be treated of amongft- the Piper
Indicum''s. But as it is Perennial., it cannot be kept well
in winter without a temperate heated (love, where it
thrives and fruits very well, Mofl: of the other kinds
of Capftcuni's being annuals, I thought proper to give
the curious this caution concerning the culture of this
plant.

351. Caryophillus bar hat us hor ten/is lat if alius, florevar le-
gato, Boerh. Lid. The broad-leaved Swcet-Wiilium, with
variegated flowers.

Thefe plants are befl: propagated by feed, which
fhould be fown in March on a bed of rich li^Mu earth,
and in June {hould be tranfplanted into beds at eight
inches ciiflance, plant from plant, and In March, you
may plant them out into the borders, or ufe them

E c for

4o6 The Gardener's New Director.

for edging to the borders of the pleafure-garden, where,
if they are of the right kind, they will make a very
pretty {how.

By this management of their feed and feedling plants,
ams I 749, I raifed in my garden a plant of the whole
podded double Siveet IVilliam, of a finer colour than
Fairchild\ Mule, and mixed with a black fimbriation
round the infide of the uppermoft petals. Thefe plants
put into pots in a frefh light foil, make a pretty appear-
ance in the windows or chimnies of rooms in fummer.

352. Clinopodiiim Plrgi?tianum angujii-folium, floribui
luteis amplijjlmis purpureis tnaculis notatum, citjus caulis,
fub quovis vsrticillo decern ^ J<^p^ duodecem foliolis pur-
pureis circumdvMus cjl. Banijierii Pluck. Phytol. Tab. 24.
Narrovj-leaved Virginian Field Bafil, with the largeft yel-
low flowers fpotted with purple.

This is a pretty ftiowy plant, the feed ftiould be fown
upon a very dry warm foil, and is hardy enough j though
in cafe of extreme hard weather, I had fome of them
in pots, the better to preferve them from the rigour of
our hard winters; you may fow them upon a moderate
hot-bed.

353. Carlina acaulis magno fiorCi C. B. CarlineThifth
without ftalks, and a large flower ; fome plants of thefe
have white flowers, and others have purplifh.

The feed of thefe plants fhould be fown in March
upon a bed of frefh undunged earth, and fhould be kept
clear from weeds, and thinned, if fown too thick; they
flower the feccnd year after fowing, but do not agree
with tranfplanting.

354. Colutea orienfalis, Jlore fanguinei colorisy lutea ma"
cukd notato, Tourn. Corr. Eajlern Bladder Setinay with
a blood coloured flower mixed with yellow fpots.

The feed of this plant I always fovi'ed in March on
a moderate hot-bed, and in May tranfplanted them into
pots, flieltering them in winter in an airy cafe, and gave
them frefh earth in the fpringof the fucceedingyear, by
fuch culture they flowered and feeded well.

35'5' 35^' 357' 35^ ^'"^ ^'^ feminal varieties of the
Digitalis, or Fox-glove. Thefe plants fhould be fown in
March on a bed of very poor dry foil, and kept clear
from weeds : The fecond year they will flower well, pro-
vided

The Gardener's New Direjctor. 407

vided they are not planted upon too fat ground, x'.hich
rots them.

359. Digitalis VirginianUy erroneoufly called, which
induced me to low it in the fame "way I did the others,
but the winter killed it; I found it to be xht Digi-
talis Canarienp.s acantoides frutefctns, flore aureoy Hort.
Amjielodam. Shrubby Canary Fox-g/ove, with a golden
flower.

The feed of this fort I fowcd in March upon a hot-
bed of tan-bark, and in fix weeks tranfplanted them
into pots of irefli and very fandy earth, and funk the
pots into this bed to make the plants take root the foon-
er ; which when I perceived, 1 expofed them in a warm
place with other exotic plants, and flieltered them in a
green-houfe in winter, where they fbould be kept free
from all froft, giving them fome frefh earth about
their roots in Aday. I expofed them to the open
air in June, with Myrtles, Oranges, &^c. where they
flowered to great perfection, it being one of the prettieil
plants which adorns a green-houfe, and makes a fine
fliovv when in flower. I gathered ripe feed from it.

360. Geranium Batrachoides, gratia Dei GermanoruWf
C. B. P. Cranes-hill with a crow foot leaf, and a large
blue flower.

361. Geranium Batracbcides, gratia Dei Gennanorum,
flore 'variegate, C. B. P. Cranes-bill, with a crow -toot
leaf and a ftriped flower.

The feed of tbofe plants fhould be fown in March,
and in the fucceeding fpring may be early tranfplanted
into the borders of the flower-garden, where ihey will
flower and feed very well, and make a good variety a-
mongft other flowers of their feafon.

362. Horminum orientale foliis ragojts et verrucofts an-
guflis, flore albo, Tourn. Eaflern Clary with rough and
narrow warted leaves and a white flower.

Their feed may be fown in March, and kept clear
from weeds, and tranlplanted into the flower-gardei. the
fucceeding fpring, where they will flower and profper
well.

363. Cytitius Afpinus latifolius, f.ore racrmofo pendulo,
T'ourri. Broad-leaved Lahurnmn, or Bean Trfjoil.

E e 2 The

4o8 The Gardener's New Director.

The feed of this tree fhould be fown in March, and
may be covered with an inch only of good garden mould,
and often watered in dry weather. The plants will
appear in fix weeks after fowing, when they mufl:
be kept clear from weeds ; here they may continue until
the March following, when they fhould be tranfplanted
into a nurfery-bed by themfelves, at the diftance of three
feet, plant from plant; be fure always to keep them
clear from weeds in the nurfery : They may ftand for
three vears, when they may be planted out where they
are to remain. It feems odd enough, that amongfl An-
nual and Biennial flowers, the Dutch fliould infert the
feed of this tree in their catalogues ; but it having a fine
flower, which in May makes a pretty fliow, perhaps has
induced them to infert it. The flowers of this tree are
fa'id to be very prejudicial to bees, by purging them.

364. Lathyniis perennis latifolius major y C. B. Broad-
leaved common EverlaJIing Pea.

This fhould be planted or fown near high walls of
houfes, becaufe of its rampant growth, to which its long
branches fhould be fafliened.

365. Lathynus lati-jolius perennis minor, f.ore majore,
Boerh. Ind. Broad-leaved Icjfer Perennial Enjerlajling Pea,
with a larger flower.

Both thofe forts {hould be fown in a border as our
common garden pea, and be kept clear from weeds,
and in March, tranfplanted where they are to re-
main. This fecond fort grows only to five feet high,
and has a fine large flower. Of this fort I have feen the
white flowered kind at Mr. l%ing's garden at the water
of Leith.

366. Is already treated of amongfl: the Leucoiums.

367. Lychnis coronaria Diofcoridis fativa, flore ruhrt
vehiti fiammeo fulgens, C. B. P. Rofe Campion, with a
flaming red flower.

This plant, when propagated from feed, fhould be
fown in March upon a bed of light freih earth, and be
kept clear from weeds : You may,' in 'June, tranfplant
them into a nurfery-bed, at feven inches difliance, (ha-
ding and watering them gently and often, until they
have rooted, and that you perceive them again to
grow : In March following, you may tranfplant them

into

The Gardener's New Dirfctor. 409

Jnto the flower-garden, where they are to continue ; and
keeping them always clear oi weeds, is all the culture
they require.

368. Lychnis corojiiiria JJoribus variegatis, or Jlr'tped
flowered Campion : This requires the fame culture. Of
this fort particularly I had the double flowered, which
was much valued. The painted Lady Rofc Campion, a-
grees well with the culture of the other Rcfc Campions.

369* 370, 37i> 372, 373' 374» 375> 376, and 377,
are all feminal varieties ot the Malva bortcnfls rofca, or
Holly-hock.

The feed of thefe plants fliould be fown upon a bed
of frefh earth, the beginning of April \ having before
fowing watered it, and then covering it with an
inch of the fame mould, keep them clear of weeds,
in March, I tranlplanted them into the borders,
where they were to remain and flower. Their flow-
ers, when going oflF, and their ftalks decaying, I im-
mediately cut clofe to the ground ; nor do I approve
of tranfplanting them, but this once, from their feed-
beds, becaufe of their long-tapped root: I always fow-
ed their feed once every two years, for a neu' fuccefllon
of plants when the old ones failed, which feed I always
chofe to have from abroad. This plant is very olfcnfive
to bees.

378. Ts one of the fpecies of the Abutilons; but I dif-
tinguifh it from other fpecies of the fame genus, by the
name here given it in the Dutch catalogues, Ahutikn
Mexicatnim.

379. Moldavica Americana irifolia odorc gravi, Tcum.
Three-leaved American Moldavica^ with a ilrong fcent,
commonly called The Balm of Gilead.

The feed of thefe plants fliould be fown in March in
a hot-bed, and when two inches high, flionld be planted
in fmall pots feparately, and placed again into a hot-bed,
where they may continue till June, and afterwards be fct
in the air, and in October they fiiould be brought into
the green-houfe, and put as near the open air as they
can, and in mild weather fhould have air given them.
They are alfo propagated by cuttings in any of the fum-
nier months, and they will take root in three weeks
by which means they may be continued, when the old
plants fail.

E e 3 . 380. Pj'

410 The Gardener's New Director.

380. Paf>aver Indicum perenne, flore jnagno rulroj In-
dian Great Peppy. This is a Perennial plant ; it fhould be
fown in patches, where it is to remain, and keeping it
clear from weeds, is all the culture it requires. This
plant affords plenty of feed'annually.

381. Coronopus rnaritimus rofeus Baconi, Rar. Plant,
Rofe-like Sea Buckthorn Plant oin.

The feed of this plant fhould be fown in March^ on
a border of frefh earth, and kept clear from weeds ; and
if their feed is fufFered to drop upon the earth, there
will be fufficlent of plants.

382. Scabiofd perennis Sicula, fiore fiilphureoy Boerh.
Ind. Perennial Sicilian Scabious, with a fulphur coloured
flower.

The feed of thefe plants fhould be fown in March,
on a bed of light earth, and fhould in June be tranf-
planted, where they are to remain for good, and be kept
clear from weeds : Some of them may be planted into
pots, to flower in rooms, and to be preferved in winter:
And this method you mufl: ufe with them ; for in winter,
and in the firfl year of their growth, they are very apt
to die.

383. Sanfolina jiore majore, foil is villofis et incanis,
Tourn. Hoary-leaved Lavender Cotton, with a larger
fiower.

Thefe plants are propagated from feed fown on a lean
gravelly foil ; they arealfo propagated by cuttings, which
in a little time will take root, and both they and the feed-
lings may be planted into pots, to adorn balconies : They
are very hardy plants, and endure the winter well.

384. Tythimaltis latifolius, Cataputia di^us, H. L.
Broad-leaved Spurge, called Cataputia.

The feed of this plant fliould be fown in the end of
Jpril, on a border of frefli earth, where they are to re-
main, and be kept from weeds; the fecond year they
will flower and feed in autumn, which, if allowed to fow
themfelves, will furnifli abundance of plants.

385. 386, 387, are already defcribed under the arti-
cle Valeriana.

388. Vicia fupra infraque terram edens, Tourn. Eata-
ble Vetch, having pods both above and belo-v ground.
Tiiis is an AfrVan plant originally, and has been long

culti-

The Gardener's New DiREeroR. 41J.
cultivated in the Eafl Indies. I planted the feed in large
tubs of good earth, and placed them in a tan hot-bed,
that they might have room to grow both above and be-
low ground, which they cannot do, when they are con-
fined in the narrow bounds ot pots ; and without this
pra£l:ice, the plants will not ripen their feed, which are
indeed a very extraordinary produflfon of nature.

389. Campanula vulgar tor, foliis iirtica irl major et af-
perior, flore duplici albo majore, Boerh. bid. Large Nettle-
leaved Bell-floiver, with large double white flowers.

390. Campanula vulgar ior, foliis iirtic<i^, vel major et
afperior, jlore duplici caruleo, Hort. Reg. Pari fun. Large
Nettle-leaved Bell-flotuer, with a large double blue flower

The feed of thefe plants, which are but femi-double
flowers, fhoidd be fown in a bed of very fine rich fandy
earth in Jpril ; in July they may be tranfplanted, where
they are to remain tor good, Pnould be kept quite clear
.from weeds, and be watered at planting, to fettle the
earth to them; they will endure tlie feverity of our win-
ters very well. But if they oflFer to flower the firft year,
their ftems fhouid be cut down to the leaves, and the
fecond year they will flower, and feme of them will feed
■well.

Some of thefe I planted in pots, to have them bloflom
early in rooms. Their common name is the Fiola Ma-
riana \ they are fold in pots in May and in June, at Rome,
to adorn their chambers.

391. Vulneraria rujlica, J B. Rujlic IVoundiuort Kid-
ney Fetch, or Ladf s Finger. Their feed fhould be fown
in March, and fliould be kept clear from weeds, and
they will ftand the winter very wi;ll, and will flower and
feed well the fucceeding fcalon.

Such Seeds as are to be foivn on Hot-beds.

392. Jbutilum hulicum, fiorc aurantii coloris, "J. E. the
Indian Ahutilon, with or.mge coloured flowers.

The feed of this plant muft be raifcd on a hot-bed,
and afterwards tranfplanted into pots, or borders of good
frcfli light earth ; and it being an Annual plant, will flower
and ripen its feed; which to have in perfection, the pots
fhould be removed in Augufl into the grccn-lioufe.

E c 4 The

4T2 The Gardener's New Director.

The feveral forts of Amarantbus , from 392 to 402 in-
clufive, together with tlie Amaranthoides^, have been
fully treated of under the article Amarantbus, in the be-
ginning of this catalogue, which renders it unneceffary
to he repeated here, fee No. lo.

403. Althca Americana, jioribus aureis, American Mal-
low, with gold coloured flowers.

This plant is propagated by feed, which muft befown
on a hot-bed in March, and fliould afterwards be potted
and inured to the open air, where it will flower well.

404. Bidens trifilia Americana, Leiicanlbemi flore. Tourn,
Three-l.-aved American Hemp Agrimony, with a greater
daizy flower.

The feed of this plant fhould be fown in Marcb, up-
on a hot-bed, to bring the plants forwiird, and then
planted out either into pots, or into warm borders, where
they will flower, and perfect their feed very well; but I
prefer planting them into pots.

405. Cannacorus, flore luteo pnnfiato, Tourn. the yel-
low (potted Indian Reed.

406. Cannacorus, flore coccineo fphndente, Tourn. the
fine Scarlet Indian Reed.

The feed of thofe plants fhould be fown in Marcb
upon a good hot-bed, and the plants when they are come
to feme fl:rength, fl-jould be planted into pots of frefh
light earth, and be again placed with the pots in a frefli
hot-bed : When they are firfl: taken out of the hot-bed,
they (liould be fet in the green-houfe, and afterwards be
pliced in a warm fituation, and free from winds : They
will attempt to flower the firfl: year, but thofe may be
cut cfT, in order to flrengthen their roots ; the fecond
rear they will fnew their grand bloom ; in winter they
ifhouid be placed in the green-houfe, giving them little
or no water; in March tranfplant their roots into large
pots, put them into a hot-bed to forward them, and af-
terwards take them out, and ufe them as in the former
feafon; but when they are coming to bloom, if you put
them into the green-houfe or in rooms, iliey will b!of-
fom fairer than thofe do which have not any fhelter.

407. Stramo7iinm Malalaricum jruBu glabra, flore ftm-
pliciviolaceo odorato, Tourn. Malabar Thorn Apple, with a

fmooth

The Gardener's New Director. 413
fmooth fruit, and a Tingle violet coloured Iweet fcented
flower, commonly called the Didro of tbePerffans.

There is another kind of this Stramonium^ viz. Stra-
mcnium Malabaricum fruBu glabra, foliis latioribus ner-
'vofis, flore magno. Great flJali'bar Thorn Jlpplc, with a
large white flower. This plant may be fown on a hot-
bed in the fpring; it will flower and ripen its feed very
well in the open air, but if it is houfed, the flowers will
be larger.

The feed of thofe plants fhould be fown on a hot-
bed, and the plants when come up fhould be treated in
the fame manner as is prefcribed for the AmaranthuSy to
force them on, otherwife they will neither flower nor
perfe£t their feed.

408. Ficoides Jlfricanuy pJaniaginis folio unduJato, micis
argenteis afperfo^ Tcurn. Ac. Reg. African Ficoides with
a waved plantain leaf, covered over with filvcr drops,
commonly called the Diamond Ficoides.

The flrange appearance which this plant has of clear
large drops of fubflances like ice, upon its leaves and
ftalks particularly, gives it a merited place in every col-
lection of plants.

The feed of this beautiful plant fhould be fown in Fe-
bruary in pots, put into a hot-bed, and in five weeks af-
ter they will come up, provided they are fown in a dry
fandy mould ; when they have fix leaves, they fhould be
tranfplanted into pots filled with the fandy mould, and
again put into a hot-bed, until they become largo plants ;
but as foon as you perceive them to branch out and fprcad,
the pots with the plants fhould be taken out of the beds,
and put into the green houfe for ten or twelve days, as
rear the windows as you can, to inure them to the
air.

Some of them you may keep in pots, where they will
flower and feed better, when their roots are confined,
than thofe which are taken out of the pots and planted
in the garden, which will fpread a great way, and (htw-
the fpani-ling of their cryltalline-like matter upon their
flalks and leaves: But obferve, when the plants are in
pots, and defi^ned lo flower and pcrfe6t their Iced, that
you do not fufl'iT their roots to come out at the holes of
the pots, for if ihcy reach the earth upon which the pots

are

414 The Gardener's New Director.
are placed, they would grow and prevent the plants from
flowering or feeding; therefore fet thofe pots upon the
pavement, or upon bricks, which will make them foon
fly up into feed. A friend of mine had from eight plants
of thofe Ficoidesh in pots, a vaft quantity of feed, fo
furprifing that I could fcarce credit fo fmall and fo few
plants could produce fo much feed. His method was
this: After the plants had been planted for fome time in
the pots, and were profpering and growing, he put them
upon a lead battlement on the top of the houfe, well ex-
pofed to the fun ; the refle£lion of which upon the leads,
made the plants grow well, and their being curbed in
growth of leaves, by being confined in the pots, m^de
them to flower, and to perfe61: their feed, in a much
greater degree than if they had been in any garden.
This I mention for perfons who are defirous of much
htd from their plants.

I have alfo kept them all winter, by planting their
cuttings in Augufi or in Jtily, ten days after I had taken
them off their mother plants; and when their wounds at
the amputations were dry, I potted them in very dry
fandy mould, placing them in the green-houfe in the
moft airy place, or into the glafs-cafe, which I have
already defcribed in this work; but at the fame time
preferving them from all manner of frofl, and giv-
ing them very fmall quantities of water. Thefe plants
flowered the fucceeding year much better than thofe
which were fown the fame feafon, and from thofe plants
I had good feed.

409. Lacbrima Jobi, Chtf. Hiji. Common Job's Tears.
The feed of this plant fhould be fown in March on a
-warm border of frefh earth, at fix inches difiance, ktd
from feed, and fhould be ke; tj clear from weeds; this
plant is named Coix by Doftor Linnaus, ProfefTor of
Botany at Upfal, in Siveden.

410. Melongena fpinofa, fruflu roiundo crccco, Toiirn.
Mad Jppki with a round faffron coloured fruit.

411. Melongena fpinofa fru^u ohlongo violaceo, Tourn.
Mad Apple, with a long violet coloured fruit.

There is nov/ a kind of it called ;he Melongena Ame^
Tirana fruMu eiJho obkngo, or Egg Plant, from the refem-
blance v,'hich the fruit of this plant has to an egg ; the

culture

The Gardener's New Director. 415

culture of which is the fame with the other Metongefia^s;
obferving, if you keep it in the ftove, or in a window-
within the glafs, it will become very large, and will
there ripen its feed well.

I fowed the feed of thofe plants upon hot-beds in
March, and in April tranfplanted them into another hot-
bed, at fix inches diftance from one another, giving them
good and frequent waterings, and gave them all the air
poffible in mild weather ; by the beginning of Jivie they
had quite filled this bed ; then having a bed of good rich
earth, in a warm fituation of the garden, I litted them
with large balls of earth, and planted them into pits
made for them, fhading and watering them until I per-
ceived they had taken new root, keeping them clear from
weeds. As foon as their fruit appeared, I gave them
great plenty of water, without which they will not
fruit.

412. Ocynnim minimuniy C. B. P. commonly called
Bitjlj Baftl. This requires precifely the fame culture,
with the Melongena's ; and when they come from the
fecond hot-bed, may be planted to adorn rooms.

413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419* 420, and 421,
are all feminal varieties of the Capficum Indicum, or Gui-
nea Pepper. They require the fame culture which has
been prefcribed for the Amarantbus. Their fruit either
in pots, or in the open ground, make a fine variety, hang-
ing upon the plants in autumn, and in winter.

An Alphabetical Lift of /i'f'Englifh Names of the mojl curi-
ous Annuals and lixotick Plants, tuhich have hern raifed
in our Gardens, luith Reference to their Cultwr, (by the
Figures preceding each Article) as direcled by Sir James
Judicc, Bt. being fuch as he had from Holland, and
raifed in Scotland. The Figures have alfo a Reference
to the Dutch Catalogue, which ive have given, thut Gen-
tlemen might not b^ under any Difkulty, when d'frous of
importing ary of them.

392 jBulihn, the Indian, with orange coloured llowers,
196^^ African Flux, bro,ul Idiveif,

ig-j . , i\\c (rrenter Perennial blue,

4 ^i'-'-

4i6 The Gardener's New Director.

4 Jigrimony, or Peruvian Hemp,

404 J the Hemp of America,

47 ■ , the Hemp, broad leaved of Canada,

3 Alpine Ageratum, purple flovjered,
20 Alehoof, the i^&c;^,

8 Amaranth Tree,
10 Amaranth, red fpiked, &c.
AmararithuSy Globe, p. 32 1 >

137 , with a great vvhitifli fpike of flowers,

291 Apple^ the yelloTV Love,

292 > the Loz'f, with a yellow cherry- fhaped fruit,

293 , with a red fruit,

294 ■ 3 with a red cherry-fhaped fruit,

407 , the Thorn, of Malabar, or Dutro of the

Per/tans, with a violet flower,
— ■ , the great Malabar, with a large white flower,

410 » Mad, with faff'ron coloured fruit,

411 • , with violet coloured fruit,

286 Arfefmart, the Eafiern, with a tobacco kaf,
23 Ajphodel, yellow, or King^s Spear,

28 AJierifcus, or yellow Star wort,

67 Avens, the Mountain,
1^,2 Balm, the Turkey, with a white flower,
379 iS^//w o/" Gilead,

32 Balfam Apple, or Female Balfam,
352 Bafil, the Field, iiarrow leaved Virginian, with its
yellow flowers, fpotted with purple,

287 Bean, the red-flowering Kidney,

363 , Trefoil, or broad-leaved Laburnum,

342 Bearhreach, the fmooth-leaved,

389 Bell-flower, the /izr^^ Nettle-leaved, with white

flowers.

390 , with a large double blue flower,

44 Bellij*s, or Daizies,

347 Belvidere, or Fox-leaved Orach,

200 Bird's-footy red fquare codded,

201 ' ^ — , narro-vj leaved, with a purplifh flower.

268 , the Caterpillar,

354 Bladder Senna, the Eaflern, with a blood coloured
flower, mixed with yellow fpots,
50 Borage, Rofe coloured,
«;i ■ , the Jl ripe d leaved,

52 5<;-

The Gardener's New Director. 417

52 Borage f with large blue flowers,
381 Buckthorn, the Sea Rofe-like Plantain,

52 Buglofs, greater narrow leaved, with white flowers,
-546 Burd'jck, or Lapaibum,
412 BupJ Baft I,

58 Calamint, with large flowers,

182 Campion, the Red Corn,

183 , the fviall hairy, with a variegated flower,

184 > the /ingle ijuhite Rofe,

186 , the Spcnipj, with a purple flower,

188 , the Cor« Annual hairy,

189 , with a flaming red coloured flower,

367 , the Rofe, with a flaming red flower,

368 , the Jlriped floijuered,

— , painted Lady Rofe,

Cardinal, the P^ed, which excels all other flowers

in the rlchnefs of its colours, page 310,
, the blue, do.

305 Caterpillar, the prickly,

306 , the frnooth podded,

307 , the thick podded,

45 Chamomile, the broadejl leaved Portugal,

46 , finking, ox May-zveed,

111 • , with a white flower,

112 , with a yellow flower,

158 Cherry, the Common Winter,

8 1 Chiches, luhite flowered Garden,

82 , with puiplifli red flowers,

169 Clary, with puirle and violet tops,
362 , the Eaflern, with a white flower,

344 Columbine, with variegated flowers,

345 — ■ , the Virginian, variegated,

91 Comfrey, the greater Female, with white flowers,

92 , Eaflern, fweet fcented, with blue flowers,

94 , with a narrow viper's huglofs leaf,

96 , with a large buglofs leaf, and white flowers,

248 Convolvulus, a fpecies that expands its blolfoms

when the fun's rays are oflF,
115 Corn-bottle, with variable flowers,

116 , white flowered,

I r 7 , blue flowered,

118 , purple flowered,

330 C'jrn

4i8 The Gardener's New Director.

330 Corn Sallady the Candy, with a bladdered fruit,

331 , with a large hairy umbelhcated feed,

149 Cranes-bill, with a blue flower,

150 J the miijied,

151 , with a large purple flower,

360 • , with a crow-foot leaf, and a large blue

flower,
361 , with a flriped flower,

113 Cucurbita, ox SquaJJj,

114 Cucumber, the f quirting,

167 Cummin, the wild Eajlern horned,

44 Dairies, or Bellis''s,

45 • , the Ox-eye Portugal, with a filver-jagged

leaf,

181 , the Ox-eye, with a tanfey leaf,

32 Female Balfam, or Half am Apple,
43 , let no one touch me,

265 Fennel, with a fmall white double flower,

266 , with a double blue flower, ox Devil in a Bujb,

125 Fennugreek, the Garden,

232 Feverfew, with curled leaves,

233 > double flowered,

408 Ficoides, covered with filver drops, called the Dia-
mond Ficeides,

89 Flea-bane, with filver leaves,

90 5 with yellow leaves,

126 Flos Adonis, with a red flower,

— , yellow flowered,

355 Fox-glove, a variety of them,

359 Fox-glove, the Jhrubby Canary, with a golden flower,
155 Fox-tail Grafs J the common,
14 Frog's -mouth, or Snapdragon,
^■i Fumitory, the podded,
202 Gilliflower, the /^^ Annual Stock,

— • , the te7i weeked,

204 , the great hoary, with a double flower,

205 , i with a double purple flower,

206 , with a double purple and white varie-
gated,

207 , the Rofe coloured,

209 , with a great hoary crlmfon flower, na-
med the Brumpton Stock,

146 Goat^s

The Gardener's New Director. 41^

146 Goafs Rue t iht common f with white flowers,

147 » with blue flowers,

245 Grain Gold of Pleafure, the broad leavedy
155 Grafs, the cormnon Fox-tail,

56 , the greatef quaking, with red pannicles,

5 7 , the f mailer trembling,

413 Guinea Pepper, a variety of them,

85 Gumfuccory,

5 7 Harems Ear, Annual long leaved,
324 Hare^-foot, the hairy narroiu-leaved, with a red

flower,
322 Hartvjort, xhe fmall Narbonne,

323 ? the fmall, of Syria ^

162 Hawk-weed, the crooked feeded,

1 63 , the /if^r, with a fuiphur coloured flower,

1 64 , /(?^r yellow,

165 , the golden, with hairy le.ives,

339 Hearths Eafe, Panfte^s, ov three-coloured Fiolet,
369 Holly-bock, a variety of them,

348 Honefly, or Moonwort, with a white flower,

349 , the larger, with a rounder pod filverifed,

72 Honeywortb, with white flowers,

73 , with prickly leaves and a yellow flower,

74 , with purple and white party coloured

flowers,

75 , with red and white party coloured,

159 Honey-fuckle, the greater Annual French, with leaves

like the fenfitive plant,

160 ■" ■ , the French, with a delicate red flower,

161 , the French white flowered,

313 Hore-hound, the greater Bafe, with deep cut leaves,

I 7 I Flyffop, the red flowired,

248 Jalapa, a plant, that only expands its bloflToms

when the fun's rays are off,
326 Indian Wheat,
409 Job^s Tears^ the common,

23 King's Spear, or yellow Afphodel,
363 Laburnum, broad leaved, or Bean Trefoil,

97 Lark-fpurs^
22] Lava t eras,
180 Lavender, the cut-leaved,
383 Lavender Cotton, the hoary-leaved,

3 1 1 Look •

4to The Gardener's New Director.

311 Looking-glafsy Vemis^s, with a white flower,
312 , with a blue flower,

291 Love- Apple y the yelkivy

292 • > with a yellow cherry-fhaped fruit,

293 ^ J with a red fruit,

294 , with a red cherry-ihaped fruit,

p Love lies a bleedings

185 Lychnis y the pale, of Con/lantlnople,

187 ■ , with fcabious leaves,

216 Lupine, the Garden, with a white flower,

217 , tht common yellow,

218 , the narrow leaved blue ^

219 • , the^rf^^i^cm^M, with a flefti coloured flower,

commonly called the Rofe Lupine,

220 , the lejfer blue,

221 , the great blue, *

222 > the Jfnaller blue creeping Virginian,

A 1 2 ^'^^ Apple, the faffron coloured fruit,

413 » ^ long violet coloured fruit,

I Malloui, Eajlern,

224 ' ■> the Candy,

228 ■ > upright Eafiern,

229 J upright Chinefe,

230 J the curled leaved,

2 -J J , the variegated,

403 ■ J the American, with good coloured flowers,

242 Melilot, the Italian,

244 , ^he f mailer creeping,

59 Marygold, the common,

60 ■ ^ , /''^/^ coloured,

61 , the largejl double,

62 , the childing,

76 " , the double white Corn,

^y _ ^ the double yellow,

78 ■ , the quilted corned,

gg , the double fulphur,

127 — — - — , the greaiejl upright African, with a very

large orange-coloured flower,

128 ' , with a large orange-coloured piped flower,

129 ■ — , the greatejl upright African, with a very

pale yellow double flower, with a fweet fcent,

130 Mary-

The Gardener's New Director. 421

130 MarygoU, the greatell upright Jfricafiy with a large
double, pale and piped flower, called the^//7/-
ed African,
132 , the common French, with a fingle flower,

called Indian Clove Gillyfloivcry

^33 ' ^^^ finalleft French, with a fmall red

hairy flower,

134 , the middle FjVHf/?, with a double yellow

flower,
3 Maudline, common,
^26 Maize, or Indian Wheat,
343 Milk-vetch, the taller Fox-tail Alpine,
246 Millets,

Minionette d^jEgypte, or the yelloiv f.ovjeringBaJlard
Rocket, with moft Tweet fmelling flower-, fee its
culture page 265, Gingabo, fo called by the Dutch,

253 Moldavia, the Ea/hrn, with blue flowers,

254 , with large violet flowers,

'348 Moonvjort, or great Perennial Honcjly,

30 Mulberry-blight, or Berry bearing Orach,
31 , greater f or Strawberry Spinage^

48 Mulleine, white,

49 , the Moth, white,

■ — , rofe-coloured,

333 ' ^^^ Female, with a large yellow flower,

219 Mujlard, the ftnall Rock Mithridate, with a gold-
coloured flower,

320 , ihe Eaflern Rock Mithridate, w'llh an orange

coloured flower,

321 , the Firginian Mithridate,

314 , the Annual Bajlard Mithridate,

315 , the Candy Adithridate,

316 , the Mithridate of the Alps,

317 , the Alpine, Fiolet-phwered,

318 , the Portugal Mithridate, with a white and

purple flower,
198 Navel Wort, the Venus,
258 Najiurtiums,
341 Nettle, the Roman,
347 Orach, the Flax-leaved, Of Belvidere,

54 Oat-^j^, the Eajlern, with large yellow flowers,

55 ■ , hoary -leaved. With lulpliur coloui c t do.

-^ ^ with large white floucr-,

r r 298 Pal/ri.'t

422 The Gardener's New Director.

298 Palma Chrijlij
7 I Parf,ey of MontpeUier ^ Bajlard,

175 Pedf th(; painted Ladyt

176 » the Jweet fc&niedy

267 ■ , the vjirigedy

364 Peafe, the common Everlafling broad-Ieavedt

365 ■ } the. broad leaved kjfer Perennial Everlajlingi

285 PelecinuSf the common^

415 Pepper of Guinea^ a variety,

1 1 P i viper nel, ivhite floweredt

12 , red,

13 • ^-, bluey

80 P/«f, the Ground, with ferrated leaves,

68 P/«^, the double China,

— ■ , the variegated China or Indian,

38 I Plantain, the Rofe-like Sea Buckthorn,

19 Poppy f the pnckly,

1^2 ■ > the jf/Zo^t' horned,

153 , the Eaflern horned, with a red flower,

154 , the blue fowered horned,

269 , the Garden,

278 , the Corn,

380 ■ , the great Indian,

405 /^ffd', the Indian, yellow fpotted,

406 , the fine fcarlet,

297 Rocket, the Coflard,

367 Rofe Campion, with a flaming red flower,
70 Saffron, Baf.ard or Saf-flovjer,

330 Sallad, the Csrw Candy, with a bladdered fruit,

331 , with a large hairy umbellicated feed,

299 Scabious, the /j//.?/? Annual,

300 , the Childing and the Mufk,

382 — , the Sicilian Perennial,

84 Senna, Ethiopian Bladder, with red flowers,
354 — , the Bladder, whh a blood-coloured flower mixed,
310 Sefamum, Mathiolus's Baflard, or Oily Grain,
^O^' Shepherd^ s Needle of Crete,

14 Snapdragon, or Frog's Mouth, with a white fpread-

ing flower,

1 5 great Rock, with a purple flower,

16 , broad leaved and white flowering,

17 , red flowers,

■J 8 J ftrjped,

295 Sneeze'

The Gardener's New Director. 42:;

295 Sneezewort, the white double fioweredf

296 ■', the double Purplcy

190 Soapuuort, the doublet

255 Spikenard, with white llowers,

256 , the blue Aullriau,

257 , the variegated,

384 Spurge, the broad-leaved, called Cataputin,

113 Squafl), or 0.tcur!:itay with yellow fpots,

24 Star-vjort, Annual, from China, various colcurSj

28 , yellow,

214 Stock, the Purple early,

215 , x\\e early red,

168 St. "John's Wort, the common,

1 19 Sultan, fiueet, the white flowered,

1 20 , the yellow flowered,

121 , X.\\c Purple,

64 Thiflle, great [pined Italian,

65 > the Annual Lady'' s, with dark fpotted leaves,

66 , the leJJ'er yellow,

008 > the Annual Golden,

353 , the Carline, without ftalks, and a large flower,

407 Thorn Apple, of Malabar, or the Z)«/ro 0/ th^Per-
Jians, with a violet flower,
— , the great Malabar ^ with a white flower,

191 Toadflax, with fmnll red flowers,

192 , the narrow leaved, variegated,

193 ' » ^'^^ ^rort^ three leaved, purple flower,

194 , four leaved yellow,

195 , the fiueet fmelling great Purple,

263 Tobacco, the j^r^a^ broad-leaved,

264 » the greater round leaved,

200 Trefoil, the rf<-/ fquare codded Birds foot,

201 > i\\Q narrow leaved, wiiji n purple flower,

234 , the Snail,

243 , the Sweet,

325 J the tallefi Eaflcrn,

363 — , the Bean, or /•ro^rf leaved Lahirnur?*,

327 Valerian, t\\& Greek, with a hliic flower,

328 , with a v/hit" flower,

329 » the Greek, v/it!i variegated flowers,

31 r Venus'' s Looking-glafs,
21 Vetch, the Annual Trail in{t Milk,

F f 2 22 ; f/. .'■;

424 'f^ie Gardener's New Director.
22 Vetchy with purple fio -ers in clufters,
83 , the Spani/h Chickling,

122 } Camerariiis''s true jointed podded,

123 J the Horfe Shoe, with a Tingle pod,

12± • , ■ » many podded,

166 , Viclet, Dame'' s pale Mountain,

i-jz , x\\e Chickling, red flowered,

ly^ , , with variegated flowers,

1^4 , tlie Spanijh Chickling Vetch, with a yellow

flower,

I ^7 , the creeping red Chickling,

1-^8 , the Tangier, with a deep red flower,

179 -, xhf^ wild creeping,

30^^ . _ or Vicia, a Variety of them,

^43 , the taller Fox-tail Alpine Milk Vetch,

-^38 ^ ihe Edtahle, having pods above and below

grrurd,
^Qi ,j RuRic JVoiindivort Kidney, or Lady'' s Finger,

211 IVall- flower, the great white,

212 — , called the Raven,

o I -> . — , tht common yellow,

igg IVillow-herb, narrow leaved,

351 IVilliani, ihe fwe^t broad leaved, variegated,

340 Woundwort, five leaved.

Direfficns for the Culture of the Carnations.

THE next principal flower to the vernal tribe, which
iliews itlelf with fplendor, is the Carnation, of
winch there are four forts, V!Z.. i. Flakes, of which
there are no more than two colours, whofe ftripes are
Inrge, pafllng through the leaves. 2. Bizarrs, they are
variegated with three or four different colours, in irre-
gular fpots. 3. Piqvetts, fuch as have a white ground,
fpotted with fcarlet, red, purple, or any other colour.
4, Painted Ladies, fuch as have their leaves of a red or
purple colour on tiie upper fide, and white under-
neath.

The feed of this flower is to be fown about the mid-
dle of Jprih in boxes or pots, filled with frefti light

earth.

The Gardener's New Director. 425

earth, mixed with rotten cow tlung, and well incorpora-
ted, before it comes into ule, the ktd is to be but thinly
fcattered on the furtace, to be covered to the depth of
a quarter of an inch, with the fame comport ; to have
the fun until eleven o'clock, and to be rcfrefhed with
water when neceflary. By the end of Ji'ly, the plants
will be ready to be fet out into beds ot tfie fame com*-
pofi:, to have an airy fituation, and at the diftance of
three inches fquare, one from another, fhading and wa-
tering them until they have rooted ; here they are to be
kept until Augnd, or perhaps until the end of September^
fhould the btds not be fufTiciently moilT: to receive them
on their fecond iranfplanttng, which is to be in beds of
the fame compofition as betore, but at fix inches dillance
each plant, and in four rows for the better laving their
layers*, which is to be performed in this bed, where

* The procefs of laying layers of fihrous rooted plants
is as follows : In June, when the fhoots are (Irong, ftrip
off the leaves of the lower part of fuch as you mtend
to lay, making choice of a ftrong joint ai)out the mid-
dle of the fhoot, not too near the heart or too near the
root of the mother plant; then from this joint make a
flit with your pen-knife in the middle of the flem, ri-
fing upwards half uay or more to the next joint, as their
dilUnce may be fituated; then cut off the tops of the
leaves of the plant, and the fwelling of the joint (where
the incifion began,) on the out fide, fo that the flit on
that fide may be fcpar^ted, and have the appearance of
a tongue, as from this point the fibres are to proceed,
where they would not, did both fides of the flit keep
united: You are now to iVir up the earth, where you
are to lav down your layer, making an imprefllon on it,
for to receive the flioot, where you are to lay it with
your finger and thumb, gently bending it, to keep it
uprigl.t, and to open the flit^ then to be covered with
the mould you raifed, and forked down with a fmall flick
for the purpofe, near the mother plant; then give a gen-
tle watering, which mufl; be repeated according to tiie
weather, but be fure to keep the earth moill. In about
fix wccki, they will have (ufficiently rooted, fo that th«.y
may be planted where they arc to llowcr,

r f 3 they

426 The Gardener's New Director.

they are to fhow their flowers, when you may mark the
moil ciefe!*ving oi your care. That which bhnvs with-
out buiiling the pod is to be preferred, but fuch that
do, where they have fome pecuhar beauties, fhould
be preferved, as they may improve by care, but betore
you can fully determine the beauty cf the plants, they
-mud have two years growth, whofe perfeclions are to be
determined by the following particulars: FirJI, to have
the fl:em ftrong, to fupport the flower ered. Secondly,
The leaves broad> long and fliff^, yet to expand freely.
Third, The pod not to advance too high on the leaves.
Fourth, The colours bright and regular. Fi/ih, To
be full of leaves, which fall regular, riling high in the
middle, and whofe extremities form a regular circle.
Such are the marks of a good flower, by which you are
to determine thofe you chufe to keep, removing the tin-
gle and ill coloured flowers, which will give room for
the better laying of the others, whofe layers will be rea-
dy for taking off by Augiijl, fetting the larger flowers in
pots, and the others in borders. But fuch as are intend-
ed formfeed mufl: be kept in the open ground, and the
feed taken from the flower that has been railed from
feed, and not propagated by laying, as they oiten prove
barren.

Previous to the care of your layers, you mufl: be pro-.
vided with the following Compo/i, which is to confifl; of
good upland paflure, or of a common whofe earth is
haxclly, or of a light fandy loam; of any of thefe take
the furface to the depth of eight inches v^ith the turf,
let them be laid together in an heap to meliorate, turn-
ing it every month for one year; then you are to add to
it one third of well rotted cow dung, or where it is not
to be had, the fame qu.mtity of the rotted dung of a
melon or cucumber bed, thefe are to be mixed together,
and will be much improved by being often turned toge-
ther for fix months more. But, however good yourcom-
poft may be, you are not to expert the ufe of the fame,
continually v.'ill keep ycur flov/ers in the highefl: beauty,
whereFore it will be necefiary, to have fome of another
compofitionj ufing that juft direfted for one year, and lor
the next, in the place of the co\y dung, ufe that from your
itable, with an addition of Tea fand to lighten it ; but

hov/ever

The Gardener's New Director. 427
however good thefe precautions may be, you arc not to
expe8: a continuance of fine flowers from plants, that
are fpent in blowing, wherefore you muft have in re-
ferve fome ilrong plant?, whofe flowers h.ivc been ta!<en
ofF as foon as they fhow, for the purpofe of giving an
additional ftrength to their roots, that they may give
fine flowers the next feafon, not more than one of which
are to be expected on each plant, wherefore let all others
be taken from the lateral branches. By a continuance
of this procefs, you will ever be prepared to lliow the
finefl: flowers.

Your compofl: being ready in Augup or September, I
would advife the taking off the layers, which are to be
fet fingly in halfpenny pots filled with it, your pots being-
of a fmall fize, you will the better be enanled to give the
plants prote£lion in the winter. In O^ober, let them be
fet in beds of tan bark, whofe heat is gone ofi", and then
covered with a glazed trame, whofe cover you are to
take oflFor keep on, according to the feafon, as the plants
muft be prote6i:ed from much rain and cold, and have
the air admitted in mild weather. About the latter end
of February, or as early as the feafon is favourable,
tranfplant your layers into pots of eight inches over, firft
laying an oyrterfhe'.l on the hole to carry oft any fuper-
abundant water; when you have half filled the pots with
your compoft, you are to raife your layers with a ball of
earth to their roots, which is to be taken drswn half way
the flock, and thinned in order to come at the extremi-
ties of the fibres, as they are 10 be taken oflF; then you
are to fet your plant in the middle ot the pot, with the* re-
mainder of' the compofi, gertly clofing it on the roots,
and watering ; obferve tliat the lowefl leaves of the plants
are to line with the upper edge of the pots, to which the
compoft is to rife after it is well fettled: Tlie plants are
to have a fituation that will protect them from Northerly
winds, and to have foft water given them, as the f^raloo
may require ; here they are to be kept untd April, wlun
they are to be rtaged for iilowing, having a South-eajl a1-
pe^, defended from Weflerly winds, by a fhclter al fome
diflance. About the middle of the month the plants will
begin to {hoot out for flower, which arc to lie fupported
wFth flcnder fticks^ to which the fhools are to be tied with

F f 4 iome

42.S The Gardener's New Director.

fome bafs-mattirg, about the beginning of 'June, fome of
your early blowers will begin to burfl: their pods on one
fide, when with a knife you fhoiild gently open them in
ftreight lines where the pods indent on the edges, too near
the^ f^ttoiYi, this will afPift the flowers to lay their leaves
regular, which is one of their gre-atcfl: ornaments. In the
fea'on of flowering great care fhould be taken, that they
do not want water, and that the principal flower may
fliow well, let all others be taken away, as has been di-
refted.

Your next care is that of preferving your flower from
its greatefl: enemy, an infefl: called the Ear-wigg: for
this purpofe there are the following contrivances. Some
i'et two pans of about fourteen or fixteen inches over, and
three deep, one befide the other, at the diflance of two
feet ; thefe they fill with water, and in each fet a flower
pot reverfed ; this is continued at the difl:ance of every
eight feet, on the reverfed pots boards are laid to receive
the pots with the flowers. Others have benches fup-
ported on four feet, which they fet in fo many pans of
water; but when a flower is to fl:and fingly, the pot is
firfl: fet in a fmall dry pan, which is then iet in a larger
filled with water ; fuch are the contrivance? for their pro-
tedion ; while others do no more than place Something of
a conical form on the top of the flick that fupports the
flower; thefe tops are taken off every morning, to be
cleared of fuch vermin, as have retreated there ; here
your care is not to end for the protedion of this fine
flower, as by being too much expofed to rain, or the
fun's rays would hurry it out of blow, and cut fhort the
reign of its beauty ; therefore conical caps have been con-
trived fpr the purpofe, to (land at the diftance of five
inches above the flower, of which fome are made by the
g'aziers, and others of oiled paper, of a diameter fuffi-
cier.t to cover the flower; they are to be fupported in
their pl.^xes by being faftened to the upright flick, to
which the ftem of the flower is tied, thofe in particular
who ufe the glazed caps, mufl: cover them with cabbr.ge
leaves, when the fun's rays are very flrong, and that
the leavts . of the flower may be fupported in the mofl
beautiful manner, cut cards of a circular form, of abcut

five

The Gardener's New Director. 439

five inches diameter, taking from the centre as much as
you think the lower part of the flower will fill, then
the rim is to be cut through, for the readier placing it
between the leaves and tlie pod, on which they are to be
regularly kid ; when you may enjoy this pleafing beauty
in high perfection, wi ich will naturally lead you to con-
template and admire the great Creator, who has given
thefe beauties for our entertainment and pleafure, as he
has the corn of the field for our fupport, and not lefs
depepdent are we on him for our prefervation, than the
flowers of the garden on us, which were created for our
delight> as God did man, that he might worfhip him.

Pinks are raifed from flips or cuttings, which are to
be taken off about the end of July* and at a time when
rain hath fallen, but iTiould the weather prove otherwife,
they mufl be watered every fecond day, until they have
rooted : They are to be planted in good rich earth, well
prepared. Slips are to bt taken clofe to the root of the
mother-plant, when all the lower leaves are to be Grip-
ped off, and immediately fet in the bed, at four inches
diftance every way, clofing the earth with your hand,
to exclude all air : In autumn they will be ready to
plant where they are to flower. Cuttings are no other
than a flip, cut into pieces with two or three joints, to
be treated as the flips, and care taken in covering them.

SwEET.-WiLLiAM, the double, are propagated by
layers like the Camatton, and delight in a middling foil,
not too light, nor too heavy or fliff, which mufl: not be
too highly dunged ; that called the Mule is a very fine
flower, fhewing its beauties in the month of 'June and
Juh- Ihis plant is very fubjeQ: to canker, if planted
in a foil overcharged with dung, and is to be attended
^nd affifted as the ftafons may make it neceffary.

Diretiions

430 The Gardener's New Director.

Direclions for raiftng /^f Bulbous Iris.

HE next flaovvy flower to be treated of, is the/w,
or Flovjer de Lys^ or Fleur du Lys •, and they are
ot tvvo forts, the narrow-leaved or Spanijh Botanicef the
Xyphion angujli-folium, and the Xypbion latlfolhim, or
Englijh his\ in the Dutch catalogues, they are called,
firrt, Iris Hifpanica, and in the latter, Iris Anglica hulhofa :
The great varieties that are of this flower, are obtained
fron-^ feed, in the following manner.

Having provided yourfelf with good roots from the
fiorifls at Haerlem, plant them in October^ in fuch a fitu-
ation as they may have the fun only until eleven o'clock ;
they are to be planted three inches below the furface of
the earth, which fhould be light, frefh, fandy, and very
moderately dunged ; but if your foil is frefh and rich in
its nature, it will not require any dung ; and to prevent
the roots from running down, the bed mufi: be beat hard
two feet below the bottom of the bulb; obferve to keep
them clear of weeds'. When they come to flower, mark
fuch as you chufe to fave feed from, which muft be fuch
as have long bold flems ; for they give the befl flowers.
When their feed-veffels become dry, and begin to open,
cut them down, and rub out the feed to prepare for (ow-
ing : The others you are to cut to the ground as foon as
iheir flowers fade. Make boxes ready, tv/elve inches
deep, three feet broad, and fix long, with many holes
in the bottoms, to be covered with concave oyfl:er-fhells,
to allow the water to pafs ofF. In O^ober, fow the ietd
in rows, two inches, row from row, and half an inch,
feed from ^et^, as here they are to remain for two or
three years: The foil mcfl: proper for them is, four parts
of good, light, frefh earthy the fame as is dire6ted for
Carnations, one part of good, light, white, dry fea-lhore
fand, and one part of Well-ictted cow dung : Let their
fituation be to the fouth-eaft, not very near to a wall or
hedge : Let thefe boxes have wooden folding covers ;
but from March they are not to be ufed, and in hot wea-
ther they are to be (haded from the fun's rays, watering

them

The Gardener's New Director. 431

them when their leaves are up, but not when down. At
the latter feafon take off two inches of the top earth,
replacing it witli frefh; and in fevere frofts, lay tuo
inches of old rotten tan-bark over them. Thus you may
ufe them, until the third year, when they are to be lifted
out of their boxes : They are to be planted into a border
of the fame afpcQ as belore, and made up of the compoil
ufed in the beds for the old roots; the fourtli or fifth year
they will bloflbm in perfection: Such as are good, are to
be brought into the flower-beds for {how, when the more
indifferent may be planted in the long borders. They
need not be tranfplanted but once in three years, but
oblerve to lay new mould over them every Michaelmas
and March.

■ Li I Its and Martagons.

The moft curious forts are»

The Lilies are the

White Lily of Conffanti- Broad-flalked white Lily

nople Semi-double white

Striped flowered white Striped-leaved fingle white

and purple Striped - leaved double
Spotted white and purple white

Largefl: double white Many - flowered Orange
Orange Lily Lily

Dwarf Orange Lily Bulb-bearing Lily

Semidouble Orange Lily Double-fiery Lily
Striped-leaved Orange Lily

All thefe Lilies love a lean, frcfli, fandy, undunged
foil ; oiherwife they are apt to rot. The Itripcd-leaved
white Lilies make a fine fhow in winter with their beau-
tiful variegated leaves. I'he rtriped-flowercd white Lily,
in order to have it in perfefition of bloom, requires a ve-
ry lean rubbifhy foil, and an expofure whereon the fun
fhines only until ten o'clock : Many of ihcle Lilies flv. iild
be planted in the long and crofs borders of the flower-
garden, for embellifhliicnt; and to fupply ihcm, it will
be necellary to have nurferies of them.

rhe

432 The Gardener's New Director.
The Martagons are thefe.

1 The Imperial ftantinople

2 The white 1 1 The lefler do.

3 The white-fpotted I2 The yellow

4 The double 13 The Afh-coloured

5 The Canada 14 The Flelh-coloured

6 The red-fpotted 15 The ftriped-flowered

7 The long-fpiked 16 The very late flower-

8 The greateft American ing Conftantinople

9 ThePompony 17 The ftriped - leaved
10 The Polyanthos Con- Martagon.

The Canada^ Poniponyt and greateft American Marta-
gonsy are more tender than any of the other forts, and
fhould be planted deeper in the long borders of the flower-
garden; but if they are planted in quantities, or in nur-
fery-beds, they muft be covered in winter, to protect
them from froft, vi^hich is very injurious to them.

The other forts are in no danger from cold, and thrive
bed in a frefh, light, undunged foil, efpecially the flrip-
ed fort, nor fhould they be lifted but rnce in three years.

The Gladiolus, or Cum-jiugs, require the fame cul-
ture; the moft valuable of which are the flefli-coloured,
the white-flowered all around its ftalk, and the great
Gladiolus of Confiantimple.

The great Indian Gladiolus is a green-houfe plant.

Dire Bions for the Culture of the Colchlcums,

I Have treated already of the Vernal or Spanijh purpk
Colchicum: The other forts require the fame culture,
and fhew beft, when they are planted in clumps in long
borders: The beft forts are the early, the white, the
purple, the two double forts, the yellow, which, more
properly fpeaking, is an Autumnal Narcijfus, though it is

reckoned

The Gardener's New Director. 433

reckoned by the Dutch ^onAs among the fpecies of their
Colcbicums. They fhould not be tranlplanteil ottnerthan
every third year.

And heie I mud not omit another Autumnal Niirci/Jus,
named in the Dutch catalogues, Aarcijfus tiutumnalis Li-
liaceus, which is properly named, Narcijfus autvninalif
major, flore LUiaceot the great Lily Daffitiil oi autumn;
Its culture is the fame with the other Colcbicums, and
when planted in clumps in borders, has a very good et-

fea.

The Draciinciilus, or Dr/jgoti, for its odd fhaped great
red flower, deferves our attention : It flowers in 'July and
Jugujl ; and in September, it may be planted out into
fhaded borders, which lliould be well defended from
winds. Thofe flowers, which have their plant leaves
ftriped, are very beautiiul.

Having thus gone through the Vernal, Summer and
Autumnal, Annual and Perennial flowers, and tiieir fcveral
cultures, I (hall, before I conclude, give fome general
directions to floriflis, who make the cultivating thefe
flowers their chief bufinefs ; having feen much of their
culture in Holland and Flanders, I (hall think myfelf
happy, to be of ufe in this fcience, in which I have much
delighted, and I hope improved ; and ol this they may
benefit, both to credit and profit; as the tafle for flow-
ers, and more particularly for Hyacinths, Oriintal Nar-
cijffus. Tulips, Anemonies, Ranunculus and Auriculas, has
much increafed within thefe few years.

An undertaker in this way, muft expe6l to he confi-
derably in advance, before he can c\p>.tl any return;
and to vifit Holland and Flanders, 10 be informed of their
improvements, as I have done, which v. ill well aniwer
his purpofe.

The firft thing neccflary to be confiJered is the foil
and fituation, where (hould be plenty of cow dung, lai.d,
tanners bark, and a dark, grey, fandy, vii},,; p foil.
Thefe materials properlv ufed, and well mixed, toiri-
prehf-nd the beft compcifts ncceffaiy for bu|l;ous flowers,
their proportions you will find where I have laid down
the culture of the refpeclive flowers.

Whatever

434- "^^he Gardener's New Director.

Whatever extent your gardens are to be of, let that
for your feed be feparated from that where your flowers
are to blow ; the whole to be inclofed with high wails,
the only fufficient fence in our climate; your fubdivifions
may be made by yew hedges, which in fuch places, are
better than any other; you may alfo have fome of holly,
but by no means of thorns: The fituation (hould be to-
lerably flat, but not wet, and be well expofed to the
fouth-eafl:, fouth and fouth-wefl: rays of the fun, to be
proteded, as much as poflible, from the wefl:, north and
eafl winds, by large trees at one hundred feet diftance
every way from the walls ; with a pond or bafon of wa-
ter well expofed to the fun, as water impregnated by the
fun's rays, excels any other for the garden ufe.

The next neceflary article is a compofl: yard, whofe
fituation mufl: be well expofed to the fun, and paved
that the falts of the compofl: may not be wafhed and ab-
forbed in the earth ; and its fituation near the garden,
to be fenced in, and of an extent fufHcient to contain
the variety of com|^fl:s, which will be neceflary to an-
fwer the fucceffion and variety that may be neceflary,
with the rotted tan for your Hyacinths, Oriental Narcijfus
and Perftan Ranunculus , whofe beds fliould not only be
covered to the depth of four inches over thp furface,
but fiiould alfo have four inches of tan laid to the fides
and ends of the beds, to the extent of tv/o feet, to pre-
vent the froiT: from coming to their roots.

A good florift fliould never have lefs than three years
compofl: by him, and their different heaps marked with
long poles, bearing the names of the flowers they are
intended, with the date when firfl: laid down ; obferving to
have heaps in fuccefllon for three years at leaf!:, which will
not be a difiicuit matter, if attended to at firfl: fetting out.

The next thing necelTary for a gardener is a root-
room, to be confl:ru6:ed in extent as may fuit him, which
muft have windows in the end to the wefl:, and in the
north and fouth fides; and the eafl: end fhcnld have a
lar2;e door, to take in boxes or chefl:s of roots, as they
come packed up : And in this room, there fhould be
fhelves on the two fides by the windows from top to bot-
tpmj for to receive drawers, divided fo as to receive the

different

The Gardener's New Director. 435

different forts of Tulips, Hyacinths,^ RanunculuSy Ancmo-
nies, and Polyatithos Ntircijj'us, properly labelled : This
room (hould be fc fituated, as not tu be too much expo-
fed to the fun, whofe afternoon rays would be very pro-
per for it : The Att' monies and Ranuiicidus boxes fhould lie
near a fire, in cafe of violent Irufls.

The drawers in this root-room fiiould be no more
than five inches deep, that the roots may lie fingle, and
not in heaps, one upon another, and very clofe at bot-
tom, but as airy above as may be, ihat the air and wind
may have free accefs ; upon thefe fhelves and drawers,
thcFe fhould be folding leaves of wood, and cafes tre-
laced with wire for air, and well fecured, to exclude too
bufy hands.

A D I S-

DISSERTATION

On the C U L T U R E of

FOREST-TREES.

TH E Procefs I fhall lay down I do not pretend to
give as new, or what was never before pra£li-
fed ; on the contrary, I have known it in ufe by
many, and their fuccefs, as well as my own, for forty
years and upwards, engages me to recommend It to
all. To that fuccefs I appeal ; I claim no other praife ;
I court no other merit, fo I fhall proceed to dire<£l you
how to raife trees in woods from feed, and how to ma-
nage them afterwards, until they come to be cut down
for ufe, to the greateil: advantage.

It is the opinion of many perfons, that before they be-
gin to plant their trees in the wood-way, they muft
make large nurferies to fill thefe grounds from the feed
beds. According to thofe directions they muft be tranf-
planted from the feed beds into the nurferies, and from
the nurfery into the woods, where they are to continue
till the axe cuts them down. In fupport of this opinion
they fu rtlier fay, that every time a tree is iranfplanted,
it acquires a new fet of fibres, whereby it fucks more
juices than trees, which have not been tranfplanted.
This I own feems very plaufible at firft ; and I fol-
lowed it for fome time, till I found by experience its
falfity. What induced me principally to follow this prac-
tice, is that certain rule in agriculture, that the more
we cultivate the earth, and drefs it, the more it gives
us; from whence I argued, that the befl method to pre-
pare

The Gardener's New Director. 437

pare ground for Foreft-trecs, v^as to drel's and clean it
well before I foued the feeds; but this rule, though uni-
verfaliy given, has its exceptions. Witli refpetl to the
kitchen-gnrden, it holds for legumens, and roots of all
kinds, which ate the produce of a day, and are gone to-
morrow ; but in torefts and woods, time and experience
taught me another rule, for the more I digged, the lefs
I reaped.

I fiiall firfl fhow the faults I committed in planting my
woods; and next ho-v I amended ihem, and what my
fuccefs was. As the trees I tranfnlanted in or- near my
gardens had not the defired fuccefs, I therefore immedi-
ately refolved to fow great pieces of ground in the wood
itfelf with tree feeds. This I did with great care. In
moft of thefe plantations I took out all tlie Junipers,
Broom, Brambles, with every other plant that I thought
would be hurtful to my young trees; I fpadcd and la-
boured the ground with great care, and very deep,
whereby I thought I might have great fuccefs; but at
the end of feme years, I was convinced of my error,
and found that extraordinary culture was the occafion
of the ruin of my plants. It is ufual indeed to advance
into expences to gain by it; but here tlie expence I bcf-
towed was the occafion of my lofs.

If therefore we would hicceed in planting trees what-
ever the foil may be, ue mufl: imitate nature ; and in plain
ground where Thorns, Broom or Junipers, are want-
ing, I would firfl: of all fow the feed of thofe plants,
fome years before I fowed or planted the feeds of my
Foreft-trees; tor thofe bufhes protect the young
trees from fevere frofl in winter, and from the too great
heat of the fun in fummer; and a foil that is thus co-
vered, or but half covered, with Junipers or Broom,
affords an excellent protection for thefe young trees
when they firfl come up irom the feed.

In planting out fome Firs I had a remarkable inflance
of this. The Firs were but two years from the feed. The
beginning of O^ober I planted a great number of them
in a fpot of ground pretty much overgrown withWinns:
at the fame time I planted a like number upon a neigh-
bouring piece of ground that was entirely cleared from
Whin-: : The effe£i was, that every onr of ihcfc trcps

Ci g that

438 The Gardener's New Director.
that I plantea among the Whins, grew to great perfec-
tion, and the Firs that were planted upon the Ipot of
ground thai 1 cleared of the Whins, were totally de-
ilroyed by the froft of the enfuing winter. This fhows
you what proteQion is necefTary to all young planted
trees, particularly Firs, of which I fhall fpeak more
fully when I come to treat of that article.

With refpeft to the fowing of tree feeds in woods,
the following obfervations aflured me of the fuccefs of
thefe experiments. I had two pieces of ground, of about
fix acres each, fown with Foreft-tree feeds ; they were
both inclofed on all fides with underwood hedges, fuch
as Thorns, Brambles, ^c. planting them as clofe as I
could, 10 fave my feedling plants from the irruptions of
cattle; one of thefe inclofures I dug very well, and fow-
ed it in patches or pieces ; one piece in the middle of
the inclofure I fowcd with tree feeds, another piece I
fowed near to the hedges with the fame ; what 1 fowed
in the middle, came up but thinly; but what I fowcd
near the hedges grew very well for the firfl: and fecond
years. I did not perceive, or did not mind the difference
between what was fown in the middle, and what was
fown near the hedges, until the third year. Then I ob-
ferved a confiderable diminution of my young plants,
which were fown in the middle part of my inclofure ;
and I further obferved in the fourth year, that by the
drought of every fummer, and froft of every winter
thereafter the number of my plants was confiderably di-
miniflied ; and the winter of the fixth year, being ex-
tremely fevere, finifhed them altogether, whilft the beds
or fpots which I fowed in this inclofure by the fides of
the hedges, w&xQ ftrong, healthy and vigorous, fome of
them having grown four or five feet high. This ferved
to fhow me, that the good fuccefs of thofe beds which I
fowed near the hedges, was owing to the cover thole
hedges afforded the young plants; but in the middle
thereof, where there was no fnelter nor protection from
the feverities oF the weather, the plants iailed. To re-
medy therefore this inconvenience, I caufed two ditches
to be thrown up, croffing the middle of this inclofure at
right angles, and planting the tops of them with thorns,
brambles, poplars, and underwood, in form oi hedge? ;

bv

The Gardener's New Director. 439
by which means I prevented the lofs of a good many of
my young trees in the middle of my plantation, which I
could not have efteftcd otherwife.

The other inciofure I fpoke of, contained fix acres,
three of which I dug very well, in expedation of a fine
crop. The other three acres I fuffered to lie as I found
them, covered with Junipers, wild Thorns, Broom, fome
fcantling Whins and Ferns, and other Brufhwood. I
fowed the beft part of thofe two pieces of ground at one
and the fame time. In that piece which was not dug
nor drefl;, I opened the upper fward, and by a thruft or
two of the fpade only, put In my feeds ; and Indeed I
mufl own I was a little fparingof them, being very un-
certain of their fuccefs. I even was fcarcely at the pains
to ufe a fpade, but thrufi: the feeds below the Junipers
with my hands, and covered them as well as I coidd. But
in the other three acres which v\ere dug and dreft, I
fowed the feeds of the trees very thick, as in my appre-
henfion, from the labour I had ufed, 1 could not fail of
fucceeding. The event however was very different from
what I expected. In the drefl: piece of ground, there
came up a great number of fine young oaks, and other
trees, which, in a little time after their firfl appearance,
began to diminifli ; and if I had not given particular at-
tention to them, they would have gone off altogether :
while, on the contrary, the other three acres of uncul-
tivated land, in which Broom, Junipers, with other
Brufhwood grew, was a perfect wood of young oaks,
and other trees, which grew to great perfection, and
cam.e in four years time to be four or five feet high.
This obfervationfhows better than the former the neccf-
fity of a cover for young trees ; for thofe that were fown
in the cultivated pieces of this open inciofure, could no
otherwife be preferved than by planting among them
cuttings of Thorns, Whins, Pciplars, Saughs, y^-. to
protect them from the dangers of fummer's heat and
winter's frofts. Wherefore, to have a good wood in the
fields, the mofl difficult thing is to find a fufficic-nt cover
for them ; and to obtain that, you mull allow a field tn
lie wafle for ten or tv/elve years, that the Thorns, Bram-
bles, Junipers, and other underwood, may grow up to
prote6t the young trees. On the other hand, in culri-
G e .: vaicJ

440 The Gardf.ner's New Director.

vated places, you mufi: fall upon fome method to make
covers grow as much in two or three years, and to give
Jheller to the earth, and what is fown therein, as if the
fame had never been cultivated.

I have made many experiments of this nature, by
fowing Thorns, Jimipers, &c. with the feeds of trees,
but this proved all inefFefliial; for many of thefe feeds
require to lie two years in the ground before they come
up, and confequently can be of no ufe to thefe young
trees that come up the year after fowing. Thebeft ieeds
for that purpofe, are the feeds ot the Marfaule, or French
PFillow, or what is botanically named Salix Alpina, alni
rotunda folio argetiteo, repens. It has round leaves, in-
dented on the edges, and grows very quickly without any
culture. In wet grounds, the cuttings of all forts of
Willows, and black and white Poplars, will grow very
well ; but for dry grounds. Thorns and Elders, and the
above named French Willow^ with fome dwarf clofe
growing Whins, are thebeft; and it is certain that the
roots of this underwood will do no harm lo Oaks or
Beech, becaufe the roots of thefe trees run farther down
than the roots of the underwood ; and when thele trees
grow up, they choak and kill all undej wood below^ them.

It has for a long time been the conftant practice, to
make experiments to know the advantage that arifes from
the culture of woods and forefts ; and for that end I cau-
fed to be fown in my garden fome Ieeds, ot the fame
trees that I fowed in my woods. The latter I left to nai-
ture, but thofe in n)y garden were cultivated with the
greateft care and art poffible ; the effect was, that the
Oaks I fowed in my garden had ftems eight feet high,
and two and a half inches diameter at the bottom; while
thofe in the fields had ftems about the bignefs of my fin-
ger, and were but three feet high ; and the Oaks in my
garden had heads in eight years which ferved as a fuffi-
cient cover to their roots, but thofe in the fields had no
heads to cover their roots. Encouraged by the luccels
my trees had in the garden, I had recourfe to another
experiment, which was, to inclofe a part of my woods,
and there to bring' up my trees with the fame care I did
'\n my garden ; and when I found the earth was too ffiff
or too cold, I burnt a vafl deal of the cuttings and

brandies

The Gardener's New Director. 441

branches of trees, and dug the earth two feet and a half
deep, making it very fine, and I mixed the afhcs with the
foil : but in this I found myfelf ahb miftaktn ; for at the
end of three years my trees were rather woile than be-
fore, and I was obliged to give up the Lxperimeiit.

For this ill fuccefs feveral realons may be given. 7 he
firfl: year, after drelfing the ground in the manner above-
mentioned, I had many enemies to encounter with, fuch
as birds, mice, i^c. and fuch a profufion of weeds, that
I was continually obliged to be hoeing with inftruments,
or weeding with my hand. It was then I remembered,
though too late, that gardeners, when they enter on a
new Ipot of ground, expect but fmall crops for the firft
three yeais, until tiie weeds be entirely rooted out. But
this was not the greateft inconvenience with me; I want-
ed water for the young plants in the kimmer-time, as
the continual working among them, in taking away
the weeds, made the foil very burning and dry, and fo
loofe, that the cold eafily penetrated to their roots, and
a north wind, accompanied with a ievere trofl:, about
the beginning of April , which was preceded by a good
deal of rain, did all my plants an irreparable injury.

Neverthelefs 1 did not give over the projefl, but en-
deavoured to remedy the evil that the froft had done me,
by cutting off all the dead or dying parts of my plants :
This had a very good effect, and as I had but a fmall
quantity of water to give them, I referved it for a more
preffing occafion. I diminifhed the number of my weed-
ings, left that by often weeding I fhould havedrycd the
ground too much about them. The fuccefs was this ;
that in AuguJI my plants refumed their vigour, but ftill
were far from thole which grew in my garden; I then
pruned them a little, and gave them reft fof that year.

Next year I gave them two weedings, and there was a
piece of ground of about a quarter of an acre, which I
forgot to weed at all; and this forgetfulncfs taught mf,
tliat thefe plants which had not been weedeil, grew equal-
ly well with thofe which were fully weeded, and many
of them excelled them; from which I learned, that the
more you want to extirpate weeds, and drefs any fpot of
ground which you want to turn into woods, or torcfts,
the more you cheat yourlelf ; efpecially in weeding trees

C g 3 twice

442 The Gardener's New Director.

twice a year, which befides the real inconveniencies of
expofing iheir roots to the parching heats in fuinmer,
and to hard frofts in the fpring following, is moft ex-
penfive, without being of the leafl advantage to the trees
themfelves ; therefore, as it will be proper to fubftitute
fomething in place of weeding, to enable us to attain the
defired fuccefb, I know no method fo proper as this, viz.
to cut all your young trees down within an inch, or an
inch and an half of the furface of the earth, flopeways,
that the rain may r.ot fettle or reft upon the under part
of the trees. This method, fimple as it is, experience
hath taught me to be of infiilite advantage for accelera-
ting, by miahy years, the growth of all plantations of
trees; fuffer me, therefore, to give you an accurate de-
tail of my management in this im.portant fubjeft.

All earth may in general be reduced to two forts, light
earth, and ftrong earth. If you fow in a light earth,
\'ou may dig or plough it, and the lighter the earth is,
the lefs will be the expence ; and you may fow the feeds
of trees juft after the plough; but thofe kinds of foils
being generally burning and dry, you muft not take the
weeds from them the following fummer, becaufe thefe
keep a coolnefs about the roots of young Oaks and Beech,
in the hot feafon, and hinder the hot rays of the fun
from fcorching them; and when thefe weeds come to die
in v.'inter, they hinder the froft in that rigorous feafon
from piercing to their roots. In fhort, in a light foil,
trees require little or no culiure. I have fown a
great many acres of this kind of ground with great fuc-
cefs, for the roots of the young trees extend their fibres
eafily, whilft the rain and dews get as eafily down to
them, and the feeds here fown want nothing but a light
cover of earth to make them fucceed to your fondeft
Avifhes.

But it is more difficult to propagate trees in ftrong clay
foils. There the labour of ploughing and digging is ufe-
lefs, and very often hurtful. The beft method I know
to fow tree feeds in fuch foils, is to cig pits with your
fpade the fummer preceding the autumn in which you
intend to fow them, that the ground may thereby be a
little mellowed by the fun and air, and therein fow or
plant vour feeds, with a fuitable cover ; ycu muft not

leave

The Gardener's New Director. 443
leave them to themfelves, but vifit them oftLn, obferv-
ing if they have come up the firfl: year, and the fecond
year take notice if they have grown ftronger than the
firfl:, and fo the third year; and if they grow ftrongcr
and ftronger from year to year, do not didurb them ;
but it very often happens, that after tlie third year they
diminifli in their growth, and ftunt (as the gardeners
term it.) In tlie fourth year they do the fame ; there-
fore the fifth year, in the month ot March, cut them
quite down to the ground, in the fame manner I direded
formerly, and they will grow again with great vigour,
and fave you a great number of years in their growth ;
for the young tree being left to ilfclf in the flrong foil,
its tender herbaceous fibres cannot penetrate into the foil,
the juices ftagnate, which you will perceive by mofs and
knots grov/ing upon the bark of its ifem, and the tree
itfelf is deprived of thenourifiiment itfliould have, where-
by it produces nothing but leaves inftead of growth; but
when the llem of the tree is cut down, 'the whole force
of the fap defcends to the roots ; they open their germes,
and act with great vigour againft; the foil which oppofcs
them, v/here, when they come, and have alfo crtabiilh-
ed themfelves, they will fend up a ftronger fhoot the firfl:
year than the former (hoots of four years old, which you
cut away; and of this I had fo many repeated inftance«,
that I give it as an approved rule, and can adurc my
readers, that it is the betl way to cultivate v/oods in clay
grounds.

In a foil which is firm, without being too hard, it
will be fufficient to cut the young plants once only ; and
I had a great many plantations in my own w^oods, planted
in a clay foil, cut once only, which have made very fine
trees; but in the other places, where the foil was hard
and ftiff, obferving my trees did not prow after the fe-
cond year, I cut them down, and four ye.irs .Tttcr 1
was obliged to cut them a fecond time, I fliall here
mention another experiment I made, from whence \
found the necefllty, in fome cafes, of cutting young trees
twice.

Twenty-two years ago, I made a conridenblc planta-
tion of fevcral kinds of trees, luch as Afh, Ilm, Plane*,
i^c. which I tranfplanted when they v.crc pretty old. The

C g 4 firil

444 T^l''^ Gardener's New Director.
firll year after they were tranfplanted, thofe which held
pullied pretty vigoroufly, the fecond year they grew
weakly, and the third year they languished very much.
The trees that lufi'ered mofl:, were thofe that were oidefl
when tranfplanted. I now perceived that their roots had
not {Irengih enou[<h to fupport their heads, nor thefhoots
they had made the firft year alter tranlplanting. This
determined me to cut them down; and I performed the
like operation upon the fmaliefl ones. This firfl: cutting
recovered my tiees for the fiifl two years; but in the
third I perceived a great diminution in their growth,
which I attributed to the inclemency of the feafon ; but
I foon perceived this was not the caufe of their decay;
for the two years after that I left them uncut, they fliil
continued diminifliing in growth, which determined me
to cut them down a fecond time, without which I {hould
have lofl all my trees ; for having left iome uncut a fe-
cond time to try theni^ thefe I entirely lofl:. The foil
in which I planted thefe trees had not been cultivated
for the fpace of twenty years before, and. it is now four-
teen years fince I cut my plants, and their leaves are as
green, and their flioots as vigorous as if they were in a
nurfery-bed, which is a certain proof, that the cutting
down of trees is the befl culture they can have in what-
ever foil they grow, and is the fureft method to efta-
blifli their roots, to vvljich every planter fhould princi-
pally attend.

The authors who treat of agriculture, particularly
thofe who treat of the planting woods or forefls for pro-
iil, or of planting trees in other forms for pleafure, are
often miflaken in their thoughts on this fubie<£t. Many
of them dire61 to take care of the tops of young plants,
in order to have a gieat forefl: ol trees in good order.
This advice may be good in particular cafes ; but it is
generally true, and I can afiure my readers, from many
repeated experiments, that there is no method fo certain
to make trees have flrong, lively, and flreight ftems, as
to cut them once or twice, if required, down to the
ground, as has been direded; and I have often examined
the flems of trees which have been raifed from feeds,
with the greatefl care, and found that they have never
been fo flrong, fo healthy, and fo vigorous, as ilems of

the

The Gardener's New Director. 445

the trees that have been cut down upon the appearance
of the failure of their growth, and which have after-
wards fprung from the root with great vigour ; and no-
thing is more conducive to recover trees, whole ilems
have fuffered by froll, or any other accident, than to cut
them down in the manner above prelcribed.

Before I enter into a detail of the culture of particu-
lar trees, permit me to make a few necefl'ary remarks on
the culture of fome, and the beft method of fowing
them. The Oak and the Beech may be fown in places
quite uncultivated, with fuccefs; the Oak particularly.
The Beech delights in a light foil ; for if it is fown in
clay, or vihere the ground is very (lifF, the feeds cannot
germinate, and very frequently it fends up its root
above the young flems, which lofes them altogether.
But the Oak may be fown almofl in any foil, having
ftrength enough to fend down its root any where; but
mofl: other treei fhouid be fow n in nurleries, from whence
they may be tranfplanled out for good, when they are
two or three years old.

You mufl (hun as much as pofTible to plant Oaks in
the neighbourhood of Pines, Firs, or Beech, or of any
other trees which thruft their roots deep into the ground;
but you may plant them to advantage near any trees
which fpread their roots, and do not run far below the
furface. You mull likewife obferve, never to fow woods,
but in thofe feafons when the feeds of trees are very plen-
tiful, and are fully ripened, and then take a particular
care that birds, field-mice, and other vermin, do not
attack them ; for which you muft fet traps on all occa-
fions, which is the moft efFedual method to ddlroy
them. You muft be no lefs careful to prevent the intru-
fion of cattle into your nurferies, or your woods, by
plantmg hedges of Tliorn, Poplar, &c. or dead wood
hedges. But the beft method of any to protect them
from the inupiion of cattle, is by making ditches, fac-
ing them up with ftore, and upon (he top tliertuf plant-
ing thorn hedges, intcrmixcd*here and there with fomc
Hollies, which will ftill be a greater fccurity to wlut is
planted or fown within.

1 proceed now to the culture of p.nticulir ii\i.s, and
betiin as followJ.

^ The

446

The Gardener's New Director.

The Oak.

IHIS monarch of the woods Is bcfl: railed from its
{cQ.(\, the Acorn. Authors have diftinguirtied thefe
into fcveral forts, but the moil profitable is that we call
the Englijh Oak ; and when thefe are defigned to be plant-
ed in woods, the fooner after the feeds are ripe, the bet-
ter ; the beft Acorns are had from England.

There are three different ways of planting them, which
I (hall here take notice of. The firil and mofl: profitable
is, when they are planted in the places where they are
defigned to (land, in woods, in fhort healthy ground, in
the neighbourhood of Junipers, fliort dwarf Sauches and
Ferns, and fcaniling Wliins. There you have little elfe
to do than to open the foil with the fpade, thrufl:ing the
imallend down into the earth, four or five inches, turn-
ing it round feveral times to break the hiould, and a lit-
tle of the fod above, to allow the young ftem to come
up freely. Above this, towards the winter, you muft
lay an inch and a half deep oi" earth, to protect; them
from the frofts, and vi^hen you perceive them coming up
in the fpring, and have too little earth above them, give
them half an inch more. In this way they may be plant-
ed pretty thick, and when they grow up you may weed
them as occafion requires; and this may be done a fe-
cond time, when the trees begin to grow more full, and
their heads begin to meet together: Thefe young trees
are always of ufe in country affairs. I am certain from
many experiments, that this hardy method of bringing
up trees, is beil for their future growth ; for here they
get in all kinds of foils, and if by chance you put them
into abetter foil than that wherein they were fown, they
will thrive the better.

The Acorns fhould be chofen from fuch trees as are
tall, ftreight, well thriving, and well growing. Thofe
of Poliard trees fiiould always be rejected; by Pollard
trees, I mean fuch as are crooked and fmall, and are fit
only for fmall country ufes ; thofe, tho' they produce
motl Acorns, are not to be chofen for feed. You Avill

have

The Gardener's New Director. 447

have in your plantations abundance of thefe Pollards, al-
though you do not fow their feeds; for in large woods it
is impoffible that every tree fhould thrive.

In March or Aprili after you have planted your Acorns,
you will ohferve them to peep above the furface, when
you are to take care that the feed be well covered. Your
plants this year will probably make a confiderable pro-
grefs ; if fo, you may leave them to nature. The fe-
cond year, if you find they are llill thriving, it is a cer-
tain fign they are rooting well. Towards the end of thii
year, if you think you have planted them too thick, you
fhould thin them, by removing fome of the intermedi-
ate plants; which fliould be immediately replanted where
you intend they ihould continue, before their roots be-
come dry, otherwife they will not grow ; and if they
are to be fent to a diflance, be fure to lift them with as
much earth as you can, binding about them wet mofs,
to keep them moifl. This fecond year you arc alfo to
obferve whether your Oaks come up forked, that is,
with two ftems; when the weakefl: muft be entirely cut
off. The third year if you perceive their ftems knot,
and a light coloured mofTy fcab come upon them, you
may be alTured your trees are not thriving ; therefore
they are to be cut down to the ground in March\ this,
will fend the force of their fap to the root, and make it
eftablifti itfelf, fo as to fend up a healthy flicot.

By planting thefe trees moderately thick, they grow
better than when the diftance is greater, as one fhclters
another, and bids defiance to all bad weather. 'Tis cer-
tain many plants out-grow another, and that tlicir Iprcad-
ing boughs may deftroy the weaker; but the removal of
this evil you have in your power by thinning them. I
would therefore never plant Acorns, at a greater diftance
than four feet plant from plant, as you always have it in
your power to give them at any time fuch a diftance as
their encreafe of grov.th may require.

If you defign to plant in t!ic wood way, where cattle
do not feed, the grafs will twift about them, and prove
of bad confequcnce. Therefore, the year bt.ltMe you
plant your Acorns, dig pits two feet fquarc, ard two feel
and an half deep, laying up the foil to the fummcr's fun
and the wintcr'i, cold, to mould. XnOihbrr ov Novrm-

448 The Gardener's New Director.

her, plant your Acorns into thefe pits two inches deep;
removing all weeds, and the grafs that grows within the
pit, and the plants will come up in March or April Such
grafs without the verge of the pits, will be of great ufe,
in giving fhelter to the young trees. This method of
planting Oaks, has wonderfully fucceeded with me; and,
I obfervcd there v/as lefs occafion for cutting when plant-
ed in this manner, than in the way which I firft menti-
oned; and I advife where ploughs cannot go, to purfue
one or other of ihefe methods.

The tjiird and lall method of planting Acorns, is by
fpading and ploughing the whole ground, and fowing the
Acorns with a dnil plough. Thib method pleafes a great
many people, but li is not fo natural as the two methods
I formerly propofed. It is true, indeed, you can draw
thera and thin them ; but this work mull be done with
great caution. The good propofed in planting them m
the two firfl: methods, eipecialiy in grounds where there
is not much fiitlter, is, that being planted moderately
thick, they may cover one another from the feverities of
the weather. As your plants will probably come up ve-
ry thick, you muff, during the fecond year, weed in fuch
a manner, that the plants may be three fathom from
each other, and four feet row from row. Thofe which
you take out now may be planted in avenues and viTcos for
pleafure. Four or five years atter this, you may again
thin them to a greater diitance; what you take out will
fell for Pollards; and you may continue thinning them at
different times in this manner, until you leave your Oaks
tvi»enty, twenty-five, and thirty feet diifant, when your
plants will become rel"pe6table, ftately and flrong, and
will themfelves be able to iubdue whatever is below them.
But to bring thefe plants to this noble flate, you mud ob-
ferve a few things, particularly. That during the firil
twelve or fourteen years of their growth, you fuffer no
cattle to brouze among them till they are five and twenty
years old: That by all proper means you encourage them
to grow tali and llraight, permitting none of them to
fork: That in the autumn, when their leaves begin to
fall, or in fpring, before they begin to bud, you take off
many, but not all their fide branches, except you per-
ceive the laterals become too luxuriant, and run away

with

The Gardener's New Director. 449

with the fap that (hould go to the top of the trees; And,
lartly, before you make your plantation, that you in-
dole the ground with hedges or rows of trees ten deep,
or more as vou think convenient, to protect the young
trees tioin the injuries of the weather.

The ufes of this tree are fo commonly known, when
it is fit for the axe, that it is neediefs here to repeat them :
but there is one particular which dcferves your utmofl:
attention, which is, that you never cut down thefe, or
any trees, in the fummer time, when the fap is flow-
ing : for the timber of the trees that are cut at that
time, will never be fo fit for any purpole as thole trees
that are cut in winter, when the fap is at reft. This is
an Unerring rule, which you mull conftantly purfue.
Thofe perfons who deal in Oak-bark object much to this,
that they cannot get the bark fo eafily off their trees in
winter, as in fummer. 'Tis true it is fo, and their ob-
jection againft felling trees in winter is very juft ; and it
is equally certain, that the bark taken from thcfe trees
in fummer bears a much higl.er price than that taken
off in winter : but to pleafe the bark merchant, you have
no more to do, but, the fummer before you intend to
cut your Oaks, peel off the bark from the trunk of the
tree, and fuffer the tree to remain uncut until winter,
which will do it no hurt, though the b^rk be taken off,
nay, though it were to ftand for two years afterwards.

The Beech.

T

HIS tree is propagated from feed, which is called
_^ Beerb-maJ}, and it may be fuun any time from
Oclober till February. The mice are fo fond ot it, that
it is with great difficulty it can be prcftrvcd from them :
The beft method I have found to prevent the vermin
from injuring the feed of this tree, is to fow a good deal
of foot with it, the tafte of which they abhor; and by
this means your feed will be preftrvtd. It dilij^hts in a
rich loamy foil, where it will profptr wonderluliy. It
will profper likewife upon the declivity of chalky orj^ra-
vclly hills, particularly if they are dry; but if \ou plant

450 The Gardener's New Director.

it in wet or clayifli grounds, it never will become a tree ;
there it grows crooked, wind-waves, cankers and de-
cays; but in the foils I have juil mentioned, it grows to
great perfe8:ion. When you defign to plant them out
from the nurferies, you fliould chufe a fpot of ground
to plant them in, much of the fame nature with that
wherein they were raifed, otherwife both your expecta-
tion and labour will be loft. They have a leaf of a fine
green colour in fummer, and all u'inter their leaves re-
main upon them, and become of a handfome red co-
lour ; fo that when they are planted near firs, they en-
tertain the eye with a very beautiful variety. When
you tranfplant them from the nurfery beds into the pla-
ces where they are to remain, take particular care not to
over prune their roots, and be alio careful not to plant
them deep, which, in miking all plantations from nur-
feries, you fiiould particularly have regard to; for there
are more trees loft by being deep planted, than by any
bad management I know ; and I rather would be obliged
to bulk up my trees with earth about the roots, that run
the rifk of planting them too deep.

The Beech requires almoft the fame culture and ma-
nagement with the Oak, with this effential difference,
however, that though the Oak will thrive almoft in any
foil, this will not profper in any but thofe I have above
direfted. It makes pretty hedges in large wildernefs
quarters, and may be kept in a regular figure, if it is
dipt twice a year. Its timber is of great ufe to turners,
and for making chairs; and the Maft, when you haye
great plenty of it, is excellent for feeding of fwine or
deer.

The Elm.

OF this tree there are feveral kinds, but I fiiall firll:
treat of what is called the Scots Elm, of which
there are many of great magnitude and great value.
This is what Mx. Miller in his diaionary calls the Witch
Elm; and I agree with Mr. £Wv;;, who thinks it the
Atim oi the ancients. This fort of Elm is propagated

by

The Gardener's New Director. 415 [

by feed, of which they produce, in favourahlc fcafons,
a great crop. Tlie feed is ripe about the fecond weeic
of June, and miifl: be immediately after fown; for thev
will not thrive if they are kept long out of the groumi.
To perform this in the bed manner, you fhould trench a
piece of ground in March preceding, conform to the quan-
tity oi feeds you intend to fow, in a lliaded place of tjie
garden, where I obfcrve they grow better than when the
ground is much expofed to the fun; obfcrve, however,
that the foil is a good tree loam, otherwife laiVureyou,
from experience, they will not thrive well. As foon as
your feed is ready for fowing, rake the grounu fine,
then take off a good cuffing, and water your ground be-
low, upon which fow your feed ; this will make them
germinate quickly ; and in cafe you have many beds to
low, the moifture of the earth will keep the feed from
blowing off, until you have covered your whole beds;
afterwards draw on the earth with a rake, and driJI them
over with a fhort tooth'd rake; keep tjiem clear from
weeds; and if the weather is extremely parching, you
mufl: water them. When they are about half an inch
grown up, it will be proper to riddle on a little earth a-
bove them ; this will keep them fixed in the ground, and
prevent the frofl: from throwing them out of it the fub-
iequent winter; during which time if the froft is very
feverc, you may cover them wirh peafe haulm, which
will give great protection to your plants: And in lummcr,
if there be any drought, nothing will prcferve them fo
much as giving them plenty of water. During the firil
two years of their growth, you muft keep them very
free from weeds. About the end of the fecond year
they will be fit to tranfplant into the nurfery, where they
may continue for four vears, until you plant them out
where they are to remain. In doing of this, you mull
be very careful not to bruife tl eir tender roots ; and th:it
the pits into w hich you arc to fet them, have Incn dug a
twelvemonth before you fet in your trees, that the eartii
may be moulded with the fun and air ; and likcwifc take
care not to plant them deeper than they were when fet
into your nurfery ; but, above all, be lure that the gtuiind
is good upon which they arc plartcd, otherwife rl.ey
will make a very indifferent figur*., Lcv.oiiie nx-fl". in

liit.r

452 The Gardener's New Director.

their fkins, hide-bound, and go off altogether ; and cut
tingtiiem down, which is a rennedy for moft hide-bound
trees, will do them no fervice; whereas, if they are
planted in a good rich mellow loam, they will thrive
exceedingly. Some years after they are planted, to en-
liven their growth, you fnould dig the ground about
them, lay on a little well rotted dung, and fow Turnips
and plant Cabbages. I have found this culture add fo
much to their (Irength, that in twenty years, after be-
ing fo ufed, they have been fit for cutting down, and ap-
peared like trees forty years old.

If, notwithftanding all your care, you perceive that
your trees do not grow to your wifh, I have ufed a me-
thod, which has had an excellent effefl: upon them ;
that is, early in the fpring, whenever you perceive your
trees are hide-bound, take a garden knife, and within
two feet of the top of the tree to within a foot of the
ground, make a large rut with the point of the knife,
m a flraight line ; and do the fame likewife upon the op-
pcfite fide of the tree. At the rifing of the fap your
trees will bleed a little, whereby they will be relieved
from their difeafe. I have cured trees of this difeafe
which have been ten or twelve years planted where they
were to remain ; for bleeding often gives vegetables the
fame relief as it does to animal bodies. When they are
cut down, there is no tree excells them for making
chairs; the way to ufe them for that purpofe is thus:
Cut down the trees in O^ober, bark them, and hew
them out in what fafliion you think moft proper for
your purpofe; lay thefe logs in running water, but not
in ponds or ditches, where the water ftagnates ; fecure
them from being carried off by the ftream, and let them
remain here until the end q{ March ; then take them out
of the water, lay them in fome airy place to dry, but
rot near a fire; in the fummer after they will work with
the carpenter very well, and by the different colours of
their veins will appear extremely beautiful. There are
!ome perfons who lay tlietn only fix weeks in water, and
then take them out foT w^t-^ but you may try both ways,
and choofe that which fuits beft.

The other forts of Elms feldom or never bear feed ;
thefe you muft propagate by layers, which is thus per-
formed :

The Gardener's New Director. 453

formed: Plant in your nurfery the old (lumps or roots of
thofe trees which liave been cut down, leaving a fmall
portion thereof above the ground, trom whence will
proceed a vaft number of fmall llioots, which fhould be
laid down, and covered with a good portion of earth du-
ring the winter; in the fpring, fuch layers may be ta-
ken from their mother plant a year after they are laid
down, and then be put into the nurfery, from whence,
in four years after, they may be tranfplanted out into
fuch places where they are to remain, obferving always
that the ground where they are to remain, be a good,
free, rich loam; and I always chafe to propagate from
layers, rather than from fuckers, for thefe I am fure ne-
ver produce good trees. Having given you direftions
how to make hedges of the Elm, I now proceed to the
culture of another tree, which makes very fine hedges,
efpecially in large wildernefs quarters.

The Hornbeam.

THIS tree is fometimes raifed from the feed ; but
as it feldom produces much feed in this country,
it is better and more expeditioufly raifed by layers. Lay
them down in autumn, and in the autumn following,
they will be fit to take off, to be planted in the nurfery,
the ground of which was well dug. They may remain
here for two or three years, to acquire flrength, before
they are planted out where they are to remain. If you
defign to plant them in hedge rows, you fhould encou-
rage all the lateral branches to grow, for this feathering
of their branches will foon make a hedge. If, on the
other hand, you defign to plant them out for variety in
your woods, you mufl: treat them with refpeft to the
pruning of their branches, as I have directed for oiher
trees.

There is one fort of tree called the Hop Hornbeam,
which I prefer to the common Tort, for making hedges,
becaufc its leaves come entirely off the end of autumn,
and there is not that litter ol leaves continually about its
roots, as is the cafe with the common Hornbeam.

H h 'J'hcrc

4<4 ^^'^ Gardener's New Director,

There are four or five different kinds of this tree, bof
as the Hop kind and the common fort are mod ufed, it
is needlefs to mention the reft.

The Afti.

THERE are fix different kinds of this tree; but I
fliai here treat only of thofe which grow well.
The common Afh is propagated only by feeds, called
Afhen-keys. This feed fhould be gathered when the
leaves drop, in a dry day, and laid up in a heap to fweat;
this is a great advantage to their vegetation; for I have
often obferved, that the feeds ufed this way have fprung
the firfl feafon, when the other feeds, which have been
kept dry in lofts, did not fpring till the fecond year af-
ter they had been fown. The ground in winch you
defign to fow them, fhould, the preceding fimimer, be
turned, and made very fine ; and you may take a crop
of Turnips from it, M^hich alfo will help to open it, and
they will be off time enough for you to fow your feeds.
In the month of No'vember^ fow thefe beds very thick
with the feeds, and the following fpring and fummer
keep them clear from weeds; and if the weather is very
dry, water them, even although your plants are not
come above the ground. Next fpring they will appear,
and in fummer it will be proper to prepare nurfery beds
for them, in a piece of good rich ground ; for theymufb
ftand no longer than the following autumn ; becaufe if
they grow well, being thick fown, they foon would
choak one another. Your nurfery muft be of the fame
kind of ground with that wherein they were fown; for
it is certain this tree thrives beft in good ground, though
It will grow almofi in any foil. When you are to tranf-
plant them, before you draw them, you muft loofen
them with the fnade ; for as they fhoot a ftrong root
deep into the ground, they would be in hazard of break-
ing, if they were not thus loofened. When you have
taken them up, you may ftiorten the ftrong radical, or
top roots; but be very fparing in pruning their lateral
fibres. After their removal, you may plant them in

rows I

The Gardener's New Director. 455

rows, at three feet di (lance row from row, and two feet
plant from plant, thrufling down the earth to their roots.
In fummer they muft be kept quite free from weeds;
and the year after they are planted, if the weather is
very parching, you muft give them water, which will
promote their growth, obferving particularly to take off
all fide branches from them. This is contrary to the
rule I have laid down in pruning other trees; the reafon
is, that as the Afli fucks very much, and when young is
very full of poies, it thereby imbibes fufficiently to fup-
port its flock, and maintain its trunk, without the help
of its lateral branches: But in taking thefe off, you mufl:
obferve to do it late in autumn, and early in the fpring,
atherwife your trees will bleed, and fuffer much. In
this nurfery they may remain three years, and then you
muft think of planting them out where they are to re-
main. In this particular many people differ. In treating
of woods fome affirm, that every fourth or fifth tree in
the wood fhould be an Afh: What they mean by this, is
hard to fay ; for I am certain, that no tree will thrive
under the drop of the Afh, nor even in its neighbour-
hood, becaufe it is fo flrong a fucker, that it exhaufls
all the nourifhment round it; for thefe reafons, there-
fore, it was my conftant practice to plant out thofe trees
from the nurfery, into large woods or plantations, into
the beft ground I could chufe for them, and all by them-
felves, at ten fquare feet diflance; and after they have
been planted two years, you can eafily perceive, by their
grov.'th, what are thriving ard what are not, what are
ftraight and what are crooked. The fickly and crooked
ones fhould be cut over, to within half a foot of the
ground early in the fpring, which will induce them to
fhoot out noble ftraight ftems : for no tree whatever
agrees better with being cut down than the Arti. By
this culture the flraight thriving A(h tree will mount up
to a great height, and add beauty to the forell, while
the weaker plants form a kind of underwood, which may
be cut every eight or ten years, for arbour, hop, and
efpalier poles, and for hoops, to the great profit of the
owners of fuch plantations.

The Carolina Afh, with the Flat-key, together with
the Caldbriun round-Icaved Afli, commonly culUd the

II h 2 Mann*

456 The Gardener's New Director.

Manna Afli Tree, are equally hardy with the common
Afh, and will grow very well in this country, provided
they have a little flielter when they are young.

T

The Plane.

'HISj in England', goes by the name of the Sica-

more, though I cannot think it the fame that of

old went under that name. But leaving this to be dif-
cufled by botanifts, I proceed to its culture, which is
much the fame with that of the Afh tree. The keys or
feeds of it muft be fown about the end of autumn ; for
if they are kept till the fpring, they feldom or never
vegetate. When the feeds come up, and are too thick,
you fhould draw out part of them, and thin your feed
beds, which will make what: remains grow the better.
From the feed beds you may tranfplant them into the
nurfery, giving them plenty of room; and from thence,
three years after, you may tranfplant them into the pla-
ces where they are to remain. They are not planted
out in woods, as moll other trees, but they are excellent
to be planted for defence of large plantations, or large
nurferies, and gentlemens feats, for which ufe I think
they have been the favourite trees of our anceflors. It
differs in nothing from the Afh, but that it comes up
the firft year after the feeds are fown, if they are put in-
to the ground early in the autumn, or whenever its feeds
are ripe. This tree is far fuperior to the Beech^ for all
the ufes of the turner, particularly for diflies, trenchers,
and bowls; and when it abounds with knots, as it fre-
quently does, it is ufed by the joiners for inlaying. I
have alfo feen rooms lined with It ; the trees indeed were
very large, and had no knots in them ; and when it was
varnifhed had a very elegant appearance. When it is
ufed in this way, both fides of the panelling ought to be
varnifhed, becaufe it is very fufceptible of being eaten
with worms.

This tree being near a-kin to the Maple, I fhall here
likewife treat of it ; but before I begin, I fhall juft enu-
merate the different kinds of Plane, of which there are

three

The Gardener*s New Director. 457

three other kinds I have not yet noticed; lo wit, the true
Oriental Plane, the Oriental Plane with the Maple
Leaf, and the Occidental or I'irginian Plane. The
Orientals are propagated either from feeds or by layers.
The firft method I (Tiould chufe, though the latter will
alfo fuccecd, but will never make fuch large trees. The
Virginian or Occidental Plane, which isneareil of kin to
the Acer mo.jus^ J^^f'^ niultis phitjnus, will grow extreme-
ly well by cuttings planted in the month of Oiloher, and
I have feen very large poils ot them fharpened at the
end for the ftrongefl: fupporters of efpaliers, and conti-
nue longer when put in the ground in good plight, than
any timber I fee ufed for that purpofe.

§•§§§§§§§€'§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§
rhe Maple.

TPIE feeds of this tree, being fown in great nurfe-
ries, have often produced plants with flriped
leaves, and have retained their variegation very well,
which is not common in other variegated plants, except
the Lotus or Birds Trefoil^ the feeds of which, when
gathered from variegated plants, come up always varie-
gated.

We have two forts of the flowering Firgijiian Acers,
but that fort, with the largefl: red flowers about the
branches is preferable, chiefly for the multiplicity of its
flowers. The Norway Maple grows to a very large tree
in this country, and is raifed by feeds, which it affords
in great quantities, and requires the fame culture with
the common Maple, falfely called the Plane Tree, and
is very proper for inclofing plantations of young trees, or
for fheltering gentlemens leats from the high winds.

The Chefnut.

Till S is one of the largefl: and prctticfl: trees, when
rightly managed, that grows. In Britain it ar-
rives at a vaft bulk, efpecially the fouthern parts thereof,
H h 3 as

45^ The Gardener's New Director.

as wtU as the Oak, which appears from the many large
logs of both thefe timbers that have been found in ma-
ny buihiings in London, from Hctiry the lid's time, till
within thefe fifty years pafl:. And in the northern parts
of Briltiin, r\Qzv Edivhurgh, I have feen the wuoden paits
of the roofs of ftables and covv-hoiifes, vi^here, by the
breath of the cautcj other woods have been rotted, thole
roofs tnade of Chcfnut trees have remained found for
above fifty years. Thofe trees, therefore, when properly
planted in our woods, cannot fail to be of very great ule
and profit to the owners. Suffer me, therefore, to be
fomewhat particular upon the culture of this tree. As
foon as you defign to plant the nuts, you are to diflin-
guirti between what you are to plant in your woods, and
what you are to plant out for pleafure in avenues, or for
bearing fruit. They require a very different culture,
and you mull take a refolution before you plant them,
which of the different niethods you intend? fo as not to
confound the one with the other. I fhall begin with giv-
ing you directions concerning thofe which are to be
planted in woods for profit. The proper choice of feeds,
is an article of greater importance than many per-
fons imagine; but as upon this depends your fuccefs, it
will be neceffary to attend carefully to it.

We annually receive thefe nuts from Spain, Portugal^
and France; and we aifo have thera from England. The
qucftion is, whether we fhould plant what comes from
Southern climates, or the nuts which we receive from
England, in our woods ? One would naturally think, that
the nuts which grow here would be more proper to plant
out in uoods, where they would moft probably meet
with rougher treatment and harder weather than thofe
trees which are planted near a gentleman's feat, or in a
well fenced inclofure. But experience, the mother of
all fciences, teaches us rather to chufe thofe nuts which
come from Spain and Portugal, provided they are large,
fair, and well ripened in the woods. 'J hofe nuts being
larger by half than what we receive from England, con-
ftquently the tree muff be larger alfo, and the ftouter
the tree, the better able it will be to bear bardfhips. A
twelvemonth before you intend to plant, make choice of
the bed fenced ground, and beft foil in your woods ; dig

pits

The Gardener's New Director. 459
pits a foot and an half in diamtter, and two feet deep ; lay
up the foil from thence to mould and mellow by the fun
and air; and obferve, that your pits be eight feet diflant
from one another. In thefe pits plant all your gord nuts,
two inches deep. The good nuts you can diflinguifh
from the bad, by putting them into w^ter : Cafe away
what fwims, but what finks you are 10 uie. In the fpring
following, you will obferve them coming up; if the wea-
ther is very fevere, you may lay an inch more of mould
above them. The fummer following you lliould take
care to keep them free from all weeds, and ftir the mould
a little about thtm ; and remember that their futtire fuc-
Cfcfs depends much upon the care you take in keepingcat-
tle from their plantations. Carly in the fpring you (hould
divcll them of lateral branches, or if they come up
forked, you fhould take away one of their branches, and
leave the other for the wood. In two years you will ea-
fily obferve if they are thriving; if you find that they
canker, and a mofs grows about them, cut their flioot
down at the fiiTt bud above the ground, in a floping
manner, and irom that bud, they will foon fend up an-
other handfome fhoot ; tor their root has fufficient
ftrength to ellablifli itfelf in the ground, and thereby to
recover the plant; and you are to take particular care
not to allow any grafs or weeds to twill; about the young
plants.

The other method of planting them is in rows. From
the feed beds, where they are firfl: raifed, they are, as
ufual, to be tranfplar.ted into the nurfery. When liftmg
them, you are to take care to cut a part of the top root
off, efpecially when they are again to be removed into
the places where they are to remain. They delight in
a rich foil, but not in clay, and mufl be removed from
the nuriery-beds in two years, or three at moft, accord-
ing to their growth. If you perceive that they do not
thrive, but turn crooked, you mufl cut them down, as I
formerly directed, and they will fend up a handfome
fhoot. The trees planted out in this way, will bear
fruit fooner than thofe trees wliich you planted in your
woods ; by the taking off their top root, which m:ikcs
their lateral fibres fpread aK)ng the j^round witlim »lie
H h 4 influ-

460 The Gardener's New Director.

influence of the fun and of fhowers, which are ihe chief
principles of vegetation.

The Horfe-Chefnut, one of the noblefl: trees that a-
dorns our woods for beauty, mufl be treated in the fame
manner; and the Pavia, or red flowering Horfe-Chef-
nut, which makes one of the mofi: beautiful flowering
trees that adorns our gardens, may alfo be cultivated in
the fame way ; but for the firfl: four years of its growth,
fliould have more flielter given it, in winter efpecially :
Only you are to obferve, that fuch Chefnut-trees as you
are to plant out for bearing fruit, fhould not have their
fide branches fo lopped off as thofe trees which are plant-
ed in woods lor timber.

i:he Walnut.

THOSE trees which are planted in your woods,
fhould be fown in the places where they are to re-
main, and from thence never removed; for if their roots,
which always tend downwards, are broken, cutorbrui-
fed, it hinders the tree from afpiring, which is the great*
efl beauty in trees planted for timber. Indeed they will
not be fo fruitful as trees that are tranfplanted; but the
rifk of the operation greatly out-balances any advantage
that may accrue from it. In woods thefe trees fhould
be planted at twelve or thirteen feet diflance ; for their
vicinity to one another greatly promotes their growth.
I would here advife to plant fome of the black/Vr^/wizw
Walruts, which are brought in great plenty from that
country; for thefe naturally grow ere6t : But take care,
that neither the common nor the Virginian \\ alnut fork
when they come up; for no tree is more liable to do io
than the Walnut; and I always would chufe to plant
them by themfelves in a well fheltered fituation, in every
refpeft treating them as I directed for the Chefnut. The
wood of the black Virginian Walnut is invaluable; for
by the beautiful enamelling of its veins, when it conies
to be cut, it rather feems to refemble marble than wood.
They delight in a rich firm loam, and they will alfo
grow upon the declivities of chalky hills, or flonv ground.

It

The Gardener's New Director. 461

It is very remarkable in this tree, that the more uncul-
tivated the foil is, the morfe beautiiul is their wood, and
better for the cabinet-maker's ufe than what grows in a
richer foil.

If you deilgn to plant walnut trees for fruiting, tliey
mufl: be fown in beds. Two years after, they muft be
tranfplanted into the nurfery ; when they have grown
two years more, they will be fit to plant out into the
places where they are to remain, and to be treated in the
fame manner as I directed for theChtfnut; with this
peculiar difference, however, that you are to plant the
Walnuts no lefs than twenty-five or thirty feet diflant
one from another, for the fake ot their fruits and the
extending of their branches; for it is very obfervable,
that when Walnut trees are planted for fruiting, and
have been frequently tranfplanted, and their radical or
top root lopt a little, that not one in a thoufand of them
grows erecl in its flem, but difgerfes its branches at a
great diftance from the trunk of the tree; and the more
crooked and pervading thefe branches are, you are furc
of the larger crops of fruit. I next proceed to treat of
a very beautiful tree.

The Quickbeam, or Roane Berry Tree.

THIS tree, for its beautiful flowers in May^ and its
very handfome fcarlet fruit in autumn, yields in
beauty to no tree I know, efpecially if we confider the
very cre6t flature to which in a fhort lime it attains. This,
together with its refifting all the inclemencies ot our cli-
mate, thriving where few other trees will profper, makes
it defcrve our utmoft care and culture to prop;igate it.
It is of the Sorbus tree kind, and is botanically named
Sorhus aucuparia "Jobannis Bobini. This tree delights in a
moift leofe foil, and may be eafily propagated from ihe
berries, which it produces in great quantities: Thefe, af-
ter picking away the pulp from about them, may be
fown in November or March, where ihcy may continue
two years; and afterwards be tranfplanted out into the
places uhtre they are to remain for good. As I faid be-
fore.

462 The Gardlner's Ni^w Director.

fore, they grow upon any foil, bui; profper beft where the
ground is wrought moft about them. The ufes of this
tree are many : I have often feen good walking canes
made of lis bough"-; and the whetlright and hufhandman
apply it to many ufes: In fliort, I know no tree fo capa-
ble to make a large garden pretty, by i:s delicious flowers
in the fpiing, and its charming fcarlet coloured truit in
autumn; and, when ready tor cutting, of fuch general
ufe,

I (liall next proceed to the culture of another tree,
which likewife yields very beautiful flowers, and the cu-
rious enamel of whofe wood, richly deferves the carpen-
ter's nicefl: care. Was it more generally known, it could
not fail to be more elleemed, and confequently more cul-
tivated.

The Laburnum, or Peafe-cod Tree.

BOTANICALLY named Citifus Alpinus latifolius,
fiore ramofo pendulo longiorit oj Tournejort. Their
flowers are produced in May in very long yellow coloured
fpikes, which are fucceeded by long cods like Peafe, which
include their feeds, and it is from the form of thefe that
the tree receives the name of Peafe-cod -tree.

It is propagated from feeds, which are ufually fown in
February or Marchf on a bed of good frefh light earth,
covering them with an inch of the fame mould ; and
in fix weeks after tJiey will appear above ground. If
the weather be dry, you fhould water them as occafion
requires.

If your trees have grown very tall the firfl year, you
may tranfplant them into the nurfery, planting them in
rows three feet difl:ance, and one foot afunder in the rows,
laying on the roots of thefe young plants a good deal of
ftraw in the winter time, to protecl their fibres from the
feverities of the froft, and in fummer from the parching
rays of the fun. In the nurfery, if they like the foil,
they will grow very fafl, and in two years muft be plant-
ed out into the places where they are to remain; for if
you fufFer them to continue longer in the nurfery, it will

be

The GARDENtR*s Nivv Director. 463

be hard to get them up without Injur'-ng their fibres, than
which nothing is more injurious to thefe trees. And
here I fliall give a very necenary caution for all quick
growing trees, that the firll year alt°r they rile, they
mufl: be tranipliinted from the fted-bed ir.to the nurfery,
where they muft remain no longer than two years; for
if they become very tall before you plant them out into
the places where they are to fti^nd, they feldom thrive
well.

No tree whatever is more hardy, after it is planted
out, than the Peafe-cod tree; and if it be planted in
ground it delights in, it will become very large ; fome
I have fown, grew to fuch a fize, that tea tables
have been made of one plank of the wood. The wood
is of a bright yellow colour, with blackifh purple veins,
and far exceeds the prettieft Mahogony I ever faw.

The Lime.

TH E firft feeds of this tree I ever raifed, were fent
me as a prefent from a gentleman in England.
With them I received the following letter of directions
how to ufe them :

''SIR,
*' / have fent you half a pound of Lime-tree feeds per^
*' fcFih ripe, which is pretty extraordinary, as they fel~
*' dom ripen thoroughly with us. As a great deal depends
*' upon the direBions how and when to fow them, I pall
*< gi'-oe you a few, which I hope you will find ufjul. No
*' tree is fo tender when it is young, as the Lime: After
** it is fown, it lies twelve months in the ground bej ore the
** feedlings appear, and rifes precifely within four or five
** days of that day when in the preceding year it was fown :
*' therefore I wtuld advife you to fow the feds about the
*' twentieth of May, keeping them dear from weeds, and
" watering the beds in dry weather, even before they come
*' up. In winter lay a confidcrahle quantity of IFheat-
** firaw upon the beds where you fow them, to protec^t them
*« from frofl, and you will fee your fieJs lome vp -within

*' tw»

464 The Gardener's New Director.

*' ituo or three days before or after the twentieth of May
*' follovoing. T^^cy may remain in the feed-bed two years y
*' and then it ivill be proper to plaJit them out in the nur-
** fe7'y. Give them plenty of room therein, and let them
*' remain there for four years, and when you plant them
" out, he fure to give them a rich loam. By following
*' thefe directions, your trees can Jcarcely fail of growing
*' to a. very great fize. Obferve one thing particularly ■, not
*' to plant them deep ; for by that error I have lofi more plants
*' than any other way."

Conformable to this direciion I managed my trees,
and had a good number of the fined; plants, raifed from
feed, I ever faw, far exceeding thofe raifed from layers.

It is remarkable in this tree, that fuch as you raife
from layers will feldom or never produce feeds. Their
layers, are rooted in twelve months, and may then be
planted out into a nurfery, where they may {land four
years, after which they mufl: be tranfplanted out into the
places where they are to fland, in the fame manner as the
feedlings above mentioned.

I come now to treat of Aquatic Trees.

The Alder, or Aller.

I Have often heard that this tree has been raifed from
feeds, but I never practifed it. My way of raifing
it was from fuckers, which grow in great plenty in thofe
grounds, where the old trees were cut ; but though this
be my practice, yet I cannot much approve of it, for
the fuckers are very long before they become fit for any
ufe. Therefore, the befl: method I know to raife them
is: Take a middle aged tree, which is twiggy about its
fides; cut it in pieces four feet long; fharpen the cut-
tings at the ends, but do not take away the fide twigs
from them. In the month of November thruft them in-
to a fwanipy piece of ground, two feet down, and the
year following you will obferve them fhoot ftrong. In
two years after this, if they produce no more than one
ilioot upward, cut that down to within three buds of the

place

The Gardener's New Director. ^.65

place from whence it fhot ; and next year, and the years
following, you will fee the (lock fend out two or three
ilrong llioots ; by this means in a j'nort time vou may
have a whole wood of them. I have hkewife feen thcni
propagated by taking up the old roots of the trees which
have been cut, together with their fibres; then fpiit the
roots, preferving as many of the fibres as you can, and
plant them again, and they will fend up a great ma-
ny noble young (hoots.

Tbe Birch.

CONTRARY to what A4r. Evdin fays, and of which
Mr. Philip Miller takes no notice, I have raifed a
\''all: number of thefe trees from feeds. I bought about
four pounds weight, which I lowed in the month of Fe-
bruary, in a piece of indifferent ground in a nurfery in
my woods, covering them with a quarter of an inch of
mould, for thefe feeds cannot endure to be much cover-
ed. Over this I fpread fome fmall cuttings of whins, to
preferve the feeds from the birds (wjio are very fond of
them at this feafon ot the year) which, when the plants
appeared, I took away. In this nurfery they remained
two years, and afterwards I tranfplanted them out into
the woods, pretty thick, and took fome of them home
to make plantations of, near my houfe, purely for their
fragrance ; for they emit, after a fliower of rain, an odo-
riferous flavour. In three )ears after this I ol^lcrved my
plants grow very tall, but at the lame time very llender ;
and thofe planted in the [)e(l ground were the fmallcrt,
mofl: crooked, and the moft wind-waved ; therefore I
refolved to cut tbem down within two inches of the
ground, and in about four years after I had the mcifl:
beautiful plants I ever hw, ftraight, tall, and flrong, and
far excelling thofe which I gathered annually in my woods
to make nurferies of. I bought alfo from the fame per-
fon fome Fir-feed, but that did not come up, which I
attributed to its being kiln dried.

•■Ihr

4^6 The Gardener's New Director.

The Abele Tree

IS only propagated from the fuckers, of wliich you
may have in great numbers, by cutting down fome
of the trees, working the ground about them, and pre-
ferving them from cattle. This tree together with the
Afpin or Quaking Afp, are produced in the fame man-
ner. I am lurprifed how a late author fpeaks fo dimi-
nutively of the Quaking Afp. I faw within thefe ten
years a large plantation of thefe trees near a gentleman's
feat in the bifhoprick of Durham^ mofl: of them near
forty feet high, without a fide branch, which he efteem-
ed very much, and fold for a great price, to the mill-
wrights and carpenters about the country.

§§§§§§§§§§§§§#§§§§§§§#§§§§§§§§

Willows.

OF which there are thirty forts known to the balket-
makers. They are all propagated by cuttings,
planted in a moift foil. But there is one particular kind,
which excells the whole, called the Huntingdon l/VilloiVy
"which comes very foon to be a large tree. Thefe are
more properly called Sallows; they grow in rich ground,
and, although it is not wet, they will profper well.

Willows are propagated by fhort cuttings, but Sal-
lows from flakes or truncheons, feven feet long, which,
when thruft into the ground in October or February, will
thrive exceedingly well.

I fliall next treat of Evergreen Trees, which are fit
to be planted out into woods.

rk

The Gardener's New Director.

467

The Fir.

COMMONLY called the Scots Fir. Moft authors
who have wrote oF this tree, have treated it in
Inch a fuperficial manner, that they either feem not to
value it, or, what I rather believe to be the cafe, they
neither know the tree, nor its culture: I therefore think
it my duty to give you my own practice in which I fuc-
cecdcd extremely well.

This tree is only propagated from feeds, which are
contained in cones or clogs, as they are called, which
are ripe or fall from the trees in December and Januaryt
at which time you fhould gather them, obferving alwa\s
to make ufe of thofe cones which fall from the eldeil,
tallefl:, ftraighteft and beft grown trees you have. There
is fomeiimes a difficulty to get the feeds out of the cones,
and if you are not favoured with much fun, which will
make thefe cones burft, it is extremtlv difficult to bring
out the feeds. The method of getting out thcfe feeds
which fucceeded beft with me, was this: In my fecond
ftove, where the air was kept up to temperate, I fpread
my mats upon the brick floor, under which there was no
heat, the air in the room only being warmed moderate-
ly. Upon the mats I laid my dogs, which in about three
or four weeks opened, and yielded me plenty of feed. A
friend of mine that was prefent at the operation, ob-
jected, that this was very near kiln-drying, which might
deftroy the feeds; to which 1 anfwered that I was not
afraid of their being too much dried, as the air in the
room was but moderately warm, and there was no heat
beiov/ them, and that every two days I took out what
feeds had burfl: from the cones ; nor was the heat com-
parable to a kiln, which is v/arm below, where confe-
quently the feeds muft be roaftcil. The efTeS was, that
■when I fowed my feeds thev all came up to great per-
fection, notwithftanding that I hail broupjit them out in
this manner from the comes. However, pcrlons that
have not the fame convenience I had, may open their
cones in the fun, which no doubt is a very good meihrd,

ai.d

468 The Gardener's New Director.

and what does not open before they are fown, •will burfl
from the cone in the fummer time; and you fhould keep
their feeds in canifters., or leather bags, till next fowing
feafon, in a dry open place, where neither fun-lhine nor
fire heat can get at them.

About the end of April prepare your ground for fow-
ing, by trenching it, and making it fine, taking out all
itones, and roots of weeds, or grafs. If this be done in
O^oher preceding, it will ftill be fo much the better ; and
if you lay it up in ridges after it is fo trenched, it will
be ftill of greater fervice. The ground fhould be of a
middling nature, neither too poor nor too rich, too
clayey, nor too fandy. Take off a pretty good cuffing
with the rake, and if the ground is very dry, and no
rain like to happen, water the beds from a garden pot,
with the rofe upon it; then fow your feeds pretty thick;
draw on the earth, and drefs up your beds with a very
ihort toothed rake, and in two or three days after, riddle
on an inch of the fame earth upon them. Some weeks
after you will fee them peeping through the ground, and
now is the precife time, when your greatefl care is re-
quired to preferve them ;' for at their firfl appearance
above ground, they bring up the hulk of the feed at their
tops, which whenever the birds perceive, they fly gree-
dily to attack them, and picking at the feed hufk, they
nip off the heads of the young plants, which utterly
deflroys them, I covered my beds therefore with clofe
wrought nets, fupported above the beds with hoops fo
high, as to be without the reach of the birds bill. This
does very well ; but there is ftill a better method, which
is to fet boys near the beds, from fun-rifing till fun-fet,
giving them piftols to fire, with powder only, which
will fo frighten the birds, that they will not venture, for
fome time at leaft, to come back again. If the weather
is very dry, you mufl water them frequently, which will
promote their growth exceedingly, and when weeds ap-
pear, you muft take them out carefully, becaufe in the
non-age of the plants, they are apt to come up with the
weeds. In the beginning of November riddle on a good
quantity of faw-duff, that has been dried fome time, or
for want of that, here or oat chaff, which when laid
upon the beds, will prevent the froft from throwing the

young

The Gardener's New Director. 469
young plants out of the ground, and in April following,
weed the beds of the Firs which have the iargell growth,
and plant them out in tlie following manner, which,
though diredly contrary to the opinion of all authors,
who have wrote upon the fubjed, has, with me, always
been attended with great fuccefs. I am not for planting
out the Vvhole of the feedlings at this time, but fuch only
as are very rampant in their growth. At two years old
your Firs mull be tranfplanted either into nurferies or in-
clofed grounds, where they are to remain. This laft
method I moft approve of. The manner of planting is:
In the month of ^Jprily when you intend to take out the
rampant growers from your beds, after taking them out,
put down the earth with your hand clofe by the roots of
thefe you leave in the beds ; and if you want to carry
them to any diftance, have fome paped earth by you,
that is, fome well wetted earth, and tie a layer of it
round the roots of your feedlings, which otherwife would
dry very faft. If you defign to make large plantations,
it will be neceflary to indole the ground with fail dykes,
to prevent the intrufion of cattle, winch may be croflcd
with other fail dykes at right angles, at every three or
four acres. If your ground is bare where you intend to
plant them, or if it has very fliort grafs upon it, you
have no more to do, but to make a flit with your fpade,
fet in your plant at the diflance of about tv/o or three feet,
and put the root ot the plant clofe to the ground. There
is little dant;,er of planting this tree too thick, for the
rank growers will deflroy fucii as do not thrive, and the
under branches lall off when they run high, whereby
they prune themldves, and fave you that trouble. If
Junipers, or any low growing plants are upon the ground,
or if the ground where you intend to plant them, is rank
with grafs, or tall growing whins, you muft plant your
feedlings in pits, at a little diftance from thele under
growths, left they iTiould be choaked or hurt by them;
and if you dtfign to plant Oak, Beech, or any other
trees amongft them, they fliould be planted at eight feet
diftance ; tor it is almoft incredible to think how faft Oaks
grow when planted among Firs. I have alfo planted,
with great fuccefi, a few of the Cedars of Lchanon a-
anongft Firs; hut this is not to be done, until the Firs

I i have

470 The Gardknlr's New Director,

have become pretty large plants, to protect them ; ob-
it iving lirictlv, however, not to lufter the Firs to drop
over them ; and betwixt the Cedars and the Firs I plant-
ed Oaks, that when the Firs were cut away, the Oak,
>vhich is a long lafting tree, might give fuitable fhelter
to the Cedar.

OJ Coppices.

THUS have I gone through moft of the trees that
are planted either for plcafure or profit. I (hall
now conclude the whole by a few obfervations on the
railing of Coppices, or fmall woods, a work the more
receflary, as it is in the power of gentlemen of but very
moderate fortunes, vvhilft the culture of large woods
requires both extent of ground and expence in manage-
ment.

Whenever you intend to make fmall vi^oods of coppi-
ces, you are firft to inclofe your ground fufficiently, fo
that no cattle may get in to browze upon your young
plants, or amongft them. If there is any natural wood
in this inclofed ground, you are not to take it intirely
away; nor Junipers, fcantiing Whins, or other low
growing Shrubs ; but fow the feed of your trees near
them, in fuch a manner as that the under-wood may not
choak them when your young plants come up. If the
grafs is rank, you muft pare the furface of the earth at a
little diilance round the pits wherein you fow your feed,
that the grafs may not tvvifl: round the young fhoots of
your plants which would choak them. I would always
advife, rather to fov/ than plant your woods ; for thpfe
trees which are fown, and remain untouched, will in
twenty years far outftrip any tree you can plant. Thin
your plants when they come to a tolerable height, mo-
derately, but not all at once, for that would let in too
much cold air to your plants ; but from delicacy on this
point, you muft not crowd your plants too much;
otherwife, for want of a due circulation of air, they
wilt run like may-poles, and turn out good for no-
thing. Take away all forked (hooters, by taking off

their

The Gardener's New Director. 471
their flems; but do not diveft your trees of all their fide
branches, tor this would ruin their heads. If your young
platus which you fowcd, do not thrive after the firft
three or four years, cut them down, and they will loon
after fend up good young fhoots, which in time will
make large trees.

Thefe coppices may be cut every twelve or fourteen
years, or may ftand longer if you fo incline; but no
large wood mufl feel the weight of the axe, till it is fifty
years old.

Before I leave this fubjecl, I cannot but regret the
univerfal negleft that at prefent prevails, in the article of
woods and plantations. Oak-woods, formerly our glory,
are now fcarce known, though our Acorns and foil are
equal, if not fuperior, to thofe of former times. What
effe£t this may have on our commercial interefl: time on-
ly can difcover. I fhall jufl: fay, that it is far from being
improbable, that neceflity at laft will oblige us to perform
what inck)lence or falfe tafte at prefent hinders us from
executing.

It is indeed matter of furprife, that a culture of this
kind, which in a courfe of years, is attended with lb
much profit to the planter, or his fuccefTors, fliould be
fo greatly negle6led in this.induftrious age. One would
imagine that interefl, if no other motive could prevail,
would have the efFe6l: to engage many in iuch a purtuit.
— But experience fhews us quite a different profpe^V.
PrcTent profit, or prefent pleaiure, is the objetl of every
wifh ; and there are but few who bellow one thought on
the advantages that would accrue to pofterity from rai-
fing woods and forefts. On the contrary, even where
fuch woods are raifed, and perhaps in a thriving conditi-
on, how often do we fee the befl: trees culled out for
fome favourable avenue or Lnclofure; and even the woods
themfelves margled^and cut down, and the very befl and
moll promifiiig trees deftroycd, to torm a villo to fome
antiquated ruin; or, to be ftill more modern, to fome
Indian Pagod or Chincfe Temple.

The author of this work fympathizes on fo wocjfu! a
degeneracy. He hopes the few hints he has thrown out,
may have fome effeft to correct a tallo lo gentr dly de-
(Iruclivc. The rulES he has laid down, are niortly

1 i 2 founded

472 The Gardener's New Director.

founded on his own experience; and he with confidence
can promife, that if ftriclly followed, they can fcarce
fail of the defired fuccefs.

An Account of the bejl Method of planting Elm Trees,
on a coldy jUffy clayey Soil.

SIR,

I AM much furprifed to have feen fo little on the fub-
ject of planting: Some good diredions on this head
could not fail of being very ufeful to many gentlemen
who lead a country life, and have little elfe to do but to
improve their elfates, and be ufeful to their neighbours.

My prefent intention is to inform you of an experi-
ment I made in the year 1757, of planting fome Elms
on a (liff clay, a foil which is, in general, in this coun-
ty, thought not fo well to fuit them as others of a light-
er and drier nature.

My firft bufinefs in this grand affair was to lay a plan
of operation : accordingly, I marked out the ground,
driving a Imall ftake in the fpot where every tree was to
be planted.

As foon as harveft was over, I hired fome labourers,
and made them dig a hole fix feet fquare, and four feet
deep, wherever they found a (lake, throwing the earth
which came out of the hole round its edges.

When this work was done, I let it lie in the above flate
all that winter and the enfuing fummer, with an intent
that the (liff obftinate nature of the clay fhould be me-
liorated by the powerful influences of the frofts, fun, and
variable air.

At the end of the fummer of i 738, I found I had not
loft my labour, vhen I came to examine the flate of my
experiment. The nature of the foil, wherever the air
could operate upon it, was entirely changed, the clay
being much lefs compaft, and approaching nearer to the
fubflance of a fliff loam, being crumbly, though clofe
in its texture.

As foon as I found that my land was thus in proper or-
der for planting, I procured from an honcft nurfery-man,

a luffi-

The Gardener's New Director. 475
a fufficient number of young Eltn trees, ordering him to
mark the north fide of every one ot them, with iome
white paint, previous to his taking them up.

This was a precaution Tome might think unneceflary ;
but my reafon for doing it was, becaul'e 1 imagined that
a tree, removed from its native fpot, and tranfplanted
into another place, mult thrive better, if on being re-
moved, it enjoyed the fame afpefts as before; and in-
deed fome fmall experiments I had before made in this
matter feemed to confirm me in the opinion.

As foon as I had beipoke my trees, I employed fome
labourers to fill up the holes above-mentioned, with the
earth that came out of them; but I firil Iprinkled fome
flacked lime over the bottom of each hole, and mixed
lime with the earth as it was thrown in, to the quantity
of a budiel for each hole.

When this work was done, and the ground appeared
level, with a little fpare earth near each hole, I had my
trees planted in the following manner.

I began planting my trees about the tenth day of O^o-
ber, and had finifhed by the latter end of the month.

I caufed, in the firft place, the roots to be moderately
trimmed with a very fharp knife, each root being cut
floping, not tranfverfely, the dope being undermoft or
next the ground : This was, in fome meafure, eflential
to prevent the moifture proceeding from rain from foak-
ing into the wounded part.

Having proceeded thus far, I caufed a tree to be fet
over each hole, upon the furface of the ground, round
the roots of which fome under-turf earth was piled, and
over that the remainder of the natural foil, with which
fome flaked lime had been mixed.

The upper part of the little hillock, formed round the
roots of the tree, was made a little hollow, to convey
to the plant as much rain as would be ncceflary to fupply
it with a fufficlent quantity of moilturc.

1 then employed the parifh-fcxton to fecure the little
mound with brambles, wattled in the fame manner as
are the graves in a country church-yard ; my laft bufinefs
being to apply fome long flakes to each tree, by way of
fupporting it, till it had taken much root.

I i 3 In

474 The Gardener's New Director.

In this mannerj then, I planted the whole number of
my trees J and they fucceeded to a wonder, for but ten
failed; and the bark of thefe was, on examination, found
to have been iniurcd by an afs, which broke into my
ground : However, the next year I had them replaced,
and thedifadvantage was not great.

What is moft remarkable is, that my trees flood well
the memorable hard froft, without being, as far as I could
find, in the lead injured.

I well knew, that the only way to defend the roots of
my young trees from the damp, raw, under-earth, which
had proved fatal to other plantations, was to raife them
above it : This I effected, by planting them on the furface
of the foil ; and fuch roots as ftruek downwards found a
good warm bed in the earth, which had been flirred and
mixed with lime : However, as the Elm has naturally a
fpreading root, the nourifhment was chiefly extracted
from the upper bed of earth, the main roots being cover-
ed by only a few inches of mould, and feme ot them, at
this time, lie quite bare and prominent above the earth.

A great deal depends on flaking young trees fo fecurely
that they Ihall not be Ihaken by every guft of wind, in
fuch a manner as to difplace their roots in the earth ; for
by this means the fibres of the roots of fuch ftiaken trees
are removed from the furface which (hould afford them
jicurifhment ; and either the tree dies, or the mouths of
the roots mufl again have time fo to adapt themfelves to
the circumjacent particles of earth, as to be in a capa-
city of once more extrafiting their nourifliment and food
from their common mother.

I am yours, &c.

f#^;, AW. 12, 1764. ' X. Z.

THE

THE

INDEX.

N. B. The Numbers that arc exprefled by Letters, have a
Reference to the Treatife, coinuig before the Work.

yjB E L E-Tree, direftions
for planting, 466

Abbre'vintions, an explanation
of fuch, as are ufed in this
Treatife, 354

Aconite, Winter, a defcription
of it with its Culture, 246

Alder-Tree, direClions for plan-
ting, 464

Alphabetical Order of Garden
Plants and Seeds, 175

Ananas, the different forts of
them, 151. The manage-
ment of them, 153. (liee
Pine Apple.)

Anemone, or Wind Floiver,
the Sorts mofl: efteemed,
with the Culture of them,

339
Annual Floivers, the Dutch

Catalogue of them, 347.

Their Botanical Names and

Culture, 356, y<r.
whofe Seeds are fown on

Hot-beds, 411

— — a Lift of their Engl/Jh

Names, 415

Apple-Tree, its Culture and

Management, xiii

Apples, bfft to be chofen for

the South Weft afpedted

Walla, 42. For Efpah'n,

86. A Colleaion of fine
Trees of, 67

AppiuTH or Parjley, diredlions
for raifing it, 182

Apricots, thofe heft fuited to
the South and South Weft
Walls, 32, 43. Diredions
for planting and pruning
them, ■^■^. A Collettion of
fine "^IVees of, 45

For an Efptdier, 87

• forced on Timber

W'alls, 100

Apricot-Trees, the Care of
them, xiii

Artichokes, the Manner of rai-
fing them, 182

AJh-Tree, direftions for plant-
ing' 454

Afparagus, how to be r;iifed
on Hot-beds, 8g Con-
ftruction of the Hot-bed,
with the Management of it, ^
93. In the open Ground,
184

Auricula Urfi, or Bears-Ear,
the Defcription oi a good
one, 313. The Soil and
Compoll fittcil tor them, ib.
(See for further Dire.lions
the Treatife on l''e(retnti»n,
\.) Of the Olf-fcts, 313

Of lowing the Seed and

the future Frogrefs of the
Flower, X, I 7

1 i 4 Aurii ulit

INDEX,

Auricula Urft, the Method
recommended by the late
Mr. Rullen, 319

fonie general Directions

given by Mr. /W/Z/t-r, 323

B.

Balm, how to be railed, 186
Balm of Gilead, i 87

Bark, the Tan, fuch as is fit-
teft for Oriental Hyacinths
and Oriental Narcijfus, 208
Beatis, Kidney, the Manage-
ment of them on the Hot-
bed, 99. The beit Kinds
for the open Ground, 18S.
The Culture of them, with
directions for bringing them
forward very early, 189

• the Scarlet, //'.

Beech-Tree, direftions for
planting, 449

Beets, the Manner of culti-
vating them, I go
Beet-Chards, 191
Bieitfjials, a curious collection
of them, 40 jj
Bircb-Tree, directions for
planting, 465
Blighting, the bell afpeCted
Wall to prevent it, 3
Bon Chretienne, a fine Pear,
directions for its Culture, 38
Borders for Fines before Hot-
walls, directions for making
them, 8. For other Fruit, 20
Brocoli, the Culture of it, 191
See the Italian Method^ as
communicated hy the Bp. of
Killala to the Dublin So-
ciety, 192
Bulbous Iris, the Manner of
railing it, 430

c.

Cabbages and Savoys, direCti-.
ons how to raife them, 194

Carnations, their different
Sorts, with their Culture
and the Cpippoft beft for
them, 424

-■ Manner of laying their

Layers, 425

■ Compoft for, 426

Carrots, the Cultivation of
them in Gardens, and in
the Fields, 195

Catalogue of Flower Seeds,
229

of Flower Roqts, 234

• of Seeds of Trees and

flowering Shrubs, 235

of Seeds for the Im-
provement of Land, 236

of American Tree

Seeds, 237

Celeri and Celeriac, the Time
of fowing it, 1 96. An acci-
dental Difcoyery by which
fome were railed very large,

'97

Cbardoons, or Prickly Cinara,

directions for its Culture,
198
Cherries, the Management of
them, with the Soil bell
fuited to them, 1 7. Man-
ner of laying them to the
Wall, 19. Directions for'
pruning, 35. The bell for
the South Well afpeCted
Wall, \ 42

a fine Collection of Trees

of, 48

forced on Timber-walls,

100

Cherry-Tree, the Care of them,

xlv

Chervil,

INDEX.

CherTil, fnjueet, the Time of
fowing it, igg

Cbefnut-'Tree, diredions for
planting, _ 457

Chi'ves, directions for propa-
gating them, ib.

Chrifimas P-ofe, or Black Hele-
hore, its Culture, 245

Cinnra, prickly, ic)c)

Ciotis, the form and ufe of
them, xiv

Clary, direftions for raifmg if,
200

Cleft, or flit-graftingy direc-
tions for, xviii

'. — , engraved Reprefenta-

tions of, xxxvi

Coal Ajhes, with the fweeping
of the Streets, a good Ma-
nure for llrong Soil, 2

Colchictim Vernal, or the Au-
tumnal Crocus, direftions
for planting, 259. Further
particulars relative to it, 432

Colly-fo'wers, directions for

the Management of them,

200

Compoji Tard, its Situation,
433, Directions for laying
it out, 434

Compoji, (for the Primrofe and
Polyanthos fee the 'Freatife
on Vegetation, iv. Auriculas
do. V. IFyacinth, do. \\)

— — for the Culture of the
Pine Apple, 145

r—— for the Polyanthos Nar-
cijjus, 311

for the Oriental Hya-
cinth, 272

• remarkable Care taken

to adjufl. the Comport tor
Flowers with that prepared
by the Dutch, 434

Coppices, directions for laying
tliem out, &c. 470

Corn-fag, the Culture of it,
432

Creffes, the different Sorts of
them,^ with directions for
railing them, 202

Crocus, or Crocus Fernus, the
difl"crcnt forts of the fpring
kind, with the Manner of
cultivating them, 253

Croiu-foot, Jee Ranunculus.

Croivn Imperial, the different
Sorts, and how to be inana-
gi^d, _ 262

Cucumbers, directions for for-
cing them on Hot-beds, 915.
How to be planted and the
management of them, 96.
Directions to be obferved
when fruiting, 9S. Under
Bell-glafjes, the manage-
ment of them, 108

Cuife Wladame, a fine Pear.^
directions for the manage-
ment of it, 3S

Currant-Tree, its Culture,
xiv

Currants, a good Fruit for
the North afpeCtcd Wall,
76. A fine Collection of
Trees of, 73. For F.fpa-
liers, the Sorts to be pre-
ferred, 88. Directions how
to propiig-ue them, ib.

Cyclamen or ^o-w -bread, their
different Sorts and bow to
be raifcd, 258

D.

Daffodils, or Pftudo-Narciffus,
the different Sorts, with di-
rections lor the iiiana^.ii'cnt
of them, . :;i5

Dens (.an:s, or Dog's Tu.:h

I'ioltt, i's Culture, 259. Of

their Seediingj. 261

Lr\

I N D E X.

Dill, how to be raifed, 202

DirecfionSy general ones, to

Florijis and Nurfery-men,

DireSiiojts for planting IVoodsy

436
Dogivood Trees, the Sorts that
will ftand out in this Cli-
mate, and thofe fitteft for
Clumps, 78

Vracunculusy or Dragon, the
Time and Manner or' plant-
ing them, 433
Dung, (for the Ufe of that of
Coivs, Oxetiy and Hogs, in
the Culture of a Garden,
fee the Treatife on Vegeta-
tion,) ix

E.

Earth, its compofition and
how fertilized, fee the Trea-
tife on Vegetation, i

Eafl afpeded Walls, Fruits
bell fuiring it, 79

Elm-Tree, directions for pro-
pagating, 450

, direftions for planting

in a ftiff Soil, 472

Endi've, the Manner of culti-
vating it, 203

Efcalion, 204

Efpaliers, direftions for fram-
ing them, 85. The Fruits
beft fuited to them, 86. For
fmall one, Goofeberries and
Currants are recommended,
88

Efpaliers, their form, and the
Trees bell fuiting them, xv

Exotics, fuch as will thrive
beft in Clamps, on the South
Side of the Garden, 78

F.

Fennel, directions for raifing
it, 204

Fig-Trees, directions for the
Management ot them, xvi

Figs, the Manner of propa-
gating them, with the belt
adapted Situations for them,
38. The Culture of this
Fruit, with the Names of
thofe moft eiteemed, 39.
The Time of planting them,
ib. Pruning in the Spring
the moft eligible, 40. Ma-
nagement of them in the
Winter, 41

Finochia, or Italian Fennel,
directions for railing it, 204

Fir-Tree, directions for plant-
ing them, 467

Fleur du Lys, or Iris, the dif-
ferent Sorts, with their Cul-
ture, 430

Floixiers, a Catalogue of Seed
of, 229

a Catalogue of Roots

of, _ 234

Floixering Shrubs, a Catalogue
of, 23 5

Frames and Glaffes for forcing
Vines, directions for making
them, 12

• , the double, for keep-
ing of Annuals in Winter,
directions for their conftruc-
tion, 359

Fritillaries, the Manner of
railing them, 259

Fruits, directions for forcing
againft Timber Walls, 100

Fruiting of the Pine Apple,

an accidental Difcovery,

which proved very fuccefs-

ful, 159

Garden,

INDEX.

Garden, the Kitchen, the form
and iituation of one, I. Ge-
neral diredions for the Po-
fition of the Walls, 3. Beit
Situation for the South-wall,
ih. The beft Manner of
building Walls, ib. Hot-
walls with Flues and Ovens,
direftions for their Conftruc-
tions, 4. The South Side,
how to be difpoled of when
laid open, 78. For the Ma-
nagement of the different
Soils fee the Treat if e on Ve-
getation, iii

Garden Plants, an alphabeti-
cal order of, 175

Gar lick, 205

Gladiolus, or Corn-flag, direc-
tions for raifing them, 432

Goofeberries, a fine Colle(ftion
of Trees of, 7 1 . The bell:
fort for Efpaliers, and how
to be propagated, 88. Di-
rections for pruning them,
8g. Forced on Timber-
walls, 100

Goofeberry-Trees , their Cul-
ture, xvi

Grafting, inftrudtions for, xvi

' , engraved Reprefentati-

ons of, xxxvli

, by approach, directions

for, XX

Grafting on Peach and Apricot
Stocks, to be preferred, 28.
Apricots on the .S7. Julian's
Plu^b, 33. The Butter
Pear on Qj^iince Stocks, when
the Soil is llrong, and hold-
ing, but othcrwife on free
Stocks, 36. Apples for Ef-
paliers, on Paradife Stocks
when confined, 86. Ijuc on

Codlings, Dutch Paradife or
Bittern, when there is room,
ib.
Grange!, its Ufe for Gardens,
XX i
Guernfey Lilly ^ how to be pro-
pagated, 25S

H.

Heading and planting of Trees,
bed Time, 21

Hedges, their bell form and
u<e, xxii

Helebore-black, or Chrijlvias
Rofe, directions for propa-
gating it, 245

Hepatica, an Account of it,
with its Culture, 249

Hornbeam-Tree, direQions tor
planting, 453

Hot -beds for the Melonry, (ffc.
the proper Situation for one,
89. For Afparagus, 89.
For Mujhroonis, directions
for making, 90. For Peafe,
ib. For early Cucumbers,
ib. In the Kitchen Garden,
for raifmg of Mujk Melonsy
102. Of Horfe-dung for
the raifing of Cucumbers
and Melons, directions for
making, 205. Of Tanner's
Bark, 207

Hot-iualls for Vines, the Ma-
nagement of them, 4. Tiieir
Conllruftion, 5 . For Pt aches
and Nediarines, directions
for them, is- A Lill of
thole fitteft for forcing, th.
Great Advantage of thofe
Walls recommended, 16.
Some directions necclfary to
be attended to, 35

Hyucinthi, Oriental, (for their

ComloJ},fec the 'Treatife on

Vegetation,

INDEX.

Vegetation, \\.) A fine
Compofl for, 272. A Col-
leQion ot" them particularly
defcribed, 263

hyacinths. Cow Dung how to
be prepared for them, 207.
Tanner's Bark, 208

' , diredlions for raifing,

293

, particular diredlions

ibr, 296

• , double early blowers,

white and red, 299

— , , blues, ib.

' , fecond blowers, white

and red, 300

blues, ib.

late blowers, red and

white,

blu£

ih.

, early fingle, blues,

302

, fecond, do. ib.

, lateft, do. 303

, early white and rofe-

coloured, ib.

— , fecond, do. ib.

, lateft, do. ib.

■- , fome general direfti-

ons for, 304

• , the Manner praftifed^

by Mr. George Voerhelm, of

Haerlem, 305

' , fuch as will blow in

water, 308

. , fome general direfti-

ons for, 309

I.

Imperial Crovjii, 262

Inoculation, direftions for per-
forming, xxiii
his Perjian. 254
Iris, or Fleur de LySy its Cul-
ture, 430

K.

Kail, or Kilmaurs, 209

Kidney-beans, on Hot- beds,
how to be managed, 99.
The beft kinds for the open
Ground, 188. The Cul-
ture of them, with direfti-
ons for bringing them for-
ward very early, ib.
• , the Scarlet, direc-
tions for their Culture, 1 89

Laburnum, or Peafe-cod Tree^

directions for planting them,

462

Land, a Catalogue of Seeds
for the Improvement of, 236

Layers, the Management of
them, XXV

Lea'Ves of Trees, direftions for
making a Compoft of them,
fee the Treatife on Vegetati-
on, X

■ for encreafilRg Dung,

20.7

Leeks, the Manner of raifing
them, 209

Lettuces, a Variety of them,
and how to be raifed, 210

Lilies and Martagons, the Cul-
ture of them, 43 1

Lime-Tree, directions for plant-
ing them, 463
M.

Manure, the Kinds for differ-
ent Sorts of Soils, -2-. fee the
Treatife on Vegetation, iii
Maple-Trees, directions for
planting them, 457

Marjoram, the Siveet, and the
Pot, directions for raifing it,
21 1
Mart ago nSf

INDEX.

Martagons, Lilt of them with
their Culture, 432

Medlars, a fine CoUedion of
Trees of, 7 1

Melons, the Mu/k, direftions
for raifing them, particu-
larly the Cantaleupe, loi.
Dilations neceffary to be
obferved, 104. Double
Frames, directions for mak-
ing them, ih. Number of
Fruii that (hould be fullered
to ftand, with fome dlredi-
ons for ripening them, 105,
Manner of fetting the Fruit,
by uniting the Male with
the Female-floiver, 1 06. DI-
reftionsfor cutting the FrttzV,
ih. How to manage the fe-
cond crop, ib. Account of
the Winter Melon, and the
Manner of prefer ving it, i o 7.
Oiled Paper Frajnes, a Re-
piefcntation of them for the
covering of Melons and Tw
lips, 14'

Melons, ^ixtOkon^ for railing
without Fire, by Mr, Tay-
lor, !09
Mtlon-Thijlle, diredions for
propagating it, 162
Mofs-ground, the Value of it,
for Flower-beds, fee the
Treatije on Vegetation, ix
Minionette d Egypt, a beauti-
ful fine fcented Annual, the
Manner of cultiv ating it, 3 1 o
Morello Cherries, Manner of
drelTing them, 17. The bcft
for North afpeQed Walls,
76
Mujk-Melon, the Culture oF
it, . "oi
Mujbrooms, Manner of con-
ftruding Hot-beds for them,
90. Management of thtm,

91. The Spa^vn where to
be gathered, with direflions
for ufmg it, 92

Muf.ard, the IVhite, the pro-
per Seafon for fowing it, 2 1 2

N.

NarciJJus Oriental, fine Com-
poll for, 272. (See Hya-
cinths.)

Nanijfus Polyanthos, fee Poly-
anthos, &c.

Nedarine-Tree, diredions for
the Management of it, xxv

Nedarines, the Management of
them againtl the commor»
Wall, 19. Diredtions for
pruning them, 24, 35. The
Kind bell adapted to the
South Welt afpedted Wall.

42.
-, a fine CoUeftion ot

Trees of, 45

North afpeded Walls, Fruits

beft fuiting it, 76

Nurfery, the Ufe of it, xxvi^

O.

Oak-Trees, diredlions for plant-
ing them, 446

Oiled Paper, covered Frames,
for Melons and Tulips, di-
retlions for their conlbufli-
on, with an engraved Re-
prefentation, 141

Onions, the Sorts mod efteem-
cd, 212. Direcllons for
m;.king the Beds beft fuited
to their Culture, ib. In-
ftruQions for weeding and
prclcrving them tor ufe,
213. The Culture of ilic
Strapurgh, Silver-Jlinned,
l^tUh, and Portugal Onion,

211
Orchards,

INDEX.

Orchards, diietftions for laying
one out, 80. Trees fitteft
for them, 82. For plant-
ing as recommended by a
Fre-wf^ Author, ib.

Oriental NarciJJ'us, fome par-
ticular direQions neceffary
for, 304

, early blowers, a

Lift of, 307

, late, do. ib.

O'ueijs, for the Hot-walls, di-
menfions of them, 82

P.

Par/ley, the Culture of it, with
the different kinds, 214

Pat/nips, direiSlions for their
Culture, 21 5

Peach, the Character of a good
one, xxvii

Peaches and Nedarines, how
to be managed againft the
Hot-wall, and the Compoft
proper for them, 15. The
Kinds mofi; approved of for
forcing, ib. The Time and
Manner of pruning them,
16 and 3^

Peaches, the Management ot
them againft the common
Wall, 17. Diredions for
pruning them, 24. For
nailing them to the Wall,
25. When fruiting, 29.
Thofe budded on Apricot
Stocks moft to be preferred,
28. The Sort moft efteemcd
for the South Weft afpe£ted
Walls, 41

a fine Collection of Trees

of, 44

Peaches and NeSarines, how

to be managed for forcing

againft 'limber Walls, 100

Peach-Trees, direftions for
their Management, xxvi

Pear-trees, their Culture and
Management, xxvii

Pears, directions for pruning,
35. The Management of
them, 37. The beft kinds
for Walls, 38. Beft for Ef-
paliers, 86

, a fine Collection

of

50
55
62

Trees of, for Summer,

■ , do. for Autumn,

, do. for Winter,

Peafe on Hot-beds, how to be
managed, with the proper
kind for that Purpofe, 99

, how to be managed for

early Crops, 215. On the
open Ground, the Sors and
Soil fitteft for them, 216.
Direftions for planting the
Rou>ici<rjals, Marrozvfats,
and the Divarf, 21 7

Perftan his, an Account of
this fine Flower, with its
Culture, 254

Perftan Ranunculus, diredtions
for their Culture, 341. A
Lift of them, 344

Pine Apple, or Anana, a def-
cription of the Stove, (with
an engraved Reprefentation,)
neceffaryfor its Culture, 121.
Mr. Miller\ Procefs with
the Plans of his Stove, ib.
The different Sorts with the
Method of railing them, ib.
Compoft fit for them, 145.
Directions for planting them,
1 1;3. For making the Tan-
pit, 157. Plans ol the fruit-
ing Stove and Nurfery-bed,
ih. Directions for plant-
ing them unconfined in the
Tan, 157. For tranfplant-
ing the Pla'nts, 158. Di-
rection

INDEX.

redlion for killing the Ver-
min on the Pine, 159. A
new Dil'covery for the well
fruiting of the Pine, 1 59.
Ripenefs of the Fruit, how
to bedillinguifhed, 160. Di-
rettions for taking off the
Crown, for future fruiting,
ib. Mr. Adam Taylor s, 163

Plane-Tree, direftions for
planting them, 456

Planting of Woods, dire£tions
for, 436

Planting, beft Seafon for, 21

of Trees againft

Walls, fome diredtions for,
25

againft the South

Weft afpedted Wall, 33
of the Pine Apple,

an accidental Inftance of one,
which proved very favoura-
ble, 157

Plum-Trees, dire£tions for
their Management, xxvii

Plutns, directions for planting
them againft the Wall, and
the Sorts moft eftcemed, 30.
Pruning of them how to be
performed, 31. Directions
tor nailing them, ib. The
beft Sort for Ef pollers, 32.
For the South Weft afpeCted
Walls, 42

, a fine Collection of

Trees of, 46

Polyanthos Narcijjus, (for the
Compoji fee the Treatife on
Vegetation, w.) The Man-
ner of raifmg them, 311.
Lift of the moft curious,
312. Off-fets how to be
managed, xh. Directions ne-
ceflary to be attended to for
their well growing and flow-

ering, b}' the ufe of Pan in
the Compoll, 304, 312

Pompony of Canada, its Cul-
ture, 432

Portugal Onion, directions for
cultivating it, 213

Pfeudo Narciffus, or Daffodils,
the diiferent kinds with their
Culture, 255

Prickly Pear, an Account of
that fine Fruit, with its
Culture, 162

Prim-rofes, (for the Compoji
fee the Treatife on Vegeta-
on, vi.) A Defcription of
the different kinds, with
directions for railing them.

Pruning, its ufe, with direc-
tions for the performing ir,
xxviii

Pruning of Vines, fome ne-
ceflary directions for, 9
and 35. Of young Trees,
23. Of Peaches and Nec-
tarines, 24. Oi Plums, ^t.
Of Apricots and nailing
them, 34. Directions for
pruning in general, 25.
Monf Lq Genre's Method,
25. Of Pears, 26, and 27.
Some general directions in
Regard to Vines, Peaches,
h'edarines. Cherries, Pears,
Plumbs, 35. Some further
directions, 38. Spring pru-
ning of Fig^, an Experiment
made to prove its fujxTior
Excellence to any other, 40

Purfluin, the diiferent kinds,
with InftiuCtionJ for raifing
it, 219

^tiick-

INDEX.

^uickbeam^ or Roane Berry-
Tree , d'ne&ions for planting
it, 461

^iinces, a Colle£lion of Trees
of, 70

R.

RadiJJ?es, diredlions for raifing
them, with a Life of the
beft Sorts, 219

, the Turnip, zzo

Ranunculus, the ditferent Sorts
and Culture of them, 340.
Direftionsfor planting them,
il>. Manner of making their
Beds, 342. Directions tor
gathering their Seeds, ih.
For preferving their Roots,

343. Advantage of fre-
quently changing the Seed,

344. A fine Colleftion of,
ib. Perfian Ranunculus, a
Lift of, ib.

Rapuntiuni Flore maximo coc-
ctneo fpicato, or Rad Cardi-
nal Flo'^ver, directions rela-
tive to it, 310

Rajherry-Tree, directions for
its Culture, xxix

Riijherries, direClions for

planting them, wilh the

Sorts moil: to be efteemed,

74 and 77

Refeda Egyptiaca minor flori-
bus odoratijjtjnis, a beauti-
ful fine fmelling Annual,
directions for its Culture,
310

Rind-graftings directions for,
xvii

— — — — , engraved Repre-
fentations of, xxxviii

/?«?s/-/?oo///, directions for ereCl-
ing one, 434

Roots of Floivers, a Catalogue
of, _ 234

Rofe, Chrijlmas, hov/ to pro-
pagate them, 245

Rofemary, directions for rai-
fing it, 220

Sand, the Ufe of it in the
Compoft for Flowers, and
the Manner of preparing
the different Sorts, fee the
Treatife on Vegetation, v

Salfafy, direCtions how to raife
it, 221

Savoys and Cabbages, how to
raife them, ib.

Scallion, 222

Scorzonera , its Culture, ib.

Seeds of Flou/ers, a Catalogue,
229

of Trees and flowering

Shrubs, do, 235

for improving Land, 236

of American Trees, 237

Shallots, directions for raifing
them, 222

Sil'ver Skinned Onion, its Cul-
ture, 213

Skirrets, the Culture of them,
222

Snoiv-drops, a defcription of
them, with the Manner of
raifing them, 247

Soil, the beft kind for the
Kitchen Garden, 2. fee the
Treatife on Vegetation, xi

Sorrel, Manner of raifing it,
223

South PVall, Apricots for, 32.

Wefi or IVejl-iuall, 33

Soz'j-bread, 0^ Cyclamen, 2c;8

Spinage, directions for fowing

it, with a variety of them,

223

Standards,

INDEX.

Standardsy the Management
of them, xxix

Stocks, their Ufe, xxxi

Sto'ves lor raifing of Pine /^p-
/>/f J, direction for, 121. For
ripening the Fruit, 128. Va-
riety ot Exoticks, which may
be placed on their Flues,
128

Strajburgh Onion, its Culture,
213

Straiuberries, their Culture,

XXX

. , a fine Colleftion of,

74
, diretStions for forc-
ing them in Frames, 100.
The Culture of them in the
open Ground, 173
Snveet IVilliam, direftlons for
propagating it, 429

T.

7an Bark, fuch as is fitteft for
Oriental Narcijfus and Ori-
ental Hyacinths, 208

Taylor, Mr. Adam, his direc-
tions for raifing .Wt^/om, with-
out Fire, 109. Pine Ap-
ples, 163

Thermometers, how to be ma-
naged for the Purpofe of the
Stove, 13, 123

Thyme, diredtions for raifing
it, 224

Timber Walls, for forcing ot
Fruits, the Manner of con-
ftrufting them, 100

Torch Thijile, diredtions for
placing of them in the Stove,
162. Manner of propaga-
ting them, ib.

Trees, the heft Seafon of plant-
ing them, with directions
for their .Vlanagtincnt, 21.

The beft Form of one for
bearing, 28

, the Leaves of, their

Ufe in making Dung, 207

, a Catalogue of Seeds of,

, American, do. 237

Trellaces, Manner oi erecting
them, 5

Tube-rofes, the Manner of
raifing them, ■ '9 .

Tulips, the Culture of them,
with the Compoll they bell
xh.x\\'&\n,iz^,Jee theTreatij'e
ouFegetaticn,\\i^n'ix\. Ca-
talogue of the nioft curious,
325. The Manner of rai-
ling them from the Seed, by
Mr. Miller, 327. By Monf.
Beulinz, of BruJJels, 335.
Compoft for them, ib. Bi-
Jard Tulip, Lift of them,
337. Directions for pre-
ferving the Roots of the
Breeders, 336- Method
pradtifed by a Gentleman in
Holland for breaking thefe
Flowers, 33S

• , the double, diredions

for raifing them, ib.

Turnips, the different Sorts of
them, with the Manner of
cultivating them, 225

Vermin on the Pine Apple
Plants, directions tor def-
troying, 1 59

Vernal Colchicutn, the beft
Manner of cultivating them,

■. . . ^y>

Vines, directions for planting

them, with a Lift of thole

moft cftccmcd, 7. Cuttings

to be piclcrrcd to Layers, 8.

K k iicft

INDEX.

Beft feafon for taking them
off, ib. Pruning when ne-
cefTary, and how to be per-
formed, lo. Directions for
the Autumnal pruning be-
fore the Sealon o'i forcing,
II. Frames and Glaffes,
the Conftruftion of them,
for forcing of Vines ^ 1 1 .
The Degree of Heat necef-
fary when forcing, 13. The
Management of them in
that State, ib. Direftions
in Regard to their Fruits
when ripening, 13. For
topping their Fruit-bearing
Branches, ib. How to ma-
nage them the fecond Year
for forcing, 1 5

Violet^ the Do^'s Tooth, direc-
tions for planting them, 259

W.

j^<7//fj diredlions for their Con-
ftruftion and Afpeft, 3. For
forcing of Fruits, 4. Di-
reftions to be obferved in
planting them, 6. Hot, i 5 .
South, 32, Of nailing th^

Trees againft them, 34.
Some neceffary Directions
relative to them, 84. South-
Wejl, 38 and 41. North
afpefted Walls, the Fruits
fuited to them, 76. South-
Weft afpeded Walls, 78.
Collection of Exotics in
Place of, ib. Eaft afpeCted,
the Fruits fuited to it, 80

Walls of Timber, for forcing

Fruit, their ConftruClion,

100

Walnut-Tree, directions for
planting, 460

Water, the Kind fittefl: for Ufa
in the Garden, i

Welch Onion, directions for its
Culture, 213

Wilding, directions for graft-
ing of the Fruit, 82

William, S'vjeet, Manner of
propagating it, 429

Willo-w-Tree, directions for
planting, 466

Wind-foiver, fee Ranuncu-
lus.

Woods ^^ directions for planting,
436

F.I N I £,

4 ^

^b'^'